Volume 01—Residential And Light Commercial

101954-Attachment 101954-Attachment 101954-Attachment 786685 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

24837-Catalog 24837-Catalog 24837-Catalog 786685 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

24837-Catalog 24837-Catalog 24837-Catalog 786676 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

101954-Attachment 101954-Attachment 101954-Attachment 786849 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

24837-Catalog 24837-Catalog 24837-Catalog 786849 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

2014-07-05

: Pdf 101954-Attachment 101954-Attachment 782116 Batch5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 419 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Volume 1 Residential and Light Commercial

Electrical Sector Solutions

Eaton Corporation

Electrical Sector

1111 Superior Ave.

Cleveland, OH 44114

United States

877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273)

Eaton.com

All other trademarks are property

of their respective owners.

Printed in USA

Publication No. CA08100002E / MSC

December 2010

Volume 1:

Residential and

Light Commercial

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial

Tab 1—Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-1

Tab 2—Surge Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T2-1

Tab 3—Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-1

Tab 4—Structured Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T4-1

Tab 5—Metering Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-1

Tab 6—Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-1

Tab 7—Air Conditioning Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T7-1

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-A1-1

Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-A2-1

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-A3-1

Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not

be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available

upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without

notice. Photographs are representative of production units.

Terms and Conditions

All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes

occur, they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders

accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions

as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions.

Technical and Descriptive Publications

This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further

information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated

brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton

Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.

Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in

facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission

for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of

these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

WARNING

The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions

of the U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that

are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these

codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.

These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for

every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.

Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered

sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products

Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior

or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire

obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties

is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or

modify the existing warranty.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2014 www.eaton.com i

Introduction

Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

control and automation, and monitoring products.

At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every

successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly

skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.

In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built

on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer

service and support, we know what’s important to you.

Solutions

Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic

approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on

the following three areas in all we do:

●Reliability—maintain the

appropriate level of power

continuity without

disruption or unexpected

downtime

●Efficiency—minimize

energy usage, operating

costs, equipment footprint

and environmental impact

●Safety—identify and

mitigate electrical hazards

to protect what you value

most

Using the Eaton Catalog Library

As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive

catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our

products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work

in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,

for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:

●Volume 1—Residential

and Light Commercial

(CA08100002E)

●Volume 2—Commercial

Distribution (CA08100003E)

●Volume 3—Power

Distribution and Control

Assemblies (CA08100004E)

●Volume 4—Circuit

Protection (CA08100005E)

●Volume 5—Motor Control

and Protection

(CA08100006E)

●Volume 6—Solid-State

Motor Control

(CA08100007E)

●Volume 7—Logic Control,

Operator Interface and

Connectivity Solutions

(CA08100008E)

●Volume 8—Sensing

Solutions (CA08100010E)

●Volume 9—Original

Equipment Manufacturer

(CA08100011E)

●Volume 10—Enclosed

Control (CA08100012E)

●Volume 11—Vehicle and

Commercial Controls

(CA08100013E)

●Volume 12—Aftermarket,

Renewal Parts and Life

Extension Solutions

(CA08100014E)

●Volume 13—Counters,

Timers and Tachometers

(CA08100015E)—Available

in electronic format only

●Volume 14—Fuses

(CA08100016E)—Available

in electronic format only

●Volume 15—Solar Inverters

and Electrical Balance of

System (CA08100018E)

These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview

of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,

consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.

These references include:

●The Consulting Application

Guide (CA08104001E)

●The Eaton Power Quality

Product Guide (COR01FYA)

If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,

not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the

Literature Library.

By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent

version of each volume and tab.

ii Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2014 www.eaton.com

Introduction

Icons

Green Leaf

Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton

benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our

promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering

exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers

and our communities. Though all of Eaton’s products and solutions are

designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to

protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation

further provide “exceptional environmental benefit.”

Learn Online

When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for

the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,

podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.

Drawings Online

When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the

products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings

and illustrations.

If you need additional help, you can find contact information

under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Residential Loadcenters

and Breaker Family

1.1 Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2

Single-Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-7

Three-Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-12

CH Specialty Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-14

Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-14

Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15

Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-17

Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-18

Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-19

Non-Metallic Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-21

CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-31

1.2 Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-42

Single-Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-48

Three-Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-54

BR Specialty Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-57

Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-57

Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58

Type BR Renovation Loadcenter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-59

Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-72

BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-75

1.3 Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-88

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-89

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-89

1.4 Enclosed Breakers

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-93

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-94

1.5 Classified Circuit Breakers

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-96

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-97

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-99

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-99

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-100

Learn

Online

V1-T1-2 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Eaton Type CH Convertible Family

Contents

Description Page

Overview

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-3

Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-3

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-4

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-6

Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-7

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-29

CH Specialty Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-14

CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . V1-T1-22

CH Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-31

Overview

Product Selection Guide

CH Loadcenters

Description

Service

Single-phase, three-wire, 120/240 Vac

Three-phase, three-wire, 240V corner grounded delta

Three-phase, four-wire, 208Y/120 Vac

Three-phase, three-wire, 240 Vac delta

Short-Circuit Current Rating

10 kAIC: All single- and three-phase loadcenters 40–400A, 2–42 circuits except when

series ratings are applied

25 kAIC: All factory-installed main breakers single-phase loadcenters rated 150–225A

using Type CSR main breakers

35 kAIC available on convertible units using CSH main breaker

42 and 100 kAIC are available on some styles: single-phase and three-phase

Main Breaker/Main Lug Loadcenters

Single-phase

Main breaker: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400A

Main lugs: 40, 70, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400A

Three-phase

Main breaker: 150, 200, 225, 300, 400A

Main lugs: 125, 150, 200, 225, 400A

Convertible Loadcenters

Main breaker or main lugs: single-phase up to 225A

Branch Breakers

Type CH: 10–150A. Single-, two- and three-pole. Selected amperages available in shunt

trip, HACR and switching duty

Ground fault circuit interruptors: 15–60A

Type CH-HID: 15–30A. Single-, two- and three-pole

CH-HM high magnetic

CH-M50 high ambient

Type CH-AFCI arc fault circuit interrupter

Type CHP: 10–125A. Single-, two- and three-pole. three-position commercial trip

Selected amperages available in HACR switching duty

Type CHP-HID: 15–30A. Single-, two- and three-pole

Type CHP-GFCI: 15–30A. Single-pole ground fault breakers

Enclosures

NEMA® Type 1 indoor NEMA Type 3R outdoor.

Loadcenter and Breaker Accessories

Branch circuit breaker:

Auxiliary components

Hold-down kits

Handle ties

Lockoffs

Lockdogs

Complete line of ground bar kits 5, 10, 14 and 21 circuits, some with additional #2/0 lugs

Each terminal will accommodate: (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al

Sub-feed lugs 125, 150A—two- and three-pole

Shunt trips

Universal rainproof conduit hubs Group One: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 inches (19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8 mm)

Group Two: 2, 2-1/2, 3 inches (50.8, 63.5, 76.2 mm)

Adapter plate

Bussing

Silver flash plated copper bus is a standard feature

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-3

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Product Description

Loadcenters are enclosures

specifically designed to

house the branch circuit

breakers and wiring required

to distribute power to

individual circuits. They

contain either a main breaker

when used at the service

entrance point or a main lug

when used as a sub-panel

to add circuits to existing

service. The main breaker

protects the main entire

panel and can be used as

a service disconnect. The

branch breakers protect the

wires leading to individual

electrical loads such as

fixtures and outlets.

Features, Benefits and Functions

Loadcenter Construction

Eaton’s Type CH loadcenters

feature silver flash plated

copper bus in all interiors. Stabs

are rated 200A throughout

the CH line. Therefore, the

sum of the handle ratings

connected to any one stab is

limited to 200A maximum.

NEMA 1 boxes are

manufactured from

cold rolled 16 gauge sheet

steel. Raintight boxes are

manufactured from galvanized

steel. All boxes and trims are

finished using an electrostatic

powder coat, baked urethane

paint process.

Neutrals

Eaton Type CH loadcenters

feature two types of neutrals:

Insulated/Bondable Split

Neutral

Panels are supplied with split

insulated neutrals with an

insulated cross strap. For

service entrance applications,

the neutral must be bonded

by using the bonding strap

supplied with the panel. For

non-service entrance (sub-

panel) applications, the panel

may be installed with the

bonding strap not connected

to the neutral. Separate

ground bars must be used on

non-service entrance panels.

Insulated/Bondable Single

Neutral

Panels are supplied with a

single insulated neutral. For

service entrance applications,

all that is required to bond the

neutral is to loosen the

bonding screw and the

neutral screw directly beside

it, insert the bonding strap

into the neutral bar, and re-

tighten both connections. The

single neutral can be moved

by the contractor to the other

side of the panel, if desired.

When used as a service

entrance panel, unused

neutral connections may be

used for the termination of

equipment grounds. For non-

service entrance (sub-panel)

applications, the panel may

be installed with the bonding

strap not connected to the

neutral. Separate ground bars

must be used on non-service

entrance panels.

Inboard Plug-On Neutral

Code changes and higher

safety standards are

leading to more arc fault

circuit interrupter (AFCI)

installations. With the

electrical contractor in mind,

Eaton has revolutionized the

way Combination AFCIs are

installed with the Plug-on

Neutral line of loadcenters

and breakers. This unique

product solution enables the

contractor to connect the

breaker directly to the neutral

bar, eliminating the need for

wiring a pigtail.

Grounds

In service entrance

applications where the

neutral is bonded, unused

neutral holes may be used

for terminating ground

conductors. In sub-feed

panels, the neutral must be

isolated (non-bonded), and

ground wires must be

terminated on a separate

ground bar.

The insulated/bondable

single/split neutral panels

have sufficient terminations

for both ground and neutral

conductors. The insulated/

bondable single split neutral

panels are supplied with a

separate factory-installed

ground bar if the catalog

number contains a “G.” If

not, a separate ground bar

should be installed. Insulated/

Bondable Single Neutral

panels are supplied without a

ground bar (unless otherwise

noted), and ground bar kits, if

needed, must be purchased

separately.

V1-T1-4 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Standards and Certifications

UL® Listings

All Eaton Type CH loadcenters

are listed under UL File E8741.

Neutral and Ground Terminals

The standard terminals on

grounds and neutrals are rated

to accept (3)—#14–#10 Cu/Al

or (1)—#14–4 wires. For larger

cables, add-on neutral lugs

may be ordered from the

Accessories.

Note: NEC® allows only one

current carrying conductor

per hole on neutrals unless

otherwise noted.

Bottom-Fed Loadcenters

When the power cable is

brought into the loadcenter

from below the panel; then

the main lug panels, and

single-phase, 225A and

below, loadcenters can be

rotated 180 degrees to allow

straight-in wiring of power

cables to the main terminals.

Because the CSR main circuit

breaker handle operates

horizontally, the orientation

of the main circuit breaker

handle is consistent with

the requirements of NEC

Article 240.81.

Gutter Splicing

Loadcenters are not UL listed

as wiring troughs. Therefore,

gutter splicing of riser cables

to tap off to the main device

is not permitted. Refer to

NEC Article 373.8.

Fire Rating

Due to the numerous

openings in both loadcenter

boxes and trims, they should

not be mounted in firewalls.

There is no approval method

for sealing the enclosures for

this application.

Date Code

The date of manufacture of

each loadcenter is printed on

the outside of the carton as

well as inside the loadcenter.

On the carton, the date code

is printed on the end carton

label. In the loadcenter, the

date code is located on the

small white label located on

the right side wall (with the

main device on top).

The date code is in the

following format: F # # # &.

The “F” is the numeric code

for the Lincoln, IL plant,

and the three numbers

are the year and week of

manufacture, e.g., 023. The

“&” sign at the end signifies

the decade of the 2000s.

The “!” at the end signifies

the decade of the 2010s.

Therefore, the date code

F023& would indicate

that the product was

manufactured in the 23rd

week of 2000. The 1980s

are represented by a

“+” sign and the 1990s

are represented by a “=”

at the end of the code.

Plug-On Type CH Breakers

Quick-make, quick-break

switch mechanism combined

with inverse time element

tripping operation and trip-

free handle design. Type CH

circuit breakers trip to the

OFF position eliminating

nuisance callbacks. The

thermal-magnetic trip curve

avoids nuisance tripping on

mild overloads while reacting

almost instantaneously

to severe short-circuit

conditions. CHF breakers

include a ‘trip flag’ to

differentiate between a

tripped breaker and one that

has been turned off.

Multipole breakers have

internal common trip

connection to operate all

poles simultaneously.

Handles are marked with

ON-OFF indication and

ampere rating of the breaker.

Type CH breakers meet

UL Standard 489, NEMA

standards, and Federal Spec

Classification W-C 375 b/Gen.

They are UL listed under File

Number E11713, E8741,

E3624 and E51287: and

CSA® certified file number

LR87196, except Type

CHT breakers.

Type CH Circuit Breaker Ratings

Single- and double-pole CH

breakers rated 15 and 20A

have low instantaneous

magnetic trip levels. The 15

and 20A breakers with “HM”

suffix have high magnetic trip

settings recommended for

circuits with inherently high

inrush currents. All Type CH

breakers are marked for

heating, air conditioning

and refrigeration (HACR)

equipment application.

Single-pole 15–20A breakers

are also suitable for switching

duty (SWD). Shunt trip coils

operate on 120 Vac and

require one additional pole

space per breaker.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-5

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenter

Warranty

The minimum warranty

for residential loadcenters,

breakers and surge protection

devices shall be as follows:

●Lifetime loadcenter

warranty

●Lifetime warranty on

CH circuit breakers

●Lifetime warranty on

CHSPT2ULTRA including

$75,000 connected

equipment warranty

●1-year warranty on plug-in

surge protective device

(CHSA)

Single Keyhole Mounting

One keyhole at the top

and bottom provides easier

mounting and leveling

Neutral Bus (Strap)

Easily removable for

sub-panel applications

Bonding Z-Strap

Provides easy ﬁeld

conversion for service

entrance applications

Twin Neutral Bars

Minimum 150% neutral

capacity

Extra 1.5 inch Knockout

(38.1 mm)

Larger knockout provides

easier installation and time

savings for renovation

installations

“Tangential” Center Knockout

Easier installation for conduit

applications

Commercial Grade Main

Breaker

25 kAIC series rated main

breaker in 150A–225A load-

centers. 35, 42 and 100 kAIC

series ratings are available

Optional convertible design—

reduces inventory

requirements

2/0 Lug

Easily removable and can be

installed in any location

on the neutral bar

Drywall Marking on Enclosure

Indicates proper mounting

depth for ﬂush applications

One Piece Silver-Flashed

Copper Bus

Provides superior conductivity,

corrosion resistance and durability

Steel Backpan

Provides solid and reliable

breaker mounting—single

piece design for stability

and durability

Top or Bottom Feed

Straight-in wiring saves labor

and material

One panel for either top or

bottom applications

Type CHF AFCI/GFCI/Thermal -

Magnetic Breakers

Advanced electronics

effectively reduce nuisance

tripping

CHF AFCI breakers have a

standard diagnostic LED

indicating 1 of 7 trip codes

Mechanical ﬂag for trip

indication (on thermal-magnetic

AFCI and GFCI)

All CH breakers provide

industry exclusive 2-position

handle with simple

1 step reset

Unique Sandalwood Finish

Aesthetically appealing,

scratch-resistant powder

coating

■

V1-T1-6 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Catalog Number Selection

Loadcenters 100–225A and 12–42 Circuits

Indoor Covers Ordered Separately

Note: All combinations are not valid, refer to the catalog section.

LC Type

Type CH 3/4-inch (19.1 mm)

branch circuit breakers

Number of Circuits

Selection circuits

Main Device

L= Main lug only

B= Main breaker

N= Convertible

H= High AIC

main breaker

CH 42 B200 K

Construction

Blank = Standard

PN = Plug-on neutral

Phases

Blank = Single-phase

3= Three-phase Accessories

Blank = Standard

EC = Surge ready

SUR = Surge factory

installed

Bus Amperes

100

125

150

200

225

Box Sizes

R = Outdoor (no cover)

CH 8 K F

Type CH

Loadcenter

Cover Series

Factory Options

Blank = Standard

SUR = Surge/surge ready

Accessories

Blank = Standard

M= Mechanical interlock

Mounting

F= Combination

flush/surface

S= Surface

Box Size

Indicated in loadcenter

catalog number

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-7

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Product Selection

Single-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10/25 kAIC

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)

Notes

1 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment.

2 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-25.

3 Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications.

4 Can be top or bottom fed by rotating the enclosure and trim 180 degrees.

5 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-25.

6 Panel includes #4–300 kcmil feed-through lugs.

7 This cover is for flush applications only (not combination).

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-27 and V1-T1-28.

Main

Breaker

Type

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)

of Poles

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Breaker

Loadcenter 12

Catalog Number

Loadcenter Cover

Catalog Number

Combination 3Surface

10 kAIC

100 14 Indoor B #6–1/0 CH14B100B 4CH8BF CH8BS

14 Outdoor B #6–1/0 CH14B100R 5——

18 Indoor C #6–1/0 CH18B100C 4CH8CF CH8CS

18 Outdoor C #6–1/0 CH18B100R 5——

22 Indoor C #6–1/0 CH22B100C 4CH8CF CH8CS

22 Outdoor C #6–1/0 CH22B100R 5——

30 Indoor D #6–1/0 CH30B100D 4CH8DF CH8DS

30 Outdoor D #6–1/0 CH30B100R 5——

125 22 Indoor C #6–1/0 CH22B125C 4CH8CF CH8CS

22 Outdoor C #6–1/0 CH22B125R 5——

30 Indoor D #6–1/0 CH30B125D 4CH8DF CH8DS

30 Outdoor D #6–1/0 CH30B125R 5——

CSR

25 kAIC

150 8 Outdoor E #2–300 kcmil CH8B150RF 6——

24 Indoor E #2–300 kcmil CH24B150E 4CH8EF CH8ES

24 Outdoor E #2–300 kcmil CH24B150R 5——

32 Indoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B150J 4CH8JF CH8JS

32 Outdoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B150R 5——

200 8 Outdoor E #2–300 kcmil CH8B200RF 6——

24 Indoor E #2–300 kcmil CH24B200E 4CH8EF CH8ES

24 Outdoor E #2–300 kcmil CH24B200R 5——

32 Indoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B200J 4CH8JF CH8JS

32 Outdoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B200R 5——

42 Indoor K #2–300 kcmil CH42B200K 4CH8KF CH8KS

42 Outdoor K #2–300 kcmil CH42B200R 5——

225 32 Indoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B225J 4CH8JF CH8JS

32 Outdoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B225R 5——

42 Indoor K #2–300 kcmil CH42B225K 4CH8KF CH8KS

42 Outdoor K #2–300 kcmil CH42B225R 5——

10 kAIC

300 42 Indoor PM (2) 3/0–250 kcmil CH42PM300 CH7PMF 7CH7PMS

400 42 Indoor PM (2) 3/0–250 kcmil CH42PM400 CH7PMF 7CH7PMS

CH42B200K

V1-T1-8 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Single-Phase—High Interrupting Rated Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—100 kAIC

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Notes

1All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment.

2Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications.

3Loadcenter can be top or bottom fed by rotating the enclosure and trim 180 degrees.

4Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-25.

5Series rated for 100 kAIC with all Types CH, CHT and CHP breakers.

Main

Breaker

Type

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)

Poles

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Breaker

Loadcenter 1

Catalog Number

Loadcenter Cover

Catalog Number

Combination 2Surface

CHB4

100 kAIC 5

100 32 Indoor L #6–1/0 CH32H100L 3CH8LF CH8LS

32 Outdoor L #6–1/0 CH32H100R 4——

CHH

100 kAIC 5

150 32 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH32H150L CH8LF CH8LS

32 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH32H150R 4——

200 32 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH32H200L CH8LF CH8LS

32 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH32H200R 4——

42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H200L CH8LF CH8LS

42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H200R 4——

225 42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H225L CH8LF CH8LS

42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H225R 4——

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-9

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Single Neutral

Notes

1 Requires the use of Type CHNT breakers.

2 Ground bar kits priced separately, see Page V1-T1-25.

– For 2/4 and 6/12 circuit loadcenters use Type GBK5 or GBK520 ground bar

– For 4/8 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters use Type GBK10 ground bar

– Ground bars mount to the left side wall of the enclosure for the 4/8, 6/12 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters

3 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard

(see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-25.

5 For use as service entrance applications only.

6 Neutral/ground holes (6) #14–6 and (3) #14–2/0 AWG Cu/AI.

7 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when not more than six service disconnecting mains are

provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

8 Suitable for use as service equipment when a main breaker is used or when not more than six service disconnecting mains are provided and when not used as a lighting

and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-27 and V1-T1-28.

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Enclosure

Type

Type of Trim

(Included)

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Loadcenter

Catalog NumberSpace Poles

40 2 4 1Indoor Surface (no door) 5 #14–6 CH2L40SP 23

1Outdoor — 5R #14–6 CH2L40RP 234

1Indoor Flush (no door) 5 #14–6 CH2L40FP 23

70 2 4 1Indoor Surface (no door) 5 #14–2 CH2L70SP 23

1Outdoor — 5R #14–2 CH2L70RP 234

1Indoor Flush (no door) 5 #14–2 CH2L70FP 23

125 2 4 1Indoor Surface (no door) 6 #14–1/0 CH2L125SP 23

1Outdoor — 6R #14–1/0 CH2L125RP 234

2 2 Outdoor — — #14–1/0 CH2L125RSE2P 456

1Indoor Flush (no door) 6 #14–1/0 CH2L125FP 23

1Indoor Surface (no door) 7 #14–1/0 CH4L125SP 27

1Outdoor — 7R #14–1/0 CH4L125RP 247

1Indoor Flush (no door) 7 #14–1/0 CH4L125FP 27

612

1Outdoor — 6R #14–1/0 CH6L125R 267

816

1Indoor Surface (no door) 7 #6–1/0 CH8L125SP 28

816

1Outdoor — 7R #6–1/0 CH8L125RP 267

816

1Indoor Flush (no door) 7 #6–1/0 CH8L125FP 28

Surface Outdoor

Flush Outdoor

Surface (No Door)

Flush (No Door)

Outdoor

V1-T1-10 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral—Factory-Installed Ground Bar

Notes

1 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard

(see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

2 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-25.

3 Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and requires hold-down bracket kit

catalog number CH125RB.

4 Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and must be a Type CHB.

The breaker cannot be a Type CH.

5 This cover is for flush application only (not combination).

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-27 and V1-T1-28.

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)

Poles

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Loadcenter

Catalog Number

Loadcenter Cover

Catalog Number

Combination Surface

125 12 Indoor B #6–2/0 CH12L125B 1CH8BF CH8BS

12 Outdoor B #6–2/0 CH12L125R 12 ——

16 Indoor B #6–2/0 CH16L125B 1CH8BF CH8BS

16 Outdoor B #6–2/0 CH16L125R 12 ——

20 Indoor C #6–2/0 CH20L125C 1CH8CF CH8CS

20 Outdoor C #6–2/0 CH20L125R 12 ——

24 Indoor C #6–2/0 CH24L125C 1CH8CF CH8CS

24 Outdoor C #6–2/0 CH24L125R 12 ——

150 24 Indoor D #4–300 kcmil CH24L150D 1CH8DF CH8DS

24 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH24L150R 23 ——

32 Indoor D #4–300 kcmil CH32L150D 1CH8DF CH8DS

32 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH32L150R 23 ——

200 12 Indoor D #4–300 kcmil CH12L200D 1CH8DF CH8DS

12 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH12L200R 23 ——

16 Indoor D #4–300 kcmil CH16L200D 1CH8DF CH8DS

16 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH16L200R 23 ——

225 24 Indoor D #4–300 kcmil CH24L225D 1CH8DF CH8DS

24 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH24L225R 23 ——

32 Indoor D #4–300 kcmil CH32L225D 1CH8DF CH8DS

32 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH32L225R 23 ——

42 Indoor G #4–300 kcmil CH42L225G 3CH8GF CH8GS

42 Outdoor G #4–300 kcmil CH42L225R 23 ——

400 42 Indoor P (2) 1/0–300 kcmil

(1) 750 kcmil

CH42PL400 4CH7PF 5CH7PS

CH42L225G

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-11

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Convertible Loadcenters MCB or MLO—Base Units and Main Devices—10/25/35 kAIC

Complete assembly consists of: loadcenter, cover, and either main breaker kit or main lug kit.

Indoor—Single-Phase—Three-Wire—120/240V—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral—Top or Bottom Feed

Outdoor—Single-Phase—Three-Wire—120/240V—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)

Notes

1Panel does not include main. Order main breaker or main lug kit separately.

2If 35 kAIC is required, use CSH breaker.

3Hold-down kit included.

435 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types CH, CHT and CHP branch breakers are used with CSH main.

5Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-25.

6Includes feed-through lugs for both phase and neutral conductors.

7Insulated/bondable single neutral.

Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected.

Maximum

Main Ampere

Rating

Maximum

Number of

Single Poles

Box

Size

Loadcenter Box

and Panel

Catalog Number 1

Loadcenter Cover

Catalog Number Main Lug Kit Main Breaker Kit

Catalog NumberCombination Surface

Wire

Size

Catalog

Number

kAIC

Rating

Wire

Size

125 22 C CH22N125C CH8CF CH8CS #10–1/0 CHL125N 10 #10–1/0 CH2100N 3—

CH2125N 3—

200 32 J CH32N200J CH8JF CH8JS #4–300

kcmil

CHL225N 25/35 2#2–300

kcmil

CSR2125N CSH2125N

CSR2150N CSH2150N

CSR2175N CSH2175N

CSR2200N CSH2200N

225 42 K CH42N225K CH8KF CH8KS #4–300

kcmil

CHL225N 25/35 2#2–300

kcmil

CSR2125N CSH2125N

CSR2150N CSH2150N

CSR2175N CSH2175N

CSR2200N CSH2200N

CSR2225N CSH2225N

Maximum

Main Ampere

Rating

Maximum

Number of

Single Poles

Box

Size

Loadcenter Box

and Panel

Catalog Number 1

Main Lug Kit

Catalog

Number

Main Breaker Kit

Catalog Number

Wire

Size

kAIC

Rating

Wire

Size

125 22 C CH22N125R 5#10–1/0 CHL125N 10 #10–1/0 CH2100N 3—

CH2125N 3—

200 8 E CH8N200RF 567 #4–300 kcmil CHL225N 25/35 2#2–300 kcmil CSR2125N CSH2125N

CSR2150N CSH2150N

CSR2175N CSH2175N

CSR2200N CSH2200N

200 32 J CH32N200R 5#4–300 kcmil CHL225N 25/35 2#2–300 kcmil CSR2125N CSH2125N

CSR2150N CSH2150N

CSR2175N CSH2175N

CSR2200N CSH2200N

225 42 K CH42N225R 5#4–300 kcmil CHL225N 25/35 2#2–300 kcmil CSR2125N CSH2125N

CSR2150N CSH2150N

CSR2175N CSH2175N

CSR2200N CSH2200N

CSR2225N CSH2225N

V1-T1-12 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Three-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10 kAIC

Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Three-Phase—High Interrupting Rated Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—100 kAIC

Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Notes

1All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment.

2Ground bar kits priced separately. For ground bar kits, see Page V1-T1-25.

3Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-25.

4This cover for flush application only (not combination).

5100 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types CH and CHP branch breakers are used with CHH main.

Main

Breaker

Type

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)

Poles

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Breaker

Loadcenter 12

Catalog Number

Loadcenter Cover

Catalog Number

Combination Surface

10 kAIC

150 30 Indoor L #1–4/0 CH30B3150L CH8LF CH8LS

30 Outdoor L #1–4/0 CH30B3150R 3——

200 30 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30B3200L CH8LF CH8LS

30 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30B3200R 3——

42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42B3200L CH8LF CH8LS

42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42B3200R 3——

225 30 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30B3225L CH8LF CH8LS

30 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30B3225R 3——

42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42B3225L CH8LF CH8LS

42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42B3225R 3——

400 42 Indoor PM (2) 3/0–350 kcmil CH424PM400 CH7PMF 4CH7PMS

Main

Breaker

Type

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm)

of Poles

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Breaker

Loadcenter

Catalog Number 12

Loadcenter Cover

Catalog Number

Combination Surface

CHH

100 kAIC 5

200 30 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30H3200L CH8LF CH8LS

30 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30H3200R 3——

42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H3200L CH8LF CH8LS

42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H3200R 3——

225 42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H3225L CH8LF CH8LS

42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H3225R 3——

CH42B3200L

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-13

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Three-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters

Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)

Notes

1Requires the use of CHNT breakers.

2Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting means are provided or when not more than six service disconnecting means are provided and when not used as

a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

3Ground bar kits priced separately, see Page V1-T1-25.

– Use GBK10 ground bar

– Ground bars mount to the left side wall of the enclosure.

4Insulated/bondable single neutral.

5Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-25.

6Ground bar Type GBK14 is installed.

7Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and requires hold-down bracket kit catalog number Type CH125RB. Suitable for

use as service equipment when not more than six service disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

8Ground bar Type GBK21 is installed.

9Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and requires hold-down kit catalog number Type CH125RB.

jFor ground bar kits, see Page V1-T1-25.

kSuitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and must be a Type CHB. The breaker cannot be a Type CH.

lThis cover for flush application only (not combination).

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-27 and V1-T1-28.

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Enclosure

Type

Type of Trim

Included

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Loadcenter

Catalog Number

Loadcenter

Cover Catalog Number

Spaces Poles Combination Single

125 6 12 1Indoor Surface, no door 7 #14–1/0 CH6L3125SP 234 ——

612

1Outdoor — 7R #14–1/0 CH6L3125RP 2345 ——

612

1Indoor Flush, no door 7 #14–1/0 CH6L3125FP 234 ——

12 12 Indoor — B #6–2/0 CH12L3125B 67 CH8BF CH8BS

12 12 Outdoor — B #6–2/0 CH12L3125R 567 ——

18 18 Indoor — C #6–2/0 CH18L3125C 67 CH8CF CH8CS

18 18 Outdoor — C #6–2/0 CH18L3125R 678 ——

24 24 Indoor — C #6–2/0 CH24L3125C 67 CH8CF CH8CS

24 24 Outdoor — C #6–2/0 CH24L3125R 678 ——

150 30 30 Indoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH30L3150D 67 CH8DF CH8DS

30 30 Outdoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH30L3150R 569 ——

225 24 24 Indoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH24L3225D 67 CH8DF CH8DS

24 24 Outdoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH24L3225R 569 ——

30 30 Indoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH30L3225D 67 CH8DF CH8DS

30 30 Outdoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH30L3225R 569 ——

42 42 Indoor — G #4–300 kcmil CH42L3225G 89 CH8GF CH8GS

42 42 Outdoor — G #4–300 kcmil CH42L3225R 589 ——

400 42 42 Indoor — P (2) 1/0–300 kcmil

(1) 750 kcmil

CH424PL400 jk CH7PF lCH7PS

V1-T1-14 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Spa Panels

Contents—CH Specialty Products

Description Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2

CH Specialty Products

Spa Panels

Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15

Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-17

Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-18

Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-19

CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . V1-T1-22

CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-31

CH Specialty Products

Spa Panels

Product Description:

Eaton’s CH Spa Panels are

premium factory-assembled

“combination” units that

provide ground fault

protection, as well as a

convenient way to turn spa

pumps on and off. The NEC

requires that all pool and spa

pumps be protected by a

ground fault interrupter and

a disconnect switch mounted

within 10 feet of the tub

or the spa.

Features

●Two extra circuits for

additional loads

●Limited lifetime warranty

●UL Listed

●Tough powder-coated

galvanized steel enclosure

●Factory-installed

two-pole ground fault

circuit interrupter (GFCI)

Quick-ProSM

All you need to

know to save

time and make

more money.

Specified on

certain Eaton products, the

Quick-Pro symbol allows for

immediate recognition of

products that

are designed for

straightforward

installation.

When you see Quick-Pro, you

know you can install quickly—

sometimes up to 50% less

than the usual installation

time—and move on to your

next job.

Product Selection

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Neutral—

Factory-Installed Ground Bar

Notes

1 Includes a CH230GFI breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience.

2 Includes a CH240GFI breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience.

3 Includes a CH250GFI breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience.

4 Includes a CH260GFI breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience.

Main

Ampere

Rating

Circuit

Breaker

Included

Enclosure

Type

of Trim

Included

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Catalog

Number

30 CH230GF Outdoor — 5R #14–1/0 CH30SPA 1

40 CH240GF Outdoor — 5R #14–1/0 CH40SPA 2

50 CH250GF Outdoor — 5R #14–1/0 CH50SPA 3

60 CH260GF Outdoor — 5R #14–1/0 CH60SPA 4

CH Spa Panel

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-15

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Surge Panel

Contents—CH Specialty Products

Description Page

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2

CH Specialty Products

Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-14

Surge Panel

Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-17

Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-18

Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-19

CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . V1-T1-22

CH Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-31

Surge Panel

Product Description

Eaton’s Type CH Surge

Loadcenter includes a factory-

mounted and wired surge

suppressor device. There is

a knockout in the cover that

allows the user to view the

status indication lights on

the surge suppressor. The

CH Surge Loadcenter reduces

the surge current, helping

protect sensitive home

electronic equipment.

Save labor

by installing

a factory-

mounted surge

protective

device.

Factory-Installed

Surge Protection

●Includes a CHSPT2ULTRA

and a two-pole 50A

circuit breaker

●Increases the

effectiveness of

surge protection due

to reduced lead length

●A modified deadfront

allows for easy viewing

of indicating lights

Surge Ready

●Provides a mounting

provision for

CHSPT2ULTRA

●A modified deadfront

allows for easy viewing

of indicating lights

Product Selection

Surge Installed Loadcenters

Notes

1Order cover separately.

2With main lugs installed.

Ampere

Rating Type

Number

of Circuits

Loadcenter

Catalog Number

Loadcenter Cover

Catalog Number

Combination Surface

225 Convertible 42 CHSUR42N225L 1CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

225 Convertible 242 CHSUR42L225L2 1CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

200 Main breaker 42 CHSUR42B200L2 1CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

225 Convertible 32 CHSUR32N225K 1CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

225 Convertible 232 CHSUR32L225K 1CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

200 Main breaker 32 CHSUR32B200K 1CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

150 Main breaker 32 CHSUR32B150K 1CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

100 Main breaker 32 CHSUR32B100K 1CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

125 Convertible 224 CHSUR24L125E 1CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES

100 Main breaker 24 CHSUR24B100E 1CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES

200 Convertible 40/40 BRSUR4040N200 Cover included

200 Main lug 40/40 BRSUR4040L200 Cover included

200 Main breaker 40/40 BRSUR4040B200 Cover included

200 Convertible 30/40 BRSUR3040N200 Cover included

200 Main lug 30/40 BRSUR3040L200 Cover included

200 Main breaker 30/40 BRSUR3040B200 Cover included

V1-T1-16 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Surge Ready Loadcenters (provision only, CHSPT2ULTRA and breaker not included)

Main Breaker Kits Main Lug Kits

Technical Data and Specifications

Ratings

●Loadcenter

●25 kAIC main breaker, main lug only, and convertible

main breaker/main lug

●Factory installed or provision for field-installed

surge suppressor

●Top or bottom feed

●Surge protective device (CHSPT2ULTRA)

●Nominal discharge current: 20 kA (In)

●Surge current capacity per phase: 108 kA

●Warranty: $75,000 connected equipment 4

●For further product ratings, see Volume 1, Tab 2.1

Surge Protection

Notes

1Order cover separately.

2With main lugs installed.

3Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs,

refer to Page V1-T1-25.

4For warranty details, visit www.eaton.com/surgetrap.

Ampere

Rating Type

Number

of Circuits

Loadcenter

Catalog Number 1

Loadcenter Cover Catalog Number

Combination Surface

225 Convertible 42 CHEC42N225L CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

225 Convertible 242 CHEC42L225L CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

200 Main breaker 42 CHEC42B200L CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

225 Convertible 232 CHEC32L225K CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

225 Convertible 32 CHEC32N225K CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

225 Convertible 32 CHEC32N225R 3——

200 Main breaker 32 CHEC32B200K CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

150 Main breaker 32 CHEC32B150K CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

100 Main breaker 32 CHEC32B100K CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

125 Convertible 224 CHEC24L125E CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES

100 Main breaker 24 CHEC24B100E CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES

Maximum Main Ampere Rating

Catalog Number

25 kAIC 35 kAIC

100 CSR2100N CSH2100N

150 CSR2150N CSH2150N

200 CSR2200N CSH2200N

225 CSR2225N CSH2225N

Maximum Main Ampere Rating Catalog Number

125 CHL125N

225 CHL225N

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-17

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

60-Circuit Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter

Contents—CH Specialty Products

Description Page

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2

CH Specialty Products

Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-14

Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15

Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter

Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-18

Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-19

CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . V1-T1-22

CH Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-31

Plug-On Neutral

Loadcenter

Product Description

Code changes and higher

safety standards are leading

to more arc fault and ground

fault circuit interrupter

installations. Eaton offers a

unique product solution that

enables a direct connection of

the breaker to the neutral bar,

eliminating the need for

wiring a pigtail.

Features and Benefits

●Time savings up to 25%

per AFCI/GFCI installation

●Eliminates nuisance

tripping due to loose pigtail

connections

●Clean gutter space

●Easier troubleshooting

due to less wiring

●Backed by a limited

lifetime warranty

Product Selection

Main Breaker Plug-On Neutral Loadcenters

Main Lug Only/Convertible Plug-On Neutral Loadcenters—With Factory Installed Main Lugs

Notes

1Requires the use of type CHNT breakers.

2If 35 kAIC is required, use CSH breaker equivalent.

Main

Breaker

Type

Main

Ampere

Rating

Max.

Number

3/4-Inch

Circuits

Max.

Number

of Poles

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size

Range

Cu/Al

Catalog

Number

Cover Catalog

Number

Combination Surface

CSR 25

kAIC

100 24 24 Indoor E #2–300 kcmil CH24BPN100E CH8EF CH8ES

200 32 32 Indoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32BPN200J CH8JF CH8JS

200 42 42 Indoor K #2–300 kcmil CH42BPN200K CH8KF CH8KS

200 60 120 1Indoor N #2–300 kcmil CH60BPN200N CH8NF —

Max.

Ampere

Rating

Max.

Number

3/4-Inch

Poles

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Catalog

Number

Wire Size

Range

for Main Lug

Main

Breaker

Kit 2

Wire Size

Range

For Main

Breaker

Cover Catalog

Number

Combination Surface

125 24 Indoor E CH24NLPN125E #6–300 kcmil CSR2100N #2–300 kcmil CH8NLEF CH8NLES

CSR2125N

225 32 Indoor J CH32NLPN225J #6–300 kcmil CSR2125N #2–300 kcmil CH8NLJF CH8NLJS

CSR2200N

CSR2100N

225 42 Indoor K CH42NLPN225K #6–300 kcmil CSR2125N #2–300 kcmil CH8NLKF CH8NLKS

CSR2150N

CSR2200N

V1-T1-18 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Renovation Panel

Contents—CH Specialty Products

Description Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2

CH Specialty Products

Spa Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-14

Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15

Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-17

Type CH Renovation Loadcenter

Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-19

CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . V1-T1-22

CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-31

Type CH Renovation

Loadcenter

Product Description

Eaton’s Renovation

Loadcenter is designed

for the service contractor.

With the addition of a five-

circuit terminal block factory

mounted in the top left corner

of the loadcenter, the service

contractor can terminate

short-circuit wires instead of

having to use expensive wire

nuts. Also, the Renovation

Loadcenter incorporates a

twin-stacked neutral design

that places the neutral and

ground terminations higher in

the loadcenter. Both of these

features were added without

increasing any size from a

standard loadcenter. These

features will eliminate the

need for wire nuts and make

for a much neater installation.

There is a provision to field

mount a second five-circuit

terminal block (RN5TB) in

the top right corner of the

loadcenter. Choose amongst

Eaton’s Type CH breaker

family for use in the

Renovation Panel.

Product Selection

Single-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters 25 kAIC 1

Single-Phase, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Stacked Split Neutral

Branch Circuit Breakers (CH)

See Pages V1-T1-2–V1-T1-13.

Renovation Loadcenter

Notes

1100A main breaker is rated 10 kAIC.

2Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications.

All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment. Loadcenters

are factory-bonded for service entrance applications. Remove bonding strap for separate neutral

and ground bars for sub-feed applications.

Main

Breaker

Type

Main

Ampere

Rating

Max.

Number

3/4-Inch

(19.1 mm)

of Poles

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size

Range

Cu/Al

60 or 70ºC

for Main

Breakers

Loadcenter

Catalog

Number

Cover Catalog

Number 2

Combination Surface

CH 100 20 Indoor C #6–1/0 CH22B100CRN CH8CFF CH8CS

CSR 150 32 Indoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B150JRN CH8JF CH8JS

CSR 200 32 Indoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B200JRN CH8J CH8JS

CSR 200 42 Indoor K #2–300 kcmil CH42B200KRN CH8KF CH8KS

Description Catalog Number

Five-circuit terminal block kit

Ground bar kits (two maximum per panel)

RN5TB

(See Page V1-T1-25)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-19

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Retrofit Type CH Retrofit Interior Collar

Adjustable Interior and Assembly with Trim

Type CH Retrofit Interior

Contents—CH Specialty Products

Description Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2

CH Specialty Products

Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-14

Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15

Plug-On Neutral Loadcenter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-17

Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-18

Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits

CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . V1-T1-22

CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-31

Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits

Product Description

Eaton’s unique Retrofit

Interior allows the customer

to cost-effectively and safely

upgrade an electrical service

without removing the existing

enclosure from the wall.

Application Description

The Retrofit Interior is

designed and tested

specifically for renovating

an outdated electrical panel in

an apartment, a condominium

or a single family home.

These outdated panels are

being recognized by local

inspectors and other

authorities as a possible

hazard.

Opportunities to Retrofit

●Single- or three-phase

●Main lug only or main

breaker

●Up to 42 circuits

●Up to 225A interiors,

400A available upon

request

●Available with CH breakers

(3/4-inch) with copper bus

or BR breakers (1-inch) with

aluminum bus

●The minimum lifetime

warranty for residential

breakers shall be as

follows:

●Limited lifetime

warranty on all CH

branch breakers and

loadcenters

●Refer to Eaton for

complete warranty

details

Features and Benefits

Upgrading Existing Electrical

Infrastructure Is Simple

●Replaces vintage brands

that have hard to find,

expensive replacement

breakers

●Safely upgrade to arc fault

and ground fault breakers

to meet current electrical

codes

●Maximizes number of

circuits available with

compact design

●Eco-friendly in asbestos-

filled environments

●Exclusive design

Save Time and Money

Throughout the Installation

●Uses existing panel

box and wires

●Eliminates expensive and

time-consuming drywall/

paint repair

●Saves 2–3 hours of

installation time compared

to a complete panel

changeout

●Eliminates precise

measurements with field-

adjustable kit

Detailed Product Guide

For questions about retrofit

solutions, contact the Lincoln

Flex Center at 800-330-6479 or

flexcenterlincoln@eaton.com.

Be sure to provide width,

height and depth of panel.

Standards and Certifications

Meets 2008/2011/2014 NEC

wire bending requirements.

V1-T1-20 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

CH Specialty Product Selection

To select the retrofit kit:

1. From the existing box

size determine which

retrofit groups are

suitable (may be more

than one).

2. Use type of interior,

number of phases, and

type of main to find the

selection chart.

3. Select part number from

chart (if main breaker,

replace XXX with specific

amp rating).

4. Note that the overlap

of the existing wall is

the retro cover size

minus the existing

box size. If specific

measurements are

needed, communicate

that you need a custom

trim size.

5. Contact the Lincoln Flex

Center at 800-330-6479

for pricing, lead-times,

and order entry

instructions.

How to Order:

1. Measure the existing

panel enclosure to

determine appropriate

kits for your project.

2. Match the existing

dimensions with the

table below to obtain the

correct catalog number.

3. Order your retrofit kit

from a local Eaton

authorized distributor.

Need assistance or can’t find

retrofit to fit existing

enclosure?

Email or call Eaton’s

Residential Flex Center at

1-800-330-6479 for all your

retrofit needs. Go to

www.eaton.com/eccn to

locate an Eaton Certified

Contractor.

Retrofit Interior Kit Specifications

Five recommended groups: existing box height determines retro group size. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Notes

1Catalog numbers shown with "_" at the end need one of the following suffixes to denote depth:

J = 3.75–4.25

K = 4.25–5.00

L = 5.00–6.00

Example: RBCH24B200J would signify an interior set with a depth range of 3.75 to 4.25 inches.

2****Denotes characters in the catalog number that relate to overall cover size.

Example: CRWCH6ML2620 would signify a cover 26.00 inches H x 20.00 inches W, or CRBCH24CS3324 would be 33.00 inches H x 24.00 inches W.

3Amperes for MB panels is maximum; catalog number will reflect actual amperage of breaker included.

For UL applications, maximum cover sizes may apply.

Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)

Catalog

Number 1Cover 2

Minimum

Depth

Maximum

Depth

Minimum

Width

Minimum

Height Phase Main Bus Amperes

Spaces /

Circuits

UL 67

Listed

CH Retrofit Interiors and Covers

RWCH6L125N CRWCH6ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 4.13 (104.9) 7.00 (177.8) 8.50 (215.9) Single MLO CH 125 6 No

RSCH10B125N CRWCH12ML**** 3.50 (88.9) 4.50 (114.3) 8.50 (215.9) 16.50 (419.1) Single MCB CH 125 10 No

RSCH12L125N CRWCH12ML**** 3.50 (88.9) 4.50 (114.3) 8.50 (215.9) 16.50 (419.1) Single MLO CH 125 12 No

RACH22B125J CRACH24ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 4.25 (108.0) 13.00 (330.2) 21.00 (533.4) Single MCB CH 125 22 No

RACH24L125J CRACH24ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 4.25 (108.0) 13.00 (330.2) 21.00 (533.4) Single MLO CH 125 24 No

RBCH24B200_ CRBCH24CS**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 29.00 (736.6) Single MCB CH 200 24 No

RBCH32L200_ CRBCH32ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 29.00 (736.6) Single MLO CH 200 32 No

RCCH32B200_ CRBCH32CS**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 34.00 (863.6) Single MCB CH 200 32 No

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-21

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Complete Assembly

Note: For complete assembly,

interior and cover need to be

ordered separately.

Adjustable Interior

●Factory installed ground

and neutral bars positioned

to accept existing wires

●Field adjustable depth

matches existing panel box

●Adjustable height enables

optional placement of the

interior

●Field bondable for service

entrance options

Adjustable Interior

Standard Trim and Collar

●Standard trim matches

new interior

●New circuit directory for

updated labeling

●Oversized collar eliminates

expensive wall/paint repair

Collar and Assembly with Trim

Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters, Non-Metallic

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Neutral

Notes

1 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard

(see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

2 This device has no main lugs. A Type BR or BD breaker is required to be backfed to supply power to branch breakers. This device is single-phase 120 Vac only.

With the use of three Type BR breakers, there are two branch circuits available. With the use of three Type BD breakers, there are five branch circuits available.

3 Includes GB4NM ground bar.

4 Includes a GFCB240 breaker, factory installed.

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type Trim Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Loadcenter

Catalog NumberSpaces Circuits

40 144 Indoor Flush (no door) 2 2TT120FLGNM 23

44 Indoor Surface (no door) 2 TT120SLGNM 23

60 2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 2 #14–2 2460FNM

2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 2 2460SNM

2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 2 2460FGNM 3

2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 2 2460SGNM 3

2 4 Outdoor — 42460RNM

2460SNM

V1-T1-22 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories

Field Installation and Parts

Note

1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

Description

Ordering

Quantity 1

Catalog

Number

Sub-feed lug blocks—two-pole, 125A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed 1 CHSF2125

Sub-feed lug blocks—three-pole, 125A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed 1 CHSF3125

Neutral/ground lug—add-on neutral or ground lug 1 NL20

1NL30

1NL300

Filler plates—3/4-inch (19.1 mm) space circuit breaker space 25 CHFP

CSR main circuit breaker filler plate (with hardware) 1 CSRFP

Door lock—12–42 circuits, and 100–225A 1 TDL

Sandlewood spray paint 1SPCSW

ANSI-61 light gray touchup paint for outdoor loadcenters 1 SPC61

Isolated neutral assembly (computer circuits) 1 BINA

Circuit directory—adhesive backed 10 TCD

Cover screws 25 LCCS

Cover replacement latch 14-5/16 inch (363.55 mm) wide loadcenters only 1 CHRLS

Circuit marking strip (next to breakers) 10 CHMS

Circuit identification label (preprinted breaker labels next to breakers) 25 CHBL

Series rated caution label 25 SRL

Branch circuit numbering strip 20 CHNS

Bonding strap with screw 1BSSUSE

CHSF2125

CHSF3125

CHFP

TDL

BINA

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-23

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Mechanical Interlock Covers

Covers mechanically interlock two breakers. Type A covers

interlock two CH breakers mounted across from one another.

Type B covers interlock a main Type CSR breaker with a Type CH.

Mechanical Interlocks

Mechanical Interlock Trim/Deadfront Catalog Numbers

Type

Fits Loadcenter

Catalog Numbers Flush Surface

ACH12L125B CH8BFM CH8BSM

CH16L125B

CH12L3125B

CH14B100B

CH20L125C CH8CFM CH8CSM

CH24L125C

CH18L3125C

CH24L3125C

CH22B100C

CH22N100C

CH24L150D CH8DFM CH8DSM

CH32L150D

CH24L3225D

CH30L3150D

CH42L225G CH8GFM CH8GSM

CH42L3225G

Inner cover of Box B raintight — CH8BRM

Inner cover of Box C raintight — CH8CRM

Indoor

BCH24B150E CHEFM CHESM

CH24B200E

CH32B150J CH8JFM CH8JSM

CH32B200J

CH3242B200J

CH32N200J

CH32B225J

CH42B200K CH8KFM CH8KSM

CH42N200K

CH42B225K

Outoor

BCH8B150RF CH3RDF7M —

CH8B200RF

CH8N200RF

CH24B150R

CH24B200R

CH32B150R CH3RDF9M —

CH32B200R

CH32N200R

CH32B225R

CH42B200R CH3RDF10M —

CH42N200R

CH42B225R

CH8BRM Type A

CH8EFM Type B

V1-T1-24 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Mechanical Interlocks, contiuned

Note

1 If vintage part number does not match exactly, the cover may not fit. Simple variations such as an “N” at the end of

the part number contain minor design variations that will prevent our cover from working with that particular loadcenter.

Mechanical Interlock Trim/Deadfront Catalog Numbers

Type

Fits Loadcenter

Catalog Numbers Flush Surface

Next Generation Power Center

BCHPC32B150L CHPC8B32LFM —

CHPC32B200L

CHPC32N200L

CHPC42B150L CHPC8B42LFM —

CHPC42B200L

CHPC42N200L

CHPC32B125TR CH3RDF15M —

CHPC32B150TR

CHPC32B200TR

CHPC32N200TR

CHPC42B150TR CH3RDF16M —

CHPC42B200TR

CHPC42N200TR

CHPC32B150TR CH3RDF17M —

CHPC32B200TR

CHPC42B200BR CH3RDF18M —

Vintage 1

CH20JJM200 CH7JJFREPLM —

CH24JJM150

CH30JJM150

CH30JJM200

CH30JJM150H

CH3040JJMM200

CH304JJM150

CH304JJM200

CH304JJM200H

CH30KKM225 CH7KKFREPLM —

CH40KKM200H

CH40KKM225

CH40KKM200H

CH40KKM225H

CH304KKM200

CH304KKM200H

CH304LLM225 CH7LLFREPLM —

CH424LLM225H

CH8BRM Type A

CH8EFM Type B

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-25

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Field Installation Rainproof Conduit Hubs

Ground Bar Kits

Ground Bar Legend

Grounded “B” Phase Adapters Neutral Bar Accessories

Notes

1Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

2Distance between mounting holes is 1-3/4 inches (44.5 mm).

3For single- and three-phase 400A loadcenters.

4Distance between mounting holes is 2-13/32 inches.

5Cannot be used in Safety Breaker Panels. Classic Plus Panels only.

Description

Conduit Size Ordering

Quantity 1

Catalog

NumberInches (mm)

Group 1—for use with 70, 100 and 125A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures 0.75 (19.1) 1 DS075H1

1.00 (25.4) 1 DS100H1

1.25 (31.8) 1 DS125H1

1.50 (38.1) 1 DS150H1

2.00 (50.8) 1 DS200H1

Group 2—for use with 150, 200 and 225A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures 2.00 (50.8) 1 DS200H2

2.50 (63.5) 1 DS250H2

3.00 (76.2) 1 DS300H2

Adapter kit—allows installing a Group 1 hub on devices arranged for Group 2 hubs — 1 DS900AP

Group 1—small blank hub closure plate — 1 DS900CP1

Group 2 —large blank hub closure plate — 1 DS900CP2

Description (See Legend)

Length Ordering

Quantity 2

Catalog

NumberInches (mm)

dssssds 2.54 (64.5) 1 GBK5 2

dssssdsj 3.59 (91.2) 1 GBK520 2

dssssdssssss 4.29 (109.0) 1 GBK10 2

dssssdssssssj 5.34 (135.6) 1 GBK1020 2

4.61 (117.1) 1 GBK13 2

dssssdssssssssss 5.69 (144.5) 1 GBK14 2

dssssdssssssssssj 6.74 (171.2) 1 GBK1420 2

dssssdsssssssssssssssss 8.14 (206.8) 1 GBK21 2

dssssdsssssssssssssssssj 9.19 (233.4) 1 GBK2120 2

ssssssssdssssssdsssssss 7.94 (201.7) 1 CH9GP21 34

DS100H1

GBK14

= (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al

= (1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al

= (1) 1/0–14 or (3) #10–12 Cu/Al

= (1) #14–1/0 Cu/Al or (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al

= Mounting hole

f k

Maximum

Amperes

Three-Phase Loadcenter

Types of Panels

Kit Catalog

Number 5

125 12–32 circuit main lug CHGRD1

225 Main lug and CHH main breaker panels CHGRD2

CC main CB panels CHGRD3

Description

Catalog

Number 5

Split neutral kit for 22-circuit 125A maximum CHSN125C

Split neutral kit for 32-circuit 200A maximum CHSN225J

Split neutral kit for 42-circuit 200A maximum CHSN225K

Replacement neutral for all C type boxes CHN125C

Replacement neutral for all D type boxes CHN125D

Replacement neutral for all L type boxes CHN225L

Isolated Neutral Assembly (computer circuits) BINA

V1-T1-26 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Decorator Cover Accessory

●For easy use with CH loadcenters mounted in living space

●Easily wallpapered or painted to match any decor

●Loadcenter accessory—exclusively from Eaton

Now you see it … … Now you don’t.

Decorator Cover Accessory 1

Loadcenter Goof Collars

Don’t let an ugly drywall problem ruin a beautiful

electrical installation.

Eaton’s Goof Collar is designed to cover gaps between the

finished drywall and loadcenter enclosure. This is often

necessary when upgrading the electrical service and the drywall

surrounding the panel is damaged. The collar allows 2 inches of

overhang beyond the standard flush trim.

Before After

CH Goof Collars

BR Goof Collars

Note

1For goof collars not listed in the table, please contact the Lincoln Flex Center at

1-800-330-6479.

Catalog Number

Corresponding Cover Existing CH Loadcenter Cover

CH8BF CH8KDNB

CH8CF CH8KDNC

CH8DF/EF CH8KDND

CH8GF/JF CH8KDNJ

CH8KF CH8KDNK

Inches (mm) Catalog Number

Height Width Loadcenter Cover Goof Collar

21.00 (533.4) 19.00 (482.6) CH8BF CH8BFC1921

26.00 (660.4) 19.00 (482.6) CH8CF CH8CFC1926

34.00 (863.6) 19.00 (482.6) CH8DF CH8DFC1934

CH8EF

CHSUR8EF

39.00 (990.6) 19.00 (482.6) CH8GF CH8JFC1939

CH8JF

42.00 (1066.8) 19.00 (482.6) CH8KF CH8KFC1942

CHSUR8KF

44.00 (1117.6) 19.00 (482.6) CH8LF CH8LFC1944

CHSUR8LF

Inches (mm) Catalog Number

Height Width BR Box Size Goof Collar

21.00 (533.4) 19.00 (482.6) B1 BRB2GC2319

23.00 (584.2) 19.00 (482.6) B2 BRB1GC2119

25.00 (635.0) 19.00 (482.6) C1 BRC1GC2519

27.00 (685.8) 19.00 (482.6) C2 BRC2GC2719

31.00 (787.4) 19.00 (482.6) C4 BRC4GC3119

34.00 (863.6) 19.00 (482.6) D1 BRD1GC3419

38.00 (965.2) 19.00 (482.6) G1 BRG1GC3819

43.00 (1092.2) 19.00 (482.6) L1 BRL1G4319

48.00 (1219.2) 19.00 (482.6) L2 BRL2GC4819

SCOTT

HAS

PHOTO

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-27

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Residential/Commercial/Unit Enclosure—Box Sizes

Note: Box sizes do not include covers/fronts.

Residential Loadcenters

Commercial Loadcenters

Types ECB and ECC Unit Enclosures

Residential Loadcenter Knockout

Residential NEMA Type 1 Indoor and NEMA Type 3R

Outdoor Enclosures.

Knockouts for Box Sizes 5, 6, 7, 5R, 6R, 7R

Knockout Positions

Box Size Height Width Depth

NEMA Type 1 Indoor

5 9.50 (241.3) 4.50 (114.3) 3.13 (79.4)

6 11.38 (288.9) 6.88 (174.6) 3.39 (86.1)

7 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.69 (93.7)

B 16.75 (425.5) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

C 21.00 (533.4) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

D 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

E 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

G 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

J 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

K 37.00 (939.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

L 39.00 (990.6) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

N 45.00 (1143.0) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

NEMA Type 3R Outdoor

5R 9.50 (241.3) 4.50 (114.3) 3.13 (79.4)

6R 11.75 (298.5) 6.50 (165.1) 4.50 (114.3)

7R 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.69 (93.7)

B 16.75 (425.5) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

C 21.00 (533.4) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

D 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

E 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

G 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

J 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

K 37.00 (939.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

L 39.00 (990.6) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

Box Size Height Width Depth

NEMA Type 1 Indoor

P 54.38 (1381.1) 21.00 (533.4) 6.00 (152.4)

PM 62.63 (1590.7) 21.00 (533.4) 6.00 (152.4)

Height Width Depth

NEMA Type 1 Indoor

23.25 (590.6) 8.88 (225.4) 4.50 (114.3)

NEMA Type 3R Outdoor

23.69 (601.7) 9.31 (236.5) 5.44 (138.1)

Code Diameter

A 0.50 (12.7) — — —

B 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — —

C 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) —

D 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8)

E 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) —

F 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1)

G 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) —

H 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8)

I 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) —

Box 6R

Box 7 Box 7R

Box 5 Box 5R

Box 6

D D D

Hub

B B

Hub

D D

AAA

AAA AAA

B B B

AB B

C C

G G

AAA AAA

AB B

G G

Hub

D D D

V1-T1-28 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Residential and Commercial Loadcenter Knockout

Residential NEMA Type 1 indoor and NEMA Type 3R outdoor enclosures.

Knockouts for Box Sizes 8, 8R, P, PM, B, C, D, E, G, J, K, L, N

and Outdoor Boxes 12–60 Circuits

Knockout Diagram

Type ECB and ECC Unit Enclosure Knockout

NEMA Type 1—Indoor

NEMA Type 3R—Outdoor

Code Diameter

a 0.75 (19.1) — — — —

b 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — — —

c 0.50 (12.7) — — — —

d 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

e 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) —

f 0.75 (19.1) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) —

g 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) — —

h 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) — —

i 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1)

j 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) — —

k 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) — —

m 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8)

n 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) —

p 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) — — —

eeee

c c c

Flush

Trim

3/4

c c

0.45 Dia.0.45 Dia.

c c

0.45 Dia.0.45 Dia.

Box P, PM

Outdoor Boxes

12–42 Circuits 225A Maximum

Box B Box C, D, E, G, J, K, L, N

0.45 Dia.0.45 Dia.

Code Diameter

NEMA Type 1 Indoor (Flush and Surface Trims)

A 0.50 (12.7) — — — —

B 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

NEMA Type 3R Outdoor

A 0.50 (12.7) — — — —

B 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

B B

HUB

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-29

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Technical Data and Specifications

General

A. The Contractor shall

furnish and install

loadcenters incorporating

circuit breakers of the

number, rating and type

as specified herein and

as shown on the

contract drawings.

B. The loadcenter and all

components shall be

designed, manufactured

and tested in accordance

with the latest applicable

standards of UL and

NEMA including:

1. UL 67—standards for

panelboards

2. UL 50—standards for

cabinets and boxes

3. UL 489—standards for

molded case circuit

breakers

4. Federal Spec

Classification W-C 375

5. UL 1699—all fault

interrupting

Qualifications

A. The manufacturer of the

loadcenter shall be the

manufacturer of the

circuit breaker within the

load center. All breakers

shall be full size.

B. For the equipment

specified herein, the

manufacturer shall be

ISO® 9000 certified.

C. The manufacturer of

this equipment shall have

produced similar

electrical equipment

for a minimum period

of seven (7) years.

Manufacturers

A. Eaton

Ratings

A. Loadcenters shall be

rated for 240 Vac and

shall have short-circuit

ratings as shown on the

drawings or as herein

scheduled, but not less

than 10,000 amperes

rms symmetrical.

B. Breakers shall be full

size and a minimum of

125A frame. Breakers

10 –125A trip size shall

take up the same pole

spacing.

C. Loadcenters shall be

labeled with a UL short-

circuit rating. When

series ratings are applied

with integral or remote

devices, a label shall be

provided. Series ratings

shall cover all trip ratings

of installed frames. It

shall state the conditions

of the UL series ratings

including:

1. Size and type of

upstream device.

2. Branch devices that

can be used.

3. UL series short-circuit

rating.

Construction

A. All interiors, with the

exception of the branch

circuit breakers shall be

completely factory

assembled with main

breakers, main lugs or

no main device.

B. Interiors shall be so

designed that circuit

breakers can be replaced

without disturbing

adjacent units and

without removing the

main bus connectors and

shall be so designed that

circuits may be changed

without machining,

drilling or tapping.

C. Physical means must

be provided to prevent

the installation of more

overcurrent devices than

that number for which

the enclosure was

designed. Full size

breakers are required.

Bus

A. Busbars for the main and

cross connectors shall be

of silver flash plated

copper construction in

accordance with UL

standards. Bussing shall

be braced to 65 kAIC.

B. Neutral bussing shall

have a suitable lug for

each outgoing feeder

requiring a neutral

connection of same

ampacity as branch.

Wiring/Termination

A. All wire connectors and

terminals shall be of the

anti-turn solderless type

and suitable for copper

or aluminum wire of the

sizes indicated. All

connectors shall meet

the “Requirements

for Wire Connectors

and Soldering Lugs”

UL 486B.

B. All loadcenters where

marked shall be suitable

for use with 60/75°C

rated wire.

Circuit Breakers

A. Circuit breakers shall

be molded case type,

3/4-inch (19.1 mm) wide

per pole. Multipole circuit

breakers shall be of a

stack pole design to

provide electrical phase

isolation and have an

internal common trip.

B. Each pole of the circuit

breaker will have inverse

time delay overload and

instantaneous short-

circuit protection by

means of both thermal

and magnetic sensors.

Circuit breakers shall be

quick-make/quick-break.

C. The circuit breaker

calibration shall not be

affected by environmental

changes in relative

humidity. Breakers

shall be calibrated

after assembly.

D. All circuit breakers shall

be operated by a toggle-

type handle and multipole

circuit breakers shall have

an internal common trip

mechanism. The circuit

breakers shall incorporate

trip mechanisms that are

mechanically trip-free

from the handle. The

handle position shall

provide good visual

trip indication.

E. Contacts shall be of non-

welding silver alloy.

F. All branch breaker

handles shall be of a

different color than the

case of the breaker.

G. All terminals shall be

listed for use with copper

or aluminum conductors.

Terminals shall be of the

box lug design. The

terminals shall meet

UL 486B requirements

and shall be suitable for

use with either 60° or

75°C wire.

H. Breakers shall be SWD

rated and/or HACR rated

as required.

I. Arc fault interrupting

circuit breakers, (AFC),

shall be provided on all

15 and 20A single-phase

120/240 Vac circuits

except those indicated as

remote controlled

breakers. AFI breakers

shall be “Classified for

mitigating the effects of

arcing faults,” or

conforming to UL

Standard 1699 and as

defined by per Article

210.12 Section A of the

NEC Code.

V1-T1-30 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Enclosures

A. Loadcenters shall have

NEMA 1 general purpose

or NEMA 3R rainproof

enclosures as indicated

on the drawings and

shall be surface or flush

mounted except where

noted.

B. For indoor applications,

enclosures shall be rated

NEMA 1. Enclosures

shall be manufactured

from cold-rolled code-

gauge sheet steel having

multiple knockouts

and painted per paint

specification. For outdoor

applications, enclosures

shall be rated NEMA 3R.

Enclosures shall be

manufactured from

galvanized steel which

shall be painted per the

painted as specified.

Enclosures shall be of

sufficient size to meet

or exceed NEC wire

bending space.

C. The cover shall have an

easy adjustment feature

for flush applications.

D. Boxes shall be factory

assembled into a single

rigid structure.

E. Provide circuit breaker

marking labels and

directories.

Finish

A. Boxes and trims shall

be finished with a

high scratch-resistant

aesthetically pleasing

finish. The finish shall

be polyurethane coating

electrostatically applied

to a thickness of 1.8 to

2 mils.

All loadcenters shall be

provided with provisions for

accepting a paintable or wall

paperable decorator accessory

cover. Where loadcenters are

installed in living areas, provide

manufacturer designed and

tested decorator cover kits.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-31

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Plug-On Circuit Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2

CH Specialty Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-14

CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . V1-T1-22

CH Circuit Breakers

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-32

Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-38

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-40

Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-40

CH Circuit Breakers

Product Description

Quick-make, quick-break

switch mechanism combined

with inverse time element

tripping operation and trip-

free handle design. Type CH

circuit breakers trip to the

OFF position, eliminating

nuisance callbacks. The CHF

family also includes a trip flag

to differentiate between a trip

and the breaker being turned

off. The thermal-magnetic trip

curve avoids nuisance tripping

on mild overloads while

reacting almost instantaneously

to severe short-circuit

conditions. Multipole breakers

have internal common trip

connection to operate all

poles simultaneously. Handles

are marked with ON-OFF

indication and ampere rating

of the breaker.

Special Application Plug-On

Circuit Breakers—Type CH

10 kAIC 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac

Branch Feeder Type Arc

Fault Circuit Breakers

A branch feeder type arc fault

circuit interrupter is a device

intended to mitigate high

current arcing faults in the

complete circuit, including

connected cords. High

current arcing faults can

occur from line to neutral or

line to ground. These arcing

faults are in parallel with the

load and produce the most

energy of all arcing faults.

The branch feeder type AFCI

is required in the 1999 and

2002 National Electrical Code.

The Combination Type AFCI

is required in all subsequent

editions of the National

Electrical Code.

Combination Type Arc

Fault Circuit Breakers

A combination type arc fault

circuit interrupter is a device

that offers mitigation of high

current arcing faults in the

complete circuit, including

connected cords. In addition it

provides direct detection of

persistent low current arcing

faults down to 5 amps with

associated mitigation of

fire hazards in the cords

connected to the outlets. High

current arcing faults can occur

from line to neutral or line to

ground. These arcing faults

are in parallel with the load

and produce the most energy

of all arcing faults. The current

level of low current arcing

faults is limited by the load.

Ground Fault Circuit

Breakers—Ground Fault

Application Notes

Single-pole Type CHGFIs are

designed for use in two-wire,

120 Vac circuits. The diagram

on Page V1-T1-40 shows a

typical wiring configuration.

Two-pole Type CHGFIs are

designed for use in three-

wire, 120/240 Vac circuits,

120 Vac multiwire circuits

employing common, neutral

and two-wire, 240 Vac

circuits obtained from a

120/240 Vac source.

Diagrams on Page V1-T1-40

illustrate typical wiring

configurations for 120/240 Vac

multiwire circuits.

The diagram on Page

V1-T1-40 depicts a 240 Vac,

two-wire circuit. Note the

“panel neutral” conductor

connects to the neutral bar,

even though the neutral is not

included in the load circuit.

This connection is necessary

to supply a 120 Vac power

source to the ground fault

sensing circuit.

The figures are shown with

a 120/240 Vac, single-phase,

three-wire power source,

but are also applicable to a

120/208 Vac, three-phase,

four-wire power supply.

For all figures, the electrical

operation of the Type CHGFI

is not affected by the

equipment ground.

Features

Latch

Spring

Over-Center

Tog g l e S pr i n g

Latch

Lever

Magnetic

Armature

Current

Bi-Metal

Lug

Screw

Load

Te r m i n a l

Magnetic

Pole Piece

Contact

Line

Contact

Clip

V1-T1-32 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Product Selection

10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac

Type CH Breakers, 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120, 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10 kAIC

CHF Breakers with Mechanical Trip Flag

Notes

1 For single- and two-pole breakers.

2 Solid and stranded wire can be used together.

3 For three-pole breakers.

4 Single-pole 60–70A, two-pole 80–125A, three-pole 40–100A.

5 Single-pole 40–50A, two-pole 40–70A.

6 Two-pole 150A.

7 Switching duty rated.

8 HACR rated.

For factory-installed options, refer to Page V1-T1-39.

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size

Range Cu/Al

60ºC or 75°C

Catalog Number

Single-Pole 120/240 Vac

Requires One

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

10 per Shelf Carton

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

Three-Pole 240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Three

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

10 (1) #14–8 1

(2) #14–10 12

(1) #14–6 3

CH110 CH210 CH310

15 CH115 78 CH215 8CH315 8

20 CH120 78 CH220 8CH320 8

25 CH125 8CH225 8CH325 8

30 CH130 8CH230 8CH330 8

35 #14–2 1

#14–6 3

CH135 8CH235 8CH335 8

40 #10–1/0 4

#14–2 5

#3/0 6

CH140 8CH240 8CH340 8

45 CH145 8CH245 8CH345 8

50 CH150 8CH250 8CH350 8

60 CH160 CH260 CH360

70 CH170 CH270 CH370

80 — CH280 CH3080

90 — CH290 CH3090

100 — CH2100 CH3100

110 — CH2110 —

125 — CH2125 —

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size

Range Cu/Al

60ºC or 75°C

Catalog Number

Single-Pole 120/240 Vac

Requires One

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

10 per Shelf Carton

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

10 (1) #14–8 1

(2) #14–10 12

CHF110 CHF210

15 CHF115 78 CHF215 8

20 CHF120 78 CHF220 8

25 CHF125 8CHF225 8

30 CHF130 8CHF230 8

35 #14–2 1CHF135 8CHF235 8

40 #10–1/0 4

#14–2 5

CHF140 8CHF240 8

45 CHF145 8CHF245 8

50 CHF150 8CHF250 8

Type CH Plug-On

Circuit Breakers

Type CH Plug-On

Circuit Breakers

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-33

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Plug-On Branch Feeder Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Type CH 10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac

Combination Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Wide Circuit Breakers

Branch Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Wide FIRE-GUARD® Circuit Breakers

Plug-On Combination Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers and Ground Fault, Type CH 10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac 4

Combination Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) and CHGFCI Circuit Breakers

Notes

1 Clamshell packaging available with CS modification code on the end of catalog number.

2 Common trip refers to two-pole 240V load application sourced by 120/240 Vac (see diagram on Page V1-T1-40).

3 Independent trip refers to two-pole multi-wire, home run or shared neutral circuits (see diagrams on Page V1-T1-40).

4 Requires plug-on neutral loadcenter.

Poles Ampere Rating Catalog Number

Standard Pigtail

Single-pole

10 kAIC

15 CHFCAF115

20 CHFCAF120

Two-pole

10 kAIC

15 CHCAF215

20 CHCAF220

Poles Ampere Rating Configuration Catalog Number

Single-pole

10 kAIC

15 AFCI CH115AF 1

20 AFCI CH120AF 1

Two-pole

10 kAIC 23

15 AFCI common trip CH215AF

20 AFCI common trip CH220AF

Poles Ampere Rating Configuration Catalog Number

Single-pole

10 kAIC

15 AFCI plug-on neutral CHFCAF115PN

20 AFCI plug-on neutral CHFCAF120PN

15 GFCI plug-on neutral CHFGF115PN

20 CHFGF120PN

25 CHFGF125PN

30 CHFGF130PN

Type CH AFCI Single-

Pole Circuit Breaker

Type CH AFCI Single-

Pole Circuit Breaker

Type CH AFCI Single-

Pole PON Combo

Circuit Breaker

V1-T1-34 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Plug-On Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Type CH 10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac

Type CH Ground Fault Circuit Breakers (5 Milliampere) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or

120/240 Vac,10 kAIC

Type CH Ground Fault Equipment Protectors (30 Milliampere) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or

120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Type CH Switching Neutral Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac

Used to open the neutral along power line(s) for applications of gas pumps.

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Notes

1 60A breaker listed for 75°C Cu wire only.

2 For circuit breakers with shunt trip, add ST suffix. Shunt trip requires one additional pole space.

3 Switching duty rated.

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C 1

Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton

Single-Pole 120 Vac Requires

One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip

Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

15 #14–6 CHFGF115 CH215GF

20 #14–6 CHFGF120 CH220GF

25 #14–6 CHFGF125 CH225GF

30 #14–6 CHFGF130 CH230GF

35 #14–6 — CH235GF

40 #14–6 — CH240GF

45 #14–6 — CH245GF

50 #14–6 — CH250GF

60 #14–6 1— CH260GF

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C 1

Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton

Single-Pole 120 Vac Requires

One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip

Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

15 #14–6 CHFEP115 CH215EPD

20 #14–6 CHFEP120 CH220EPD

25 #14–6 CHFEP125 —

30 #14–6 CHFEP130 CH230EPD

40 #14–6 — CH240EPD

50 #14–6 — CH250EPD

60 #14–6 1— CH260EPD

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton

Two-Pole 120 Vac

Common Trip Requires

Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

Three-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires

Three 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

15 #14–8 CH215SW 2CH315SW 3

20 #14–8 CH220SW 2CH320SW 3

30 #14–8 CH230SW 2CH330SW 3

40 #14–8 CH240SW 2CH340SW 3

50 #14–8 CH250SW 2CH350SW 3

Type CH Single-Pole

Type CH Two-Pole

CH220SW

Neutral In

Neutral Out

(Hot leg)

Neutral In

Neutral Out

Phase

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-35

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH-HID Circuit Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 and 240 Vac

Suitable for use in circuits for fluorescent and high intensity discharge lighting. Also suitable for HACR applications.

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac, 120/240 and 240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Type CHT Twin 10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac, Universal CTL and Non-CTL Plug-On Circuit Breakers

Suitable for CTL and Non-CTL CH loadcenters.

Twin (CTL) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac Class CTL 10 kAIC

Notes

1 CH215HID is rated for 120/240V.

2 Switching duty rated.

3 HACR rated.

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°

Single-Pole 120/240 Vac

Requires One

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

Two-Pole 240 Vac

Common Trip Requires

Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

Three-Pole 240 Vac

Common Trip Requires

Three 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

10 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

5 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

5 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

15 #14–8 CH115HID CH215HID 1CH315HID

20 #14–8 CH120HID CH220HID CH320HID

30 #14–8 CH130HID CH230HID CH330HID

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

Single-Pole Requires

One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

10 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

15–15 #14–8 CHT1515 23

15–20 #14–8 CHT1520 23

20–20 #14–8 CHT2020 23

Type CH and CHT

Circuit Breakers

Mounted in Twin

Breaker Panel

120/240 Vac

V1-T1-36 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CHP Commercial Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac

Note: CHP breakers feature on-off and trip positions for commercial applications.

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120, 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Type CHP-GFCI Circuit Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac

Note: CHP breakers offer on-off and trip positions for commercial applications.

5 Milliampere—3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole

120V and 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Notes

1For single- and two-pole breakers.

2Solid and stranded wire can be used together.

3For three-pole breakers.

4Single-pole 60–70A, two-pole 80–125A, three-pole 40–100A.

5Single-pole 40–50A, two-pole 40–70A.

6Switching duty rated.

7HACR rated.

CHP breakers offer on-off and trip positions for commercial applications.

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

Single-Pole 120/240 Vac

Requires One 3/4-Inch

(19.1 mm) Space

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip

Requires Two 3/4-Inch

(19.1 mm) Spaces

Three-Pole 240 Vac

Common Trip

Requires Three 3/4-Inch

(19.1 mm) Spaces

10 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

5 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

5 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

10 (1) #14–8 1

(2) #14–10 12

(1) #14–6 3

CHP110 CHP210 CHP310

15 CHP115 67 CHP215 7CHP315 7

20 CHP120 67 CHP220 7CHP320 7

25 CHP125 7CHP225 7CHP325 7

30 CHP130 7CHP230 7CHP330 7

35 #14–2 1

#14–6 3

CHP135 7CHP235 7CHP335 7

40 #10–1/0 4

#14–2 5

CHP140 7CHP240 7CHP340 7

45 CHP145 7CHP245 7CHP345 7

50 CHP150 7CHP250 7CHP350 7

60 CHP160 7CHP260 7CHP360 7

70 CHP170 CHP270 CHP370

80 — CHP280 —

90 — CHP290 —

100 — CHP2100 CHP3100

110 — CHP2110 —

125 — CHP2125 —

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

Single-Pole 120 Vac Requires

One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

1 per Individual Carton

Catalog Number

15 #14–6 CHP115GF

20 #14–6 CHP120GF

30 #14–6 CHP130GF

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-37

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CHP Neutral Switching Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac

Used to open the neutral along power line(s) for applications of gas pumps.

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Type CH-M50 High Ambient Breaker

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Type CH-HM and CHP-HM High Magnetic Breakers

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Note

1For circuit breakers with shunt trip, add ST suffix. Shunt trip requires one additional pole space, obtain pricing from Page V1-T1-39.

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

Two-Pole 120 Vac Common Trip

Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

Three-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip

Requires Three 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

1 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

1 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

15 #14–8 CHP215SW 1CHP315SW 1

20 #14–8 CHP220SW 1CHP320SW 1

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

Single-Pole 120/240 Vac

Requires One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip

Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

10 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

5 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

15 (1) #14–8

(2) #14–10

CH115M50 CH215M50

20 CH120M50 CH220M50

25 CH125M50 CH225M50

30 CH130M50 CH230M50

35 CH135M50 CH235M50

40 CH140M50 CH240M50

45 CH145M50 CH245M50

50 CH150M50 CH250M50

60 — CH260M50

70 — CH270M50

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

Single-Pole 120/240 Vac

Requires One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip

Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

10 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

5 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

15 (1) #14–8

(2) #14–10

CH115HM CH215HM

20 CH120HM CH220HM

15 (1) #14–8

(2) #14–10

CHP115HM CHP215HM

20 CHP120HM CHP220HM

Neutral In

Neutral Out

(Hot leg)

Neutral In

Neutral Out

Phase

V1-T1-38 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Options and Accessories

Field Installation Kits and Parts

Notes

1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

2 Handle ties: typically used to join two similar independent single-pole breakers to form a two-pole noncommon trip breaker.

3 Handle lockoffs: devices that use a padlock to lock the circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position.

4 Requires one additional pole space.

5 Escutcheon mounted: device mounted semipermanently to the face of the circuit breaker and secured by the loadcenter deadfront.

6 Screw mounted: device permanently mounted to the face of the circuit breaker by the use of a non-removable screw.

7 Handle lockdogs: devices that are used to secure a circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position. Handle lockdogs are not padlockable devices.

8 Handle mounted: device mounted above or below handle using spring pressure.

9 Hold-down kits: devices used to secure the circuit breaker to the loadcenter for back-feed main application. See NEC Article 384.16(g).

Description

Ordering

Quantity 1

Catalog

Number

Handle Ties 2

Handle tie bar for physically joining the handles of two adjacent single-pole Type CH circuit breakers (molded plastic handle cover) 25 CHHT

Handle Lockoffs 34

Padlockable device for locking the handle of single-, two- or three-pole Type CH circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5 1 CHPL

Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-, two- or three-pole Type CHGFI circuit breaker (escutcheon mounted) 51CHPLGF

Padlockable device for locking the handle of main circuit breaker Types CC and CCH into the ON or OFF position.(screw mounted) 61CCPL

Padlockable device for locking the handle of main breaker Types BW and CSR into the ON or OFF position (escutcheon mounted) 51MCBPL

Handle Lockdogs 47

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type CH circuit breakers (handle mounted) 810 CHLO

Hold-Down Kits 9

Hold-down retainer kit for single-, two-, three-pole Type CH circuit breakers. For 6–24 circuit 125A single- and three-phase,

12–42 circuit single-phase 225A and 24–42 circuit three-phase 225A MLO Type CH loadcenters

1CH125RB

Hold-down retainer kit for single-, two-, three-pole Type CH circuit breakers for 2–4 circuit MLO CH loadcenters. 1 CH125RB24

Mounting Bases

Mounting base for two-pole Type CH circuit breaker—70A maximum 1 CH9MB270

Main Breaker Lug Kits

Types CC and CCH main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil 1 CCL300

Type CSR main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil 1MCBL300

Mechanical Interlock

Type CH for two-, three- and four-pole breakers 10 CHML

CHHT

CHPL

CHPLGF

MCBPL

CHLO

CH125RB

CH9MB270

CHML

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-39

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Shunt Trip Options

Handle Position Changeability Chart

Notes

1Add suffix indicated to end of breaker catalog number.

2Requires one additional pole space.

Description Catalog Number

Suffix Adder 1

Type Volts

CSR 12 DC SR12

CSR 24 DC SR24

CSR 120 AC SR01

CH 120 AC ST 2

CC 12 DC SR12

CC 24 DC SR24

CC 120 AC SR01

CC 208 AC SR08

CC 240 AC SR02

Handle Lockoff and

Lockdog Types

To Change Handle Position from

ON to OFF or OFF to ON You Must...

Remove

Padlock

Remove

Device

Remove Loadcenter

Deadfront

Lockoff escutcheon mounted Remove — —

Lockoff screw mounted Remove — —

Lockdog handle mounted N/A Remove —

V1-T1-40 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Technical Data and Specifications

Ratings

Single- and two-pole CH breakers rated 15 and 20A have

low instantaneous magnetic trip levels. The 15 and 20A

breakers with “HM” suffix have high magnetic trip settings

recommended for circuits with inherently high inrush currents.

All Type CH breakers are marked for heating, air conditioning

and refrigeration (HACR) equipment application. Single-pole

15–20A breakers are also suitable for switching duty (SWD).

Shunt trip coils operate on 120 Vac and require one additional

pole space per breaker.

Wiring Diagrams

Typical Single-Pole

Single-Pole 120V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac

Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Multi-Duplex

Receptacle Application

Two-Pole 240V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac

Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Duplex Receptacle Application

Single-Pole 120V Duplex

Receptacle Application

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

120V

Duplex

Receptacle

Single-Pole

Line B

Neutral

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

120V

Duplex

Receptacle

Single-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Two 120V

Duplex

Receptacles

Two-Pole

Line B

Line A

Neutral

Equipment Ground

Line B

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A 240V

Duplex

Receptacle

Two-Pole

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A

120V Duplex

Receptacle

(With Line Side

Jumper Removed)

Two-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

120V

Duplex

Receptacle

Single-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Equipment Ground

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-41

1.1

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Two-Pole 120V Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application

Two-Pole 120V Duplex Receptacle Application

Two-Pole 240V Duplex Receptacle Application

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Two 120V

Duplex

Receptacles

Two-Pole

Line B

Line A

Neutral

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A

120V Duplex

Receptacle

(With Line Side

Jumper Removed)

Two-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Line B

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A 240V

Duplex

Receptacle

Two-Pole

Neutral

V1-T1-42 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Overview

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-43

Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-43

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-45

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-45

Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-46

BR Specialty Products

Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-57

Riser Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58

Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-59

Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61

Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-72

BR Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-75

Overview

Product Selection Guide

BR Loadcenters

Description

Service

Single-phase, three-wire, 120/240 Vac Three-phase, four-wire, 208Y/120 Vac

Three-phase, three-wire, 240 Vac delta

Short-Circuit Current Rating

10 kAIC: All single- and three-phase loadcenters 70–225A, 8 to 42 circuits

22 kAIC: All convertible loadcenters using 125A rated Type BRH main breakers or

selected factory installed 125A rated Type BRH main breaker

25 kAIC: All convertible and factory-installed single-phase loadcenters rated

150 and 200A using Type CSR main breakers

Main Breaker/Main Lug Loadcenters

Single-phase

Main breaker: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600A

Main lugs: 70, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600A

Three-phase

Main breaker: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600A

Main lugs: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600A

Convertible Loadcenters

Main breaker: single-phase up to 200A and three-phase up to 225A Main lugs: single-phase up to 200A and three-phase up to 150A

Branch Breakers

Types BR, BRH and BRHH: 10–150A. single-, two- and three-pole; selected amperage

available in switching duty, HACR, shunt trip and high magnetic setting

Type GFCB: 15–60A

Types BJ and BJH: 125–225A; two- and three-pole

Type BD Twin: 10–50A; two of one-pole; take one 1-inch (25.4 mm) space

Type BQ and BQC Multibreaker: 15–30A. Two of two-pole or one two-pole and

two one-pole; takes two 1-inch (25.4 mm) spaces

Type BRW: 15–30A; two-pole water heater breakers

Type BRSN: 15–30A; two-pole switching neutral breakers

Type BR 15–100A; two-pole, 240 Vac delta breakers

BR-AFCI arc fault circuit interrupter

Enclosures

NEMA Type 1 indoor

NEMA Type 3R outdoor

NEMA 4X

Meets or exceeds UL requirements for indoor or outdoor applications

Loadcenter and Breaker Accessories

Branch circuit breaker:

Auxiliary components Hold-down kits Handle ties

Lockoffs Lockdogs

Complete line of ground bar kits 5, 10, 14 and 21 circuit, some with additional #2/0 lugs;

each terminal will accommodate: (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al

Main and sub-feed lugs 125, 150, 225A—two- and three-pole

Shunt trips

Surge protection:

Single-phase plug-on surge protector Single-phase bottle type surge protector

Three-phase bottle type surge protector Single-phase whole home surge protector

Universal rainproof conduit hubs

Group One: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 inches (19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8 mm)

Group Two: 2, 2-1/2, 3 inches (50.8, 63.5, 76.2 mm)

Adapter plate

Bussing

Tin-plated aluminum as standard Limited copper bus panels available

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-43

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Product Description

Loadcenters are enclosures

specifically designed to house

the branch circuit breakers

and wiring required to

distribute power to individual

circuits. They contain either a

main breaker when used at

the service entrance point or

a main lug when used as a

sub-panel to add circuits to

existing service. The main

breaker protects the main

entire panel and can be used

as a service disconnect. The

branch breakers protect the

wires leading to individual

electrical loads such as

fixtures and outlets.

Features, Benefits and

Functions

Loadcenter Construction

Eaton’s Type BR loadcenters

have standard tin-plated

aluminum bus with a limited

availability of copper bus.

The sum of the handle

ratings connected to any stab

is limited to 150A maximum

on the 100 and 125A

loadcenters, and 200A on

loadcenters with 150A or

higher main bus. NEMA

Type 1 boxes or enclosures

are manufactured from

galvanized steel. Raintight

boxes are manufactured

from galvanized steel, then

finished using an electrostatic

powder coat, baked urethane

paint process.

Neutrals

Eaton Type CH loadcenters

feature two types of neutrals:

Insulated/Bondable Split

Neutral

Panels are supplied with split

insulated neutrals with an

insulated cross strap. For

service entrance applications,

the neutral must be bonded

by using the bonding strap

supplied with the panel. For

non-service entrance (sub-

panel) applications, the panel

may be installed with the

bonding strap not connected

to the neutral. Separate

ground bars must be used on

non-service entrance panels.

Insulated/Bondable Single

Neutral

Panels are supplied with a

single insulated neutral. For

service entrance applications,

all that is required to bond the

neutral is to loosen the

bonding screw and the

neutral screw directly beside

it, insert the bonding strap

into the neutral bar, and re-

tighten both connections. The

single neutral can be moved

by the contractor to the other

side of the panel, if desired.

When used as a service

entrance panel, unused

neutral connections may be

used for the termination of

equipment grounds. For non-

service entrance (sub-panel)

applications, the panel may

be installed with the bonding

strap not connected to the

neutral. Separate ground bars

must be used on non-service

entrance panels.

Grounds

In service entrance

applications where the

neutral is bonded, unused

neutral holes may be used

for terminating ground

conductors. In sub-feed

panels, the neutral must be

isolated (non-bonded), and

ground wires must be

terminated on a separate

ground bar.

The insulated/bondable

single/split neutral panels

have sufficient terminations

for both ground and neutral

conductors. The insulated/

bondable single split neutral

panels are supplied with a

separate factory-installed

ground bar if the catalog

number contains a “G.” If

not, a separate ground bar

should be installed. Insulated/

Bondable Single Neutral

panels are supplied without

a ground bar (unless

otherwise noted), and ground

bar kits if needed must be

purchased separately.

Neutral and Ground Terminals

The standard terminals on

grounds and neutrals are

rated to accept (3) #14–#10

Cu/Al or (1) #14–4, provided

the cables terminated are of

the same material. For larger

cables, add-on neutral lugs

may be ordered from the

accessories on Page

V1-T1-65.

Note: NEC allows only one

current-carrying conductor

per hole on neutrals unless

otherwise noted.

Bottom Fed Loadcenters

For single-phase 225A and

below loadcenters that are

bottom fed, a standard panel

can be rotated 180 degrees

to allow straight-in wiring of

power cables to the main

terminals. Because the main

circuit breaker handle

operates horizontally, the

orientation of the main circuit

breaker handle is consistent

with the requirements of NEC

2008 Article 240.81.

Gutter Splicing

Loadcenters are not UL listed

as wiring troughs. Therefore,

gutter splicing of riser cables

to tap off to the main device

is not permitted. Refer to

NEC 2008 Article 312.8.

Fire Rating

Due to the numerous

openings in both loadcenter

boxes and trims, they should

not be mounted in firewalls.

There is no approved method

for sealing the enclosures for

this application.

Date Code

The date of manufacture of

each loadcenter is printed on

the outside of the carton as

well as inside the loadcenter.

On the carton, the date code

is printed on the end carton

label. In the loadcenter, the

date code is located on the

small white label located on

the right side wall (with the

main device on top).

The date code is in the

following format: F # # # &.

The “F” is the numeric

code for the Lincoln, IL

plant, and the three numbers

are the year and week of

manufacturing, e.g., 023. The

“!” sign at the end signifies

the decade of the 2010.

Therefore, the date code

F023& would indicate

that the product was

manufactured in the 23rd

week of 2010. The 1980s

are represented by the “+”

sign and the 1990s are

represented by a “=”

at the end of the code.

Surge Protectors

Complete home surge

protection is available in

multiple options, including

a factory-installed option that

provides the highest level of

surge protection in a

residential design. See Tab 3

for more details.

Circuit Breaker Case

Interrupting Capacity

●10 kAIC

●22 kAIC

●25 kAIC

Warranty Information

●10-year limited

loadcenter warranty

●10-year limited branch

breaker warranty

V1-T1-44 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenter

Warranty

10-year warranty on all

Type BR loadcenters and

circuit breakers.

Single Keyhole Mounting

One keyhole at the top

and bottom provides easier

mounting and leveling

Neutral Bus (Strap)

Is easily removable for

sub-panel applications

Bonding Z-Strap

Provides easy ﬁeld

conversion for service

entrance applications

Twin Neutral Bars

Minimum 150% neutral

capacity

Steel Backpan

Provides solid and reliable

breaker mounting—single

piece design for stability and

durability

Extra 1.5 inch Knockout

(38.1 mm)

Larger knockout provides

easier installation and time

savings

“Tangential” Center Knockout

Easier installation for conduit

applications

Commercial Grade Main

Breaker

25 kAIC series rated main

breaker for superior protection

2/0 Lug

Easily removable and can be

installed in any location

on the neutral bar

Drywall Marking on Enclosure

Indicates proper mounting

depth for ﬂush applications

Standard Tin-Plated

Aluminum Bus

Excellent conductivity and

corrosion resistance

Copper bus options

available for select

catalog numbers

Type BR AFCI Breakers

Compact design for easier

wiring and improved

wireway access

Optional LED indicates

one of six trip codes for

circuit diagnostics

Provides a clean gutter space

Top or Bottom Feed

Straight-in wiring saves labor

and material

One panel for either top or

bottom applications

■

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-45

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Standards and Certifications

UL Listings

All Eaton Type BR loadcenters

are listed under UL File

E52977 except the

2–8 circuit loadcenters,

up through and including

125A, which are listed under

UL File E8741.

Catalog Number Selection

Single- and Three-Phase Through 225A

Single- and Three-Phase 400–600A

Example No. 1: BR1224L125G

Single-phase Type BR

loadcenter rated at 125A with

main lugs, 12 spaces allowing

24 poles, indoor combination

enclosure, aluminum bus and

ground bar.

Example No. 2: BR24L70RP

Single-phase Type BR

loadcenter rated at 70A

with main lugs, two spaces

allowing four poles, rainproof

enclosure with aluminum bus.

Example No. 3: 3B4242EFN

Three-phase Type BR

loadcenter rated at 600A

with main breaker, 42 spaces

allowing 42 poles, indoor

combination enclosure.

Note

1No character space used.

3BR 30 42 B C 200

Phase

Blank = Single-phase 1

3= Three-phase

Construction

Blank = No feed thru lugs 1

F= Feed-through lugs

G= Ground bar

P= Current design

NY = NY City gutter space

Number of 1-Inch

(25.4 mm) Spaces

Factory Options

SUR = Factory integrated surge

Eaton’s Type BR

Loadcenter

Maximum Number

of Circuits

Bus

Blank = Aluminum bus 1

C= Copper bus

Main Device

B= Main breaker

L= Main lug

N= Convertible main

H= Main breaker high AIC

Enclosure

R= NEMA Type 3R rainproof

S= NEMA Type 1 indoor with

surface trim

F= NEMA Type 1 indoor with

flush trim

Blank = NEMA Type 1 indoor with

combination trim 1

RIS = Riser panel

Amperes

50 = 50A

70 = 70A

100 = 100A

125 = 125A

150 = 150A

200 = 200A

225 = 225A

3 B 30 42 D F N

Number of 1-Inch

(25.4 mm) Spaces

Phase

Blank = Single-phase 1

3= Three-phase

N = Current design

Main

Blank = Main lug 1

B= Main breaker

Maximum Number

of Circuits

Amperes

D= 400A

E= 600A

Enclosure

F= NEMA Type 1 indoor with

combination trim

S= NEMA Type 1 indoor with

surface trim

R1 = NEMA Type 3R rainproof

V1-T1-46 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Product Selection

Single-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10/25 kAIC

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Notes

1 Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications.

2 Wire range size for BR1020B100SP is #6–#1 Cu/Al.

3 Includes through-feed lugs for both phase and neutral conductors.

4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

5 See copper bus offering, Page V1-T1-53.

6 22 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFCB 10 kAIC branch breakers are used in series with Type BRH main breaker.

7 25 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFCB 10 kAIC branch circuit breakers are used in series with Type CSR main breaker.

8 Supplied with adapter plate to use DS Group1 hubs on Page V1-T1-65. If 2.50-inch (63.5 mm) hub is needed, remove adapter and use ARP00007CH25 hub.

9 Neutral is bonded—suitable for service entrance only—cannot be converted for sub-feed application.

jAdd G to the end of the catalog number for factory-installed GBK2120 ground bar.

All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with neutral bonding strap preattached. The maximum rating of the

panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment. Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-65.

Main

Breaker Type

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Breaker

Loadcenter Catalog Number

with Combination 1 or

NEMA Type 3R CoverSpaces Circuits

10 kAIC

100 8 16 Indoor B1 #4–1/0 2BR816B100

10 20 Indoor A1 BR1020B100S11

10 20 Indoor A1 BR1020B100F11

10 20 Outdoor B2R BR1020B100RF 34

12 12 Indoor B2 BR1212B100

12 20 Indoor B2 BR1220B100

12 24 Outdoor B2R BR1224B100R 4

16 16 Indoor C1 BR1616B100

16 20 Indoor C1 BR1620B100

16 24 Outdoor C1R BR1624B100R 4

20 24 Outdoor C3R BR2024B100R 4

20 20 Indoor C2 BR2020B100

16 24 Indoor C1 BR1624B100

30 30 Indoor D1 BR3030B100

125 16 24 Indoor C1 #4–2/0 BR1624B125

20 24 Indoor C1 BR2024B125

20 24 Outdoor C3R BR2024B125R 4

30 30 Indoor D1 BR3030B125

BRH 6

22 kAIC

100 20 24 Indoor C2 #4–1/0 BR2024H100 6

CSR 7

25 kAIC

150 8 16 Outdoor C3R #2–300 kcmil BR816B150RF 34

16 30 Indoor C4 BR1630B150

20 30 Indoor C4 BR2030B150

20 30 Outdoor D1R BR2030B150R 4

20 40 Indoor D1 BR2040B150

20 40 Outdoor D1R BR2040B150R 4

24 30 Indoor G1 BR2430B150

30 30 Outdoor G1R BR3030B150R 4

30 30 Indoor G1 BR3030B150

30 40 Indoor G1 BR3040B150

200 4 8 Outdoor 8R #2–300 kcmil BR48B200RF 389

8 16 Outdoor C3R BR816B200RF 34

16 32 Indoor C4 BR1632B200

20 40 Outdoor D1R BR2040B200R 4

20 40 Indoor D1 BR2040B200

24 40 Indoor G1 BR2440B200

30 40 Outdoor G1R BR3040B200R 4

30 40 Indoor G1 BR3040B200 j

40 40 Outdoor L1R BR4040B200R 4

40 40 Indoor L1 BR4040B200

40 50 Indoor L1 BR4050B200

225 42 42 Indoor L2 #1–250 kcmil BR4242B225

42 42 Outdoor L2R BR4242B225R 4

BR4040B200

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-47

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10/22 kAIC

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Notes

1 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-65.

2 The maximum rating of the panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment.

3 Door lock and key included with loadcenter.

4 Type DK main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac and allows a 22 kAIC series rating on the panel when Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers are used.

5 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

6 Type HLD main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac. Type HLD circuit breaker is not series rated with Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-66 through V1-T1-69.

Main

Breaker

Type

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm)

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Breaker

Commercial Loadcenter

Catalog Number 123

Spaces Circuits

With Flush or

NEMA Type 3R Cover

With

Surface Cover

DK 4300 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) #3/0–250 kcmil BR304242F BR304242S

400 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) #3/0–250 kcmil B4242DFN B4242DSN

42 42 Outdoor 47 (2) #3/0–250 kcmil B4242DR1N 5—

HLD 6600 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) #3/0–500 kcmil B4242EFN B4242ESN

B4242DFN

V1-T1-48 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Notes

1 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-65.

– For 2/4 circuit loadcenters, use GBK5 or GBK520 ground bar.

– For 4/8, 6/12 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters, use GBK10 ground bar.

– Ground bars mount to the left side wall of the enclosure for the 4/8, 6/12 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters.

2 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard

(see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

3 Ground bar GBK5 is installed.

4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

5 CSA and UL approved.

6 Neutral/ground holes (6) #14–6 and (3) #14–2/0 AWG Cu/Al.

7 For use as service entrance applications only.

8 Neutral/ground holes (6) #14–6 and (3) #14–1/0 AWG Cu/Al.

Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when not more than six service disconnecting mains are provided and

when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

jSuitable for use as service equipment when a main breaker is used or when not more than six service disconnecting mains are provided and when not used

as a lighting and appliance panelboard (see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

kGround bar GBK10 is installed.

lGround bar GBK14 is installed.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-66 through V1-T1-69.

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type Trim Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Loadcenter

Catalog NumberSpaces Circuits

70 2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 5 #8–#2 BR24L70SP 12

2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 5 BR24L70SGP 23

2 4 Outdoor — 5R BR24L70RP 124

2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 5 BR24L70FP 12

2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 5 BR24L70FGP 25

125 2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 6 #14–1/0 BR24L125SP 12

2 4 Outdoor — 6R BR24L125RP 124

2 4 Outdoor — 6R BR24L125RSEP 278

2 4 Outdoor — 6R BR24L125RSE2P 267

2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 6 BR24L125FP 12

4 8 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 #14–1/0 BR48L125SP 19

4 8 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 BR48L125SGP 39

4 8 Outdoor — 7R BR48L125RP 149

4 8 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR48L125FP 19

4 8 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR48L125FDP 19

4 8 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR48L125FGP 39

6 12 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 #14–#1 BR612L125SP 1j

6 12 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 BR612L125SGP jk

6 12 Indoor Surface (with door) 7 BR612L125SDP 1j

6 12 Indoor Surface (with door) 7 BR612L125SDGP jk

6 12 Outdoor — 7R BR612L125RP 14j

6 12 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR612L125FP 1j

6 12 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR612L125FGP 5jk

6 12 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR612L125FDP j

6 12 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR612L125FDGP 5jk

8 16 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 #14–#1 BR816L125SP 1j

8 16 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 BR816L125SGP jl

8 16 Indoor Surface (with door) 7 BR816L125SDP 1j

8 16 Indoor Surface (with door) 7 BR816L125SDGP jl

8 16 Outdoor — 7R BR816L125RP 14j

8 16 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR816L125FP 1j

8 16 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR816L125FGP 5jl

8 16 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR816L125FDP 1j

8 16 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR816L125FDGP 5jl

Surface Outdoor

Flush Outdoor

Surface (No Door)

Flush (No Door)

Outdoor

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-49

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral, continued

Notes

1 Ground bar kits priced separately unless otherwise noted. See Page V1-T1-65.

2 Has notch for BREQS125 hold-down kit.

3 Single, movable neutral is provided.

4 Combination cover style.

5 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard

(see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

6 Ground bars GBK5 and GBK520 installed.

7 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

8 Ground bar GBK1220 installed.

9 Has notch for BRHDK125 hold-down kit.

jIncludes through-feed lugs for both phase and neutral conductors.

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Loadcenter Catalog Number

with Combination or

NEMA Type 3R Cover 1

Spaces Circuits

125 12 12 Indoor B1 #6–2/0 BR1212L125 2345

12 24 Indoor B1 BR1224L125 245

12 24 Indoor B1 BR1224L125G 245

12 24 Indoor B1 BR1224L125DG 2456

12 24 Outdoor B1R BR1224L125R 257

16 16 Indoor B2 BR1616L125 245

16 24 Indoor B2 BR1624L125 24

16 24 Indoor B2 BR1624L125G 24

16 24 Outdoor B2R BR1624L125R 27

20 20 Indoor C1 BR2020L125 245

20 24 Indoor C1 BR2024L125 24

20 24 Indoor C1 BR2024L125G 248

20 24 Outdoor C1R BR2024L125R 27

24 24 Indoor C2 BR2424L125 24

24 24 Indoor C2 BR2424L125G 248

30 42 Indoor D1 BR3042L125 24

150 16 30 Indoor C2 #1–300 kcmil BR1630L150 49

20 30 Indoor C2 BR2030L150 49

200 8 16 Outdoor B2R #1–300 kcmil BR816L200RF 57j

12 24 Indoor B2 BR1224L200 459

12 24 Outdoor B2R BR1224L200R 579

20 40 Indoor C2 BR2040L200 49

20 40 Indoor C2 BR2040L200G 489

20 40 Outdoor C3R BR2040L200R 79

24 40 Indoor C4 BR2440L200 49

30 40 Indoor D1 BR3040L200 49

30 40 Indoor D1 BR3040L200G 489

30 40 Outdoor D1R BR3040L200R 79

40 40 Indoor G1 BR4040L200 49

40 40 Indoor G1 BR4040L200G 49

40 40 Outdoor G1R BR4040L200R 79

225 42 42 Indoor L1 #1–300 kcmil BR4242L225 4

42 42 Outdoor L1R BR4242L225R 7

BR1224L125

BR1224L200

V1-T1-50 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters—400 and 600A

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Notes

1 Ground bar kits priced separately unless otherwise noted. See Page V1-T1-65.

2 Has notch for BRHDK125 hold-down kit.

3 Ground bar GBK8 installed.

4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

5 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard

(see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm)

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Commercial Loadcenter

Catalog Number 123

Spaces Circuits

With Flush or NEMA

Type 3R Cover

With Surface

Cover

400 12 24 Indoor 19 (1) #4/0–750 kcmil

(2) #3/0–400 kcmil

— 1224DSN 5

12 24 Outdoor 42 1224DR1N 45 —

24 42 Indoor 20 — 2442DSN

42 42 Indoor 22 4242DFN 4242DSN

42 42 Outdoor 46 4242DR1N 4—

600 42 42 Indoor 22 (2) #2–500 kcmil — 4242ESN

4242DFN

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-51

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Convertible Loadcenters MCB or MLO—Base Units and Main Devices 10/22/25 kAIC,

Complete Assembly Consists of: Loadcenter and Either Main Breaker Kit or Main Lug Kit

Note: Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected.

Base Units—Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

(Unless Otherwise Noted)

Notes

1 The maximum rating of the loadcenter is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment.

2 100, 125 and 200A convertible base unit catalog numbers include interior, box and cover only. Main devices and accessories must be ordered separately for field

installation. All convertible base units are listed as suitable for use as service entrance equipment when used per Article 384 of the NEC.

3 Ground bar kits priced separately except as noted, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

4 For main breaker, use Type BR. For main lug use Type BRSF.

5 BREQS125 hold-down screw comes with loadcenter for back-fed Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers.

6 Convertible to maximum of 100A main circuit breaker and 125A main lug.

7 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

8 For main breaker, use Type BW or CSR. For main lug, use Type BRL.

9 Includes through-feed lugs for both phase and neutral conductors.

jNo hold-down provisions for back-fed Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers.

kInsulated/bondable single neutral.

lIncludes GBK2120 ground bar.

Main

Ampere Rating 1

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main

Loadcenter Catalog Number

With Combination or NEMA

Type 3R Cover 23

Spaces Circuits

125 412 24 Indoor B2 See main breaker and

main lug kit tables

Page V1-T1-54.

BR1224N125 56

12 24 Outdoor B2R BR1224N125R 567

16 24 Indoor C1 BR1624N125 5

16 24 Outdoor C1R BR1624N125R 57

20 24 Indoor C2 BR2024N125 5

20 24 Outdoor C3R BR2024N125R 57

200 8 8 16 Outdoor C3R BR816N200RF 79jk

12 24 Indoor C4 BR1224N200 j

12 24 Outdoor C3R BR1224N200R 7j

16 32 Indoor C4 BR1632N200 j

20 40 Indoor D1 BR2040N200 j

20 40 Indoor D1 BR2040N200G l

20 40 Outdoor D1R BR2040N200R 7j

20 40 Outdoor D1R BR2040N200RG l

24 40 Indoor G1 BR2440N200 7j

30 40 Indoor G1 BR3040N200 j

30 40 Indoor G1 BR3040N200G l

30 40 Outdoor G1R BR3040N200R 7j

30 40 Outdoor G1R BR3040N200RG l

40 40 Indoor L1 BR4040N200 j

40 40 Indoor L1 BR4040N200G l

40 40 Outdoor L1R BR4040N200R 7j

40 40 Outdoor L1R BR4040N200RG l

BR3040N200

V1-T1-52 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Convertible Loadcenters MCB or MLO—Base Units and Main Devices 10/22/25 kAIC,

Complete Assembly Consists of: Loadcenter and Either Main Breaker Kit or Main Lug Kit

Note: Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected.

Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole

Main Circuit Breakers—120/240 Vac or

208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac

Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole

Main Lug Kits—120/240 Vac or

208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac

Main Circuit Breaker with Accessory

Example: BW22005R01 (Put description with catalog number on

order. See Page V1-T1-86.)

Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—Copper Bus 10/22/25 kAIC

Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—With Copper Bus—Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—

Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Main Lug Only Loadcenters—Copper Bus

Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Single Neutral with Copper Bus

Notes

1 Series combination rating with Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFCB is 22 kAIC with BRH main and 25 kAIC with CSR main.

2 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with neutral bonding strap preattached. The maximum rating of the

panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment.

3 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-65.

4 22 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFCB 10 kAIC branch breakers are used in series with Type BRH main breaker.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-66 through V1-T1-69.

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Breaker

10 kAIC 22/25 kAIC

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number 1

Tw o - Po l e

100 #4–1/0 BR2100 BRH2100

110 #4–1/0 BR2110 BRH2110

125 #4–2/0 BR2125 BRH2125

125 #2–300 kcmil BW2125 CSR2125N

150 #2–300 kcmil BW2150 CSR2150N

175 #2–300 kcmil BW2175 CSR2175N

200 #2–300 kcmil BW2200 CSR2200N

Three-Pole

100 #1 BR3100 BRH3100

BW2200

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Catalog

Number

Tw o - P o l e

125 #6–2/0 BRSF125

150 #1–300 kcmil BRL200

175 #1–300 kcmil BRL200

200 #1–300 kcmil BRL200

Three-Pole

150 #6–3/0 3BRSF150

BRL200

Main

Breaker Type

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Breaker

Loadcenter Catalog Number

with Combination Cover 23

Spaces Circuits

10 kAIC

100 20 20 Indoor C2 #4–1/0 BR2020BC100

30 30 Indoor D1 #4–1/0 BR3030BC100

BRH

22 kAIC 4

100 30 30 Indoor D1 #4–1/0 BR3030HC100

CSR

25 kAIC

150 30 30 Indoor G1 #2–300 kcmil BR3030BC150

200 20 40 Indoor D1 #2–300 kcmil BR2040BC200

30 40 Indoor G1 #2–300 kcmil BR3040BC200

40 40 Indoor L1 #2–300 kcmil BR4040BC200

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type Trim Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Loadcenter

Catalog NumberSpaces Circuits

125 8 16 Indoor Surface (with door) 7 #14–1 BR816LC125SDP

8 16 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR816LC125FDP

BR3030BC100

BR816LC125FDP

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-53

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Convertible Loadcenters—Copper Bus 10/22/25 kAIC

Convertible—Single-Phase, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Notes

1 100, 125 and 200A convertible base unit catalog numbers include interior, box and cover only. Main devices and accessories must be ordered separately for field

installation. All convertible base units are listed as suitable for use as service entrance equipment when used per Article 384 of the NEC.

2 Ground bar kits priced separately, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

3 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with a neutral bonding strap preattached. The maximum main

rating of the loadcenter is the main breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment.

4 Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected. See Page V1-T1-65 for mains.

5 For main breaker, use Type BW or CSR. For main lug, use Type BRL.

6 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

7 Hold-down screw BREQS125 comes with loadcenter for back-fed Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers.

8 For main breaker, use Type BR. For main lug, use Type BRSF.

9 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.

(see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main

Loadcenter Catalog Number

(With Combination or

NEMA Type 3R Cover) 123

Spaces Circuits

125

10/22 kAIC 45

12 24 Indoor B2 See main breaker

and main lug kit tables

on Page V1-T1-54.

BR1224NC125 67

12 24 Outdoor B2R BR1224NC125R 678

20 24 Indoor C2 BR2024NC125 7

20 24 Outdoor C3R BR2024NC125R 78

200

10/25 kAIC 49

20 40 Indoor D1 BR2040NC200

20 40 Outdoor D1R BR2040NC200R 8

30 40 Indoor G1 BR3040NC200

30 40 Outdoor G1R BR3040NC200R 8

40 40 Indoor L1 BR4040NC200

40 40 Outdoor L1R BR4040NC200R 8

BR3040NC200

V1-T1-54 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Three-Phase—Type BR Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters

Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Lug Loadcenters—Copper Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac,

Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—Copper Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac,

Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac

Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Notes

1 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with a neutral bonding strap pre-attached (commercial loadcenters

do not have a pre-attached bonding strip). The maximum main rating of the panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment.

2 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-65.

3 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

4 Type DK main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac and allows a 22 kAIC series rating on the loadcenter when Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers are used.

5 The LD main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac. Type LD circuit breaker is not series rated with Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers.

6 Includes CHH 100 kAIC rated MCB. 100 kAIC series rating combination is obtained when types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFGB branch breakers are used with CHH main.

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main

Loadcenter Catalog Number

(With Combination or

NEMA Type 3R Cover)Spaces Circuits

125 12 24 Indoor C1 #6–3/0 3BR1224LC125

125 12 24 Outdoor C1R #6–3/0 3BR1224LC125R

150 24 42 Indoor D1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR2442LC150

150 24 42 Outdoor D1R #4–300 kcmil 3BR2442LC150R

200 12 24 Indoor C4 #4–300 kcmil 3BR1224LC200

200 12 24 Outdoor C3R #4–300 kcmil 3BR1224LC200R

200 30 42 Indoor G1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR3042LC200

200 30 42 Outdoor G1R #4–300 kcmil 3BR3042LC200R

200 42 42 Indoor L1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR4242LC200

200 42 42 Outdoor L1R #4–300 kcmil 3BR4242LC200R

225 30 42 Indoor L1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR3042LC225

225 30 42 Outdoor L1R #4–300 kcmil 3BR3042LC225R

Main

Breaker Type

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Breaker

Loadcenter Catalog Number

(With Combination or

NEMA Type 3R Cover)Spaces Circuits

10 kAIC

100 12 24 Indoor C1 #14–1/0 3BR1224BC100

100 12 24 Outdoor C1R #14–1/0 3BR1224BC100R

10 kAIC

150 30 42 Indoor L1 #6–4/0 3BR3042BC150

150 30 42 Outdoor L1R #6–4/0 3BR3042BC150R

200 42 42 Indoor L2 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242BC200

200 42 42 Outdoor L2R 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242BC200R

225 42 42 Indoor L2 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242BC225

225 42 42 Outdoor L2R 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242BC225R

Main

Breaker Type

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Breaker

Loadcenter Catalog Number 12

(With Combination or

NEMA Type 3R Cover)Spaces Circuits

10 kAIC

100 12 24 Indoor C1 #14–1/0 3BR1224B100

12 24 Outdoor C1R 3BR1224B100R 3

10 kAIC

125 30 42 Indoor L1 #6–4/0 3BR3042B125

150 30 42 Indoor L1 #6–4/0 3BR3042B150

30 42 Outdoor L1R 3BR3042B150R 3

200 30 42 Indoor L1 #1–250 kcmil 3BR3042B200

30 42 Outdoor L1R 3BR3042B200R 3

42 42 Indoor L2 3BR4242B200

42 42 Outdoor L2R 3BR4242B200R 3

CHH

100 kAIC

200 42 42 Indoor L2 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242H200 6

10 kAIC

225 42 42 Indoor L2 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242B225

42 42 Outdoor L2R 3BR4242B225R 3

DK 4

22 kAIC

400 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) #3/0–250 kcmil 3B4242DFN

42 42 Outdoor 47 3B4242DR1N 3

LD 5600 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) #3/0–500 kcmil 3B4242EFN

3BR4242B200

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-55

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Lug Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac,

Insulated/Bondable (Unless Otherwise Noted)

Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Lug Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac,

Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Notes

1 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-65.

2 Surface cover only.

3 Insulated/bondable single neutral.

4 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

5 Has notch for BREQS125 hold-down kit.

6 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard

(see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

gDoor lock and key included with loadcenter.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-66 through V1-T1-69.

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Loadcenter Catalog Number 1

(With Combination or

NEMA Type 3R Cover)Spaces Circuits

100 3 3 Indoor 9 #6–1/0 3BR3L100S 23

3 3 Outdoor 9R 3BR3L100R 34

125 12 24 Indoor C1 #6–3/0 3BR1224L125 56

12 24 Outdoor C1R 3BR1224L125R 456

150 18 36 Indoor C2 #6–4/0 3BR1836L150

18 36 Outdoor C3R 3BR1836L150R

24 42 Indoor D1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR2442L150

24 42 Outdoor D1R 3BR2442L150R 4

200 12 24 Indoor C4 #4–300 kcmil 3BR1224L200 6

12 24 Outdoor C3R 3BR1224L200R 46

18 36 Indoor C4 #4–300 kcmil 3BR1836L200

18 36 Outdoor C3R 3BR1836L200R

30 42 Indoor G1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR3042L200

30 42 Outdoor G1R 3BR3042L200R 4

42 42 Indoor L1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR4242L200

42 42 Outdoor L1R 3BR4242L200R 4

225 42 42 Indoor L1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR4242L225

42 42 Outdoor L1R 3BR4242L225R 4

Main

Ampere Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm)

Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Commercial Loadcenter

Catalog Number g

Spaces Circuits

With Flush or

NEMA Type 3R Cover

With

Surface Cover

400 42 42 Indoor 22 (1) 250–750 kcmil

(2) #3/0–250 kcmil

34242DFN 34242DSN

42 42 Outdoor 46 34242DR1N 4—

600 42 42 Indoor 22 (2) #2–500 kcmil — 34242ESN

3BR1224L125

34242DFN

V1-T1-56 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Convertible Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac,

Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral

Three-Phase Main Breaker Kits—10 kAIC

Notes

1 The maximum rating of the loadcenter is the main circuit breaker

rating when used as service entrance equipment.

2 100, 125 and 200A convertible base unit catalog numbers include

interior, box and cover only. Main devices and accessories must be

ordered separately for field installation.

All convertible base units are listed as suitable for use as service

entrance equipment when used per Article 384 of the NEC.

3 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-65.

4 For main breaker, use Type BR. For main lug, use Type BRSF.

5 BREQS125 hold-down screw comes with loadcenter for back-fed

Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers.

6 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For

rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-65.

7 Convertible to maximum of 100A main circuit breaker and 125A

main lug.

8 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six

main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a

lighting and appliance panelboard

(see Article 408.34 of the NEC).

9 Order 3BR42FTNY or 3BR42STNY cover separately.

jFor subfeed.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-66 through V1-T1-69.

Three-Phase Main Lugs Kit for

Convertible Loadcenters

Main

Ampere Rating 1

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main

Loadcenter Catalog Number 23

(With Combination or

NEMA Type 3R Cover)Spaces Circuits

100 430 30 Indoor D1 See main breaker

and main lug kit tables

below.

3BR3030N100 5

30 30 Outdoor D1R 3BR3030N100R 56

125 412 24 Indoor C1 3BR1224N125 567

12 24 Outdoor C1R 3BR1224N125R 5678

200 30 42 Indoor L1 3BR3042N200

225 42 42 Indoor L2 3BR4242N225

42 42 Indoor B 3BR4242B225NY 9

3BR3030N100

3BR4242N225NY

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Catalog

Number

100 #6–4/0 CC3100N

125 #6–4/0 CC3125N

150 #6–4/0 CC3150N

175 #2/0–300 kcmil CC3175N

200 #2/0–300 kcmil CC3200N

225 #2/0–300 kcmil CC3225N

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Catalog

Number

225 #1–300 kcmil 3BRL225

225 #1–300 kcmil 3BRS225 j

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-57

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Spa Panels

Contents—BR Specialty Products

Description Page

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-42

BR Specialty Products

Spa Panels

Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58

Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-59

Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61

Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-72

BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-75

BR Specialty Products

Spa Panels

Product Description

Eaton’s BR Spa Panels

distribute power to outdoor

loads and provide protection

for people from electric

shock. Save time and money

with streamlined installation

procedures and easy-access

features. Spa panels meet

NEC requirements by

providing a ground fault

circuit interruption device and

a disconnect switch in a

single simple device. Ships

assembled prewired, factory

tested and ready to install.

Features

●10-year warranty

●UL Listed

●Factory-installed

two-pole ground fault

circuit interrupter (GFCI)

Product Selection

Spa Panel—Meets NEC Article 680.40 Through 680.43—

Requirements for GFCI Protection

Notes

1 Includes a GFCB240 breaker, factory installed.

2 Includes a GFCB250 breaker, factory installed.

Main

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range Cu/Al 60°C

or 75°C for Main Lugs

Catalog

NumberSpace Poles

40 — — Outdoor 5R #8–#2 BR40SPA 1

50 — — Outdoor 5R #8–#2 BR50SPA 2

BR Spa Panel

V1-T1-58 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Riser Panel

Contents—BR Specialty Products

Description Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-42

BR Specialty Products

Spa Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-57

Riser Panel

Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-59

Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-72

BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-75

Riser Panel

Product Description

Eaton’s Riser Panel is a

loadcenter with an offset

interior to allow riser cables

to pass through the enlarged

gutter. By using lay-in tap

lugs, the contractor is able to

simply strip off a length of the

riser cable’s insulation, and

tap off to the riser panel’s

main lugs. These panels are

used in the construction of

assisted living homes,

dormitories, public housing

complexes and apartments.

Product Selection

Riser Panel

Riser Panel Accessories

Notes

1 Bulk-packaged loadcenter without carton. Must be ordered in

multiples of 16.

2 Refer to Page V1-T1-67 for dimensions. BRGUTTER is box

size C2.

Accessories

For riser panels not shown, contact the Flex Center at

1-800-330-6479 for both CH and BR riser panels.

Main Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure

Type

Box

Size

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Main Lugs

Catalog

NumberSpace Circuits

125 12 24 Indoor C4 #6–2/0 BR1224L125RIS

125 12 24 Indoor C4 #6–2/0 BR1224L125RISBP 1

125 20 24 Indoor C4 #6–2/0 BR2024L125RIS

125 20 24 Indoor C4 #6–2/0 BR2024L125RISBP 1

125 20 30 Indoor C2 #6–2/0 BR2030L125RIS

200 30 40 Indoor D1 #1–300 BR3040L200RIS

Catalog Number

BRGUTTER 2

GTAP250

BR1224L125RIS

BRGUTTER (Shown

with Loadcenter)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-59

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

BR Renovation Loadcenters

Contents—BR Specialty Products

Description Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-42

BR Specialty Products

Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-57

Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58

Type BR Renovation Loadcenter

Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-60

Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-72

BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-75

Type BR Renovation Loadcenter

Product Description

●Available in 10, 20, 30

and 40 circuit main

breaker styles

●Designed to replace

existing loadcenters

and fuse boxes

●Type BR loadcenter

packaged with circuit

breakers

●Factory-installed 5-circuit

terminal block(s)

●Twin-stacked neutral

design

Quick-ProSM

All you need to

know to save

time and make

more money.

Specified on certain Eaton

products, the Quick-Pro

symbol allows for immediate

recognition of products

that are designed for

straightforward installation.

When you see Quick-Pro,

you know you can install

quickly—sometimes up to

50% less than the usual

installation time—and move

on to your next job.

Product Selection

BR Value Packs 1

Note

1 Indoor enclosure type.

Main

Breaker

Type Description

Wire Size

Range

Number of

5-Circuit

Terminal Blocks

Single-Pole

Breakers

Two-Pole

Breakers

Catalog

Number

10 kAIC

Single-phase 100A 10k main breaker 10/20

circuit surface-mount box is 11.75" wide x 13" tall

#6–1/0 0 (2) BR115 (1) BR230 BR1020B100SRNV

Single-phase 100A 10k main breaker 10/20

circuit flush-mount box is 11.75" wide x 13" tall

0 (2) BR115 (1) BR230 BR1020B100FRNV

Single-phase 100A

10 kAIC main breaker 20/20 circuit

1 (5) BR120 (1) BR230 BR2020B100RNV8

CSR

25 kAIC

Single-phase 200A

25 kAIC main breaker 30/40 circuit

#2–300

kcmil

2 (5) BR115

(5) BR120

(1) BR230

(1) BR250

BR3040B100RNV4

BR2020B100RN

Features, Benefits and Functions

●Factory-installed terminal

block(s) allows installer to

terminate existing short

wires without using wire

nuts or junction boxes

●Twin-stacked neutrals are

mounted up high in the

loadcenter, which allows

for all neutral and ground

wires to be terminated in

the top half of the

loadcenter

●Specifically designed for

the service contractor—

this is the ONLY renovation

line in the industry

●Single-pole and two-pole

breakers included

●10-year warranty on

loadcenter and breakers

V1-T1-60 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Options and Accessories

Field Installation Kits and Parts

Notes

1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

2 #8–2/0 wire size range is 75°C rated only.

Number

of Poles

Ampere

Rating

Number of 1-Inch (25.4 mm)

Spaces Needed

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Ordering

Quantity 1

Catalog

Number

Main and Sub-Feed Lug Blocks

2 125 2 #8–2/0 1 BRSF125

150 2 #8–2/0 1 BRSF150 2

225 4 #2–300 kcmil 1 BRS225

3 150 3 #8–2/0 1 3BRSF150 2

225 6 #2–300 kcmil 1 3BRS225

Main Lugs

Two-pole, 200A stud mounted (includes deadfront filler plate) #1–300 kcmil 1 BRL200

Neutral/ground lug

Add-on neutral or ground lug

#2/0 maximum 1 NL20

#3/0 maximum 1 NL30

300 kcmil maximum 1 NL300

Filler Plates

1-inch (25.4 mm) circuit breaker space 25 BRFP

BW main circuit breaker space (with hardware) 1 BWFP

Door lock —12–42 circuits, and 100–225A 1 TDL

Door lock—4–8 circuits, 125A 1CH9FL

ANSI-61 light gray touchup paint for current loadcenters 1 SPC61

Isolated neutral assembly (computer circuits) 1 BINA

Circuit directory—adhesive backed 10 TCD

Cover screws 25 LCCS

Cover replacement latch (gray) 14-5/16 (363.5 mm) wide loadcenters only 1 BRRL

Circuit marking strip (next to breaker) 10 BRMS

Circuit identification label (preprinted breaker labels) 25 CHBL

Series rated caution label 25 SRL

Bonding strip with screw 1BSSUSE

BRSF125

3BRS225

BRL200

TDL

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-61

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenter with

Mechanical Interlock Kit

Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits

Contents

Description Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-42

BR Specialty Products

Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-57

Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58

Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-59

Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-72

Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits

BR Circuit Breakers

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-76

Circuit Breaker Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-84

Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-86

Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits

Product Description

With the aging electrical

infrastructure and frequent

severe storms, power

outages are becoming more

and more frequent, affecting

thousands of people

nationwide. Eaton mechanical

interlock kit provides an easy

and cost-effective solution

when using backup

emergency power.

This solution expands the

robust line of emergency

power products and

accessories.

Features and Benefits

●Prevents utility and

generator supplies from

being on at the same time

●Protects utility linemen

from dangerous generator

backfeed

●Robust interlock design

●Offered in two unique

styles for almost any BR

loadcenter, which can

reduce inventory levels

●Quick and easy

installation—drill points or

fixtures for pilot holes are

provided on all applicable

BR loadcenters; no

additional assembly is

required

Standards and Certifications

●UL 67 Listed—For use with

BR loadcenters

●Meets NEC® Article 702

V1-T1-62 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Product Selection

Each mechanical interlock kit

includes:

●Interlock assembly

●Hold down kit 1

●New labels

●Necessary screws

Warranty information:

●10-year warranty on all

Type BR circuit breakers

and loadcenters

●Refer to Eaton for

complete warranty details

Mechanical Interlock Kits 2

Notes

1For breakers under 70A used in backfed applications, add “B” to the end of the catalog string

to get the appropriate “hold-down” version.

2Clamshell packaged.

3Bulk pack contains 10 units, individually packaged.

Description Catalog Number

Single BRMIKBR

Bulk pack 3BRMIKBRBP

Single BRMIKCSR

Bulk pack 3BRMIKCSRBP

BRMIKCSR

BRMIKBR

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-63

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Mechanical Interlock Cover

Covers mechanically interlock

two breakers—Type BW

or CSR main breaker with a

Type BR branch breaker.

Mechanical Interlock Cover

Fits Loadcenter

Catalog Numbers

Mechanical Interlock

Trim/Deadfront

Catalog Numbers

Mechanical Interlock Kit

Catalog Numbers

Indoor

BR816B100 BRCOVC10M BRMIKBR

BR816N100

BR1212B100 BRCOVC12M

BR1220B100

BR1220H100

BR1224N125 BRCOVC13M

BR1616B100 BRCOVC16M

BR1620B100

BR1624B100

BR1624B125 BRCOVC17M

BR1624N125

BR2020B100, BR2020BC100

BR2020H100, BR2020HC100

BRCOVC22M

BR2024H100

BR2020HC100

BR2030B100

BR2040B100

BR2024B125 BRCOVC23M

BR2024N125, BR2024NC125

BR3030B100, BR3030BC100 BRCOVC59M

BR3030H100, BR3030HC100

Raintight

BR1020B100R BR3RDF1M Field-installed interlock kits not

available for these catalog numbers.

BR1224B100R

BR1224N125R, BR1224NC125R

BR1624B100R BR3RDF2M

BR1624N125R

BR2024B100R, BR2024B125R BR3RDF4M

BR2024N125R, BR2024NC125R

BR816B100

V1-T1-64 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Mechanical Interlock Cover, continued

Notes

1 Deadfront only.

2 Can only be provided as replacement covers for factory-installed mechanically interlock loadcenters.

Fits Loadcenter

Catalog Numbers

Mechanical Interlock

Trim/Deadfront

Catalog Numbers

Mechanical Interlock Kit

Catalog Numbers

Indoor

BR1630B150 BRCOV16C4FM BRMIKCSR

BR1224N200

BR1632B200

BR1632N200

BR2030B150 BRCOV20C4FM

BR2030H150

BR2040B150

BR2040B200, BR2040BC200 BRCOV20D1FM

BR2040H200

BR2040N200, BR2040NC200

BR2430B150, BR2430BC150 BRCOV30G1FM

BR3030B150

BR3030H150

BR3040B150

BR2440B200

BR2440N200

BR3040B200, BR3040BC200

BR3040N200, BR3040NC200

BR3040H200

BR4040B200, BR4040BC200 BRCOV40L1FM

BR4040H200

BR4040N200, BR4040NC200

BR4242B225 BRCOV42L2FM

Raintight

BR816B150RF BR3RDF5M 1

BR816B200RF

BR816N200RF

BR1224N200R

BR2030B150R BR3RDF11M 1

BR2040B150R

BR2040B200R

BR2040B225R

BR2040N200R

BR3030B150R BR3RDF12M 1

BR3040B200R

BR3040N200R

BR4040B200R BR3RDF13M 1

BR4040N200R

BR48B200RF BR3RDF14M

BR4242B225R BR3RDF15M 1

Mechanical Interlock Loadcenter Replacement Covers 2

BR2020B100M, BR2020BC100M BRCOV20C2FM Field-installed interlock kits not

available for these catalog numbers.

BR2024H100M

BR3030BC100M BRCOV30D1FM

BR4040B200

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-65

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Field Installation Rainproof Conduit Hubs

Ground Bar Kits

Ground Bar Legend

Notes

1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

2 Distance between mounting holes is 1.75 inches (44.5 mm).

3 For single- and three-phase 400 and 600A applications.

4 Distance between mounting holes is 2.34 inches (59.5 mm).

5 For non-metallic enclosures. Snaps into molded base.

Description

Conduit Size

Inches (mm)

Ordering

Quantity 1

Catalog

Number

Group 1—for use with 70, 100 and 125A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures and the

following 150 and 200A panels: BR48B200RF

0.75 (19.1) 1 DS075H1

1.00 (25.4) 1 DS100H1

1.25 (31.8) 1 DS125H1

1.50 (38.1) 1 DS150H1

2.00 (50.8) 1 DS200H1

Group 2—for use with 150, 200 and 225A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures except for

the following 200A loadcenters: BR48B200RF. Also for use with 400 and 600A loadcenters and New York City

loadcenters manufactured after November 1, 2005

2.00 (50.8) 1 DS200H2

2.50 (63.5) 1 DS250H2

3.00 (76.2) 1 DS300H2

Type H conduit hubs for loadcenters PL0724R and S3100RN 0.75 (19.1) 1 RH75P

1.00 (25.4) 1 RH100P

1.25 (31.8) 1 RH125P

1.50 (38.1) 1 RH150P

Adapter kit—Allows Installing a Group 1 hub on devices arranged for Group 2 hubs — 1 DS900AP

Group 1 small blank hub plate with bump — 1 DS900CP1

Group 2 Large blank hub plate with bump — 1 DS900CP2

Description

(See Legend)

Length

Inches (mm)

Ordering

Quantity 1

Catalog

Number

dssssds 2.54 (64.5) 1 GBK5 2

dssssdsj 3.59 (91.2) 1 GBK520 2

dssssdssssss 4.29 (109.0) 1 GBK10 2

dssssdssssssj 5.34 (135.6) 1 GBK1020 2

4.61 (117.1) 1 GBK13 2

dssssdssssssssss 5.69 (144.5) 1 GBK14 2

dssssdssssssssssj 6.74 (171.2) 1 GBK1420 2

dssssdsssssssssssssssss 8.14 (206.8) 1 GBK21 2

dssssdsssssssssssssssssj 9.19 (233.4) 1 GBK2120 2

5.78 (146.8) 1 BRGBK39512 34

sssss 1.84 (46.7) 1 GB4NM 5

(3) #14–10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–4 Cu/Al

(1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al

(1) #14–1/0 Cu/Al or (3) #14–10 Cu/Al

(1) #14–6 Cu/Al or (2) #14–12 Cu/Al

Mounting Hole

DS300H2

GBK14

BRGBK39512

V1-T1-66 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Residential/Commercial/New York City Loadcenters, Unit Enclosures—Box Sizes

Note: Box sizes do not include covers/fronts.

Residential Loadcenters—NEMA Type 1 Indoor

Residential Loadcenters—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor

Commercial Loadcenters—NEMA Type 1 Indoor

Commercial Loadcenters—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor

New York City Loadcenters—NEMA Type 1 Indoor

Types ECB and ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 1 Indoor

Types ECB and ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 3R

Outdoor

Box Size Height Width Depth

A1 15.00 (381.0) 11.25 (285.8) 3.75 (95.3)

B1 16.75 (425.5) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

B2 18.75 (476.3) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

C1 21.00 (533.4) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

C2 23.00 (584.2) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

C4 27.00 (685.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

D1 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

G1 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

L1 39.00 (990.6) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

L2 45.00 (1143.0) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)

2 8.63 (219.1) 5.00 (127.0) 3.50 (88.9)

3 9.44 (239.7) 4.50 (114.3) 3.00 (76.2)

4 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.56 (90.5)

5 9.44 (239.7) 4.50 (114.3) 3.00 (76.2)

6 12.00 (304.8) 6.88 (174.6) 4.50 (114.3)

7 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.56 (90.5)

9 14.50 (368.3) 6.50 (165.1) 3.50 (88.9)

Box Size Height Width Depth

B1R 16.75 (425.5) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

B2R 18.75 (476.3) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

C3R 25.00 (635.0) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

D1R 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

G1R 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

L1R 39.00 (990.6) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

L2R 45.00 (1143.0) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

2R 8.63 (219.1) 5.00 (127.0) 3.50 (88.9)

3R 9.44 (239.7) 4.50 (114.3) 3.00 (76.2)

4R 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.56 (90.5)

5R 9.44 (239.7) 4.50 (114.3) 3.00 (76.2)

6R 11.75 (298.5) 6.50 (165.1) 4.50 (114.3)

7R 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.56 (90.5)

8R 27.00 (685.8) 10.50 (266.7) 4.75 (120.7)

9R 14.25 (362.0) 6.50 (165.1) 4.00 (101.6)

C1R 21.00 (533.4) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

Box Size Height Width Depth

19 44.00 (1117.6) 16.16 (410.4) 6.25 (158.8)

20 44.00 (1117.6) 16.16 (410.4) 6.25 (158.8)

22 54.00 (1371.6) 16.22 (412.0) 6.31 (160.3)

24 66.50 (1689.1) 16.22 (412.0) 6.31 (160.3)

Box Size Height Width Depth

42 38.00 (965.2) 16.31 (414.3) 6.38 (161.9)

43 44.00 (1117.6) 16.31 (414.3) 6.38 (161.9)

46 54.00 (1371.6) 16.31 (414.3) 6.38 (161.9)

47 66.56 (1690.7) 16.31 (414.3) 6.38 (161.9)

Box Size Height Width Depth

A 38.00 (965.2) 18.13 (460.4) 5.00 (127.0)

B 44.00 (1117.6) 18.13 (460.4) 5.00 (127.0)

C 66.50 (1689.1) 18.13 (460.4) 6.25 (158.8)

Height Width Depth

23.25 (590.6) 8.88 (225.4) 4.50 (114.3)

Height Width Depth

23.68 (601.7) 9.31 (236.5) 5.44 (138.1)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-67

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Residential Loadcenter Knockouts

Knockouts for Box Sizes A1, B1, B2, C1, C2, C4, D1, G1, L1,

L2, B1R, B2R, C1R, C3R, D1R, G1R, L1R, L2R

Residential NEMA Type 1 Indoor and

NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Enclosures

Code Diameter

A 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — — —

B 0.50 (12.7) — — — —

C 0.50 (12.7) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

D 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) —

E 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) — —

F 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8)

G 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) — —

H 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1)

I 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

J 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) — —

B B B

Outdoor Boxes

B1R, B2R, C1R, C3R, D1R,

G1R, L1R, L2R

Indoor Boxes

B1, B2

Indoor Boxes

C1, C2, C4, D1, G1, L1, L2

.45 (11.4) Dia. KO.45 (11.4) Dia. KO

.45 (11.4) Dia. KO

.45 (11.4) Dia. KO.45 (11.4) Dia. KO

2.06 (52.3) Dia.

(125A Max.)

3.06 (77.7) Dia.

(225A Max.)

Hub

DDDD

.45 (11.4) Dia. KO

EE E

Indoor Boxes

V1-T1-68 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Knockouts for Box Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 2R, 3R, 4R, 5R, 6R,

7R, 8R, 9R

Residential NEMA Type 1 Indoor and NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Enclosures

Code Diameter

A 0.50 (12.7) — — —

B 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — —

C 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) —

D 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8)

E 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) —

F 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1)

G 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) —

H 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8)

I 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) —

Box 2, 2R

R1.00–1.25 KO

(25.4–31.8) KO

Mounting

Hole for

5/16 (7.9)

Screw .50–.75

(12.7–19.1)

2.38

(60.3)

.31 (7.9)

.50–.75–1.00

(12.7–19.1–25.4)

.50–1.00–1.25

(12.7–25.4–31.8)

6.38

(161.9)

Box 3

Hub

AAA A

A A

G G

Hub

A A A

A A

BBB

AAA A

A A

D D

Box 3R Box 4

Box 4R Box 5 Box 5R Box 6

D D D

Hub

Box 6R

B B

Hub

D D

Box 7 Box 7R

AAA

AAA AAA

B B B

AB B

C C

G G

AAA AAA

AB B

G G

Hub

A A

Hub

Box 8R Box 9 Box 9R

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-69

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Commercial Loadcenter Knockouts

NEMA Type 1 Indoor Commercial Enclosures

Knockouts for Box Sizes 19, 20, 22, 24

NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Commercial Enclosures

Knockouts for Box Sizes 42, 43, 46, 47

Unit Enclosure Knockouts, Types ECB and ECC Knockouts

Indoor Commercial Enclosures

Outdoor Commercial Enclosures

Unit Enclosure Knockouts

Code Diameter

A 0.50 (12.7) — — —

B 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — —

C 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) —

D 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2)

E 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) —

F 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) —

Code Diameter

A 0.50 (12.7) — — —

B 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — —

C 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) —

D 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) —

E 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) —

F 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) —

G 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

H 3.25 (82.6) Sq. — — —

Code Diameter

NEMA Type 1 Indoor (Flush and Surface Trims)

A 0.50 (12.7) — — — —

B 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

NEMA Type 3R Outdoor

A 0.50 (12.7) — — — —

B 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

B B B

B B

D D D D

BBB

B B

E E E E

Box 19, 20 Box 22, 24

E E E

D D

HUB HUB

E E E

D D

HUB HUB

Box 42

Box 43, 46, 47

B B

HUB

NEMA Type 1—Indoor NEMA Type 3R—Outdoor

V1-T1-70 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Technical Data and Specifications

General

A. The Contractor shall

furnish and install

deadfront loadcenters

incorporating circuit

breakers of the number,

rating and type as

specified herein and

as shown on the

contract drawings.

B. The loadcenter and all

components shall be

designed, manufactured

and tested in accordance

with the latest applicable

standards of UL, NEMA

and NEC including:

1. UL 67—Standards

for Panelboards.

C. UL 50—Standards for

Cabinets and Boxes.

D. UL 489—Standards for

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers.

E. UL 869—Standards for

Service Equipment.

F. Federal Specification

W-C 375B—Circuit

Breakers.

G. Federal Specification

W-C P115b—Panel

Power Distribution

Type 1, Class 2.

Qualifications

A. The manufacturer of the

loadcenter shall be the

manufacturer of the

circuit breaker within

the loadcenter.

B. For the equipment

specified herein, the

manufacturer shall be

ISO 9000 certified.

C. The manufacturer of

this equipment shall have

produced similar

electrical equipment

for a minimum period

of seven (7) years.

Manufacturers

A. Eaton.

Ratings

A. Loadcenters shall be

rated for 120/240 Vac and

shall have short-circuit

ratings as shown on the

drawings or

as herein scheduled,

but not less than

10,000 amperes rms

symmetrical.

B. Circuit breakers shall be a

minimum of 125A frame.

Circuit breakers 15

through 125A trip size

shall take up the same

pole spacing.

C. Loadcenters shall be

labeled with a UL short-

circuit rating. When

series combination

ratings are applied

with integral or remote

upstream devices, a label

shall be provided. Series

combination ratings shall

cover all trip ratings of

installed frames. It shall

state the conditions of

the UL series ratings

including:

1. Size and type of

upstream device.

2. Branch devices that can

be used.

3. UL series short

circuit rating.

Construction

A. All interiors, with the

exception of the branch

circuit breakers, shall

be completely factory

assembled with main

breakers, main lugs,

or no main device.

B. Interiors shall be

designed so that circuit

breakers can be replaced

without disturbing

adjacent units and

without removing the

main bus connectors and

shall be designed so that

circuits may be changed

without machining,

drilling, or tapping.

C. Physical means shall be

provided to prevent the

installation of more

overcurrent devices than

that number for which

the enclosure was

designed, rated and

approved. Half-size

breakers shall have a

UL listed rejection tab

over the line terminals.

Loadcenter interiors

must have notched stabs

to accept these rejection

tab class CTL breakers, if

required and approved.

Bus

A. Busbars for the main and

cross connectors shall be

[tin-plated aluminum]

[copper] in accordance

with Underwriters

Laboratories standards.

Busing shall be braced

throughout to conform to

industry standard practice

governing short-circuit

stresses in loadcenters.

Note: Note to spec writer—

select one (copper available

in limited ratings).

B. Neutral busing shall

have a suitable lug for

each outgoing feeder

requiring a neutral

connection of same

ampacity as branch.

Wiring/Termination

A. All wire connectors and

terminals shall be of the

anti-turn solderless type

and shall be suitable for

copper or aluminum wire

of the sizes indicated. All

connectors must meet

the “Requirements for

Wire Connectors and

Soldering Lugs” as

stated in UL 486B.

B. All loadcenters where

marked shall be suitable

for use with 60°C or 75°C

rated wire.

Circuit Breakers

A. Circuit breakers shall

be molded case type.

Circuit breakers shall

have four-rivet

construction (GFI Type—

5 rivets). Multipole circuit

breakers shall be of a

stack pole design to

provide electrical

phase isolation.

B. Each pole of the

circuit breaker will

provide inverse time

delay overload and

instantaneous short-

circuit protection by

means of both thermal

and magnetic sensors.

C. The circuit breaker

calibration shall

not be affected by

environmental changes

in relative humidity.

The thermal bimetal

element shall be welded

to the steel frame and

calibration shall be set

independent of the

molded case by computer

controlled equipment.

D. All circuit breakers

shall be operated by

a toggle-type handle

and multipole circuit

breakers shall have an

internal common trip

mechanism. The

circuit breakers shall

incorporate trip

mechanisms that are

mechanically trip-free

from the handle. The

handle position shall

provide visual trip

indication.

E. Contacts shall be of

non-welding silver alloy.

F. All circuit breakers shall

have the trip rating

inscribed on the handle

on each circuit breaker

pole. Also, unique color-

coded cases that indicate

the UL listed 10 kA or

22 kA interrupting

ratings. Breakers shall

be able to be used

as main or branch

disconnect devices.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-71

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

G. Branch circuit breakers

may also be used in

the 1/2-inch (12.7 mm)

per pole ratings that

include two-pole 1-inch

(25.4 mm) wide modules

and four-pole 2-inch

(50.8 mm) wide

modules. Two-pole circuit

breakers must

incorporate a common

trip mechanism. The

exclusive CTL rejection

tab feature shall be

provided to limit the

number of branch

devices for a loadcenter

to 42, in compliance with

NEC Article 384.15.

H. Circuit breakers shall

be completely enclosed

in a molded case of

thermoset material.

No internal aluminum

parts shall be used. All

internal ferrous parts

shall be plated to

prevent corrosion.

I. All terminals shall be

listed for use with copper

or aluminum conductors.

Terminals shall be of the

box lug or clamp type

design. The terminals

shall meet UL 486B

requirements and shall

be suitable for use with

either 60°C or 75°C wire.

J. The calibrated bimetal

assembly shall be

mechanically isolated

from the load terminal

using a flexible braided

copper shunt wire, such

that movement of the

terminals due to twisting

and overtorquing does

not affect breaker

calibration.

K. Breakers shall be SWD

rated and/or HACR rated

as required.

L. Arc Fault Interrupting

circuit breakers, (AFI),

shall be provided on all

15 and 20A single-phase

120/240 Vac circuits

except those indicated as

remote controlled

breakers. AFI breakers

shall be “Classified for

mitigating the effects of

arcing faults,” or

conforming to UL

Standard 1699 and as

defined by Article 210.12

Section A of the 1999

NEC Code.

Surge Protection Devices

See Volume 1, Tab 2 for

complete details on

surge protection.

Enclosures

A. Loadcenter shall have

NEMA Type 1 general

purpose or NEMA Type

3R rainproof enclosures

as indicated on the

drawings and shall be

surface or combination

flush/surface mounted

except where noted.

B. Boxes shall be made

from galvanized sheet

steel having multiple

knockouts. Rainproof

boxes shall use

galvanized steel or

an approved coating

system which meets or

exceeds standards for

outdoor NEMA Type 3R

enclosures. Boxes shall

be of sufficient size to

provide at least a

minimum code gutter

space on all sides.

C. The deadfront shall

have an easy adjustment

feature for flush

applications.

D. Boxes shall be factory

assembled into a single

rigid structure.

E. Unless otherwise noted

on drawings, hinged

doors covering all circuit

breaker handles shall

be included in all trims.

Trim doors shall not

uncover any live parts

in making the circuit

breaker handles

accessible. If key locks

are required, all locks

shall be keyed alike.

. Combination trims for

flush and surface panels

shall be flat and shall

overlap the box by at

least 5/8-inch (15.9 mm)

all around. Trims shall

be mounted by a

screwdriver without the

need for special tools.

Finish

A. Trims shall be bonderized

and finished with a light

gray ANSI-61 enamel.

The paint finish shall be

of a type to which field

applied paint will adhere.

Factory Testing

A. The standard factory

tests shall be performed

on the equipment

provided under this

section. All tests shall

be in accordance with

the latest version of UL

and NEMA.

V1-T1-72 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Retrofit Type BR Retrofit Interior Collar

Adjustable Interior and Assembly with Trim

Type BR Retrofit Interior

Contents—BR Specialty Products

Description Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-42

BR Specialty Products

Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-57

Riser Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58

Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-59

Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61

Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits

BR Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-75

Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits

Product Description

Eaton’s unique Retrofit

Interior allows the customer

to cost-effectively and safely

upgrade an electrical service

without removing the existing

enclosure from the wall.

Quick-ProSM

All you need to

know to save

time and make

more money.

Specified on certain Eaton

products, the Quick-Pro

symbol allows for immediate

recognition of products

that are designed for

straightforward installation.

When you see Quick-Pro,

you know you can install

quickly—sometimes up to

50% less than the usual

installation time—and move

on to your next job.

Application Description

The Retrofit Interior is

designed and tested

specifically for renovating

an outdated electrical panel in

an apartment, a condominium

or a single family home.

These outdated panels are

being recognized by local

inspectors and other

authorities as a possible

hazard.

Opportunities to Retrofit

●Single- or three-phase

●Main lug only or main

breaker

●Up to 42 circuits

●Up to 225A interiors,

400A available upon

request

●Available with CH breakers

(3/4-inch) with copper bus

or BR breakers (1-inch) with

aluminum bus

●The minimum lifetime

warranty for residential

breakers shall be as

follows:

●10-year warranty on all

BR branch breakers and

loadcenters

●Refer to Eaton for

complete warranty

details

Features and Benefits

Upgrading Existing Electrical

Infrastructure Is Simple

●Replaces vintage brands

that have hard to find,

expensive replacement

breakers

●Safety upgrade to arc fault

and ground fault breakers

to meet current electrical

codes

●Maximizes number of

circuits available with

compact design

●Eco-friendly in asbestos-

filled environments

●Exclusive design

Save Time and Money

Throughout the Installation

●Uses existing panel

box and wires

●Eliminates expensive and

time-consuming drywall/

paint repair

●Saves 2–3 hours of

installation time compared

to a complete panel

changeout

●Eliminates precise

measurements with field-

adjustable kit

Detailed Product Guide

All standard retrofit kits are

suitable for a range of

existing box sizes:

●Box width ranging from

14.50 to 22.00 inches

(368.3 to 558.8 mm)

●Box depth ranging from

4.00 inches (101.6 mm)

for BR

●Box height ranging from

21.00 to 45.00 inches

(533.4 to 1143.0 mm)

For box dimensions outside

of these ranges, contact

the Lincoln Flex Center at

800-330-6479. Be sure to

provide the existing incoming

line wire size.

Standards and Certifications

●Meets 2008/2011/2014

NEC wire bending

requirements

●UL 67 Listed (for UL

listings for specific part

numbers, see the table on

the following page.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-73

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

BR Specialty Product Selection

To select the retrofit kit:

1. From the existing box

size determine which

retrofit groups are

suitable (may be more

than one).

2. Use type of interior,

number of phases, and

type of main to find the

selection chart.

3. Select part number from

chart (if main breaker,

replace XXX with specific

amp rating).

4. Note that the overlap

of the existing wall is

the retro cover size

minus the existing

box size. If specific

measurements are

needed, communicate

that you need a custom

trim size.

5. Contact the Lincoln Flex

Center at 800-330-6479

for pricing, lead-times,

and order entry

instructions.

How to Order:

1. Measure the existing

panel enclosure to

determine appropriate

kits for your project.

2. Match the existing

dimensions with the

table below to obtain the

correct catalog number.

3. Order your retrofit kit

from a local Eaton

authorized distributor.

Need assistance or can’t find

retrofit to fit existing

enclosure?

Call Eaton’s Residential Flex

Center at 1-800-330-6479

or email for all your retrofit

needs. Go to

www.eaton.com/eccn to

locate an Eaton Certified

Contractor.

Retrofit Interior Kit Specifications

Five recommended groups: existing box height determines retro group size. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Notes

1Catalog numbers shown with "_" at the end need one of the following suffixes to denote depth:

J = 3.75–4.25

K = 4.25–5.00

L = 5.00–6.00

Example: RTBR12L125J would signify an interior set with a depth range of 3.75 to 4.25 inches.

2****Denotes characters in the catalog number that relate to overall cover size.

Example: CRTBR12ML2620 would signify a cover 26.00 inches H x 20.00 inches W.

3Amperes for MB panels is maximum; catalog number will reflect actual amperage of breaker included.

For UL applications, maximum cover sizes may apply.

Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)

Catalog

Number 1Cover 2

Minimum

Depth

Maximum

Depth

Minimum

Width

Minimum

Height Phase Main Bus Amperes

Spaces /

Circuits

UL 67

Listed

BR Retrofit Interiors and Covers

RTBR8L100P CRTBR8ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 3.63 (92.2) 10.50 (266.7) 13.00 (330.2) Single MLO BR 100 16 Yes

RUBR8L100_ CRUBR8ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 10.50 (266.7) 13.00 (330.2) Single MLO BR 100 16 Yes

RTBR12L100P CRTBR12ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 3.63 (92.2) 10.50 (266.7) 14.50 (368.3) Single MLO BR 100 24 Yes

RTBR10B100P CRTBR12ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 3.63 (92.2) 10.50 (266.7) 14.50 (368.3) Single MLO BR 100 20 Yes

RUBR12L100_ CRUBR12ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 10.50 (266.7) 14.50 (368.3) Single MLO BR 100 24 Yes

RUBR10B100_ CRUBR12ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 10.50 (266.7) 14.50 (368.3) Single MB BR 100 20 Yes

RTBR12L125P CRTBR12ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 3.63 (92.2) 11.00 (279.4) 17.00 (431.8) Single MLO BR 125 24 Yes

RTBR10B125P CRTBR12ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 3.63 (92.2) 11.00 (279.4) 17.00 (431.8) Single MB BR 125 20 Yes

RUBR12L125_ CRUBR12ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 11.00 (279.4) 17.00 (431.8) Single MLO BR 125 24 Yes

RUBR10B125_ CRUBR12ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 11.00 (279.4) 17.00 (431.8) Single MB BR 125 20 Yes

RABR20B125_ CRABR20ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 21.00 (533.4) Single MCB BR 125 24 No

RABR20L125_ CRABR20ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 21.00 (533.4) Single MLO BR 125 24 No

RBBR20B200_ CRBBR20BW**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 29.00 (736.6) Single MLO BR 200 40 No

RCBR40L200_ CRCBR40ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 34.00 (863.6) Single MLO BR 200 40 No

RDBR40B200_ CRDBR40BW**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 37.00 (939.8) Single MLO BR 200 40 No

V1-T1-74 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Complete Assembly

Note: For complete assembly,

interior and cover need to be

ordered separately.

Adjustable Interior

●Factory installed ground

and neutral bars positioned

to accept existing wires

●Field adjustable depth

matches existing panel box

●Adjustable height enables

optional placement of the

interior

●Field bondable for service

entrance options

Adjustable Interior

Standard Trim and Collar

●Standard trim matches

new interior

●New circuit directory for

updated labeling

●Oversized collar eliminates

expensive wall/paint repair

Collar and Assembly with Trim

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-75

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

BR Circuit Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-42

BR Specialty Products

Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-57

Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58

Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-59

Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61

Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-72

BR Circuit Breakers

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-76

Circuit Breaker Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-84

Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-86

BR Circuit Breakers

Product Description

Plug-On Branch Feeder Type

Arc Fault Circuit Breakers,

Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac

and 120/240 Vac

A branch feeder type arc fault

circuit interrupter is a device

intended to mitigate high

current arcing faults in the

complete circuit, including

connected cords. High

current arcing faults can

occur from line to neutral or

line to ground. These arcing

faults are in parallel with the

load and produce the most

energy of all arcing faults.

The branch feeder type AFCI

is required in the 1999 and

2002

National Electrical Code.

The

Combination Type AFCI is

required in the 2005, 2008, and

2011 National Electrical Code.

Plug-On Combination Type

Arc Fault Circuit Breakers,

Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac

and 120/240 Vac

A combination type arc

fault circuit interrupter is a

device that includes all of

the protection offered by the

branch feeder AFCI (mitigation

of high current arcing faults in

the complete circuit, including

connected cords). In addition

it provides direct detection of

persistent low current arcing

faults down to 5 amps with

associated mitigation of

fire hazards in the cords

connected to the outlets. High

current arcing faults can occur

from line to neutral or line to

ground. These arcing faults

are in parallel with the load

and produce the most energy

of all arcing faults. The current

level of low current arcing

faults is limited by the load.

Plug-On Ground Fault Circuit

Breakers, Type GFCB and

GFEP—10/22 kAIC, 120 Vac

and 120/240 Vac

Ground Fault

Application Notes

Single-pole GFCBs are

designed for use in two-

wire, 120 Vac circuits. See

Page V1-T1-86 for a typical

wiring configuration.

Two-pole GFCBs are

designed for use in three-

wire, 120/240 Vac circuits,

120 Vac multiwire circuits

employing common, neutral

and two-wire, 240 Vac

circuits obtained from a

120/240 Vac source.

Page V1-T1-86 shows typical

wiring configurations for a

120/240 Vac multiwire

circuits, and a 240 Vac, two-

wire circuit. Note the “panel

neutral” conductor connects

to the neutral bar, even

though the neutral is not

included in the load circuit.

This connection is necessary

to supply a 120 Vac power

source to the ground fault

sensing circuit.

The figures are shown with

a 120/240 Vac, single-phase,

three-wire power source,

but are also applicable to a

120/208 Vac, three-phase,

four-wire power supply.

For all figures, the electrical

operation of the GFCB is

not affected by the

equipment ground.

Non-CTL Plug-On Replacement

—Circuit Breakers, Type BRD—

10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac

Non-CTL 10 kAIC

for Replacement

Purposes Only

For replacement in

enclosures manufactured

prior to 1968 with unnotched

stabs. Circuit breakers do

not have rejection tab.

V1-T1-76 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Product Selection

Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Types BR—10/22/42 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac

Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120/240, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC

Notes

1 One pole, 1-inch (25.4 mm) per pole circuit breakers are available with high magnetic setting for switching large tungsten lamp loads. Add suffix H to catalog number.

2 Switching duty rated.

3 On the black handle breaker, add suffix “B” to the catalog number to obtain a tapped molded opening for proper use with hold-down kits.

4 For use as a branch circuit breaker in 400 and 600 ampere panels only.

All Type BR single-, two- and three-pole circuit breakers carry listing for HACR application. For circuit breakers with a shunt trip, add ST suffix.

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Single-Pole 120/240 Vac

Requires One 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

10 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton

10 kAIC 22 kAIC 10 kAIC 22 kAIC 42 kAIC

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

10 #14–4 BR110 — BR210 — —

15 #14–4 BR115 12 BRH115 BR215 3BRH215 —

20 #14–4 BR120 12 BRH120 BR220 3BRH220 —

25 #14–4 BR125 BRH125 BR225 3BRH225 —

30 #14–4 BR130 BRH130 BR230 3BRH230 —

35 #14–4 BR135 BRH135 BR235 3BRH235 —

40 #14–4 BR140 BRH140 BR240 3BRH240 3—

45 #14–4 — BRH145 BR245 3BRH245 —

50 #14–4 BR150 BRH150 BR250 3BRH250 3—

55 #14–3 BR150 BRH155 BR255 BRH255 —

60 #8–1/0 BR160 BRH160 BR260 BRH260 BRHH260

70 #8–1/0 BR170 BRH170 BR270 BRH270 BRHH270

80 #8–1/0 — — BR280 BRH280 BRHH280

90 #8–1/0 — — BR290 BRH290 BRHH290

100 #8–1/0 — — BR2100 BRH2100 BRHH2100

110 #8–1/0 — — BR2110 BRH2110 BRHH2110

125 #4–2/0 — — BR2125 BRH2125 BRHH2125

150 #4–2/0 — — BR2150 4——

BR120

BR215

BR320

BRH2100

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-77

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 240 Vac, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC

Plug-On Branch Feeder Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac

Type BR, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wide FIRE-GUARD AFCI Circuit Breakers

Notes

1 One pole, 1-inch (25.4 mm) per pole circuit breakers are available with high magnetic setting for switching large tungsten lamp loads. Add suffix H to catalog number.

2 Clamshell packaging available with CS modification code on the end of catalog number.

3 Common trip refers to two-pole 240V load application sourced by 120/240 Vac (see Page V1-T1-86).

4 Independent trip refers to two-pole multi-wire, home run or shared neutral circuits (see Pages V1-T1-86 and V1-T1-87).

All Type BR single-, two- and three-pole circuit breakers carry listing for HACR application. For circuit breakers with a shunt trip, add ST suffix.

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Three-Pole 240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Three

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

10 kAIC 22 kAIC

Catalog Number Catalog Number

10 #14–4 BR310 —

15 #14–4 BR315 1BRH315

20 #14–4 BR320 1BRH320

25 #14–4 BR325 BRH325

30 #14–4 BR330 BRH330

35 #14–4 BR335 BRH335

40 #14–4 BR340 BRH340

45 #14–4 BR345 BRH345

50 #14–4 BR350 BRH350

55 #14–3 BR355 BRH355

60 #4–1/0 BR360 BRH360

70 #4–1/0 BR370 BRH370

80 #4–1/0 BR380 BRH380

90 #4–1/0 BR390 BRH390

100 #4–1/0 BR3100 BRH3100

Poles

Ampere

Rating Configuration

Catalog

Number

Single-pole

10 kAIC

15 AFCI BR115AF 2

20 AFCI BR120AF 2

Single-pole

22 kAIC

15 AFCI BRH115AF

20 AFCI BRH120AF

Two-pole

10 kAIC 34

15 AFCI Common Trip BRL215AF

20 AFCI Common Trip BRL220AF

BR Breakers

Type BR AFCI

Circuit Breaker

V1-T1-78 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Plug-On Combination Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac

Type BR, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) wide FIRE-GUARD Combination Type AFCI

Circuit Breakers

Plug-On Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Type GFCB and GFEP—10/22 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac

Type GFCB Ground Fault Circuit Breakers—5 Milliampere—

1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Notes

1 Clamshell packaging available with CS modification code on the end of catalog number.

2 Available with bell alarm or auxiliary switch. See circuit breaker accessories on Page V1-T1-84.

3 For use with copper wire only.

Poles

Ampere

Rating Configuration

Catalog

Number

Single-pole

10 kAIC

15 AFCI BRCAF115 1

Diagnostic AFCI BRACAF115

20 AFCI BRCAF120 1

Diagnostic AFCI BRACAF120

Single-pole

22 kAIC

15 AFCI BRHCAF115 1

20 AFCI BRHCAF120 1

Two-pole

10 kAIC

15 AFCI BRL215CAF

20 AFCI BRL220CAF

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Single-Pole 120 Vac

Requires One

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

1 per Shelf Carton 1 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number 2Catalog Number

15 #14–4 GFCB115 GFCB215

20 #14–4 GFCB120 GFCB220

25 #14–4 GFCB125 GFCB225

30 #14–4 GFCB130 GFCB230

40 #14–4 GFCB140 GFCB240

50 #14–4 — GFCB250 3

60 #14–6 — GFCB260

BRCAF115

Type GFCB Single-Pole

Type GFCB Two-Pole

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-79

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type GFCBH Ground Fault Breakers—5 Milliampere—

1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac, 22 kAIC

Type GFEP Ground Fault Equipment Protectors—30 Milliampere—

1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Note

1 For use with copper wire only.

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Single-Pole 120 Vac

Requires One

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

1 per Shelf Carton 1 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number Catalog Number

15 #14–4 GFCBH115 GFCBH215

20 #14–4 GFCBH120 GFCBH220

25 #14–4 GFCBH125 GFCBH225

30 #14–4 GFCBH130 GFCBH230

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Single-Pole 120 Vac

Requires One

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space

1 per Shelf Carton 1 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number Catalog Number

15 #14–4 GFEP115 GFEP215

20 #14–4 GFEP120 GFEP220

25 #14–4 GFEP125 GFEP225

30 #14–4 GFEP130 GFEP230

40 #14–4 — GFEP240

50 #14–4 — GFEP250 1

V1-T1-80 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

CTL Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Type BD Duplex, BQ and BQC Quadplex—10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac

Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature

Notes

1 All 15 and 20A single poles are switch-duty rated.

2 All Type BD duplex and BQ quadplex circuit breakers carry listing for HACR applications.

Type BD Duplex

(UL Type BRD)

Wire Size

Range

Cu/Al

65°C or 75°C

Type BQ Quadplex Independent Trip

(UL Type BRD)

Type BQ Quadplex Independent Trip

(UL Type BRD)

Single-Pole 1

Requires One 1-Inch

(25.4 mm) Space

10 per Shelf Carton

Two-Pole 2 and Single-Pole 1

Requires Two 1-Inch

(25.4 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

Two-Pole

Requires Two 1-Inch

(25.4 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

Ampere

Rating

120 Vac 120 Vac 120/240 Vac 120 Vac

Catalog

Number

120/240 Vac

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Ampere Rating Ampere Rating

Outer Left

Single-Pole

Center Two-Pole

Independent Trip

Outer Right

Single-Pole

Outer Two-Pole

Independent Trip

Center Two-Pole

Independent Trip

10–10 BD1010 #14–4 15 20 15 BQ2202115 15 15 BQ215215

15–15 BD1515 #14–4 20 20 20 BQ2202120 15 20 BQ215220

15–20 BD1520 #14–4 15 30 15 BQ2302115 15 30 BQ215230

15–30 BD1530 #14–4 20 30 20 BQ2302120 15 40 BQ215240

20–15 BD2015 #14–4 15 40 15 BQ2402115 15 50 BQ215250

20–20 BD2020 #14–4 20 40 20 BQ2402120 20 20 BQ220220

20–30 BD2030 #14–4 15 50 15 BQ2502115 20 30 BQ220230

25–25 BD2525 #14–4 20 50 20 BQ2502120 20 40 BQ220240

30–15 BD3015 #14–4 — — — —20 50 BQ220250

30–20 BD3020 #14–4 — — — —25 25 BQ225225

30–30 BD3030 #14–4 — — — —30 30 BQ230230

30–40 BD3040 #14–4 — — — —30 40 BQ230240

30–50 BD3050 #14–4 — — — —30 50 BQ230250

50–30 BD5030 #14–4 — — — —40 40 BQ240240

50–50 BD5050 #14–4 — — — —40 50 BQ240250

————— ——50 50 BQ250250

BD2020

BQ2302115

BQ230230

120/240 Vac

120 Vac

120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac

120/240 Vac

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-81

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Non-CTL Plug-On Replacement—Circuit Breakers, Type BRD—10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac

Class Non-CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—Breakers Do Not Have Rejection Tab Feature

CTL and Non-CTL Breakers

Note

Type BD Duplex, BQ and BQC Quadplex circuit breakers can be installed in Circuit Limiting (CTL) listed BR loadcenters. Type BR twin breakers can be installed in

Non-CTL BR loadcenters.

Type BR Duplex

Wire Size

Range

Cu/Al

65°C or 75°C

Type Brand BRD Quadplex Independent Trip

Type BRD Quadplex Common Trip

Center and Outer Poles

Single-Pole Requires One

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space

10 per Shelf Carton

Two-Pole Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

Two-Pole Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

Ampere

Rating

120 Vac 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac

Catalog

Number

120/240 Vac

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Ampere Rating Ampere Rating

Outer Two-Pole

Independent Trip

Center Two-Pole

Independent Trip

Outer Two-Pole

Common Trip

Center Two-Pole

Common Trip

15–15 BR1515 #14–4 15 15 BR415 15 15 BRDC215215

15–20 BR1520 #14–4 20 20 BR420 30 30 BRDC230230

20–15 BR2015 #14–4 30 30 BR430 30 40 BRDC230240

20–20 BR2020 #14–4 20 30 BRD220230 30 50 BRDC230250

30–30 BR3030 #14–4 30 40 BRD230240 —— —

30–50 BR3050 #14–4 30 50 BRD230250 —— —

BR2020

120/240 Vac

Notched

Bus Stab

Unnotched

Bus Stab

Type BR or Type BD Duplex, (CTL),

Type BQ and

BQC Quadplex

Type BR Notched

Stab Non-CTL

Non-Circuit

Limiting

Type BR

Type BD

Duplex

Rejection

Tab

CTL Circuit

Limiting

Feature

V1-T1-82 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Common Trip Quadplex Breakers

Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature

Notes

1 All Type BQC quadplex circuit breakers carry listing for HACR applications.

2 All 15 and 20 ampere single poles are switch-duty rated.

Type BQC Quadplex Common Trip Center Poles

(UL Type BRD)

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 65°C

or 75°C

Type BQC Quadplex Common Trip Center and Outer Poles

(UL Type BRD)

Two-Pole 1 and Single-Pole 2

Requires Two 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

Two-Pole 1

Requires Two 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

120 Vac 120/240 Vac 120 Vac

Catalog

Number

120/240 Vac

Catalog

Number

Ampere Rating Ampere Rating

Outer Left

Single-Pole

Center Two-Pole

Common Trip

Outer Right

Single-Pole

Outer Two-Pole

Common Trip

Center Two-Pole

Common Trip

15 20 15 BQC2202115 #14–4 15 15 BQC215215

15 25 15 BQC2252115 #14–4 15 20 BQC215220

15 30 15 BQC2302115 #14–4 15 30 BQC215230

15 40 15 BQC2402115 #14–4 20 15 BQC220215

15 50 15 BQC2502115 #14–4 20 20 BQC220220

—— ——#14–4 20 30 BQC220230

—— ——#14–4 20 40 BQC220240

—— ——#14–4 20 50 BQC220250

20 15 20 BQC2152120 #14–4 25 25 BQC225225

20 20 20 BQC2202120 #14–4 25 30 BQC225230

20 25 20 BQC2252120 #14–4 30 15 BQC230215

20 30 20 BQC2302120 #14–4 30 30 BQC230230

20 40 20 BQC2402120 #14–4 30 40 BQC230240

20 50 20 BQC2502120 #14–4 30 50 BQC230250

30 50 20 BQC2502030 #14–4 40 30 BQC240230

—— ——#14–4 40 40 BQC240240

—— ——#14–4 40 50 BQC240250

—— ——#14–4 50 20 BQC250220

—— ——#14–4 50 50 BQC250250

BQC2302115

120 Vac

120/240 Vac

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-83

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Types BJ and BJH—10/22 kAIC, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac

For Use in Single-Phase and Three-Phase Loadcenters—150 Amperes and Above

Types BJ and BJH Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10, 22 kAIC

Plug-On Special Application Circuit Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac

Special Application Circuit Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole

Notes

1 Breaker uses two 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on left side and two 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on right side of loadcenter.

2 Breaker uses three 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on left side and three 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on right side of loadcenter.

If BJ or BJH breakers are used as a main or a back feed device, a hold-down kit is required. See Page V1-T1-84.

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Four

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 1

10 per Shelf Carton

Three-Pole 240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Six

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 2

5 per Shelf Carton

10 kAIC 22 kAIC 10 kAIC 22 kAIC

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

125 BJ2125 BJH2125 #2–300 kcmil BJ3125 BJH3125

150 BJ2150 BJH2150 #2–300 kcmil BJ3150 BJH3150

175 BJ2175 BJH2175 #2–300 kcmil BJ3175 BJH3175

200 BJ2200 BJH2200 #2–300 kcmil BJ3200 BJH3200

225 BJ2225 BJH2225 #2–300 kcmil BJ3225 BJH3225

Water Heater Breakers Switching Neutral Breakers

Wire

Size

Range

Cu/Al

60°C or

75°C

240V Breakers Non-Automatic Molded Case Switches

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

Two-Pole 120 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

Two-Pole 240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

Two-Pole 240 Vac

Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

With Isolated Line Terminals

for Separately Metered

Water Heaters

With Switching Neutral Pole

for Gasoline Pump Applications

Where Voltage to

Ground is 240 Vac

For Use as Disconnect Contains No

Magnetic or Thermal Trip Properties

5 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton

10 kAIC 10 kAIC 10 kAIC 5 kAIC

Ampere

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Catalog

Number

15 BRWH215 15 BRSN215 #14–4 10 BR210H ——

20 BRWH220 20 BRSN220 #14–4 15 BR215H ——

30 BRWH230 25 BRSN225 #14–4 20 BR220H ——

——30 BRSN230 #14–4 25 BR225H ——

————#14–4 30 BR230H——

————#14–4 35 BR235H ——

————#14–4 40 BR240H ——

————#14–4 45 BR245H ——

————#14–4 50 BR250H 50 BR250NA

————#14–4 55 BR255H ——

————#4–1/0 60 BR260H 60 BR260NA

————#4–1/0 70 BR270H ——

————#4–1/0 80 BR280H ——

————#4–1/0 90 BR290H ——

————#4–1/0 100 BR2100H 100 BR2100NA

Type BJ

BRWH215

Water Heater Breaker

BRSN220

Switching Neutral

Breaker

LINE

LOAD

OUT

NEUTRAL

V1-T1-84 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Accessories

Field Installation Kits and Parts

Notes

1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

2 Handle ties: typically used to join two similar independent single-pole breakers to form a two-pole noncommon trip breaker.

3 Handle lockoffs: devices that use a padlock to lock the circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position.

4 See table on Page V1-T1-85 for handle position changeability chart.

5 Escutcheon mounted: device mounted semipermanently to the face of the circuit breaker and secured by the loadcenter deadfront.

6 Handle mounted: device mounted directly to the handle by the use of a set screw.

7 Screw mounted: device permanently mounted to the face of the circuit breaker by the use of a non-removable screw.

8 Hold-down kits: devices used to secure the circuit breaker to the loadcenter for back-feed main application. See NEC Article 384.16(g).

Description

Ordering

Quantity

Catalog

Number

Handle Ties 2

Handle tie bar for physically joining the handles of two adjacent single-pole Type BR circuit breakers (metal cylinder pin type)10BHT

Handle tie bar for joining two independent outside poles of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex and outside poles of two Type BD

duplex circuit breakers

10 THOW

Handle tie bar for joining two adjacent outside poles of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex and outside poles of two Type BD duplex circuit breakers 10 THS1

Handle Lockoffs 34

Padlockable device for locking the handle of single-, two- or three-pole Type BR Circuit Breakers and single-pole of a Type BD Duplex

or one independent outside pole of a Type BQ or BQC Quadplex circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5

10 BRLW

Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-pole Type BR circuit breaker (handle mounted) 610 BRLW1

Padlockable device for locking the handle of a two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breaker (handle mounted) 610 BRLW2

Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-pole Type BD Duplex, BQ or BQC Quadplex breaker (handle mounted) 610 BRDL1

Padlockable device for locking the handle of the two center poles and the two outer poles of a two-pole Types BQ and BQC quadplex

circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5

10 BRQLW

Padlockable device for locking the handle of main circuit breaker Types CC and CHH into the ON or OFF position (screw mounted) 7 1 CCPL

Padlockable device for locking the handle of main breaker Types BW and CSR into the ON or OFF position (escutcheon Mounted) 51MCBPL

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-, two- or three-pole Type BR circuit breakers and single-pole of Type BD

duplex and one independent outside pole of Type BQ or BQC Quadplex circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5

10 BHLW

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type BR circuit breakers (handle mounted) 610 BHLW1

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breakers (handle mounted) 610 BHLW2

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type GFCB ground fault circuit breakers (handle mounted) 610 BHGW

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for one independent outside pole of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex or single-pole

Type BD duplex circuit breakers (handle mounted) 6

10 HLW1

Hold-Down Kits 8

Hold-down retainer kit for three-pole Type BR circuit breakers in S3100 and 3100R loadcenters only 1 BRHDB

Hold-down screw kit for two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breakers in single-phase MLO loadcenters through 100–125A 1 BREQS125

Hold-down screw kit for two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 150–225A 1 BRHDK125

Hold-down screw kit for two-pole Types BJ and BJH circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 125–225A 1 BJHDS

Hold-down screw kit for three-pole Types BJ and BJH circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 125–225A 1 BJHDS3P

Main Breaker Lug Kits

Types CC and CHH main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil 1CCL300

Types BW/CSR main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil 1MCBL300

THS1

BHLW2

BRQLW

MCBPL (Installed)

BHLW

BRLW2

BREQS125

BRHDK125

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-85

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Field Installation Kits and Parts, continued

Shunt Trips, Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts

Handle Position Changeability Chart

Notes

1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

2 Add suffix indicated to end of breaker catalog number.

Description

Ordering

Quantity

Catalog

Number

Mechanical Interlocks

Types BR for two-, three- and four-pole breakers 10 BRML

10 BRPLOFF

10 BRPLOFF2P

10 BRPLOFF3P

10 BJL2P

10 BJL3P

10 GHQRLOFF2P

10 GHQRLOFF

10 QCD123PLOFF

Description

Catalog Number 2

Suffix Adder

Shunt Trip for Types BW/CSR

12 Volts SR12

24 Volts SR24

120 Volts SR01

Shunt Trip for Types BR

120 Volts ST

Auxiliary Contact for Types BW/CSR

1NO and 1NC AL1

2NO and 2NC AL2

Alarm Contacts for Types BW/CSR

Types BW/CSR CR1

Alarm Contacts for Type GFCB (Single-Pole)

Alarm contact for GFCB (single-pole) W1

1NO and 1NC W2

Handle Lockoff and

Lockdog Types

To Change Handle Position from ON to OFF, or OFF to ON

You Must...

Remove

Padlock

Remove

Device

Remove

Loadcenter

Deadfront

Lockoff escutcheon mounted Remove — —

Lockoff handle mounted Remove Remove —

Lockoff screw mounted Remove — —

Lockdog escutcheon mounted N/A Remove Remove

Lockdog handle mounted N/A Remove —

BRML

V1-T1-86 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

Single-Pole 120V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac

Two-Pole Shared Neutral with

Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application

Two-Pole 240V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac

Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Duplex Receptacle Application

Single-Pole 120V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac

Single-Pole 120V Duplex Receptacle Application

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

120V

Duplex

Receptacle

Single-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Two 120V

Duplex

Receptacles

Two-Pole

Line B

Line A

Neutral

Equipment Ground

Line B

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A 240V

Duplex

Receptacle

Two-Pole

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A

120V Duplex

Receptacle

(With Line Side

Jumper Removed)

Two-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

120V

Duplex

Receptacle

Single-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

120V

Duplex

Receptacle

Single-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-87

1.2

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Two-Pole 120V Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application

Two-Pole 120V Duplex Receptacle Application

Two-Pole 240V Duplex Receptacle Application

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Two 120V

Duplex

Receptacles

Two-Pole

Line B

Line A

Neutral

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A

120V Duplex

Receptacle

(With Line Side

Jumper Removed)

Two-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Line B

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A 240V

Duplex

Receptacle

Two-Pole

Neutral

V1-T1-88 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.3

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters

OEM Loadcenters

Contents

Description Page

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-89

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-89

Product Description

As a leader in the electrical

distribution equipment

business, Eaton has a

unique product offering for

equipment manufacturers,

panel builders and virtually

any OEM that has a need

for power distribution within

their equipment. The OEM

interior offering consists

of a wide variety of power

distribution options utilizing

components from Eaton’s CH

and BR loadcenter product

lines. With high-volume,

standardized products,

OEMs can expect to

receive high-quality products

covering configurations

meeting virtually any power

distribution need.

Coupled with Eaton’s

expertise in circuit breaker

design and manufacturing,

OEM interiors provide solid

power distribution and circuit

protection in a compact,

easy-to-install package.

Interiors are offered from

2 to 42 circuits and from

70 to 225A.

Quality

Built in ISO 9002 certified

manufacturing facilities,

customers can be assured

of the process quality in place

for the manufacture of these

products. Utilizing the latest

in computer-controlled

plating, painting, molding,

stamping and welding

processes, Eaton’s

customers have come to

expect consistent high-quality

from shipment to shipment.

Two Products Offer

Design Flexibility

As a manufacturer of two

lines of loadcenters, Eaton

is in a unique position to

offer the broadest range of

interiors in the market. Each

line has its own unique

characteristics that appeal

to various segments of the

market. OEM interiors are

UL recognized components

and are listed in either of

the following UL files: E8741

or E52977.

The CH interiors feature

100% copper bus and use

the CH 3/4-inch (19.1 mm)

wide circuit breaker, which

minimizes panel space.

Recognized by contractors

for its sturdy design, the

CH interior will appeal to

those customers seeking

an industrial quality bolted

busbar and the space saving

of 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) per

bus stab. With a typical

12 circuit CH interior, this

space savings amounts

to an inch and a half savings

over its 1-inch (25.4 mm)

counterparts. The stab

rating of the CH interiors

is 140A maximum meaning

that the handle rating of

breakers mounted across

from one another may not

exceed 140A.

The BR interiors are

manufactured of formed,

plated aluminum or copper,

and use Eaton’s Type BR

1-inch (25.4 mm) wide circuit

breaker. This design affords

customers the most circuit

flexibility as many of these

interiors allow the installation

of standard single- and

two-pole breakers as well as

duplex (two poles in a 1-inch

(25.4 mm) space) or quadplex

(four poles in a 2-inch

(50.8 mm) space) breakers.

The stab rating of the BR

interiors is 200A maximum,

meaning that the handle

rating of the breakers that

are mounted across from

one another may not

exceed 200A.

The interiors are designed

for either horizontal (single-

row breaker mounting), or

vertical (double-row breaker

mounting). To comply with

National Electrical Code

(NEC) requirements, if

mounted horizontally, when

the breaker is ON, the handle

should be in the UP position.

When mounted vertically, the

handle toggles from left to

right, so this is not a concern.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-89

1.3

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters

Standards and Certifications

Class CTL

National Electrical Code

Paragraph 384-15 requires

branch circuit panelboards

to be provided with physical

means to prevent the

installation of more

overcurrent devices than

that number of which the

enclosure was designed,

rated and approved. Class

CTL Duplex, Quadplex and

twin breakers (identified

by a catalog number prefix

BD, BQ, BQC and CHT)

are equipped with a

UL listed rejection tab

over the line terminal.

All OEM interiors have

appropriately notched stabs

to accept these rejection

tab Class CTL breakers.

Duplex, Quadplex and twin

breakers manufactured

without the rejection tab

(identified by a catalog

number prefix BR, BRD

and CHNT) are available

for replacement purposes

in older interiors.

Federal Specifications

All loadcenter enclosures

meet Federal Specifications

W-P-115b, Type 1, Class 2

requirements.

All 120/240V breakers, both

1-inch (25.4 mm), 1/2-inch

(12.7 mm) and 3/4-inch

(19.1 mm) per pole meet

the requirement of Federal

Specifications W-C 375B/

Gen Type 1.

Canadian Standards

Association Listing

All single-pole and two-pole,

120/240V breakers, both

1-inch (25.4 mm), 1/2-inch

(12.7 mm) and 3/4-inch

(19.1 mm) per pole, 225A

maximum, are listed as

Certified by the Canadian

Standards Association, Guide

No. 69-11.19, Class 1432,

File 18328.

Underwriters

Laboratories Listing

All grounding bars

manufactured comply

with Underwriters

Laboratories standards

and are listed under

Guide No. DHJR, File

E31424, Volume W,

Section 17.

All circuit breakers 10A

and larger comply with the

Underwriters Laboratories

“Standard for Branch

Circuit and Service Circuit-

Breakers” UL 489; Guide

No. 60 10.2 File E31424, and

“Requirements for Wire

Connectors and Soldering

Lugs,” UL 486B, Guide

No. 461 10-C File E7830.

All Eaton breakers where

marked, are suitable for use

with 60/75ºC rated wire,

unless otherwise specified.

All devices comply with the

22 kAIC–10 kAIC UL series

connected components File

DKSY2 of the Recognized

Components Index.

Lighting and

Appliance Panelboards

Lighting and appliance

branch circuit panelboards are

defined in NEC (Article 384)

as “One having more than

10 percent of its overcurrent

devices rated 30A or less for

which neutral connections

are provided.” Article 384

also limits the number of

overcurrent devices (branch

circuit poles) to a maximum

of 42 in any one cabinet.

When the 42 poles are

exceeded, two or more

separate panels are required.

For more details and

engineering drawings,

see BR.31.02.S.E.

Product Selection

Type CH Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Copper Bus

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm) UL File

Reference

Main Terminal Size

(Per Phase)

Standard

Package Quantity

Catalog

NumberSpaces Single Poles

Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire

70 2 2 E8741 (1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al 1 CH9MB270

125 2 2 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH2L125INT

Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire

125 4 4 E8741 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH4L125INT

125 8 8 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH8L125INT

125 12 12 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH12L125INT

125 16 16 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH16L125INT

200 12 12 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH12L200INT

200 16 16 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH16L200INT

225 24 24 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH24L225INT

225 32 32 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH32L225INT

225 42 42 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH42L225INT

Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta

125 12 12 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH12L3125INT

125 18 18 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH18L3125INT

125 24 24 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH24L3125INT

225 24 24 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH24L3225INT

225 30 30 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH30L3225INT

225 42 42 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH42L3225INT

V1-T1-90 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.3

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters

Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Aluminum Bus

Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Copper Bus

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm) UL File

Reference

Main Terminal Size

(Per Phase)

Standard

Package Quantity

Catalog

NumberSpaces Single Poles

Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire

70 2 4 E8741 (1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al 20 24INT70B

125 2 4 E8741 (1) 1/0–#14 AWG Cu

2/0–12 AWG All

20 24INT125B

125 6 12 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 612INT125SRB

Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire

125 4 8 E8741 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 48INT125B

125 6 12 E8741 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 612INT125B

125 8 16 E8741 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 816INT125B

125 12 12 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 1212INT125B

125 12 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 1224INT125B

125 16 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 1624INT125B

125 20 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 10 2024INT125B

125 24 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 10 2424INT125B

200 8 16 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al 20 816INT200B

200 12 24 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al 20 1224INT200B

200 30 40 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al 10 3040INT200B

225 42 42 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al 10 4242INT225B

Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—

120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta

125 12 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#8 AWG Cu/Al 10 1224INT3125B

150 18 36 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al 10 1836INT3150B

150 24 42 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al 10 2442INT3150B

200 30 42 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al 10 3042INT3200B

225 42 42 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al 10 4242INT3225B

Ampere

Rating

Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm) UL File

Reference

Main Terminal Size

(Per Phase)

Standard

Package Quantity

Catalog

NumberSpaces Single Poles

Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire

125 8 16 E5297 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 816INT125BC

125 12 12 E5297 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 1212INT125BC

200 12 24 E5297 (1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al 20 1224INT200BC

Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—

120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta

125 12 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#8 AWG Cu/Al 10 1224INT3125BC

200 12 24 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al 10 1224INT3200BC

BR Loadcenter

Interior Assembly

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-91

1.3

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters

Neutral Assemblies

Ampere

Rating

File

Rating

Main Incoming Terminal

Wire Size Range

60°C or 75°C

Number of Terminals

Standard

Package

Quantity Figure

Dimensions–Inches (mm)

Catalog

Number

#14–4 AWG

Cu/Al

#6–1/0 AWG Cu

#6–2/0 AWG Al

Overall

Length

Mounting

125 E52977 #6–1/0 AWG Cu

#6–2/0 AWG Al

10 — 20 1 5.938 (150.83) 5.400 (137.16) 10NEU125B

125 E52977 #6–1/0 AWG Cu

#6–2/0 AWG Al

17 — 20 1 8.388 (213.06) 7.850 (199.40) 17NEU125B

125 E52977 #6–1/0 AWG Cu

#6–2/0 AWG Al

20 — 20 1 9.438 (239.73) 8.900 (226.06) 20NEU125B

225 E52977 #1–300 kcmil Cu/Al 24 1 20 2 10.913 (277.19) 10.300 (261.62) 24NEU225B

225 E52977 #1–300 kcmil Cu/Al 35 1 20 2 15.813 (401.65) 15.200 (386.08) 35NEU225B

125 — — 4 2 1 3 2.266 (57.56) 0.594 (15.09) BINA

A.269

(6.83)

.844

(21.44)

2.360

(59.94)

Lof Mounting Hole C

Lof Mounting Hole

1.187

(30.15)

1.182

(30.02)

2.000

(50.80)

.156

(3.96)

.688

(17.47)

Mounting

Hole

.269

(6.83)

.344

(8.74)

.844

(21.44)

2.360

(59.94)

1.750

(44.45)

2.860

(72.64)

.250

(6.35) .182 Diameter

(4.62)

.120

(3.05)

1.750

(44.45)

.750

(19.05)

.344

(8.74)

Lof Mounting Hole

Figure 1

Figure 3

Figure 2

V1-T1-92 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.3

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters

Add-on Lugs for Neutral Assemblies

Ground Bar Kits

Ground Bar Legend

Notes

1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

2 Distance between mounting holes is 1.75 inches (44.5 mm).

3 For single- and three-phase 400 and 600A applications.

4 Distance between mounting holes is 2.34 inches (59.5 mm).

Description

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Ordering

Quantity 1

Catalog

Number

Neutral/ground lug

Add-on neutral or ground lug

#2/0 maximum 1 NL20

#3/0 maximum 1 NL30

300 kcmil maximum 1 NL300

Description

(See Legend)

Length

Inches (mm)

Ordering

Quantity 1

Catalog

Number

dssssds 2.54 (64.5) 1 GBK5 2

dssssdsj 3.59 (91.2) 1 GBK520 2

dssssdssssss 4.29 (109.0) 1 GBK10 2

dssssdssssssj 5.34 (135.6) 1 GBK1020 2

4.61 (117.1) 1 GBK13 2

dssssdssssssssss 5.69 (144.5) 1 GBK14 2

dssssdssssssssssj 6.74 (171.2) 1 GBK1420 2

dssssdsssssssssssssssss 8.14 (206.8) 1 GBK21 2

dssssdsssssssssssssssssj 9.19 (233.4) 1 GBK2120 2

5.78 (146.8) 1 BRGBK39512 34

(3) #14–10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–4 Cu/Al

(1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al

(1) #14–1/0 Cu/Al or (3) #14–10 Cu/Al

(1) #14–6 Cu/Al or (2) #14–12 Cu/Al

Mounting Hole

GBK14

BRGBK39512

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-93

1.4

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Enclosed Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-94

Product Overview

Eaton enclosed breakers

offer all the advantages of

circuit breakers packed in an

enclosure for 240 Vac

applications and include a

wide range of accessories.

Product Description

●100–225A, 240 Vac

maximum

●

NEMA 1 general purpose—

surface or flush mounting

●NEMA 3R rainproof

surface mounting

Standards and

Certifications

●UL 489

●CSA 22.2

●NEMA 250

V1-T1-94 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.4

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Enclosed Breakers

Product Selection

Single-Phase Circuit Breaker Enclosures—10/25/35 kAIC

Type ECB Circuit Breaker Enclosure—Includes Lug Kit

Circuit Breakers 120/240 Vac—25 kAIC

For Use in Type ECB Enclosures

Shunt Trips

Lug Kit for Replacement Purposes Only

For Use in Type ECB Enclosures

Wire Data

Shunt Trips, Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts

Notes

1CSR2150N factory-installed circuit breaker.

2CSR2200N factory-installed circuit breaker.

3Order circuit breaker separately.

4Wire size is determined by the circuit breaker installed in enclosure.

Maximum wire size and ampere rating is determined by Wire Data table above.

5Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closures plates. For rainproof hubs,

refer to Page V1-T1-25.

6One ground lug accepting (1) #14 –#2 is factory installed. Also, there are pre-drilled

holes to accept a GBK5 ground bar.

7Approved for service entrance.

8Add suffix indicated to end of breaker catalog number.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-27 and V1-T1-28.

Main Ampere

Rating

Unit Enclosure

Type Mounting

Type of

Circuit Breaker

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Catalog

Number

Single-Phase Three-Wire—240 Vac Maximum

150 Outdoor — CSR (included) 14 ECB150RB 567

200 Outdoor — CSR (included) 24 ECB200RB 567

225 Indoor Flush BW, CSR 3, CSH 4ECB225F 367

Indoor Surface CSR 34 ECB225S 367

Outdoor — CSR 34 ECB225R 3567

Circuit Breaker

Unit Enclosures

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Line Terminals

Two-Pole Breakers

Catalog Number

10 kAIC 25 kAIC

100 #2–300 kcmil — CSR2100N

125 #2–300 kcmil BW2125 CSR2125N

150 #2–300 kcmil BW2150 CSR2150N

175 #2–300 kcmil BW2175 CSR2175N

200 #2–300 kcmil BW2200 CSR2200N

225 #2–300 kcmil BW2225 CSR2225N

Type Volts

Catalog Number

Suffix Adder 8

CSR 12 SR12

CSR 24 SR24

CSR 120 SR01

Ampere

Rating Description

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

for Line Terminals

Catalog

Number

225 For use on 125,

150, 175, 200 and

225A breakers

#2–300 kcmil MCBK225

CSR2200N

Wire/Application

Maximum

Wire Size

Maximum

Ampere Rating

Aluminum—standard 250 kcmil 200

Aluminum—service entrance 250 kcmil 225

Copper—standard and service entrance 250 kcmil 225

Description

Catalog Number

Suffix Adder 8

Shunt Trip for Types BW/CSR

12V SR12

24V SR24

120V SR01

Auxiliary Contact for Types BW/CSR

1NO and 1NC AL1

2NO and 2NC AL2

Alarm Contacts for Types BW/CSR

Types BW/CSR CR1

Alarm Contacts for Type GFCB (Single-Pole)

Alarm contact for GFCB (single-pole) W1

1NO and 1NC W2

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-95

1.4

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Enclosed Breakers

Single-Phase and Three-Phase Circuit Breaker Enclosures—10/25 kAIC

Type ECC Circuit Breaker Enclosure—Order Type CC Circuit Breaker Separately

Circuit Breaker 240 Vac for Use in

Type ECC Enclosures

Shunt Trips and Auxiliary Contacts 6

Wire/Application Chart

Notes

1Order circuit breaker separately.

2One ground lug accepting (1) #14–#2 is factory installed. Also, there are pre-drilled holes to

accept a GBK5 ground bar.

3Approved for service entrance.

4Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closures plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to

Page V1-T1-65.

5Wire size is determined by the circuit breaker installed in enclosure. Maximum wire size and

ampere rating is determined by the Wire/Application Chart.

6CCV breakers are two-pole only.

7Add suffix indicated to end of breaker catalog number.

8Series ratings are not available for CCH or CCVH breakers.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-66 through V1-T1-68.

Main Ampere

Rating

Unit Enclosure

Type

Mounting

Type

Circuit

Breaker Type

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Catalog

Number

Single- and Three-Phase—240 Vac Maximum

225 Indoor Flush CC/CCV/CCH 5ECC225F 123

225 Indoor Surface CC/CCV/CCH 5ECC225S 123

225 Outdoor — CC/CCV/CCH 5ECC225R 1234

ECC225S

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size

Range

Cu/Al 60°C

or 75°C

for Line

Terminals

Type CCV and

CC 10 kAIC

Catalog

Number

Type

CCVH/CCH

25 kAIC

Catalog

Number 8

Tw o - P o l e

100 #4–4/0 CCV2100 CCVH2100

125 CCV2125 CCVH2125

150 CCV2150 CCVH2150

175 #2/0–300 kcmil CCV2175 CCVH2175

200 CCV2200 CCVH2200

225 CCV2225 CCVH2225

Three-Pole

100 #4–4/0 CC3100 CCH3100

125 CC3125 CCH3125

150 CC3150 CCH3150

175 #2/0–300 kcmil CC3175 CCH3175

200 CC3200 CCH3200

225 CC3225 CCH3225

Description Catalog Number

Suffix Adder 7

Type Volts

Shunt Trip

CC 12 DC SR12

CC 24 DC SR24

CC 120 AC SR01

CC 208 AC SR08

CC 240 AC SR02

CCV 48–127 AC/48–60 DC SR01

CCV 9–24 AC/12–24 DC SR24

Auxiliary Contact

CC 1NO and 1NC — AL1

CCV2200

Wire/Application

Maximum

Wire Size

Maximum

Ampere Rating

Aluminum—standard 250 kcmil 200

Aluminum—service entrance 250 kcmil 225

Copper—standard and service entrance 250 kcmil 225

V1-T1-96 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.5

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Classified Circuit Breakers

Classified Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-97

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-99

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-99

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-100

Product Description

Eaton UL classified

Replacement Circuit Breakers

are available in both 3/4-inch

Type CHQ and 1-inch Type

CL, single- and two-pole

configurations. These

breakers are classified as

direct replacements by

Underwriters Laboratories.

In addition to a UL listing,

they also come with a

15-year warranty.

Specified vs. UL Classified

Specified breakers are listed

by the manufacturer of the

panelboard for use in a

particular panel. This doesn’t

mean that the panelboard

manufacturer produced the

specified breaker; it merely

means that the panelboard

manufacturer has tested the

breaker in the panel. In fact,

through the years, Eaton has

manufactured thousands of

breakers for other panelboard

manufacturers.

UL classified breakers

are produced by one

manufacturer for use in

place of the breakers

specified on the panelboard.

Like specified breakers,

UL classified breakers have

been tested in the panels for

which they are approved.

Testing

Classified breakers are

tested exten

sively in

numerous General Electric

Siemens

, Murray

Thomas & Betts®, Square D®,

and Crouse-Hinds® panels.

The tests are con

ducted with

witnesses from Underwriters

Laboratories Inc. and involve

short-circuit,

temperature,

and insertion/withdrawal

applications. This level of

testing ensures

that the

breakers meet identified

standards and have been

found suitable by UL for

the specified purpose.

Understanding Classified

Breaker Terminology

Definitions

Specified circuit breaker—

each manufacturer lists

the brands of circuit

breakers that can be used

in their panelboards. Often,

manufacturers will not list

competitors as specified,

even though they are

suitable replacements.

Classified circuit breaker—

a breaker that is considered

suitable, by a qualified third-

party organization, for use

in another manufacturer’s

panelboard.

Listed breaker—the listing

of a circuit breaker is by an

independent third party. Eaton

classified breakers are listed

by UL.

Labeled breaker—a breaker

with a label affixed by an

independent third party.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-97

1.5

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Classified Circuit Breakers

Product Selection

Type CHQ Replacement Breakers for Square D Type QO Loadcenters

10 kAIC, 120 and 120/240 Vac

Type CHQ Classified Breakers 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole

120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC

Type CHQ Ground Fault and Arc Fault Replacement Breakers for Square D Type QO Loadcenters

10 kAIC, 120 and 120/240 Vac

Type CHQ Ground Fault Breakers—5 Milliampere—

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC

Type CHQ Surge Arrester

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

Single-Pole 120/240 Vac

Requires One

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

10 per Shelf Carton

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number Catalog Number

15 (1) #14–8

(2) #14–10

CHQ115 CHQ215

20 CHQ120 CHQ220

25 CHQ125 CHQ225

30 CHQ130 CHQ230

35 CHQ135 CHQ235

40 CHQ140 CHQ240

45 CHQ145 CHQ245

50 CHQ150 CHQ250

60 —CHQ260

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range

Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

Single-Pole 120 Vac

Requires One

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space

10 per Shelf Carton

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac

Common Trip Requires Two

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number Catalog Number

15 (1) #14–8

(2) #14–10

CHQ115GF CHQ215GF

20 CHQ120GF CHQ220GF

25 CHQ125GF CHQ225GF

30 CHQ130GF CHQ230GF

35 — CHQ235GF

40 — CHQ240GF

45 — CHQ245GF

50 — CHQ250GF

Catalog Number

CHQSA

CHQ120 CHQ230

CHQ115GF CHQ220GF

V1-T1-98 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.5

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Classified Circuit Breakers

Type CL Replacement Breakers for Square D HOMELINE, General Electric, Crouse-Hinds,

Thomas & Betts, Murray and ITE®/Siemens Loadcenters

Type CL Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC

Type CL Classified Arc and Ground Fault Breakers (5 Milliampere),

1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC

Type CL Classified Latching Remote Control Smart Breakers™,

1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size

Range Cu/Al

60°C or 75°C

Single-Pole 120/240V

Requires One

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space

10 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

Two-Pole 120/240V

Common Trip Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

15 #14–4 CL115 CL215

20 #14–4 CL120 CL220

25 #14–4 CL125 CL225

30 #14–4 CL130 CL230

35 #14–4 CL135 CL235

40 #14–4 CL140 CL240

45 #14–4 CL145 CL245

50 #14–4 CL150 CL250

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size

Range Cu/Al

60°C or 75°C

Single-Pole 120/240V

Requires One 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space

1 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

Arc Fault Breakers

15 #14–4 CL115AF

20 #14–4 CL115CAF

20 #14–4 CL120AF

20 #14–4 CL120CAF

Ground Fault Breakers

15 #14–4 CL115GF

20 #14–4 CL120GF

30 #14–4 CL130GF

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size

Range Cu/Al

60°C or 75°C

Single-Pole 120V

Requires One

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space

10 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

Two-Pole 120/240V

Common Trip Requires Two

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces

5 per Shelf Carton

Catalog Number

15 (2) #14–10 CLRP115 CLRP215

20 (2) #14–10 CLRP120 CLRP220

25 (1) #8–6 CLRP125 CLRP225

30 (1) #8–6 CLRP130 CLRP230

CL_

CL_AF

CLR_

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T1-99

1.5

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Classified Circuit Breakers

Accessories

CHQ Breaker Accessories

Description

Catalog

Number

Breaker handle lock CHLO

Technical Data

Arc Fault Application Notes

An arc fault circuit interrupter

is a device intended to

provide protection from

the effects of arc faults by

recognizing characteristics

unique to arcing and by

functioning to de-energize

the circuit when the arc

fault is detected. As of

January 1, 2002, the

National Electrical Code

(NEC) requires all branch

circuits that supply 125V,

single-phase, 15 and 20A

receptacle outlets installed

in dwelling unit bedrooms

shall be protected by an arc

fault circuit interrupter(s).

This includes ceiling lighting

(recessed, ceiling fans, etc.)

as well as smoke detectors

and all other bedroom outlets.

The 2005 NEC introduced the

application of the

Combination Type AFCI for

bedroom circuits required as

of January 1, 2008. The 2008

NEC expands this application

to other living areas.

Ground Fault

Application Notes

Single-pole GFCBs are

designed for use in two-wire,

120 Vac circuits. Drawing

on Page V1-T1-100 shows a

typical wiring configuration.

Two-pole GFCBs are

designed for use in three-

wire, 120/240 Vac circuits,

120 Vac multiwire circuits

employing common, neutral

and two-wire, 240 Vac

circuits obtained from a

120/240 Vac source.

Drawings on Page V1-T1-100

illustrate typical wiring

configurations for

120/240 Vac multiwire

circuits.

Drawing on Page V1-T1-100

depicts a 240 Vac, two-wire

circuit. Note the “panel

neutral” conductor connects

to the neutral bar, even

though the neutral is not

included in the load circuit.

This connection is necessary

to supply a 120 Vac power

source to the ground fault

sensing circuit.

The figures are shown with

a 120/240 Vac, single-phase,

three-wire power source,

ut are also applicable to a

120/208 Vac, three-phase,

four-wire power supply.

For all figures, the electrical

operation of the GFCB

is not affected by the

equipment ground.

V1-T1-100 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

1.5

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Classified Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

Single-Pole 120V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac

Two-Pole Shared Neutral with

Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application

Single-Pole 120V Duplex Receptacle Application

Two-Pole 120V Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application

Two-Pole 240V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac

Two-Pole Shared Neutral with

Duplex Receptacle Application

Two-Pole 120V Duplex Receptacle Application

Two-Pole 240V Duplex Receptacle Application

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

120V

Duplex

Receptacle

Single-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Two 120V

Duplex

Receptacles

Two-Pole

Line B

Line A

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

120V

Duplex

Receptacle

Single-Pole

Line B

Neutral

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Two 120V

Duplex

Receptacles

Two-Pole

Line B

Line A

Neutral

Line B

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A 240V

Duplex

Receptacle

Two-Pole

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A

120V Duplex

Receptacle

(With Line Side

Jumper Removed)

Two-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Equipment Ground

NAB

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A

120V Duplex

Receptacle

(With Line Side

Jumper Removed)

Two-Pole

Line B

Neutral

Line B

NA B

120/240 Vac

Source

Line A 240V

Duplex

Receptacle

Two-Pole

Neutral

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—September 2012 www.eaton.com V1-T2-1

Surge Protection

Surge Protection Devices

2.1 Surge Protection Devices and Lightning Arresters

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T2-2

Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T2-2

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T2-3

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T2-4

Learn

Online

V1-T2-2 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—September 2012 www.eaton.com

2.1

Surge Protection

Surge Protection Devices and Lightning Arresters

Surge Protection Devices

Contents

Description Page

Surge Protection Devices and Lightning Arresters

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T2-3

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T2-4

Product Description

Due to the evolution

of electronics and

microprocessors in the

home, there is a continuous

challenge to provide quality

(clean) power for electronic

loads such as appliances,

computers/home office and

entertainment systems.

Surges caused by lightning,

utility grid switching and

other sources travel on

current carrying conductors

throughout the home, which

can effect and destroy

sensitive electronic loads.

Eaton offers a comprehensive

family of surge products for

use at service entrance.

These products can help

protect sensitive electronics

against the damaging effects

of surges.

Application Description

Two-Stage Protection

Two stages of surge

suppression are

recommended to provide

the best protection for

electronic equipment.

Two-stage surge suppression

should be provided for all

cables entering a home,

including power, Internet,

coaxial and telephone.

Service Entrance Surge

Protection

Eaton’s service entrance

surge protection units

provide premier surge

protection for AC power

at the service entrance.

These products provide

protection for residential

electrical equipment by

reducing power surges

to an acceptable level for

surge strips to handle at

the point of use.

UL 1449 3rd Edition Type 1 and

Type 2 Surge Protection

●Type 1 Surge Protective

Device (SPD)—

Permanently connected

Type 1 SPDs are intended

for installation between the

secondary of the service

transformer and the line

side of the service

equipment overcurrent

device, as well as the load

side, including watt-hour

meter socket enclosures

and are intended to be

installed without an

external overcurrent

protective device.

Type 1 devices are

dual-rated for Type 2

applications as well,

providing the highest

ratings available for

installation at the service

entrance

●Eaton’s CHSPT1

products provide Type 1

surge protection in

accordance with UL®

1449 3rd Edition. These

units can be universally

mounted outside any

manufacturer’s primary

service equipment

●Type 2 Surge Protective

Device—Permanently

connected Type 2 SPDs

are intended for installation

on the load side of the

service equipment

overcurrent device,

including SPDs located at

the branch panel

●

CHSPT2 products provide

Type 2 surge protection in

accordance with UL 1449

3rd Edition. These units

can be mounted outside

of any manufacturer’s

loadcenter or inside an

Eaton Surge/Surge Ready

loadcenter. Eaton also

offers accessories to the

CHSPT2 line for

telephone and cable

protection.

●Factory-Installed Surge

Protection—Eaton’s

loadcenters with factory-

installed surge protection

include a CHSPT2ULTRA

and a two-pole 50A circuit

breaker. These loadcenters

increase the effectiveness

of surge protection due

to reduced lead length.

A modified deadfront

allows for easy viewing

of indicating lights for

status indication

Surge Panel

●Surge Ready

Loadcenter—The Surge-

Ready loadcenter provides

a mounting provision for

the CHSPT2ULTRA. This

loadcenter has a modified

deadfront to allow for

viewing of indicating lights.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—September 2012 www.eaton.com V1-T2-3

2.1

Surge Protection

Surge Protection Devices and Lightning Arresters

Two-Stage Protection

Plug-On Surge Protection

●Ty p e C H S A —For use on

single-phase 120/240 Vac

systems. The CHSA easily

plugs into a single-phase

Type CH loadcenter and

occupies two 3/4-inch

(19.1 mm) pole spaces,

similar to a two-pole Type

CH breaker. When installed

properly, it provides surge

protection for the entire

loadcenter. If internal

components are damaged,

the CHSA LED visual

indicators will signal the

need for a replacement.

This device is suitable for

service entry locations

when installed in

accordance with NEC®

guidelines.

●Ty p e B R S U R G E —For use

on single-phase 120/240

Vac systems. This easily

plugs into a single-phase

Type BR loadcenter and

occupies two 1-inch (25.4

mm) pole spaces similar to

a two-pole Type BR

breaker. When installed

properly, it provides surge

protection for the entire

loadcenter. If internal

components are damaged,

the BRSURGE LED visual

indicators will signal the

need for replacement.

This device is suitable

for service entry locations

when installed in

accordance with NEC

guidelines. This unit is

also classified by UL for

use in select GE, ITE/

Siemens, and Crouse-

Hinds Panels. (Refer to

Pub No. 5655B65H01 for

additional details.)

1CHSP installed at the service entrance panel.

2SurgeTrap™ surge traps and strips located where sensitive electronics are plugged in.

●Ty p e C H Q S A —For use

on single-phase, 120/240 Vac

systems. This unit easily

plugs into a

Square D

single-phase loadcenter

Type QO® and occupies

two 3/4-inch (19.1 mm)

pole spaces similar to a

two-pole Type QO breaker.

When installed properly, it

provides surge protection

for the entire loadcenter. If

internal components are

damaged, the CHQSA LED

visual indicators will signal

the need for a replacement.

This device is suitable for

service entrance locations

installed in accordance

with NEC guidelines. This

device is UL classified to

be used in place of Square D

Type QO surge arresters

(refer to Pub-23974).

●Type BRSURGECSA—

For use on single-phase

120/240 Vac systems. This

easily plugs into a single-

phase Type BR loadcenter

and occupies two 1-inch

(25.4 mm) pole spaces

similar to a two-pole Type

BR breaker. When installed

properly, it provides surge

protection for the entire

loadcenter. If internal

components are damaged,

the BRSURGECSA LED

visual indicators will signal

the need for replacement.

This device is suitable

for service entry locations

when installed in

accordance with Canadian

Electrical Code. This device

is CSA® listed to be used in

a Type BR loadcenter.

Type 3 Point-of-Use Surge

Protection

Point-of-use surge strips are

designed to offer premium

surge protection for specific

electronics while providing

innovative features to

enhance user convenience.

Standards and

Certifications

●CHSPT1 Products: UL

1449 3rd Edition Type 1

●CHSPT2 Products:

UL/cUL® 1449 3rd Edition

Type 2

●CHSPTELE: UL 497A, cUL

●CHSPCABLE: UL 6500, cUL

●NEMA® 3R Enclosure for

CHSPTELE and

CHSPCABLE: UL 50

Enclosure

●BRSURGE, CHSA,

BRSURGECSA, CHQSA:

UL 1449 3rd Edition plug-in

type; Type 2 SPD

V1-T2-4 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—September 2012 www.eaton.com

2.1

Surge Protection

Surge Protection Devices and Lightning Arresters

Product Selection

SPD Type 1 CHSP Service Entrance Surge Protection—UL 1449 3rd Edition

Product Features

●Commercial grade AC power protection

●Type 1 surge device for installation before or after the main service disconnect

●Convenient mounting options—universal fit to any manufacturer’s equipment

●Clear, visible LED indication displaying status of the surge protector

Accessory for Type 1 CHSP Service Entrance Surge Protection

Notes

1 MCOV: Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage that may be applied to the device per mode.

2 VPR: Voltage Protection Rating is the measured limiting voltage after a surge event.

3 In: Nominal Discharge Current is the current that the device can withstand for 15 impulses.

4 SCCR: The amount of current the product can withstand under short-circuit conditions.

5 Surge Current Capacity: The maximum one time surge current rating per phase.

For warranty details, go to www.eaton.com/surgetrap.

Catalog

Number Connection Enclosure Voltage Phase

Frequency

(Hz) MCOV 1VPR 2In 3SCCR 4

Surge Current

Capacity, Per

Phase Rating 5

CHSPT1ULTRA Permanently connected device

installed before or after the service

disconnect overcurrent device.

NEMA 4 100/200,

110/220,

120/240

Single 50/60 L-L 300,

L-N 150

L-L 1000,

L-N 600

20 kA 200 kA 50 kA

CHSPT1MAX Permanently connected device

installed before or after the service

disconnect overcurrent device.

NEMA 4 100/200,

110/220,

120/240

Single 50/60 L-L 300,

L-N 150

L-L 1000,

L-N 600

20 kA 200 kA 45 kA

CHSPT1MICRO Permanently connected device

installed before or after the service

disconnect overcurrent device.

NEMA 4 100/200,

110/220,

120/240

Single 50/60 L-L 300,

L-N 150

L-L 1000,

L-N 600

20 kA 200 kA 36 kA

CHSPT1-208Y Permanently connected device

installed before or after the service

disconnect overcurrent device.

NEMA 4 120/208 Three-

phase

wye

50/60 L-L 300,

L-N 150

L-L 1000,

L-N 600

20 kA 200 kA 50 kA

Catalog

Number Description

SP1DINRAILKIT Mounting kit for wall or DIN rail installation.

CHSPT1ULTRA

CHSPT1MICRO

CHSPT1MAX

CHSPT1-208Y

SP1DINRAILKIT

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—September 2012 www.eaton.com V1-T2-5

2.1

Surge Protection

Surge Protection Devices and Lightning Arresters

SPD Type 2 CHSP Service Entrance Surge Protection—UL 1449 3rd Edition; cUL

Product Features

●AC power protection

●Universally connects to any manufacturer’s loadcenter (breaker box)

●Quick connect design—easy to mount telephone and cable protection modules

●LED status indication

Notes

1 MCOV: Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage that may be applied to the device per mode.

2 VPR: Voltage Protection Rating is the measured limiting voltage after a surge event.

3 In: Nominal Discharge Current is the current that the device can withstand for 15 impulses.

4 SCCR: The amount of current the product can withstand under short-circuit conditions.

5 Surge Current Capacity: The maximum one time surge current rating per phase.

6 When used with a 50A two-pole circuit breaker, 10 kA when used with a 15A two-pole circuit breaker.

For warranty details, go to www.eaton.com/surgetrap.

Catalog

Number Connection Enclosure Voltage Phase

Frequency

(Hz) MCOV 1VPR 2In 3SCCR 4

Surge Current

Capacity, Per

Phase Rating 5

CHSPT2ULTRA Can be attached to the outside of

any manufacturer’s loadcenter

(breaker box). This product should

be connected on the load side of

the loadcenter main service

disconnect through a dedicated

circuit breaker (follow NEC

Guidelines).

NEMA 4 120/240

Vac rated

line voltage

Single 60 150V L-N,

300V L-L

600V L-N,

1000V L-L,

800V N-G,

600V L-G

20 kA 622 kA 108 kA

(L1-N 54 kA, L1-G

54 kA, L2-N 54

kA, L2-G 54 kA)

CHSPT2MAX Can be attached to the outside of

any manufacturer’s loadcenter

(breaker box). This product should

be connected on the load side of

the loadcenter main service

disconnect through a dedicated

circuit breaker (follow NEC

Guidelines).

NEMA 4 120/240

Vac rated

line voltage

Single 60 150V L-N,

300V L-L

600V L-N,

1000V L-L,

800V N-G,

600V L-G

10 kA 22 kA 72 kA

(L1-N 36 kA, L1-G

36 kA, L2-N 36

kA, L2-G 36 kA)

CHSPT2MICRO Can be attached to the outside of

any manufacturer’s loadcenter

(breaker box). This product should

be connected on the load side of

the loadcenter main service

disconnect through a dedicated

circuit breaker (follow NEC

Guidelines).

NEMA 4 120/240

Vac rated

line voltage

Single 60 150V L-N,

300V L-L

600V L-N,

1000V L-L,

800V N-G,

600V L-G

5 kA 22 kA 36 kA

(L1-N 18 kA, L1-G

18 kA, L2-N 18

kA, L2-G 18 kA)

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHSPT2MICRO

CHSPT2MAX

V1-T2-6 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—September 2012 www.eaton.com

2.1

Surge Protection

Surge Protection Devices and Lightning Arresters

Accessories for CHSP Type 2 Service Entrance Protection

Note

For warranty details, go to www.eaton.com/surgetrap.

Catalog

Number Description Installation

Surge Current

Capacity

Breakdown

Voltage Voltage

CHSPCABLE Quick Connect design—add additional

telephone and AC protection modules;

protects two quad shield cables;

bi-directional

Indoor installation; or rain-tight when

used with recommended enclosure

10 kA per line 145V

CHSPTELE Quick Connect design—add additional AC

and cable protection modules; protects four

telephone lines

Indoor installation; or rain-tight when

used with recommended enclosure

20 kA per line 230V Ring 90–120 Vac/

Tone 48–52 Vdc

CHSPT23PACK 3-Pack:

CHSPT2ULTRA+CHSPTELE+CHSPCABLE;

Surge protection for AC power,

telephone and cable—see individual product

features

See individual

product ratings

CHSP3RTELCABLE Raintight enclosure for CHSPTELE and

CHSPCABLE; top or bottom feed; enclosure

only, surge not included; accommodates up to

two devices

CHSPFMKIT Flushmount kit for: CHSPT2ULTRA,

CHSPT2MAX, CHSPT2MICRO, CHSPTELE,

CHSPCABLE

MSEGR2 Outdoor communication grounding device;

meets 2008 NEC requirements for

intersystem bonding termination

CHSP3RTELCABLE

CHSPFMKIT

MSEGR2

CHSPTELE

CHSPT23PACK

CHSPCABLE

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—September 2012 www.eaton.com V1-T2-7

2.1

Surge Protection

Surge Protection Devices and Lightning Arresters

Factory-Installed Surge Protection

●Includes a CHSPT2ULTRA

and a two-pole 50A circuit

breaker

●Increases the

effectiveness of surge

protection due to reduced

lead length

●A modified deadfront

allows for easy viewing

of indicating lights for

status indication

Surge Installed Loadcenters

Surge Ready Loadcenters

●Provides a mounting

provision for

CHSPT2ULTRA

●A modified deadfront

allows for easy viewing of

indicating lights

Surge Ready Loadcenters (Provision Only, CHSPT2ULTRA and Breaker Not Included)

Notes

1 Order cover separately.

2 With main lugs installed.

Cover Catalog Number

Catalog Number Description Combination Surface

CHSUR42N225L 142 ckt, 225A, convertible CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

CHSUR42L225L2 142 ckt, 225A, convertible 2CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

CHSUR42B200L2 142 ckt, 200A, main breaker CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

CHSUR32N225K 132 ckt, 225A, convertible CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

CHSUR32L225K 132 ckt, 225A, convertible 2CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

CHSUR32B200K 132 ckt, 200A, main breaker CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

CHSUR32B150K 132 ckt, 150A, main breaker CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

CHSUR32B100K 132 ckt, 100A, main breaker CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

CHSUR24L125E 124 ckt, 125A, convertible 2CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES

CHSUR24B100E 124 ckt, 100A, main breaker CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES

BRSUR4040N200 40/40 ckt, 200A, convertible Cover included

BRSUR4040L200 40/40 ckt, 200A, main lug Cover included

BRSUR4040B200 40/40 ckt, 200A, main breaker Cover included

BRSUR3040N200 30/40 ckt, 200A, convertible Cover included

BRSUR3040L200 30/40 ckt, 200A, main lug Cover included

BRSUR3040B200 30/40 ckt, 200A, main breaker Cover included

Surge Installed

Cover Catalog Number

Catalog Number Description Combination Surface

CHEC42N225L 142 ckt, 225A, convertible CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

CHEC42L225L 142 ckt, 225A, convertible 2CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

CHEC42B200L 142 ckt, 200A, main breaker CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

CHEC32L225K 132 ckt, 225A, convertible 2CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

CHEC32N225K 132 ckt, 225A, convertible CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

CHEC32B200K 132 ckt, 200A, main breaker CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

CHEC32B150K 132 ckt, 150A, main breaker CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

CHEC32B100K 132 ckt, 100A, main breaker CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

CHEC24L125E 124 ckt, 125A, convertible 2CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES

CHEC24B100E 124 ckt, 100A, main breaker CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES

Surge Ready

V1-T2-8 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—September 2012 www.eaton.com

2.1

Surge Protection

Surge Protection Devices and Lightning Arresters

SPD Type 2 Plug-On Surge Protection—UL 1449 3rd Edition

Product Features

●Convenient surge protection for the loadcenter

Notes

1 MCOV: Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage that may be applied to the device per mode.

2 VPR: Voltage Protection Rating is the measured limiting voltage after a surge event.

3 In: Nominal Discharge Current is the current that the device can withstand for 15 impulses.

4 SCCR: The amount of current the product can withstand under short-circuit conditions.

5 Surge Current Capacity: The maximum one-time surge current rating per phase.

For warranty details, go to www.eaton.com/surgetrap.

Catalog

Number Description Connection Voltage Phase

Frequency

(Hz) MCOV 1VPR 2In 3SCCR 4

Surge Current

Capacity, Per

Phase Rating 5

BRSURGE UL for use in a single-phase Type BR

loadcenter. This unit is classified by UL

for use in select GE, ITE/Siemens and

Crouse-Hinds panels (refer to Pub. No.

5655B65H01 for additional details).

Plug on to the

loadcenter bus;

see instructions.

120/240 Single 60 L1-N 150V,

L-L 300V

L1-N 600V,

L-L 1000V

3k 10k 18 kA

CHSA UL and CSA for use in a

Type CH loadcenter.

Plug on to the

loadcenter bus;

see instructions.

120/240 Single 60 L1-N 150V,

L-L 300V

L1-N 600V,

L-L 1000V

3k 10k 18 kA

BRSURGECSA CSA for use in an Eaton

Type BR loadcenter.

Plug on to the

loadcenter bus;

see instructions.

120/240 Single 60 L1-N 150V,

L-L 300V

L1-N 600V,

L-L 1000V

3k 10k 18 kA

CHQSA This device is UL classified to be used

in place of Square D Type QO surge

arresters (refer to Pub-23974).

Plug on to the

loadcenter bus;

see instructions.

120/240 Single 60 L1-N 150V,

L-L 300V

L1-N 600V,

L-L 1000V

3k 10k 18 kA

CHSA

BRSURGE

CHQSA

BRSURGECSA

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T3-1

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

3.1 Standby Generators

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-2

Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-2

Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-2

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-2

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-3

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-3

Air-Cooled Generators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-3

Liquid-Cooled Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-4

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-5

Sizing Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-6

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-6

3.2 Portable Generators

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-8

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-10

3.3 Automatic Transfer Switches

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-11

Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-11

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-12

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-13

Standard Automatic Transfer Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-13

Green Automatic Transfer Switches—

Featuring Active Load Management Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-13

ATS Ready Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-14

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-15

3.4 Manual Transfer Switches

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-16

Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-16

Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-16

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-17

Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-17

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-18

Manual Transfer Switches and Generator Panels Selection . . . . . . V1-T3-18

Power Inlet Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-18

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-19

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-19

V1-T3-2 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

3.1

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Standby Generators

EGENX20A EGEN70

Standby Generator Systems

Contents

Description Page

Standby Generators

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-3

Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-3

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-5

Sizing Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-6

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-6

Product Description

A standby generator system

is a package of equipment

specifically designed to

provide substitute electrical

power to a residence in the

event of a utility power

outage. These systems are

comprised of a generator,

transfer switch and the

connections necessary for

installation. Eaton’s standby

generator line consists of

air-cooled and liquid-cooled

models ranging from 8000

watts up to 150,000 watts.

Air-Cooled Standby

Eaton’s air-cooled generators

range from 8 to 20 kW and

these units are perfect for

automatically backing up

every circuit within a home

such as air

conditioner units,

refrigerators,

lighting, furnace

fans, sump pumps and water

pumps.

Eaton’s 14, 17 and 20 kW air-

cooled standby generators

offer fully automatic

operation and provide most

homeowners with enough

power for complete whole

house comfort. These units

all operate at ultra quiet

66 dB, or less, sound level.

Liquid-Cooled Standby

Eaton’s liquid-cooled

generators feature automotive

style engines that range from

22 to 150 kW of power

output. These units run so

quietly that you’ll forget that

you own a generator until you

need it. These units are

available in steel or aluminum

enclosures and are available in

single- and three-phase in four

voltages: 120/240V, single-

phase; 120/208V, three-phase;

240V, three-phase; and 277/

480V, three-phase.

Application Description

Standby generator systems

are most often used in

residential, agricultural

and light commercial

applications. Comfort and

safety are key concerns

of many homeowners

who are dependent on

an uninterrupted supply

of electricity.

The increase in our

dependence on power is

due in part to the popularity of

home offices and in-home

health care. Many regions of

the United States experience

periodic power outages

due to extreme weather

conditions such as ice and

snowstorms, heat waves,

tornadoes or hurricanes.

Eaton highly recommends

that any generator system

be installed by a qualified

electrician and/or generator

installer.

Features, Benefits

and Functions

Eaton’s generator systems

offer a wide range of

features. All systems feature:

●Powerful engines

●Reliable Eaton transfer

switches and control

systems using switching

duty rated circuit breakers

●Weekly exercise function

●Automatic transfer

systems feature automatic

start/stop

Standards and

Certifications

●CSA, cUL® and UL 2200

listed and approved

●All transfer switches are

UL 67 and UL 1008 listed

as “Transfer Switches”

●All generators are

UL 2200 listed

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T3-3

3.1

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Standby Generators

Catalog Number Selection

Air-Cooled Generators

Liquid-Cooled Generators

Product Selection

Air-Cooled Generators

Note

1Includes No. EGENFASCIA as standard.

Type

Eaton generator

EGENX Series

Rated Power

(LP/NG)

8= 8/7 kW

11 = 11/10 kW

14 = 14/14 kW

17 = 17/16 kW

20 = 20/18 kW

EGENX 20 A

Enclosure

A= Aluminum

Blank = Steel

kW Rating

100

130

150

Voltage Required

A = Single-phase 120/240V

G = Three-phase 208V

J = Three-phase 240V

K = Three-phase 480V

Enclosure

A= Aluminum

S= Steel

Fuel Type

N= Natural gas

L= Liquid propane

SCAQMD Compliance

N= No

Y= Yes

EGEN 22 A L A N

Rated

Power kW

(LP/NG)

Maximum Rated

Amperes

at 240 Vac

(LP/NG)

Main Line

Circuit Breaker

Amperes

Enclosure

Material

Engine

Size

Number of

Cylinders Fuel Type

GFI

Receptacle

SCAQMD

Compliant

Sound

Emissions

(dB at 7m)

Limited

Warranty (yrs)

Catalog

Number

8/7 33.3/29.2 35 Steel 410 cc 1 Liquid propane/

natural gas

No Yes 62 5 EGENX8

11/10 45.8/41.7 50 Steel 530 cc 2 Liquid propane/

natural gas

No Yes 63 5 EGENX11

14/14 58.3/58.3 60 Steel 990 cc 2 Liquid propane/

natural gas

No Yes 66 5 EGENX14

17/16 70.8/66.6 65 Steel 990 cc 2 Liquid propane/

natural gas

Yes Yes 66 5 EGENX17

17/16 70.8/66.6 65 Aluminum 990 cc 2 Liquid propane/

natural gas

Yes Yes 66 5 EGENX17A

20/18 83.3/75.0 90 Aluminum 990 cc 2 Liquid propane/

natural gas

Yes Yes 66 5 EGENX20A 1

V1-T3-4 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

3.1

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Standby Generators

Liquid-Cooled Generators 12

Notes

1 All liquid-cooled models suitable for “optional” standby backup power only, as dictated by NEC Article 702/NFPA 70. Not suitable for legally required

“emergency” applications as required by NEC Article 700/NFPA 110.

2 Models 70–150 kW include battery. For all other liquid-cooled models, battery must be furnished by others.

Catalog

Number

Prefix

Rating

Voltages

Available Fuel Type Enclosure

SCAQMD

Compliance

EGEN22 22 A—120/240V, single-phase N—NG/LP field convertible

(Default set up for NG)

A—Aluminum Y—Yes

(Default Compliant)

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase

EGEN25 25 A—120/240V, single-phase N—NG/LP field convertible

(Default set up for NG)

S—Steel Y—Yes

(Default Compliant)

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase

EGEN27 27 A—120/240V, single-phase N—NG/LP field convertible

(Default set up for NG)

A—Aluminum Y—Yes

(Default Compliant)

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase

EGEN30 30 A—120/240V, single-phase N—NG/LP field convertible

(Default set up for NG)

S—Steel Y—Yes

(Default Compliant)

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase

EGEN36 36 A—120/240V, single-phase N—NG/LP field convertible

(Default set up for NG)

A—Aluminum Y—Yes

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase N—No

K—480V, three-phase

EGEN45 45 A—120/240V, single-phase N—NG/LP field convertible

(Default set up for NG)

S—Steel Y—Yes

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase N—No

K—480V, three-phase

EGEN48 48 A—120/240V, single-phase N—NG/LP field convertible

(Default set up for NG)

A—Aluminum Y—Yes

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase N—No

K—480V, three-phase

EGEN60 60 A—120/240V, single-phase N—Natural gas A—Aluminum Y—Yes

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase L—Liquid propane S—Steel N—No

K—480V, three-phase

EGEN70 70 A—120/240V, single-phase N—Natural gas A—Aluminum Y—Yes

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase L—Liquid propane N—No

K—480V, three-phase

EGEN80 80 A—120/240V, single-phase N—Natural gas A—Aluminum Y—Yes

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase L—Liquid propane N—No

K—480V, three-phase

EGEN100 100 A—120/240V, single-phase N—Natural gas A—Aluminum Y—Yes

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase L—Liquid propane N—No

K—480V, three-phase

EGEN130 130 A—120/240V, single-phase N—Natural gas A—Aluminum Y—Yes

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase L—Liquid propane N—No

K—480V, three-phase

EGEN150 150 A—120/240V, single-phase N—Natural gas A—Aluminum Y—Yes

G—208V, three-phase

J—240V, three-phase L—Liquid propane N—No

K—480V, three-phase

EGEN48ANAN

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T3-5

3.1

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Standby Generators

Accessories

Generator Accessories—Air and Liquid-Cooled Generators

Description

Catalog

Number

General Accessories

Air-cooled transportation cart EGENCART

Bisque paint kit for 2008 model lineup EGENPAINT

Display shell—bisque color EGENSHELL

Generator fascia for air-cooled models. Bisque color (included as standard on EGENX20A models) EGENFASCIA

Wireless Remote Monitoring

Wireless remote monitor for air-cooled and liquid-cooled generators. Compatible with 2008 models or newer. USA only EGENMOBILE

EGENMOBILE adapter wire harness kit required for liquid-cooled generators only. 2008 models or newer. USA only EGENKIT

Basic remote wireless monitor. Compatible with air/liquid-cooled models 8–150 kW. 2008 models or newer 5928CH

Remote monitor adapter kit for liquid-cooled units only—must be ordered w/5928CH basic remote monitor. 2008 models or newer 5958CH

Cold Weather Kits

Cold weather kit for all air-cooled generator models (8–20 kW). Battery and crankcase warmer 6212CH

22, 27, 36, 45 and 60 kW (2.4L) cold weather kit 5630CH

25 and 30 kW (1.5L) cold weather kit 6175CH

100 and 130 kW (6.8L) cold weather kit 5633CH

48 (5.4L), 80 (4.6L) and 70 and 150 kW (6.8L) cold weather kit 5632CH

25 and 30 kW (1.6L) cold weather kit for models prior to February 2012 5629CH

48 kW (4.2L) cold weather kit for models prior to February 2012 5631CH

Extreme Cold Weather Kits

25 and 30 kW extreme cold weather kit 1.5L engine 6174CH

25 and 30 kW extreme cold weather kit 1.6L engine (prior to February 2012) 5615CH

22, 27, 36, 45 and 60 kW extreme cold weather kit for 2.4L engine 5616CH

48 kW extreme cold weather kit for 5.4L engine 6204CH

48 kW extreme cold weather kit for 4.2L engine (prior to February 2012) 5618CH

70, 100 and 130 kW generator extreme cold weather kit for 6.8L engine gear drive 5620CH

80 kW extreme cold weather kit for 4.6L engine 5619CH

150 kW generator extreme cold weather kit for 6.8L engine direct drive 5667CH

Extreme cold weather kit (engine warmer) for air-cooled 8–10 kW, 410/530 cc engines (after April 2010) 5863CH

Extreme cold weather kit (engine warmer) for air-cooled 14–20 kW, 760/992/999 cc engines (after April 2010) 5864CH

Maintenance Kits

8 kW generator maintenance kit 410 cc engine. For #EGENX8 model only 6482CH

11 kW generator maintenance kit 530 cc engine. For #EGENX11 model only 6483CH

14 and 17 kW generator maintenance kit, 760/990 cc engine. For #EGENX14 & #EGENX17-17A models only 6484CH

20 kW generator maintenance kit, 999 cc engine. For #EGENX20A model only 6485CH

8 kW generator maintenance kit 410 cc engine. #EGEN8 vintage model only 5662CH

10 kW generator maintenance kit 530 cc engine. #EGEN10 vintage model only 5663CH

14 and 17 kW generator maintenance kit, 760/990 cc engine. #EGEN14 & EGEN17-17A vintage models only 5664CH

20 kW generator maintenance kit, 999 cc engine. #EGEN20A vintage model only 5665CH

22 and 27 kW generator maintenance kit, 2.4L engine 5656CH

25 and 30 kW generator maintenance kit, 1.5L engine 6176CH

25 and 30 kW generator maintenance kit, 1.6L engine (prior to February 2012) 5655CH

36 kW generator maintenance kit, 2.4L engine 5984CH

45 kW generator maintenance kit, 2.4L engine 6172CH

48 kW generator maintenance kit, 4.2L engine 5658CH

60 kW generator maintenance kit, 2.4L engine 6171CH

80 kW generator maintenance kit, 4.6L engine 5985CH

70, 100, 130 and 150 kW generator maintenance kit, 6.8L engine 5660CH

EGENMOBILE

Maintenance Kits

Cold Weather Kits

Extreme Cold Weather

Kits

V1-T3-6 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

3.1

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Standby Generators

Sizing Guidelines

When selecting the essential circuits that will be switched to

“Backup Power,” it is important that the sum of the combined

circuit loads does not exceed the wattage/amperage capacity

of the generator. To help you with your selection of essential

circuits, please add up the total wattage of all electrical devices

to be connected at one time. This total should NOT be greater

than the generator’s wattage capacity.

Refer to Eaton Generator Sizing Guide Publication Number

TD00405018E and consult with a trained professional.

Circuit Selection 123

Dimensions

Approximate Dimension in Inches (mm)

Air-Cooled Standby

Liquid-Cooled Standby

Notes

1The rated wattage of lights can be taken from light bulbs. The rated wattage of tools,

appliances and motors can usually be found on a data plate or decal affixed to the device.

2If the appliance, tool or motor does not give wattage, multiply 120 volts times the ampere

rating to determine watts (volts x amps = watts) for single-phase only.

3Some electric motors (induction types) require about three times more watts of power for

starting than for running. This surge lasts for only a few seconds. Be sure you allow for this

high starting wattage when selecting electrical devices that will be energized by the backup

power system:

Figure the watts required to start the largest motor.

Add that to the total running watts of all other connected loads.

4All weights provided for steel enclosures only.

Device

Common

Running Watts

Air conditioner (12,000 btu) 1700

Air conditioner (24,000 btu) 3800

Air Conditioner (40,000 btu) 6000

Battery charger (20 amp) 500

Circular saw (6-1/2-inch) 800–1000

Clothes dryer (electric) 5750

Clothes dryer (gas) 700

Clothes washer 1150

Coffee maker 1750

Compressor (1 hp) 2000

Compressor (1/2 hp) 1400

Compressor (3/4 hp) 1800

Curling iron 700

Dehumidifier 650

Electric blanket 400

Electric range (per element) 1500

Electric skillet 1250

Freezer 700

Furnace fan (3/5 hp) 875

Garage door opener 500–750

Hair dryer 1200

Hand drill 250–1100

Iron 1200

Jet pump 800

Light bulb 100

Microwave oven 700–1000

Milk cooler 1100

Oil burner on furnace 300

Oil fired space heater (140,000 btu) 400

Oil fired space heater (30,000 btu) 150

Oil fired space heater (85,000 btu) 225

Radio 50–200

Refrigerator 700

Slow cooker 200

Submersible pump (1 hp) 2000

Submersible pump (1/2 hp) 1500

Submersible pump (1-1/2 hp) 2800

Sump pump 800–1050

Table saw (10-inch) 1750–2000

Television 200–500

Toaster 1000–1650

Catalog

Number Length Width Height

Weight in

Lbs (kg)

EGENX8 48.00 (1219.2) 25.00 (635.0) 29.00 (736.6) 340 (154.4)

EGENX11 48.00 (1219.2) 25.00 (635.0) 29.00 (736.6) 387 (175.7)

EGENX14 48.00 (1219.2) 25.00 (635.0) 29.00 (736.6) 439 (199.3)

EGENX17 48.00 (1219.2) 25.00 (635.0) 29.00 (736.6) 455 (206.6)

EGENX17A 48.00 (1219.2) 25.00 (635.0) 29.00 (736.6) 421 (191.1)

EGENX20A 48.00 (1219.2) 25.00 (635.0) 29.00 (736.6) 451 (204.8)

Catalog

Number Length Width Height

Weight in

Lbs (kg)

EGEN22 62.00 (1574.8) 29.00 (736.6) 34.00 (863.6) 895 (406.3)

EGEN25 63.00 (1600.2) 30.00 (762.0) 35.00 (889.0) 875 (397.3)

EGEN27 64.00 (1625.6) 31.00 (787.4) 36.00 (914.4) 891 (404.5)

EGEN30 60.00 (1651.0) 32.00 (812.8) 37.00 (939.8) 935 (424.5)

EGEN36 77.00 (1955.8) 34.00 (863.6) 45.00 (1143.0) 1683 (764.1)

EGEN45 78.00 (1981.2) 35.00 (889.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 1414 (642.0)

EGEN48 79.00 (2006.6) 36.00 (914.4) 47.00 (1193.8) 1703 (773.2)

EGEN60 480.00 (2032.0) 37.00 (939.8) 48.00 (1219.2) 1650 (749.1)

EGEN70 497.00 (2463.8) 37.00 (939.8) 48.00 (1219.2) 2185 (992.0)

EGEN80 4115.00 (2921.0) 36.80 (934.7) 79.00 (2006.6) 2010 (912.5)

EGEN100 4116.00 (2946.4) 36.80 (934.7) 80.00 (2032.0) 2705 (1228.1)

EGEN130 4117.00 (2971.8) 36.80 (934.7) 81.00 (2057.4) 2873 (1304.3)

EGEN150 4118.00 (2997.2) 36.80 (934.7) 82.00 (2082.8) 2666 (1210.4)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T3-7

3.2

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Portable Generators

EGENP8000EX

Contents

Description Page

Portable Generators

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-8

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-10

Product Description

Whereas permanently

installed standby systems are

designed for larger homes,

small businesses or

secondary residences,

portable generators are

primarily used for smaller

homes, essential loads,

construction sites, camping,

tailgating and wherever

portable temporary power

is required.

Application Description

Portable generator systems

are primarily used for smaller

homes or for construction

sites where temporary power

is required. Permanently

installed standby systems

are designed for larger

homes, small businesses

or secondary residences,

such as vacation homes

and cabins, that require

uninterrupted power for

critical loads.

As the name indicates and

due to physical size and

weight, portable generators

can easily be transported

from one location to another.

Designed for outdoor use

only, common applications

vary from homes to camping

to construction sites,

providing backup power

everywhere electrical power

is needed.

Standards and

Certifications

●UL Listed

Catalog Number Selection

Portable Generators

Power Output

5500 = 5.5 kW

6500 = 6.5 kW

7000 = 7.5 kW

8000 = 8 kW

15000 = 15 kW

17500 = 17.5 kW

Eaton generator Model

Blank = General purpose

CA = General purpose

“CARB” compliant

(CA only)

X= XG Series

Type

P= Portable

EGEN P8000 E X

Startup Method

Blank = Manual/recoil only

E= Electric and/or

manual/recoil

V1-T3-8 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

3.2

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Portable Generators

Product Selection

Portable Generators

Notes

1 Requires gasoline as fuel to operate.

All 120/240V. Required gasoline as fuel.

Running

Watts

Starting

Watts

Engine

Displacement/

Type

Startup

Method

Fuel

Tank

Capacity

(gal) 1

Approx.

Running

Time at

1/2 load

(hrs)

Battery

Included

Outlets

Configuration

Warranty

Residential/

Commercial

(yrs)

Catalog

Number

General Purpose (49-State)

5500 6875 389 cc/OHV Manual 7.2 10 No

1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock), 2 x 20A 5-20R duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP5500

6500 8125 389 cc/OHV Manual 7.2 10 No

1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock), 2 x 20A 5-20R duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP6500

6500 8125 389 cc/OHV Manual/

electric

7.2 10 Yes

1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock), 2 x 120A 5-20R duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP6500E

7500 9375 420 cc/OHV Manual/

electric

8.0 12 Yes

1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock), 2 x 20A 5-20R duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP7500E

15000 22500 992 cc/OHVI Manual/

electric

16.0 12 Yes

1 x 50A 14-50R, 1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock),

2 x 30A L5-30R (twist lock), 1 x 20A 5-20R duplex,

1 x 20A GFCI 5-20R duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP15000E

17500 26250 992 cc/OHVI Manual/

electric

16.0 10 Yes

1 x 50A 14-50R, 1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock),

1 x 30A L5-30R (twist lock),1 x 20A 5-20R duplex,

1 x 20A 5-20R GFCI duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP17500E

EGENP6500

EGENP6500E

EGENP7500E

EGENP15000E

EGENP5500

EGENP17500E

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T3-9

3.2

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Portable Generators

Portable Generators, continued

Notes

1 Requires gasoline as fuel to operate.

All 120/240V. Required gasoline as fuel.

Running

Watts

Starting

Watts

Engine

Displacement/

Type

Startup

Method

Fuel

Tank

Capacity

(gal) 1

Approx.

Running

Time at

1/2 load

(hrs)

Battery

Included

Outlets

Configuration

Warranty

Residential/

Commercial

(yrs)

Catalog

Number

XG Series

7000 8750 407 cc/OHVI Manual/

electric

910Yes

1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock), 2 x 20A GFCI 5-20R duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP7000EX

8000 10000 407 cc/OHVI Manual/

electric

10 10 Yes

1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock), 2 x 20A GFCI 5-20R duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP8000EX

10000 12500 530 cc/OHVI Manual/

electric

10 10 Yes

1 x 50A 14-50R, 1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock),

1 x 30A L5-30R (twist Lock), 2 x 20A GFCI 5-20R duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP10000EX

CARB Compliant (Required in California Only)

5500 6875 389 cc/OHV Manual 7.2 10 No

1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock), 2 x 20A GFCI 5-20R duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP5500CA

6500 8125 389 cc/OHV Manual 7.2 10 No

1 x 30A L14-30R (twist lock), 2 x 120A 5-20R duplex

2/1 Ltd EGENP6500CA

EGENP7000EX

EGENP8000EX

EGENP10000EX

EGENP6500CA

EGENP5500CA

V1-T3-10 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

3.2

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Portable Generators

Dimensions

Approximate Dimension in Inches (mm)

Portable Generators

Catalog

Number Length Width Height

Weight

Lbs (kg)

EGENP5500 27.25 (692.2) 27.00 (685.8) 25.00 (635.0) 171.0 (77.6)

EGENP6500 27.25 (692.2) 27.00 (685.8) 25.00 (635.0) 175.0 (79.5)

EGENP6500E 27.25 (692.2) 27.00 (685.8) 25.00 (635.0) 186.0 (84.4)

EGENP7500E 27.25 (692.2) 27.00 (685.8) 25.00 (635.0) 191.5 (86.9)

EGENP15000E 48.50 (1231.9) 31.00 (787.4) 39.50 (1003.3) 363.0 (164.8)

EGENP17500E 48.50 (1231.9) 31.00 (787.4) 39.50 (1003.3) 390.0 (177.1)

EGENP7000EX 31.00 (787.4) 25.50 (647.7) 28.00 (711.2) 245.0 (111.2)

EGENP8000EX 31.00 (787.4) 25.50 (647.7) 28.00 (711.2) 235.0 (106.7)

EGENP10000EX 30.00 (762.0) 29.50 (749.3) 31.00 (787.4) 300.0 (136.2)

EGENP5500CA 27.25 (692.2) 27.00 (685.8) 25.00 (635.0) 170.9 (77.6)

EGENP6500CA 27.25 (692.2) 27.00 (685.8) 25.00 (635.0) 177.0 (80.3)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T3-11

3.3

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Automatic Transfer Switches

Residential Automatic Transfer Switches

Contents

Description Page

Automatic Transfer Switches

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-12

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-12

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-13

ATS Ready Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-14

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-15

Product Description

50, 100, 150, 200 and 400A

Fully Automatic

All Eaton automatic transfer

switches (ATS) monitor utility

and generator voltages and

will automatically connect to

the appropriate source of

power. Eaton offers two

types of automatic transfer

switches to suit your personal

backup power needs—the

standard ATS EGSX series

with load shedding

capabilities and the Green

ATS EGSU series that

provides a truly active load

management solution.

Green Line of Automatic

Transfer Switches

With the rising cost of

commodities and fuel

in today’s economy,

consumers are concerned

with maximizing the value

of their purchases.

Electrical loads are now

intelligently managed with

Eaton’s Green Line of

automatic transfer switches.

The active load management

inside each Green ATS allows

the consumer to use 100% of

the power rated output of the

generator and/or use a

smaller generator, reducing

upfront installation costs and

saving on ongoing fuel

consumption costs.

As a part of Eaton’s

commitment to quality,

every Green ATS, at no

extra cost, will ship with a

CHSPT2ULTRA whole surge

protector, which will help

prevent potential damage

to valued electronics caused

by power surges in the

utility line.

Application Description

50, 100, 150, 200 and 400A

Switches

100, 200 and 400A switches

are capable of “whole house”

power transfer in residential/

small business applications.

50A—Indoor Installation—Selected Load Pre-Wired

100/200A—Outdoor Installation—Whole House Pre-Wired

Standby

Generator

Sound

Attenuated

Enclosure

Fuel Supply

(NG or LP)

Air Conditioner

50A

Indoor Transfer

Switch

100/200A

Service Panel

Meter

Low Voltage

Disconnect

Service

Disconnect

100/200A

Outdoor Transfer Switch

Meter

Low Voltage

Disconnect

Air Conditioner

Standby

Generator

Fuel Supply

(NG or LP)

100/200A

Service Panel

Sound

Attenuated

Enclosure

V1-T3-12 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

3.3

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Automatic Transfer Switches

Standards and

Certifications

●UL 1008 listed

Catalog Number Selection

Standard Automatic Transfer Switches—EGSX Series

Green Automatic Transfer Switches—EGSU Series

EGSX 200 NSEA

Manufacturer

Eaton Type

Generator

transfer switch

EGSX Series

Loadcenter

(CH Type, Integral)

Blank = None

L12 = 12 circuits N1

L12R = 12 circuits N3R

L24R = 24 circuits N3R

Service Entrance Rated

NSEA = Service entrance

(normal source only)

A= Non-service entrance

Ampere

Rating

50 = 50A

100 = 100A

150 = 150A

200 = 200A

400 = 400A

EGSU 200 NSE ACA

Manufacturer

Eaton Type

Generator

universal transfer

switch EGSU

“Green” Series

Service Entrance Rated

NSE = Service entrance

(normal source only)

Blank = Non-service entrance

Ampere

Rating

100 = 100A

150 = 150A

200 = 200A

400 = 400A

Loadcenter

(CH Type, Integral)

Blank = None

L24 = 24 circuits

Load Management

ACA = Active load management

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T3-13

3.3

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Automatic Transfer Switches

Product Selection

Standard Automatic Transfer Switches 1

Green Automatic Transfer Switches 4—Featuring Active Load Management Technology

Notes

1 Standard ATS “EGSX” Series compatible with Eaton generators only.

2 Uses CH type circuit breakers.

3 For reference only. Generator size must be determined with proper/actual load calculations.

4 UNIVERSAL ATS: compatible with any single-phase, 120/240V generator brand.

5 Whole house surge Cat. No. CHSPT2ULTRA included in every Green ATS “EGSU” Series.

Ampere

Rating Voltage

Service

Entrance

Rated

No. of

Load

Shed

Contacts

Contactor

Wire Size

Range(s)

No. of

Cables

per Phase

Withstand

Current (rms)

at 240 Vac

No. of

Circuits

Included 2

Frequency

(Hz)

Enclosure

Type

Recommended

Generator

Sizes (kW) 3

Catalog

Number

50 120/240 No 2 #14–#6 1 5000 12 50/60 NEMA 1

(indoor)

8, 11 EGSX50L12

50 120/240 No 2 #14–#6 1 5000 12 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

8, 11 EGSX50L12R

100 120/240 No 2 #14–#2/0 1 10,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

8, 11, 14 EGSX100A

100 120/240 Yes 2 #14–#2/0 1 10,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

8, 11, 14 EGSX100NSEA

100 120/240 No 2 #14–#2/0 1 25,000 24 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

8, 11, 14 EGSX100L24RA

150 120/240 Yes 2 #4–300 kcmil 1 25,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

14, 17, 20 EGSX150NSEA

200 120/240 No 2 #4–300 kcmil 1 25,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

14, 17, 20 EGSX200A

200 120/240 Yes 2 #4–300 kcmil 1 25,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

14, 17, 20 EGSX200NSEA

400 120/240 Yes 2 750 kcmil–2

300 kcmil–1/0

1/2 35,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

>20 EGSX400NSEA

Ampere

Rating Voltage

Service

Entrance

Rated

Contactor

Wire Size

Range(s)

No. of

Cables

per Phase

Withstand

Current (rms)

at 240 Vac

No. of

Circuits

Included 2

Frequency

(Hz)

Enclosure

Type

Recommended

Generator

Sizes (kW) 3

Catalog

Number

100 120/240 No #14–#2/0 1 10,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

8, 11, 14 EGSU100ACA

100 120/240 Yes #14–#2/0 1 10,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

8, 11, 14 EGSU100NSEACA

100 120/240 No #14–#2/0 1 10,000 24 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

8, 11, 14 EGSU100L24RACA

150 120/240 Yes #4–300 kcmil 1 25,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

14, 17, 20 EGSU150NSEACA

200 120/240 No #4–300 kcmil 1 25,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

14, 17, 20 EGSU200ACA

200 120/240 Yes #4–300 kcmil 1 25,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

14, 17, 20 EGSU200NSEACA

400 120/240 Yes 750 kcmil–2

300 kcmil–1/0

1/2 35,000 — 50/60 NEMA 3R

(outdoor)

>20 EGSU400NSEACA

EGSX50L12R

EGSU200NSEACA

CHSPT2ULTRA 5

V1-T3-14 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

3.3

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Automatic Transfer Switches

ATS Ready Loadcenter

From the far-reaching power

failures brought on by

hurricanes and snow/ice

storms, to the increasing

power outage concerns and

an aging electrical

infrastructure, backup power

is more important than ever.

Eaton’s ATS Ready loadcenter

addresses future backup

power needs by enabling a

fast, efficient installation of an

automatic transfer switch kit

to convert from utility power

to generator power. The ATS

Ready loadcenter gives

homebuilders and electrical

contractors the flexibility to

install a generator ready

system or to install a

loadcenter and easily add an

ATS in the future. Backup

power had never been that

versatile before.

ATS Ready Loadcenter Features

●CH Premium Type 200A

single-phase MCB

36-circuit loadcenter

●50A ATS “EGSX” type kit

for factory or field

installation (compatible

with Eaton generators only)

●22 circuits for non-

essential loads and

14 circuits for essential

backup power loads

●Versatile, space-saving

design

●For use with 8 or 11 kW

air-cooled generators

●CH cover included

●Lifetime warranty on CH

loadcenter and breakers

●NEMA 1 design

●UL Listed

ATS Ready Loadcenter

Description Catalog Number

ATS Ready loadcenter

Kit CHEGSX50KIT must be ordered separately

Loadcenter only. Includes provision for ATS kit

CH36B200EGP

ATS “EGSX” kit for ATS Ready loadcenter

Field-installable automatic transfer switch kit

ATS Ready loadcenter CH36B200EGP must be ordered separately

Intuitive, easy installation

Compatible with Eaton generators only

CHEGSX50KIT

ATS Ready LC with factory-installed ATS kit

Factory assembled

Compatible with Eaton generator only. Generator needed to complete backup power system

Recommended Eaton generators models:

8/7 kW–Catalog #EGENX8

11/10 kW–Catalog #EGENX11

CH36B200EGPK

CH36B200EGP

CHEGSX50KIT

CH36B200EGPK

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T3-15

3.3

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Automatic Transfer Switches

Dimensions

Approximate Dimension in Inches (mm)

Automatic Transfer Switches

Catalog Number Width Height Depth

Weight

Lbs (kg)

EGSX50L12 14.25 (362.0) 21.00 (533.4) 4.00 (101.6) 25 (11.33)

EGSX50L12R 14.25 (362.0) 21.00 (533.4) 6.00 (152.4) 29 (13.15)

EGSX100A 14.46 (367.3) 16.87 (428.5) 5.32 (135.1) 25 (11.33)

EGSX100NSEA 14.46 (367.3) 16.87 (428.5) 5.32 (135.1) 28 (12.70)

EGSX100L24RA 14.46 (367.3) 29.33 (744.0) 5.32 (135.1) 38 (17.24)

EGSX200A 14.46 (367.3) 25.08 (637.0) 5.25 (133.4) 35 (15.87)

EGSX150NSEA 14.46 (367.3) 29.20 (741.7) 5.32 (135.1) 45 (20.41)

EGSX200NSEA 14.46 (367.3) 29.20 (741.7) 5.32 (135.1) 45 (20.41)

EGSU100L24RACA 14.46 (367.3) 29.33 (745.0) 5.32 (135.1) 38 (17.24)

EGSU100ACA 14.46 (367.3) 16.87 (428.5) 5.32 (135.1) 25 (11.33)

EGSU100NSEACA 14.46 (367.3) 16.87 (428.5) 5.32 (135.1) 28 (12.70)

EGSU150NSEACA 14.46 (367.3) 29.20 (741.7) 5.32 (135.1) 45 (20.41)

EGSU200ACA 14.46 (367.3) 25.08 (637.0) 5.25 (133.4) 35 (15.88)

EGSU200NSEACA 14.46 (367.3) 29.20 (741.7) 5.32 (135.1) 45 (20.41)

EGSU400NSEACA 23.14 (587.8) 35.55 (903.0) 10.00 (254.0) 120 (54.43)

CH36B200EGPK 14.31 (363.5) 47.50 (1206.5) 3.88 (98.6) 40 (18.14)

V1-T3-16 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

3.4

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Manual Transfer Switches

All Panels are Manufactured in the USA and Meet UL 1008

Contents

Description Page

Manual Transfer Switches

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-17

Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-17

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-18

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-19

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T3-19

Learn

Online

Product Description

A manual transfer switch is a

device that is mounted next

to the loadcenter (distribution

panel) in the home or small

business. The manual

transfer switch is used in

conjunction with a portable

backup power generator and

serves the purpose of turning

selected circuits on and off

during a power outage. The

transfer switch panel allows

the owner to start up a

generator to restore power to

critical circuits when utility

power is not available.

The owner designates which

circuits are critical, such as

the refrigerator and certain

lights. Sometimes called

emergency power panels or

emergency generator panels,

manual transfer switch

panels provide the

homeowner or small

business owner with a safe

and easy way to continue

using electrical appliances

when the utility power

is unavailable temporarily.

Application Description

Manual transfer switches

are most often used in

residential, agricultural

and light commercial

applications. Comfort and

safety are key concerns

of many homeowners

who are dependent on

an uninterrupted supply

of electricity.

The increase in our

dependence on power is

due in part to the popularity

of home offices and in-home

health care. Various heavily

populated regions of the

United States experience

periodic power outages

due to extreme weather

conditions, such as ice and

snowstorms, heat waves,

tornadoes or hurricanes.

These regions that include

the Pacific Northwest,

Atlantic Coast and the Gulf

Coast are the strongest

markets for portable

generators and manual

transfer switches.

Features, Benefits and Functions

Eaton offers two manual

transfer switch backup power

solutions:

●Manual transfer switches

●Generator panels

Manual Transfer Switches

●Panel and components

sold separately

●Hardwired generator

connection

●Ideal for new construction/

larger loads

●Sturdy copper bus

construction

●Uses CH and CHNT circuit

breaker types (sold

separately)

●Mechanically interlocked

main disconnects to

prevent paralleling of

normal and emergency

power source

●Indoor and outdoor

designs available

Manual Transfer Switch

Indoor Design

Manual Transfer Switch

Indoor/Outdoor Design

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T3-17

3.4

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Manual Transfer Switches

Generator Panels

●Mechanically interlocked

main disconnects prevent

paralleling of normal and

emergency power source

●Panel and components

sold separately

●Integral plug-in generator

connection (power inlet

box)

●All circuit breakers are

included—switching

duty rated

●Includes dual wattmeters

for load balancing

●Indoor and outdoor

designs available

Generator Panel

Indoor Design

Generator Panel

Outdoor Design

Standards and Certifications

●UL 67 listed

●UL 1008 listed

Reference Information

Cross-Reference

Notes

1Gen/Trans device is not supplied with a power cord.

2Generac device is 7200 maximum watts on six-circuit device and 12,000 maximum watts on 10-circuit device.

Watts

Number

of Circuits

Ampere

Rating

Catalog Number

Eaton Gen/Tran 1EmerGen 1Square D Generac 1

5000 4–8 30 CH48GEN3060R — — QO48M30DSGP —

15,000 8–16 60 CH816GEN6060 — — QO48M60DSGP —

5000 6 20 CH6EGEN2060 20216 6-5000 — —

5000 6 20 CH6EGEN2060R R20216 6-5000 + RTE657 — —

5000 6 20 CH6EGEN2060SU —— — —

5000 6 20 CH6EGEN2060RSU —— — —

7500 10 30 CH10EGEN3060 302110-20 10-7500 — —

7500 10 30 CH10EGEN3060R R30211-20 10-7500 + RTE1075 — —

7500 10 30 CH10EGEN3060SUR —— — —

7500 10 30 CH10EGEN3060RSU —— — —

7500 10 30 CH10GEN5030SN —— — —

7500 10 30 CH10GEN5030RSN —— — —

12,000 10 50 CH10GEN5050SN —— — —

12,000 10 50 CH10GEN5050RSN —— — —

V1-T3-18 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

3.4

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Manual Transfer Switches

Product Selection

Manual Transfer Switches and Generator Panels Selection

Power Inlet Boxes

Warranty

Manual Transfer Switch

●15-year loadcenter

warranty

●Lifetime branch breaker

warranty

Generator Panel

●15-year loadcenter

warranty

●Lifetime branch breaker

warranty

Enclosure

Type Watts

Number

of Circuits

Ampere

Rating

Main/

Emergency

Ampere Rating

Feeder

Breakers

Included

Accessories

Catalog

Number

Standard Manual Transfer Switch

NEMA 3R 5000 4–8 30 Provision Provision None CH48GEN3060R

NEMA 1 10,000 8–16 60 Provision Provision None CH816GEN6060

Generator Panel

NEMA 1 5000 6 20 60/20 5–1P151–1P20 None CH6EGEN2060

NEMA 3R 5000 6 20 60/20 5–1P151–1P20 None CH6EGEN2060R

NEMA 1 5000 6 20 60/20 5–1P151–1P20 Two-pole surge protector CH6EGEN2060SUR

NEMA 3R 5000 6 20 60/20 5–1P151–1P20 Two-pole surge protector CH6EGEN2060RSU

NEMA 1 7500 10 30 60/30 6–1P152–1P2012P30 None CH10EGEN3060

NEMA 3R 7500 10 30 60/30 6–1P152–1P2012P30 None CH10EGEN3060R

NEMA 1 7500 10 30 60/30 7–1P152–1P2012P30 Two-pole surge protector CH10EGEN3060SUR

NEMA 3R 7500 10 30 60/30 7–1P152–1P2012P30 Two-pole surge protector CH10EGEN3060RSU

Switched Neutral Manual Transfer Switch

NEMA 1 7500 10 30 50/30 6–1P15, 2–1P20, 1–2P30 None CH10GEN5030SN

NEMA 3R 7500 10 30 50/30 6–1P15, 2–1P20, 1–2P30 None CH10GEN5030RSN

NEMA 1 12,000 10 50 50/50 6–1P15, 2–1P20, 1–2P30 None CH10GEN5050SN

NEMA 3R 12,000 10 50 50/50 6–1P15, 2–1P20, 1–2P30 None CH10GEN5050RSN

Description

Ampere

Rating Voltage

Catalog

Number

Flush flange kit (for use with

generator panel only)

— 120/240V CHEGENFKIT

Power inlet box 20 120/240V EGSPIB20

Power inlet box 30 120/240V EGSPIB30

Power inlet box 50 120/240V EGSPIB50

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T3-19

3.4

Residential Standby Backup Power Solutions

Manual Transfer Switches

Technical Data and Specifications

●10,000 AIC rating

●Switching devices must be circuit breakers

●Manual transfer switch must be supplied with neutral

and ground

●Power inlet box must be connected to a circuit breaker for

generator protection

Installation Diagrams

Manual Transfer Switches—Indoor Installation Diagram

Manual Transfer Switches—Outdoor Installation Diagram

Generator Panels—Indoor Installation Diagram

Generator Panels—Outdoor Installation Diagram

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Manual Transfer Switch Generator Panel

Two-Pole, 60A Breaker*

to Feed the Emergency

Power Panel From Your

Existing Main Power Panel

(Loadcenter)

Hardwired

Electrical

Connection*

Eaton

Manual Transfer Switch

Generator*

Not Included

Existing

Main

Power

Panel

(Loadcenter)

Power

Inlet

Box*

Power

Cord*

Utility

Power

Feed

Eaton

Manual Transfer Switch

Power

Inlet

Box*

Power

Cord*

Generator*

Hardwired Electrical Connection*

Utility

Power Feed

Two-Pole, 60A Breaker*

to Feed the Emergency

Power Panel From Your

Existing Main Power Panel

(Loadcenter)

Existing

Main

Power

Panel

(Loadcenter)

* Not Included

Power

Inlet

Box*

Power

Cord*

Generator

Utility

Power

Feed

Two-Pole, 60A Breaker*

to Feed the Emergency

Generator Panel From

Your Existing Main

Power Panel (Loadcenter)

Prewired Connector

for Faster Installation

Included

Electrical Wiring

or Power Cord*

Generator Panel

Existing

Main

Power

Panel

(Loadcenter)

* Not Included

Power Cord*

Generator*

Two-Pole, 60A

Breaker* to Feed

the Emergency

Generator Panel

From Your

Existing Main

Power Panel Prewired

Connector

for Faster

Installation -

Included

*Not Included

Generator Panel

Utility

Power

Feed

Enclosure

Type Height Width Depth

Weight

Lbs (kg)

NEMA 1 16.75 (425.5) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.5) 25 (11)

NEMA 3R 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.56 (90.4) 14 (6)

Enclosure

Type Height Width Depth

Weight Lbs (kg)

Six-Circuit 10-Circuit

NEMA 1 13.23 (336.0) 11.41 (289.8) 4.10 (104.1) 24 (11) 26 (12)

NEMA 3R 17.12 (434.8) 9.45 (240.0) 7.16 (181.9) 29 (13) 31 (14)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-1

Structured Wiring

Intercom System

4.1 StructuredWiringSolutions™

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T4-2

Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T4-2

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T4-4

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T4-21

Learn

Online

V1-T4-2 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Intercom System

Contents

Description Page

StructuredWiringSolutions

Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T4-4

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T4-21

Product Description

Structured wiring is a

simple, affordable way

to wire a home for state-of-

the-art communications,

entertainment and security

now and for many years

to come.

The basic concept is that

all telephone, television,

satellite, coaxial, audio and

data communications cables

are wired in a star topology

(home run) to each room in

the home and terminate

at a central distribution

panel. This distribution

panel allows flexibility for

future modifications and/or

additions to keep pace with

a homeowner’s lifestyle

and needs.

Structured wiring can also

be used as a central hub

to interconnect a security

system, home automation,

HVAC and load control,

providing a complete system

to increase the security,

comfort and convenience

for a homeowner.

Wall Outlets and Basic Package

Application Description

●Telephone

●High-speed Internet

●Computer networks

●Web-safe Internet router

●Whole-house sound

●Satellite/cable TV

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-3

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

A Home with StructuredWiringSolutions Gives You Ready Control of the Latest in Computing, Audio, Video and

Communications. With the Right Components, Your Dream Home is Ready for Today’s World and Tomorrow’s Advancements.

Your Value is Ensured...and so is Your Peace of Mind

V1-T4-4 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Product Selection

Packaged Products

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

Perfect for apartments, condos or even entry level homes. This distribution panel distributes four incoming telephone

lines to six locations, punchdown, and one incoming coax signal to four locations, passive. Installation is easy and a stylish

three-gang wall plate cover provides a professional looking finish.

782116895359 ESWB100

Same as ESWB100, except punchdown for telephone is doubled for 11 locations and there is no coax distribution.

Perfect for commercial and resi applications for phone only, or for six phone locations and/or six computer locations.

782116895366 ESWB100P

ESWB100

ESWB100P

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-5

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Video Modules

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

1 x 4 coax module. 1 in, 4 out coax module with four pass-through connectors. 6-inch form factor. 1.0 lb. 782116895502 ESWV10400

1 x 8 coax module. 1 in, 8 out coax module with two pass-through connectors. 6-inch form factor. 1.3 lbs. 782116895496 ESWV10800

1 x 8 amplified coax module. 1 in, 8 out coax module with 12 dB bi-directional amplifier and two pass-through

connectors. 6" form factor. 2.4 lbs.

782116895519 ESWV10800A

5 x 8 coax module. 5 in, 8 out coax module with 20 dB bi-directional amplifier, surge protection, and four pass-through

connectors, and four inputs for modulated signals. 12-inch form factor. 3 lbs.

782116895526 ESWV50800A

5 x 12 coax module. 5 in, 12 out coax module with 20 dB bi-directional amplifier, surge protection, and four pass-through

connectors, and four inputs for modulated signals. 12-inch form factor. 3.5 lbs.

782116895533 ESWV51200A

5 x 16 coax module. 5 in, 16 out coax module with 20 dB bi-directional amplifier, surge protection, with one direct and four

inputs for modulated signals. 12-inch form factor. 3.6 lbs.

782116895557 ESWV51600A

110 Volt video amplifier power supply. Power supply for all amplified video modules. 782116009671 ESWV110

ESWV10400

ESWV10800

ESWV10800A

ESWV50800A

ESWV51200A

ESWV51600A

V1-T4-6 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Telephone Modules

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

12-port, four-line punchdown telephone module. The 12/4 punchdown telephone module has 12 110 punchdown blocks

that distribute four incoming lines to 12 locations. 6-inch form factor. 1 lb.

782116895434 ESWT41200P

Eight-port, four-line telephone module. Eight RJ-45 ports support four incoming phone lines. One RJ31X port for security.

6-inch form factor. 1.0 lb.

782116895441 ESWT40800

16-port, four-line telephone module. 16 RJ-45 ports support four incoming phone lines. One RJ31X port for security.

6-inch form factor. 1.25 lbs.

782116895458 ESWT41600

4 x 8 telephone breakout module. Distributes four incoming telephone lines to eight locations, RJ-45 style,

eight breakout ports, four-line pass-through. Breakout configurations: 1-2, 2-1, 3-4, 4-3.

782116894499 ESWTB48800

Eight location non-bridged phone module. Eight RJ-45 jacks connected directly to eight 110 punchdown connectors,

(one-to-one) can be bridged together, great for Ethernet switches and routers.

786685255859 ESWTB801

Telephone line breakout module. This module can be hung from an RJ-45 wall plate to break out and put lines 1–4

on individual center pairs so that all four lines in the RJ-45 jack are connectable to a standard RJ11 wired device.

782116895465 ESWTB00

ESWT41200P

ESWT40800

ESWT41600

ESWTB48800

ESWTB801

ESWTB00

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-7

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Combination Modules

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

Combo 4 x 8 coax/phone distribution module (with RJ-45 patch connectors). Distributes one incoming coax TV line

to four locations (plus two pass-through) and four telephone lines to eight locations. Includes an RJ31X connection.

6-inch form factor. 1.1 lbs.

782116895472 ESWD40800

Combo 4 x 8 coax/phone distribution module (with 110 punchdown connectors). Distributes one incoming coax

TV line to four locations (plus two pass-through) and four telephone lines to eight locations. 6-inch form factor. 1.2 lbs.

782116895489 ESWD40800P

Combo 8 x 8 passive coax/phone distribution module (with RJ-45 patch connectors). Distributes one incoming coax

TV line to eight locations (plus two pass-through) and four telephone lines to eight locations. Includes an RJ31X connection.

6-inch form factor. 1.2 lbs.

782116895380 ESWD80800

Combo 8 x 8 active coax/phone distribution module (with RJ-45 patch connectors). Distributes one incoming coax

TV line to eight locations with built-in amplification (plus two pass-throughs) and four telephone lines to eight locations.

Includes an RJ31X connection. 6-inch form factor. 1.2 lbs.

782116895397 ESWD80800A

Combo 8 x 8 passive coax/phone distribution module (with 110 punchdown connectors). Distributes one incoming

coax TV line to eight locations (plus two pass-through) and four telephone lines to eight locations. 6-inch form factor. 1.2 lbs.

782116895373 ESWD80800P

Combo 8 x 8 active coax/phone distribution module (with 110 punchdown connectors). Distributes one incoming

coax TV line to eight locations with built-in amplification (plus two pass-throughs) and four telephone lines to eight locations.

Includes an RJ31X connection. 6-inch form factor.

782116895403 ESWD80800AP

ESWD40800

ESWD40800P

ESWD80800

ESWD80800A

ESWD80800P

ESWD80800AP

V1-T4-8 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Modules

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

Blank filler module. Use this blank filler module to hide cables in the panel. 782116031467 ESWF001

Blank patch module. Use this blank patch module to custom design a zone. The blank patch module accepts any

configuration of CAT5e, RG6 coax or fiber optic inserts. Labeling areas allow you to identify the connections and what

rooms they represent. 6-inch form factor.

782116895427 ESWP100

Three-zone patch module. 12 connection ports (two CAT5 and two coax per zone). 6-inch form factor. 0.8 lbs.

Allows for many room locations (wall plates) to be terminated cleanly and professionally without having to add

expensive service modules. Active wall plates can be patch corded to data, voice or video modules as needed

without complication or added expense. Outlet locations can be permanently labeled for easy consumer plug n’ play,

and changing applications and life styles.

782116895410 ESWMP300

Triple channel modulator module. Used for creating in-home television channels for viewing from any TV in the home.

Signals from three different audio/video sources such as TV, VCR, DVD, DBS, satellite TV and security cameras may be

identified and displayed by any television. 6-inch form factor. 2.1 lbs.

782116895557 ESWM300

One-channel standalone modulator. Distributes one video signal (camera, DVD, SATV, CATV) to any television

in the house.

782116895564 ESWMOD1

Three-channel standalone modulator. Distributes three video signals (camera, DVD, SATV, CATV) to any television

in the house.

782116895571 ESWMOD1

Four-port 10/100 wireless firewall router. Distributes DSL/Broadband service up to four computer locations.

Also provides wireless connectivity.

782116895342 ESWN100

ESWF001

ESWP100

ESWMP300

ESWM300

ESWMOD1

ESWN100

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-9

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Modules, continued

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

DSL or cable router with four-port 10/100M fast ethernet switch. Built-in NAT Firewall. 6-inch form factor. 782116895588 ESWN400

Eight-port 10/100M DSL or cable router. Built-in NAT and parental controls. 786685245768 ESWN800

Product shelf 14 x 4 inches. Can be mounted anywhere in the panel. Allows for third-party products to be mounted

in the panel. (Modems, power strip, etc.)

782116894437 ESWMS100

Service shelf 14 x 8 inches. Can be mounted anywhere in the panel. Designed as a work shelf for the installer. 782116977192 ESWMS200

12-inch blank mounting shelf. Stand-off hole placements for Ademco, First Alert, Caddx, DSC,

and Electronics Line security panels.

782116049318 ESWMS300

12-inch blank mounting shelf cover. Designed to fit over the ESWMS300. 782116049325 ESWMSC300

Camera with IR emitters. 1/4-inch color camera with IR emitters for night-time viewing. Includes mounting bracket.

Does not include power supply.

782116977178 ESWV100

Dome camera. 3.6 mm color dome camera. Can be flush or surface mounted. Does not include the power supply. 782116977185 ESWV200

Four-position video processor. Allows viewing of four cameras on one channel. Includes remote for easy access. 786685245775 ESWVQ4

20-pack of molly rivets and plungers. Use for connecting individual modules to the install can. 782116103126 ESWVRIV

ESWMSC300

ESWV100

ESWV200

ESWN400

ESWMS100

ESWMS200

ESWMS300

ESWN800

ESWVQ4

V1-T4-10 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Audio System Components

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

75-watt volume control. For analog audio systems.

White 782116895328 ESWA75W

Almond 782116895335 ESWA75A

6.5-inch standard round ceiling speaker. 3/4-inch Mylar swivel tweeter, 80 watts. 782116894413 ESWA6500SC

6.5-inch high-end round ceiling speaker (set of two). In-ceiling, 6.5-inch poly woofer, 1-inch swivel tweeter.

Surround sound capable. Suitable for all audio systems.

782116895304 ESWA6550SC

8-inch round ceiling speaker. 1-inch cloth swivel tweeter, 120 watts. 782116894420 ESWA0800SC

6.5-inch in-wall speakers (set of two). In-wall, 6.5-inch poly woofer, 0.75-inch tweeter. Surround sound capable.

Suitable for all audio systems.

782116895311 ESWA6500SW

5.5-inch outdoor speakers (set of two). Outdoor, 5.5-inch poly woofer, 0.75-inch tweeter. Surround sound capable.

Suitable for all audio systems.

White 782113965918 ESWA5500OW

Black 782113965925 ESWA5500OB

6.5-inch round dual voice coil speaker. Dual 1/2-inch Mylar tweeters, 80 watts. Suitable for small room installations. 786685271491 ESWA65DVC

6.5-inch round A-BUS direct ceiling speaker. Built-in A-BUS amplification. Shipped with multi-function multi-source

remote with cradle.

786685285092 ESWA65ABD

5.5-inch A-BUS direct outdoor speakers. Weather resistant, UV protected. Outdoor speakers with built-in

Class D A-BUS amplifier.

786685366401 ESWA55OABDW

6.5-inch rough-in ring. Designed to fit models ESWA6500SC, ESWA6550SC, ESWA65DVC and ESWA65DVC. 786685366425 ESWA6R

8-inch rough-in ring. Designed to fit model ESWA800SC. 786685366418 ESWA8R

ESWA6550SC

ESWA0800SC

ESWA6500SW

ESWA75W

ESWA6500SC

ESWA5500OW

ESWA65DVC

ESWA65ABD

ESWA6R

ESWA8R

ESWA55OABDW

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-11

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

A-BUS Products

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

A-BUS audio distribution module (6-inch form factor). The Zone 6 audio distribution module distributes CAT5 audio to six

locations. Can be cascaded to one or two additional modules for 12 or 18 locations.

782116153084 ESWAM600C

Eight-location audio distribution module. Distributes one signal to eight stereo locations via traditional speaker

wire up to 16 gauge.

786685015194 ESWAM800

4 Source, 8 zone A-BUS audio kit. Kit includes power supply, (4) source input plates (ESWA7500CW)

and (1) ESWA300 remote.

786685401331 ESWAMK4801C

4 Source, 8 zone A-BUS audio module. Audio module only with power supply. 786685401317 ESWAM4801C

A-BUS volume control. The volume control is the down line amplifier that converts the distributed audio signal back to an

analog signal that is then distributed over speaker wire to in-wall/ceiling speakers.

White 786685017297 ESWA200CW

Almond 786685017280 ESWA200CA

A-BUS volume control with “IR” input option. The IR allows the entertainment center's wireless remote to be used in

rooms that have this feature. Decora faceplate not included.

White 782116153121 ESWA300CW

Almond 782116153138 ESWA300CA

A-BUS two-button volume control with “IR” input option. Decora faceplate not included.

White. 782116978038 ESWA400CW

Almond 782116978045 ESWA400CA

A-BUS four-position backlit multi-source volume control with “IR” input option. Specifically designed for use

with the ESWAM4800 multi-source module. Decora faceplate not included.

White. 782116894444 ESWA4500CW

Almond 782116894451 ESWA4500CA

A-BUS local input plate. Overrides the whole house music and allows a local source such as MP3 player and TVs

to play in the zone or room.

White 786685359197 ESWA701CW

Almond 786685359205 ESWA701CA

ESWAM800

ESWAM600C

ESWAMK4801C

ESWA200CW

ESWA300CW

ESWA400CW

ESWA4500CW

ESWA701CW

ESWAM4801C

V1-T4-12 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

A-BUS Products, continued

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

Source input plate for multi-source A-BUS audio A-BUS. Provides one input and pass-through for audio equipment.

Input for one IR emitter and one relay output.

786685401324 ESWA7500CW

A-BUS modules power supply 782116978021 ESWAP

A-BUS four-button remote control. For use with all A-BUS volume controls with IR inputs.

Controls volume and source inputs.

782116894475 ESWA100CR

A-BUS IR remote control. For use with all A-BUS volume controls. Single and multi-source operation. Shipped with

mounting cradle.

786685362175 ESWA300CR

A-BUS component interface unit. The ESWA500C is used when the customer’s amplifier does not have an A-BUS CAT5e

output built in. RCA connectors are run from the amplifier to the ESWA500C, and then a CAT5e homerun is made to the

ESWAM600C in the main distribution panel.

782116153145 ESWA500C

A-BUS single lead “IR” emitter.782116940189 ESWEM100

A-BUS dual lead “IR” emitter.782116940196 ESWEM200

A-BUS two-door intercom module. This module is the core of the incom system. Includes two-door station outputs

and eight room locations.

782116940202 ESWABI100

A-BUS mini master room keypad.

White 782116940219 ESWABI200

Almond 786685138572 ESWABI200A

A-BUS control center (master keypad).

White 782116940226 ESWABI300

Almond 786685138589 ESWABI300A

ESWAP

ESWA100CR

ESWA300CR

ESWA500C

ESWEM100

ESWEM200

ESWABI100

ESWABI200

ESWABI300

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-13

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

A-BUS Products, continued

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

Intercom outdoor keypad. Weather resistant UV protected, aluminum color. 786685242262 ESWABI200PA

Intercom outdoor keypad. Weather resistant UV protected, brushed brass color. 786685242279 ESWABI200PB

A-BUS door station.

White 782116940233 ESWABI400

Front door cover plate. Weather resistant UV protected, aluminum color. 786685242262 ESWABI500A

Front door cover plate. Weather resistant UV protected, brushed brass color. 786685242279 ESWABI500B

Intercom kit. Kit includes one master keypad, three mini master keypads, one door station and one intercom module.

White keypad 782116940240 ESWABIK311

Almond keypad 786685138725 ESWABIK311A

ESWABI200PA

ESWABI500A

ESWABI500B

ESWABIK311

ESWABI200PB

ESWABI400

V1-T4-14 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Enclosures

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

12 x 14.5 x 4 inch install can. Allows room for three 6-inch modules. Panel includes a

power receptacle and grounding bar.

782116469185 ESWI1200

18 x 14.5 x 4 inch install can with 110V power. Allows room for five 6-inch modules.

Panel includes a power receptacle and grounding bar.

782116904808 ESWI1800

24 x 14.5 x 4 inch install can with 110V power. Allows room for seven 6-inch modules.

Panel includes a power receptacle and grounding bar.

782116904822 ESWI2400

36 x 14.5 x 4 inch install can with 110V power. Allows room for (11) 6-inch modules.

Panel includes a power receptacle and grounding bar.

782116904846 ESWI3600

54 x 14.5 x 4 inch install can with 110V power. Allows room for (17) 6-inch modules.

Panel includes a power receptacle and grounding bar.

78211649284 ESWI5400

ESWI3600

ESWI1200

ESWI1800

ESWI2400

ESWI5400

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-15

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Enclosures, continued

Covers

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

24-inch NEMA-3R D-marc box with plywood back. Meets the new SBC and Verizon specifications

for outdoor fiber optic installations. Includes a power receptacle and grounding bar.

782116906581 ESWFDB24

32-inch NEMA-3R D-marc box with plywood back. Meets the new SBC and Verizon specifications

for outdoor fiber optic installations. Includes a power receptacle and grounding bar.

782116906598 ESWFDB32

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

17 x 14 inch metal cover for install can ESWI1200. Includes venting for protection

of installed electronic equipment.

782116469192 ESWC1200

17 x 20 inch metal cover for install can ESWI1800. Includes venting for protection

of installed electronic equipment.

782116904815 ESWC1800

17 x 26 inch metal cover for install can ESWI2400. Includes venting for protection

of installed electronic equipment.

782116904839 ESWC2400

17 x 38 inch metal cover for install can ESWI3600. Includes venting for protection

of installed electronic equipment.

782116904853 ESWC3600

ESWFDB24

ESWFDB32

ESWC1200

ESWC1800

ESWC2400

ESWC3600

V1-T4-16 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Covers, continued

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

17 x 56 inch metal cover for install can ESWI5400. Includes venting for protection

of installed electronic equipment.

782116469291 ESWC5400

17 x 20 inch hinged cover for install can ESWI1800. One cover to a carton. 786685015163 ESWC1800H

17 x 26 inch hinged cover for install can ESWI2400. One cover to a carton. 786685015170 ESWC2400H

17 x 38 inch hinged cover for install can ESWI3600. One cover to a carton. 786685015187 ESWC3600H

17 x 56 inch hinged cover for install can ESWI5400. One cover to a carton. 786685015132 ESWC5400H

ESWC5400

ESWC1800H

ESWC3600H

ESWC2400H

ESWC5400H

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-17

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Covers, continued

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

17 x 14 inch clear plastic cover for install can ESWI1200. Includes venting for protection of installed electronic

equipment.

782116469208 ESWC1200P

17 x 20 inch clear plastic cover for install can ESWI1800. Includes venting for protection of installed electronic

equipment.

782116630103 ESWC1800P

17 x 26 inch clear plastic cover for install can ESWI2400. Includes venting for protection of installed electronic

equipment.

782116630110 ESWC2400P

17 x 38 inch clear plastic cover for install can ESWI3600. Includes venting for protection of installed electronic

equipment.

782116630127 ESWC3600P

17 x 56 inch clear plastic cover for install can ESWI5400. Includes venting for protection of installed electronic

equipment.

782116630134 ESWC5400P

ESWC1200P

ESWC1800P

ESWC2400P

ESWC3600P

V1-T4-18 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Wall Plates

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

One-port wall outlet. One coax TV connection (RG6).

White 782116894703 ESWR100CW

Almond 782116894680 ESWR100CA

Ivory 782116894697 ESWR100CI

Wall hanging telephone wall plate. One CAT5e telephone/data connector.

White 782116894383 ESWR100TW5W

Almond 782116894369 ESWR100TW5A

Ivory 782116894376 ESWR100TW5I

One-port wall outlet. One RJ11 telephone connection (CAT3 rated).

White 782116894765 ESWR100TW

Almond 782116894741 ESWR100TA

Ivory 782116894758 ESWR100TI

One-port wall hanging outlet. One RJ11 telephone connection (CAT3 rated).

White 782116894796 ESWR100TWW

Almond 782116894772 ESWR100TWA

Ivory 782116894789 ESWR100TWI

One-port wall outlet. One RJ45 telephone/data connection (CAT5e rated).

White 782116894734 ESWR100T5W

Almond 782116894710 ESWR100T5A

Ivory 782116894727 ESWR100T5I

Two-port multimedia wall outlet. Telephone/data connection (CAT5e), one coax TV connection (RG6).

White 782116894826 ESWR200W

Almond 782116894802 ESWR200A

Ivory 782116894819 ESWR200I

Three-port multimedia wall outlet. One telephone/data connection (CAT5e), two coax TV connections (RG6).

White 782116894857 ESWR300W

Almond 782116894833 ESWR300A

Ivory 782116894840 ESWR300I

Four-port multimedia wall outlet. Two telephone/data connections (CAT5e), two coax TV connections (RG6).

White 782116894888 ESWR400W

Almond 782116894864 ESWR400A

Ivory 782116894871 ESWR400I

ESWR100CW

ESWR100TW5W

ESWR100TW

ESWR100TWW

ESWR100T5W

ESWR200W

ESWR300W

ESWR400W

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-19

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Wall Plates, continued

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

Six-port multimedia wall outlet. Two telephone/data connections (CAT5e), two blanks

(may be populated with CAT5e, coax, or fiber optic connectors), two coax TV connections (RG6),

White 782116894918 ESWR600W

Almond 782116894895 ESWR600A

Ivory 782116894901 ESWR600I

One-port blank receptacle. (Blank face plates.)

White 782116961924 ESWR110W

Almond 782116894925 ESWR110A

Ivory 782116894932 ESWR110I

One-port blank oversized plate.

White 786685242224 ESWRO110W

Almond 786685242231 ESWRO110A

Two-port blank receptacle. (Blank face plates.)

White 782116894970 ESWR210W

Almond 782116894956 ESWR210A

Ivory 782116894963 ESWR210I

Two-port blank oversized plate.

White 786685242248 ESWRO210W

Almond 786685242255 ESWRO210A

Three-port blank receptacle. (Blank face plates.)

White 782116895007 ESWR310W

Almond 782116894987 ESWR310A

Ivory 782116894994 ESWR310I

Four-port blank receptacle. (Blank face plates.)

White 782116895038 ESWR410W

Almond 782116895014 ESWR410A

Ivory 782116895021 ESWR410I

Six-port blank receptacle. (Blank face plates.)

White 782116895069 ESWR610W

Almond 782116895045 ESWR610A

Ivory 782116895052 ESWR610I

ESWR600W

ESWR110W

ESWR210W

ESWR310W

ESWR410W

ESWR610W

ESWR210W

ESWR110W

V1-T4-20 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Inserts

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

Blank inserts for distribution panel. Sold in 12 pack.

Yellow 782116895106 ESWBLY

Red 782116895083 ESWBLR

Blue 782116895076 ESWBLB

White 782116895090 ESWBLW

RG6 coax connectors for distribution panel. Sold in 12 pack.

Yellow 782116895229 ESWMLC

RJ45, CAT5e rated connectors for distribution panel. Sold in 12 pack.

Blue 782116895212 ESWML5B

CAT5e bezels for distribution panel. Sold in 12 pack.

Orange 782116469215 ESWML5O

CAT5e bezels for distribution panel. Sold in 12 pack.

Blue 782116895113 ESWBZ5

Blank insert for receptacles. Sold in 12 pack.

White 782116895144 ESWINSBLW

Almond 782116895120 ESWINSBLA

Ivory 782116895137 ESWINSBLI

RJ11 wall plate insert. Sold in 12 pack.

White 782116981335 ESWINS11W

Almond 782116981328 ESWINS11A

Ivory 782116981311 ESWINS11I

CAT5e insert for receptacles. Sold in 12 pack.

White 782116895175 ESWINS5W

Almond 782116895151 ESWINS5A

Ivory 782116895168 ESWINS5I

Blue 782116981342 ESWINS5B

Orange 782116981359 ESWINS5O

CAT6 insert for receptacles and patch modules. Sold in 12 pack.

White 786685410609 ESWINS6W

Almond 786685410593 ESWINS6A

Ivory 786685410616 ESWINS6I

RG6 coax inserts for receptacles. Sold in 12 pack.

White 782116895205 ESWINSCW

Almond 782116895182 ESWINSCA

Ivory 782116895199 ESWINSCI

ESWBLY

ESWMLC

ESWML5B

ESWML5O

ESWBZ5

ESWINSBLW

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—June 2013 www.eaton.com V1-T4-21

4.1

Structured Wiring

StructuredWiringSolutions

Accessories

Patch Cords

Product Description UPC Code Catalog Number

Two pair, CAT3 telephone patch cord. Blue

8 inches 782116895267 ESWPT308B

24 inches 782116895274 ESWPT324B

36 inches 782116894390 ESWPT336B

48 inches 782116469239 ESWPT348B

Four pair, CAT5e telephone patch cord. Blue

8 inches 782116895281 ESWPT508B

24 inches 782116895298 ESWPT524B

36 inches 782116894406 ESWPT536B

48 inches 782116469246 ESWPT548B

CAT5e telephone patch cord. Orange

24 inches 782116469253 ESWPT524O

36 inches 782116469260 ESWPT536O

48 inches 782116469277 ESWPT548O

RG6-rated mini digital cable. Yellow

8 inches 782116895236 ESWPC08

24 inches 782116895243 ESWPC24

36 inches 782116895250 ESWPC36

48 inches 782116469222 ESWPC48

ESWPT308B

ESWPT508B

ESWPT524O

ESWPC08

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-1

Metering Products

Group Metering and

Meter Breaker Family

5.1 Single Meter Sockets

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-2

5.2 Commercial Lever Bypass Sockets

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-10

5.3 Multiple Position Horizontal Ganged Sockets

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-18

5.4 Instrument Rated Sockets

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-25

5.5 Residential Pedestals

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-27

5.6 Accessories and Cross-Reference

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-29

5.7 Mechanical Lugs

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-34

5.8 Communications Grounding Device (NEC 250.94)

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-35

5.9 Meter Breakers

Residential Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-37

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance Devices 100–200A Styles V1-T5-39

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance Devices 100–225A. V1-T5-48

West Coast All-In-One Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-59

Mechanical Interlock Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-65

House Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-75

Commercial Safety Sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-83

CH Style Renovation Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-86

Aluminum Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-87

5.10 Group Metering

Systems for Residential and Commercial Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Learn

Online

V1-T5-2 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.1

Metering Products

Single Meter Sockets

Contents

Description Page

Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-3

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-3

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-4

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-8

Product Description

Single-Phase Three-Wire and Three-Phase Four-Wire 600 Vac

Single Meter Sockets

All Eaton sockets are rated

600 Vac maximum and either

100, 200 or 320A continuous.

All have a minimum short-

circuit rating of 10,000 rms

symmetrical amperes

(watthour meter is not

included in rating).

All single meter sockets are

UL labeled and are supplied in

surface mounted outdoor

enclosures. Confirm local

utility acceptance prior to

order entry.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-3

5.1

Metering Products

Single Meter Sockets

Features and Benefits

Single Meter Sockets

Catalog Number Selection

Single Meter Sockets RS Group

Features Benefits

Block assembly base exceeds 400 in-lbs of torque Provides durability under the most extreme installation circumstances

One-piece, die-run enclosure Eliminates tampering and extends product life

High visibility Eaton name embossed on cover Company identity and brand preference

Knockouts are installer friendly Labor savings, less time needed for removing knockouts

Oversized 7/8-inch diameter, heavy-duty, steel lug screws Stronger connection component facilitates a reliable wire termination

Slide-nuts are captive Allow for ease in installation of conductors and eliminates lost components

Horn bypass kit is field installable by changing out slide nut Less inventory required and field modifications are simple

Integral triplex or quadplex ground extruded in neutral lug One piece for terminating incoming/outgoing neutral conductors, which increases integrity of connections

100% plated bridge with 4-point mounting Zinc chromate plated to provide superior corrosion resistance

kAIC rating Tested and UL listed up to 200 kAIC rating with specified overcurrent protection devices

Provides a complete Eaton residential solution Adding meter sockets to the already existing (loadcenter, surge, breakers, generators and AC disconnect) product lines that we already

provide, makes Eaton a one-stop shop for our customers residential and light commercial needs

Copper-plated alloy jaws with reinforcing spring Steel reinforcing springs used in all socket jaws to maintain electrical connections

Standard Prefixes

A= Aluminum enclosure

B= Barrel lock provision, for an exposed INNER-TITE® or Brooks barrel lock;

unit includes an internal lock receiver bracket

F= Barrel Lock with guard provision, for a lock guard INNER-TITE or Brooks

barrel lock; unit includes an internal lock receiver bracket

G= Grounded fifth terminal (9 o’clock position)

H= Horn bypass

I= Inhibitor installed in wire connectors

M= Temporary meter cover (waxed cardboard)

N= No sealing ring (applies only to ring style sockets)

R= Ring style socket

S= Aluminum screw type sealing ring (applies only to ring style sockets)

T= Grounding connector (#14–#2 Cu) for triplex ground

TT = Two grounding connectors (#14–#2 Cu) for quadplex ground

U= UL Underwriters Laboratories label

Z= 5/16-inch hex head connector screw in place of slotted (100A only)

Standard Suffixes

A= Solid top

B= Small hub opening

C= Small hub closing plate mounted

L= 1.25-inch (31.8 mm) hub mounted

M= 1.50-inch (38.1 mm) hub mounted

N= 2.00-inch (50.8 mm) hub mounted

P= 2.50-inch (63.5 mm) hub mounted

T= Large hub opening hub

U= Large hub cover plate hub mounted

V= 2.50-inch (63.5 mm) large hub mounted

Q= 3.00-inch (76.2 mm) large hub mounted

R= 3.50-inch (88.9 mm) large hub mounted

S= 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) large hub mounted

Z= Large to small hub adapter mounted

Maximum Conductor (Line and Load)

0 = 0.38-inch stud connectors

1 = #2/0 connectors

2 = #250 kcmil connectors

3 = #350 kcmil connectors

Service Design

0 = Overhead

1 = Combination overhead/underground

2 = Underground, side wired

3 = Combination overhead/underground, side wired

Ampere Rating

1 = 100A

2 = 200A

5 = 150A

Product Group

RS = Residential service, single position

2R-6R = Residential service, multiple position

2H-6H = Commercial or residential service, multiple position

H= Commercial or residential service, single position

UT RS 2 0 2 B CH

Note: The “U” prefix is always used first followed by

other prefixes required in alphabetical order.

V1-T5-4 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.1

Metering Products

Single Meter Sockets

Product Selection

Residential Ringless Type Cover

Notes

1 Aluminum enclosure.

2 Barrel lock.

3 PEC approved.

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-8 and V1-T5-9.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

200 4 UG — 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs Solid top UTRS240ACH

200 4 OH/UG — 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTRS2303CCH

200 4 UG — #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UTRS223ACH

200 4 UG — 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs Solid top UTRS220ACH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 cover plate UTRS213CFLCH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTRS213CEPCH

200 4 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UGTRS213CE

200 4 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTRS213CE

200 4 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UATRS213BCH

200 4 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening URS213BCH

200 4 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTRS213BE

200 4 UG — #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UTRS213AFLCH

200 4 UG — #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UTRS213ACH

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTRS2138BCH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil Solid top UTRS212ACH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 cover plate UTRS212CCH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 cover plate UTRS212CFLCH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTRS212BCH

200 4 OH — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 2-inch bolt-on hub UTRS202NCH

200 4 OH — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil Small hub opening UATRS202BFLCH 1

200 4 OH/UG — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 cover plate UTRS232CCH

200 4 OH — #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UTRS202BCH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil Solid top URS212ACH

200 4 OH — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 2-inch bolt-on hub URS202NCH

200 5 OH Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening URS202BDQCH

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UFHTRS213CCH 2

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UHTTRS213BCH

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UHTTRS213CCH

200 4 OH Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UHTTRS202BCH

200 5 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UHTRS233CCH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UHTRS223ARHCH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UFHTRS223ACH

200 5 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UGHTRS223ACH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UHTTRS223ACH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UHTRS223ACH

200 4 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UHTRS213CE

200 4 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UHTRS213BE

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UHTRS213AE

200 4 OH Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UHTRS203BCH

200 4 OH Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UHTRS202BCH

200 4 OH/UG None #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 2-inch bolt-on hub URS202NPECCH 3

URS212ACH

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-5

5.1

Metering Products

Single Meter Sockets

Residential Ringless Type Cover, continued

Notes

1Right hand incoming.

2Austin Energy approved.

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-8 and V1-T5-9.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UHIRS223ACVCH

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UHIRS213BCVCH

200 5 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Closure plate UGTRS213CE

200 5 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Hub opening UGTRS213BE

200 5 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Closure plate 786685217918

200 5 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UGHTRS213BE

200 5 OH/UG Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UGHRS212CKCCH

200 4 OH — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UFTRS202BCH

200 4 OH Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UFHTRS202BCH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UBHTRS223ARHCH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UBHRS223ACH

200 4 OH Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UBHRS202BCH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UATRS213CFLCH

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UAHTRS233CSHCH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UAHTRS223AFLCH

200 4 OH Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UAHTRS202BFLCH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub closure plate U92197CCCPLCH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub closure plate 1009928CH

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil Solid top 1009874ACH

200 4 UG — 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs Solid top 1009046CH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top 1008941CH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top 1008940CH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top 1008827CH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top 1008819CH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top 1008717CH

200 4 UG — #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top 1008617CH

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening 1007817CH

200 4 OH Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening 1007699CH

200 4 OH Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening 1007665CH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top 1007588CH

200 4 OH/UG — 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 3-5/16 hub opening 1007448ACH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top 1004884ARHCH 1

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top 1004884ACH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–#250 kcmil #8–#250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate 1004710ECH

200 4 OH — N/A N/A N/A 1004709DCH

200 4 OH Horn #8–#250 kcmil #8–#250 kcmil 2-inch bolt-on hubs 1004455BCH

200 4 OH Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening 1004161ACH

200 4 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening 1004159ACH

200 4 OH/UG — #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Hub closure plate 1008826ACH 2

200 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Hub closure plate 1006352CCH 2

200 5 OH Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening 1003879ACH

200 5 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening 1003878ACH

V1-T5-6 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.1

Metering Products

Single Meter Sockets

Residential Ringless Type Cover, continued

Notes

1 Austin Energy approved.

2 PSE&G approved.

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-8 and V1-T5-9.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

150 4 OH/UG — #8–2/0 AWG #8–2/0 AWG Hub closure plate 1004326DCH 1

150 4 OH/UG — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil Hub opening UTRS502BCH

150 4 OH — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTRS502BCH

150 4 OH — #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTRS502CCH

125 4 UG — N/A N/A N/A 1006385BCH

125 4 OH/UG — #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UTRS111BCH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UBTRS101BCH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 1-1/4-inch bolt-on hub UTRS101LCH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTRS101CE

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UTRS101BE

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub cover plate URS101CCPLCH

125 4 OH Horn cu/al with

1/2-inch hex

head wire

clamping screw

cu/al with

1/2-inch hex

head wire

clamping screw

3-5/16 hub cover plate URS101BDQCH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub opening URS101BCPLCH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub opening URS101BCH

125 4 OH Horn #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub opening UHTTRS101BCH

125 4 OH/UG Horn #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UHTRS111BCH

125 4 OH Horn #8–2/0 #8–2/0 1.25-inch hub mounted UHTRS101LCH

125 4 OH Horn #8–2/0 #8–2/0 Closure plate UHTRS101CE

125 4 OH Horn #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub opening UHTRS101BE

125 5 OH/UG — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub cover plate UGRS10101CKCCH

125 5 OH/UG — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub cover plate UGHTRS111CCH

125 5 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub opening UGHTRS101BCH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub cover plate UBHRS101BCH

125 4 OH/UG — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub cover plate UATZRS101CFLCH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub cover plate UATRS101CCH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub opening 1008947CH

125 4 UG N/A N/A N/A N/A 1005826ACH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 1-1/4-inch bolt-on hub 1004931BCH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub opening 1004162ACH

125 5 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub opening 1003880ACH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub opening UTZRS101BFLCH

125 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub closure plate UTZRS101CFLCH

125 5 OH Horn #8–2/0 #8–2/0 Hub opening UTRS101CEPSEG 2

100 4 OH — #8–2/0 #8–2/0 3-5/16 hub opening 1009079CH

200 5 OH/UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Hub closure plate UTRS213CEPSEG 2

URS101BCH

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-7

5.1

Metering Products

Single Meter Sockets

Residential Ring Type Cover

Note

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-8 and V1-T5-9.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Service

Connections

Load

Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine

200 4 UG #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top URTRS223ACH

200 4 OH/UG #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate URRS213CCH

200 4 OH/UG #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 2 inch hub mounted URTRS213NEUSCH

200 4 OH/UG #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate URTRS213CEUSCH

200 4 OH/UG #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate 1009424CH

200 4 OH/UG #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Knockouts 1009449CH

200 4 OH #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening URSTRS203BCH

200 4 OH #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate URS212BCRCH

200 4 OH/UG #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate URTRS202BCH

200 4 OH #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening URTRS213BE

200 4 OH/UG #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Hub opening URTRS202BCH

200 4 OH/UG #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Closure plate URTRS213CE

200 4 UG #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening URTRS213BEUSCH

200 4 OH #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 2-inch hub mounted URTRS202NEUSCH

200 4 OH #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UNRRS202BEUSCH

200 4 OH/UG #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Closure plate UNRRS213CEUSE

200 4 OH #8–250 kcmil #8–250 kcmil Hub opening UNRRS213BEUSE

200 4 UG #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Solid top UNRRS213AEUSE

200 4 OH/UG #6–250 kcmil #6–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening 3-5/16 adapter plate 1009097CH

125 4 OH #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening URS101BCRCH

125 4 OH #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 1-1/4-inch bolt-on hub URRS101LCH

125 4 OH #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al Hub cover plate URTRS101BE

125 4 OH #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al Hub cover plate URTRS101CE

125 4 OH #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub cover plate UNRRS101BEUSE

125 4 OH #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al Closure plate UNRRS101CEUSE

125 4 OH/UG #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub cover plate UNRRS111BEUSE

125 4 UG #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al Solid top UNRRS111AEUSE

125 4 OH #8–2/0 cu/al #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening URSTRS101BCH

V1-T5-8 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.1

Metering Products

Single Meter Sockets

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Residential Ringless Type Cover

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

UTRS240ACH 18.63 (473.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTRS2303CCH 20.00 (508.0) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTRS223ACH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTRS220ACH 15.13 (384.3) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTRS213CFLCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.37 (111.0)

UTRS213CEPCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.37 (111.0)

UGTRS213CE 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

UTRS213CE 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

UATRS213BCH 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

URS213BCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.36 (110.7)

UTRS213BE 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

UTRS213AFLCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.37 (111.0)

UTRS213ACH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.36 (110.7)

UTRS2138BCH 20.00 (508.0) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTRS212ACH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.37 (111.0)

UTRS212CCH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.36 (110.7)

UTRS212CFLCH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.36 (110.7)

UTRS212BCH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.36 (110.7)

UTRS202NCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.36 (110.7)

UATRS202BFLCH 114.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.36 (110.7)

UTRS232CCH 17.12 (434.8) 13.00 (330.2) 4.93 (125.2)

UTRS202BCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.36 (110.7)

URS212ACH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

URS202NCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

URS202BDQCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

UFHTRS213CCH 215.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UHTTRS213BCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UHTTRS213CCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UHTTRS202BCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

UHTRS233CCH 17.13 (435.1) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UHTRS223ARHCH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UFHTRS223ACH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UGHTRS223ACH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UHTTRS223ACH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UHTRS223ACH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UHTRS213CE 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UHTRS213BE 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UHTRS213AE 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UHTRS203BCH 15.00 (381.0) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

UHTRS202BCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

UHIRS223ACVCH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

Residential Ringless Type Cover, continued

Notes

1Aluminum enclosure.

2Barrel lock.

3Right hand incoming.

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

UHIRS213BCVCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UGTRS213CE 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

UGTRS213BE 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

786685217918 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

UGHTRS213BE 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

UGHRS212CKCCH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UFTRS202BCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

UFHTRS202BCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

UBHTRS223ARHCH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UBHRS223ACH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UBHRS202BCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

UATRS213CFLCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UAHTRS233CSHCH 17.13 (435.1) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UAHTRS223AFLCH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UAHTRS202BFLCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

U92197CCCPLCH 14.13 (358.9) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1009928CH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

1009874ACH 15.00 (381.0) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1009046CH 20.75 (527.1) 9.00 (228.6) 4.94 (125.5)

1008941CH 17.13 (435.1) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1008940CH 17.13 (435.1) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1008827CH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1008819CH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1008717CH 15.00 (381.0) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1008617CH 15.00 (381.0) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1007817CH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

1007699CH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

1007665CH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

1007588CH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1007448ACH 19.00 (482.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

1004884ARHCH 313.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.93 (125.2)

1004884ACH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.93 (125.2)

1004710ECH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

1004709DCH N/A N/A N/A

1004455BCH 15.00 (381.0) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

1004161ACH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

1004159ACH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

1003879ACH 15.00 (381.0) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

1003878ACH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UTRS502BCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-9

5.1

Metering Products

Single Meter Sockets

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Residential Ringless Type Cover, continued

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

UTRS502BCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.36 (110.7)

UTRS502CCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.36 (110.7)

1006385BCH N/A N/A N/A

UTRS111BCH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.36 (110.7)

UBTRS101BCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UTRS101LCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UTRS101CE 11.05 (280.7) 8.22 (208.8) 3.61 (91.7)

UTRS101BE 11.05 (280.7) 8.22 (208.8) 3.61 (91.7)

URS101CCPLCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

URS101BDQCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

URS101BCPLCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

URS101BCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UHTTRS101BCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UHTRS111BCH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

UHTRS101LCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UHTRS101CE 11.05 (280.7) 8.22 (208.8) 3.61 (91.7)

UHTRS101BE 11.05 (280.7) 8.22 (208.8) 3.61 (91.7)

UGRS10101CKCCH 12.00 (304.8) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UGHTRS111CCH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.36 (110.7)

UGHTRS101BCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UBHRS101BCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UATZRS101CFLCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UATRS101CCH 10.87 (276.1) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

1008947CH 10.89 (276.6) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

1005826ACH N/A N/A N/A

1004931BCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

1004162ACH 10.89 (276.6) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

1003880ACH 10.89 (276.6) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UTZRS101BFLCH N/A N/A N/A

UTZRS101CFLCH N/A N/A N/A

1009079CH 23.75 (603.3) 8.00 (203.2) 3.48 (88.4)

Residential Ring Type Cover

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

URTRS223ACH 13.00 (330.2) 13.00 (330.2) 4.93 (125.2)

URRS213CCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

URTRS213NEUSCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

URTRS213CEUSCH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

1009424CH 15.00 (381.0) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

1009449CH 18.31 (465.1) 14.19 (360.4) 5.13 (130.3)

URSTRS203BCH N/A N/A N/A

URS212BCRCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

URTRS202BCH 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

URTRS213BE 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.50 (114.3)

URTRS202BCH 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

URTRS213CE 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

URTRS213BEUSCH 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

URTRS202NEUSCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

UNRRS202BEUSCH 14.00 (355.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.38 (111.3)

UNRRS213CEUSE 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

UNRRS213BEUSE 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

UNRRS213AEUSE 15.13 (384.3) 11.25 (285.8) 4.50 (114.3)

1009097CH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 5.25 (133.4)

URS101BCRCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

URRS101LCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

URTRS101BE 11.00 (279.4) 8.25 (209.6) 3.63 (92.2)

URTRS101CE 11.00 (279.4) 8.25 (209.6) 3.63 (92.2)

UNRRS101BEUSE 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UNRRS101CEUSE 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

UNRRS111BEUSE 14.00 (355.6) 11.00 (279.4) 4.38 (111.3)

URSTRS101BCH 10.88 (276.4) 8.00 (203.2) 3.50 (88.9)

V1-T5-10 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.2

Metering Products

Commercial Lever Bypass Sockets

Contents

Description Page

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-11

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-12

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-16

Product Description

●Heavy-duty, lever bypass,

jaw clamping ringless

meter socket design

●200A and 320A

styles available

●Single-phase or

three-phase

●4, 5 or 7 terminal available

●600 Vac maximum rating

●Multiple service

design offerings

Standards and

Certifications

●UL 414 listed and

recognized

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-11

5.2

Metering Products

Commercial Lever Bypass Sockets

Catalog Number Selection

Single Meter Sockets H Group

Standard Prefixes

A = Aluminum enclosure

B = Barrel lock provision, for an exposed INNER-TITE or Brooks barrel lock;

unit includes an internal lock receiver bracket

F = Barrel Lock with guard provision, for a lock guard INNER-TITE or

Brooks barrel lock; unit includes an internal lock receiver bracket

G = Grounded fifth terminal (9 o’clock position)

H = Horn bypass

I= Inhibitor installed in wire connectors

M = Temporary meter cover (waxed cardboard)

N = No sealing ring (applies only to ring style sockets)

R = Ring style socket

S = Aluminum screw type sealing ring (applies only to ring style sockets)

T = Grounding connector (#14–#2 Cu) for triplex ground

TT = Two grounding connectors (#14–#2 Cu) for quadplex ground

U = UL label

Z = 5/16-inch hex head connector screw in place of slotted (100A only)

Standard Suffixes

A= Solid top

B= Small hub opening

C= Small hub closing plate mounted

L= 1.25-inch (31.8 mm) hub mounted

M= 1.50-inch (38.1 mm) hub mounted

N= 2.00-inch (50.8 mm) hub mounted

P= 2.50-inch (63.5 mm) hub mounted

T= Large hub opening hub

U= Large hub cover plate hub mounted

V= 2.50-inch (63.5 mm) large hub mounted

Q= 3.00-inch (76.2 mm) large hub mounted

R= 3.50-inch (88.9 mm) large hub mounted

S= 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) large hub mounted

Z= Large to small hub adapter mounted

Product Group

RS = Residential service, single position

2R-6R = Residential service, multiple position

2H-6H = Commercial or residential service, multiple position

H = Commercial or residential service, single position

Jaw Quantity

4 = 4 terminals

5 = 5 terminals

7 = 7 terminals

Maximum Conductor (Line & Load)

0 = 0.38-inch stud connectors

3 = #350 kcmil connectors

5 = #500 kcmil connectors

6 = #600 kcmil connectors

7 = #750 kcmil connectors

8 = Dual #250 kcmil connectors

9 = Dual #350 kcmil connectors

Service Design

0 = Overhead

1 = Combination overhead/underground

2 = Underground, side wired

3 = Combination overhead/underground, side wired

Ampere Rating

2 = 200A

3 = 320A

UT H 4 2 0 3 B CH

Note: The “U” prefix is always used first followed by

other prefixes required in alphabetical order.

V1-T5-12 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.2

Metering Products

Commercial Lever Bypass Sockets

Product Selection

Commercial Lever Bypass

Notes

1Aluminum enclosure.

2Austin Energy approved.

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-16 and V1-T5-17.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

320 7 OH/UG Lever #4-600 kcmil #4–600 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTTH7336TCH

320 7 OH Lever #600 kcmil Dual #6–350 5x5 hub opening UTH73069THLCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever #14–1/0 cu/al #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UTH73369UHLCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever #14–1/0 cu/al #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTH73369THLCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UFTH7330UCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever #600 kcmil #600 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTH7336TCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UTH7330UCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UTH7330UFLCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UATH7330UFLCH 1

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UH7330TCPLCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UTH7330TCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub-inch opening UTTH7330TCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UH7300UCPLCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UTH7300UCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UTH7300TCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Hub closure plate 1006353CCH 2

320 5 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UTH5330UFLCH

320 5 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UTH5330UCH

320 5 OH Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UTH5300TCH

320 5 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UATH5330UFLCH

320 4 OH/UG lever #4–600 kcmil #4–600 kcmil Hub closure plate 1010468CH 2

320 4 UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs Solid top UTH4320ACH

320 4 UG Lever 3/8-inch studs Dual #6–350 Solid top UTH43209ACH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UTH4339UCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #6–250 kcmil #6–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UTH4338UCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil #4–600 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UTH4336UCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil #4–600 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTH4336TCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UTH43369UCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTH43369TCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTTH4330UCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTH4330UCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UBTH4330TCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UTH4330TCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 cover plate UTH4300UCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UTH4300TCH

320 5 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UH5300UKCCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #6–250 kcmil #4–600 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UH43168UCPLCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil #6–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UH43068TCPLCH

320 5 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UGTH4330UCH

320 5 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UGTH4330TCH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UFTH7330TCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UFTH4330TCH

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-13

5.2

Metering Products

Commercial Lever Bypass Sockets

Commercial Lever Bypass, continued

Notes

1Bolted in shield.

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-16 and V1-T5-17.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

320 7 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil #4–600 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UATH7336TCH

320 5 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UATH5330UFLCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil #4–600 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UATH4336TCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening UATH4330TCH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate 1009788CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate 1009788ACH 1

320 4 OH/UG Lever Dual #6–350 Dual #6–350 (2) 5x5 hub cover plates 1009760ACH

320 4 OH/UG Lever Dual #6–350 Dual #6–350 5x5 hub cover plate 1009722CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate 782116975945

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate 1009260CH

320 7 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil/Dual 1/0–250

kcmil cu/al

#4–600 kcmil/Dual 1/0–250

kcmil cu/al

5x5 hub opening 1009181CH

320 4 UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Solid top 1009018CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening 1008950CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening 1008948CH

320 4 UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs Solid top 1008848CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening 1008837CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening 1008836CH

320 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening 1008798CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening 1008793CH

320 5 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening 1008792CH

320 7 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil/Dual 1/0–250

kcmil cu/al

#4–600 kcmil/Dual 1/0–250

kcmil cu/al

5x5 hub opening 1008543CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil cu/al #4–600 kcmil cu/al 5x5 hub opening 1008541CH

320 4 UG Lever N/A N/A Solid top 1008540CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #4–600 kcmil cu/al #4–600 kcmil cu/al Solid top 1008435CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening 1008191CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening 1008068CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever N/A N/A N/A 1007818CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening 1007801CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub opening 1007672CH

320 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening 1006344ACH

320 4 OH/UG Lever TBD TBD 5x5 hub opening 1004984ACH

320 4 OH/UG N/A #4–600 kcmil #4–600 kcmil 3-inch bolt-on hub 1004771BCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs N/A UBTH7230ACH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UTH7233UCH

V1-T5-14 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.2

Metering Products

Commercial Lever Bypass Sockets

Commercial Lever Bypass, continued

Notes

1Barrel lock.

2TT = quadplex ground.

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-16 and V1-T5-17.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UTE7213UFLCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UETH72137UCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTE7213UCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTE7213THLCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UBHRS212BCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UBEH7213TCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UFTE7213TCH 1

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Large to small hub adapter UTE7213ZCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTE7213TCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTE7213CFLCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTE7213CCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UBTE7213BCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTE7213BCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 5x5 hub cover plate UTE7210UCH

200 7 OH Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTE7203TCH

200 7 OH Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTE7203BCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UETH5213UCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTE5213TCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTTE5213TCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTE5213CCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTE5213BNDCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Large to small hub adapter UTE5213ZCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UTE5213UFLCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTE5213CFLCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTE5213BCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 3-5/16 hub cover plate UTE5210CCH

200 5 OH Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTE5203BCH

200 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening with adapter plate UTE4213ZCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UGTE4213CCH

200 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTE4213TCH

200 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UTTE4213UCH 2

200 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UTE4213CCH

200 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTE4213BCH

200 4 OH Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UTE4203BCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UIH7213UCVCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UE7213CCCCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UE7213CCPLCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UE7213BCPLCH

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-15

5.2

Metering Products

Commercial Lever Bypass Sockets

Commercial Lever Bypass, continued

Note

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-16 and V1-T5-17.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UGTE4213BCH

200 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UGE4213CCCCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UFTE7213BCH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UATE7213TCH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate UATE5213CCH

200 4 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UATE4213UFLCH

200 5 OH Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UBGTE4203BCH

200 7 UG Lever 4/0 compression line #6–350 kcmil cu/al load Solid top 1009845ECH

200 5 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 3-5/16 hub cover plate 1008801ECH

200 5 OH/UG Lever 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs 3-5/16 hub cover plate 1008832ECH

200 4 UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil Solid top 1007944ECH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil cu/al #6–350 kcmil cu/al 5x5 hub opening 1007670ECH

200 7 OH/UG Lever #6–350 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UTTE7213TCH

V1-T5-16 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.2

Metering Products

Commercial Lever Bypass Sockets

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Commercial Lever Bypass

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

UTTH7336TCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH73069THLCH N/A N/A N/A

UTH73369UHLCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH73369THLCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UFTH7330UCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH7336TCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH7330UCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH7330UFLCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UATH7330UFLCH 139.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UH7330TCPLCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH7330TCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTTH7330TCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UH7300UCPLCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH7300UCH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH7300TCH 34.50 (876.3) 15.00 (381.0) 5.63 (143.0)

UTH5330UFLCH 39.88 (1013.0) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH5330UCH 39.88 (1013.0) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH5300TCH 39.88 (1013.0) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UATH5330UFLCH 39.88 (1013.0) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UTH4320ACH 26.00 (660.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.68 (144.3)

UTH43209ACH N/A N/A N/A

UTH4339UCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UTH4338UCH 29.00 (736.6) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UTH4336UCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UTH4336TCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UTH43369UCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UTH43369TCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UTTH4330UCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UTH4330UCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UBTH4330TCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UTH4330TCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UTH4300UCH 34.50 (876.3) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTH4300TCH 34.50 (876.3) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UH5300UKCCH 34.50 (876.3) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UH43168UCPLCH 34.50 (876.3) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UH43068TCPLCH 34.50 (876.3) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UGTH4330UCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UGTH4330TCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UFTH7330TCH 39.88 (1013.0) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UFTH4330TCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

Commercial Lever Bypass, continued

Notes

1Aluminum enclosure.

2Bolted in shield.

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

UATH7336TCH 39.88 (1013.0) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UATH5330UFLCH 39.88 (1013.0) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

UATH4336TCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

UATH4330TCH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1009788CH 34.50 (876.3) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1009788ACH 234.50 (876.3) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1009760ACH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.68 (144.3)

1009722CH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.68 (144.3)

782116975945 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1009260CH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1009181CH 34.50 (876.3) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1009018CH 63.00 (1600.2) 12.97 (329.4) 4.94 (125.5)

1008950CH 39.88 (1013.0) 20.00 (508.0) 6.50 (165.1)

1008948CH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1008848CH 58.00 (1473.2) 12.97 (329.4) 4.94 (125.5)

1008837CH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 6.50 (165.1)

1008836CH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 6.50 (165.1)

1008798CH 34.50 (876.3) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1008793CH 34.50 (876.3) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1008792CH 34.50 (876.3) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1008543CH 39.89 (1013.2) 20.00 (508.0) 6.60 (167.6)

1008541CH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1008540CH N/A N/A N/A

1008435CH 26.00 (660.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1008191CH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1008068CH 34.50 (876.3) 16.44 (417.6) 6.50 (165.1)

1007818CH N/A N/A N/A

1007801CH 28.50 (723.9) 18.00 (457.2) 5.69 (144.5)

1007672CH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1006344ACH 28.50 (723.9) 18.00 (457.2) 5.69 (144.5)

1004984ACH 36.63 (930.4) 15.00 (381.0) 5.69 (144.5)

1004771BCH 36.62 (930.1) 15.00 (381.0) 5.68 (144.3)

UBTH7230ACH N/A N/A N/A

UTH7233UCH 27.00 (685.8) 16.00 (406.4) 5.63 (143.0)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-17

5.2

Metering Products

Commercial Lever Bypass Sockets

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Commercial Lever Bypass, continued

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

UTE7213UFLCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UETH72137UCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE7213UCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE7213THLCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UBHRS212BCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UBEH7213TCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UFTE7213TCH 119.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE7213ZCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE7213TCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE7213CFLCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE7213CCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UBTE7213BCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE7213BCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE7210UCH 24.69 (627.1) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE7203TCH 19.00 (482.6) 10.50 (266.7) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE7203BCH 19.00 (482.6) 10.50 (266.7) 4.94 (125.5)

UETH5213UCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE5213TCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTTE5213TCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE5213CCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE5213BNDCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE5213ZCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE5213UFLCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE5213CFLCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE5213BCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE5210CCH 20.13 (511.3) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE5203BCH 19.00 (482.6) 10.50 (266.7) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE4213ZCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UGTE4213CCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE4213TCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTTE4213UCH 219.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE4213CCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE4213BCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTE4203BCH 19.00 (482.6) 10.50 (266.7) 4.94 (125.5)

UIH7213UCVCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UE7213CCCCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UE7213CCPLCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UE7213BCPLCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

Commercial Lever Bypass, continued

Notes

1Barrel lock.

2TT = quadplex ground.

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

UGTE4213BCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UGE4213CCCCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UFTE7213BCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UATE7213TCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UATE5213CCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UATE4213UFLCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UBGTE4203BCH 19.00 (482.6) 10.50 (266.7) 4.94 (125.5)

1009845ECH 64.00 (1625.6) 11.00 (279.4) 6.00 (152.4)

1008801ECH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1008832ECH 24.69 (627.1) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

1007944ECH 22.00 (558.8) 16.00 (406.4) 5.69 (144.5)

1007670ECH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

UTTE7213TCH 19.00 (482.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5)

V1-T5-18 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.3

Metering Products

Multiple Position Horizontal Ganged Sockets

Contents

Description Page

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-19

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-20

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-23

Product Description

●Available in 100A and

200A designs

●Available in 2-position

through 6-position designs

●Multiple service

design offerings

●Multiple line/load

lug configurations

●Residential or lever

bypass socket designs

●Multiple hub opening

and closure plate

sizes available

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-19

5.3

Metering Products

Multiple Position Horizontal Ganged Sockets

Catalog Number Selection

Single Meter Sockets 2R-6R and 2H-6H Group

Standard Prefixes

A = Aluminum enclosure

B = Barrel lock provision, for an exposed INNER-TITE or Brooks barrel lock;

unit includes an internal lock receiver bracket

F = Barrel lock with guard provision, for a lock guard INNER-TITE or

Brooks barrel lock; unit includes an internal lock receiver bracket

G = Grounded fifth terminal (9 o’clock position)

H = Horn bypass

I = Inhibitor installed in wire connectors

M = Temporary meter cover (waxed cardboard)

N = No sealing ring (applies only to ring style sockets)

R = Ring style socket

S = Aluminum screw type sealing ring (applies only to ring style sockets)

T = Grounding connector (#14–#2 Cu) for triplex ground

TT = Two grounding connectors (#14–#2 Cu) for quadplex ground

U = UL label

Z = 5/16-inch hex head connector screw in place of slotted (100A only)

Standard Suffixes

A = Solid top

B = Small hub opening

C = Small hub closing plate mounted

L = 1.25-inch (31.8 mm) hub mounted

M = 1.50-inch (38.1 mm) hub mounted

N = 2.00-inch (50.8 mm) hub mounted

P = 2.50-inch (63.5 mm) hub mounted

T = Large hub opening hub

U = Large hub cover plate hub mounted

V = 2.50-inch (63.5 mm) large hub mounted

Q = 3.00-inch (76.2 mm) large hub mounted

R = 3.50-inch (88.9 mm) large hub mounted

S = 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) large hub mounted

Z = Large to small hub adapter mounted

Maximum Line Conductor

0 = 0.38-inch stud connectors

1 = #2/0 connectors

2 = #250 kcmil connectors

3 = #350 kcmil connectors

5 = #500 kcmil connectors

6 = #600 kcmil connectors

7 = #750 kcmil connectors

8 = Dual #500 kcmil connectors

Service Design

0 = Overhead

1 = Combination overhead/underground

2 = Underground, side wired

3 = Combination overhead/underground, side wired

4 = End feed

Ampere Rating

1 = 100A

2 = 200A

Maximum Load Conductor

0 = 0.38-inch stud connectors

1 = #2/0 connectors

2 = #250 kcmil connectors

3 = #350 kcmil connectors

5 = #500 kcmil connectors

6 = #600 kcmil connectors

7 = #750 kcmil connectors

8 = Dual #500 kcmil connectors

Product Group

RS = Residential service, single position

2R-6R = Residential service, multiple position

2H-6H = Commercial or residential service, multiple position

H = Commercial or residential service, single position

UT 2R 1 1 2 1 B CH

Note: The “U” prefix is always used first followed by

other prefixes required in alphabetical order.

V1-T5-20 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.3

Metering Products

Multiple Position Horizontal Ganged Sockets

Product Selection

Horizontal Design—Multi Position Ringless

Notes

1 Aluminum enclosure.

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-23 and V1-T5-24.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Position Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening 1004401BCH

200 4 3 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening 1004404BCH

200 5 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening 1004418ACH

200 4 2 OH/UG — 3/8-inch stud #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate 1006737BCH

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn 3/8-inch stud #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening 1007700CH

200 4 3 OH/UG Horn 3/8-inch stud #8–250 kcmil Hub opening 1007701CH

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate 1008842CH

200 4 3 OH/UG Horn 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate 1008843CH

200 4 4 OH/UG Horn 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate 1008844CH

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate 1008958CH

200 4 3 OH/UG Horn 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate 1008959CH

200 4 4 OH/UG Horn 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate 1008960CH

200 4 5 OH/UG Horn (2) 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil (2) 5x5 hub cover plate 1009579ACH

200 4 4 OH/UG Horn 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening U4R2352TDQCH

200 4 5 OH/UG Horn (2) 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil (2) 5x5 hub opening U5R2392TTDQCH

200 4 6 OH/UG Horn (2) 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening (2) places U6R2392TTDQCH

200 4 4 OH/UG Horn 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UBH4R2352TCH

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UBH2R2332TCH

200 4 3 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UBH3R2332TCH

200 4 4 OH/UG Horn 3/8-inch stud #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UEHT4R2302UCH

200 4 3 OH/UG Horn 3/8-inch stud #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UEHT3R2302UCH

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn 3/8-inch stud #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UEHT2R2302UCH

200 4 2 UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil Solid top UHI2R2332ACVCH

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil Hub opening UHI2R2332TCVCH

200 4 4 UG Horn 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil Solid top UHI4R2352ACVCH

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UHTT2R2332UCH

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UHT2R2332TCH

200 4 3 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UHT3R2332TCH

200 4 3 OH/UG Horn 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UHT3R2352UCH

200 4 4 OH/UG Horn 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UHT4R2352TCH

200 4 4 OH/UG — 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UT4R2352UFLCH

200 4 4 OH/UG Horn 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UHT4R2352UCH

200 5 2 OH/UG Lever 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UT2H52353TCH

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UHT2R2332UCH

200 4 2 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening UT2R2332BCH

200 4 2 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UAT2R2332TCH 1

200 4 2 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UT2R2332TCH

200 4 2 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening U2R2332TCPLCH

200 4 2 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate U2R2332UCPLCH

200 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening U2R2332TDQCH

200 4 2 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UT2R2332UCH

200 4 3 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil Large 5X5 hub opening U3R2332TDQCH

UT2R2332BCH

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-21

5.3

Metering Products

Multiple Position Horizontal Ganged Sockets

Horizontal Design—Multi Position Ringless, continued

Notes

1 Aluminum enclosure.

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-23 and V1-T5-24.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Position Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

200 4 3 OH/UG Lever 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UT3H42353TCH

200 5 3 OH/UG Lever 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UT3H52353TCH

200 7 3 OH/UG Lever 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #6–350 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UT3H72353UHLCH

200 4 3 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UT3R2332TCH

200 4 3 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate UT3R2332UCH

200 4 3 OH/UG — 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UT3R2352TCH

200 4 4 OH/UG — 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening UT4R2352TCH

200 4 5 OH/UG Horn (2) 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening (in two places) UHT5R2392TTCH

200 4 5 OH/UG — (2) 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening (in two places) UT5R2392TTCH

200 7 5 OH/UG Lever Dual 1/0–500 kcmil #6–350 kcmil (2) 5X5 hub closure plates UT5H72393UUHLCH

200 4 6 OH/UG Horn (2) 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening (in two places) UHT6R2392TTCH

200 4 6 OH/UG — (2) 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening (in two places) UT6R2392TTCH

200 4 6 OH/UG — (2) 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 closure plate (in two places) UT6R2392UUFLCH

200 7 6 OH/UG Lever Dual 1/0–500 kcmil #6–350 kcmil 5x5 closure plate (in two places) UT6H72393UUHLCH

200 4 6 OH/UG Horn (2) 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening (in two places) UHT6R2392TTCH

150 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening U2R5432BDQCH

150 4 5 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 3-5/16 hub opening (in two places) UT5R5632BCH

100 4 6 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UT6R1131BCH

100 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 5x5 hub opening 1004426ACH

100 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening 1008951CH

100 4 3 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening 1008952CH

100 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub cover plate 1009693CH

100 4 3 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub cover plate 1009694CH

100 4 4 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub cover plate 1009695CH

100 4 5 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub cover plate 1009696CH

100 4 6 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub cover plate UATZ6R1131CFLCH 1

100 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UBH2R1121BCH

100 4 3 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UBH3R1121BCH

100 4 4 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UBH4R1121BCH

100 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UHT2R1121BCH

100 4 4 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UT4R1121BCH

100 4 4 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 closure plate UT4R1121CCH

100 4 4 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UHT4R1121BCH

100 4 5 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UHT5R1121BCH

100 4 5 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UT5R1121BCH

100 4 5 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 closure plate UT5R1121CCH

100 4 2 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UT2R1121BCH

100 4 2 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 closure plate UT2R1121CCH

100 4 2 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 closure plate UHT2R1421CCH

100 4 2 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening

3-5/16 hub cover plate

UT2R1421BCH

100 4 3 OH/UG Horn #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UHT3R1121BCH

100 4 3 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 hub opening UT3R1121BCH

UT2R1121BCH

V1-T5-22 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.3

Metering Products

Multiple Position Horizontal Ganged Sockets

Horizontal Design—Multi Position Ring Type

Notes

1 Vertical gang.

For dimensions, see Pages V1-T5-23 and V1-T5-24.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Position Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

200 4 2 OH/UG — 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub opening U2R2352TCRCH

200 4 2 OH/UG — #6–350 kcmil #8–250 kcmil 5x5 hub cover plate URT2R2332UCH

200 5 4 OH/UG — 1/0–500 kcmil cu/al #8–250 kcmil Large 5x5 hub opening U4R2352TCRCH

125 5 2 OH — #8–350 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al Hub opening U2V1031BCRCH 1

125 5 3 OH — #8–350 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al Hub opening U3V1031BCRCH 1

100 5 2 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 opening U2R1121BCRCH

100 5 3 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 opening U3R1121BCRCH

100 5 4 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 opening U4R1121BCRCH

100 5 5 OH/UG — #6–250 kcmil #8–2/0 cu/al 3-5/16 opening U5R1121BCRCH

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-23

5.3

Metering Products

Multiple Position Horizontal Ganged Sockets

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Horizontal Design—Multi Position Ringless

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

1004401BCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

1004404BCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 5.38 (136.7)

1004418ACH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

1006737BCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

1007700CH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

1007701CH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 5.38 (136.7)

1008842CH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

1008843CH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 5.38 (136.7)

1008844CH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

1008958CH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

1008959CH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 5.38 (136.7)

1008960CH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

1009579ACH 14.13 (358.9) 54.78 (1391.4) 5.38 (136.7)

U4R2352TDQCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

U5R2392TTDQCH 14.13 (358.9) 62.94 (1598.7) 5.38 (136.7)

U6R2392TTDQCH 14.13 (358.9) 62.94 (1598.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UBH4R2352TCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

UBH2R2332TCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

UBH3R2332TCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UEHT4R2302UCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

UEHT3R2302UCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UEHT2R2302UCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

UHI2R2332ACVCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

UHI2R2332TCVCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

UHI4R2352ACVCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

UHTT2R2332UCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

UHT2R2332TCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

UHT3R2332TCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.94 (836.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UHT3R2352UCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UHT4R2352TCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

UT4R2352UFLCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

UHT4R2352UCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

UT2H52353TCH 23.56 (598.4) 32.78 (832.6) 6.00 (152.4)

UHT2R2332UCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

UT2R2332BCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

UAT2R2332TCH 114.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

UT2R2332TCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

U2R2332TCPLCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

U2R2332UCPLCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

U2R2332TDQCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

UT2R2332UCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

U3R2332TDQCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UT3H42353TCH 23.56 (598.4) 43.91 (1115.3) 6.00 (152.4)

UT3H52353TCH 23.56 (598.4) 43.91 (1115.3) 6.00 (152.4)

UT3H72353UHLCH 23.56 (598.4) 43.91 (1115.3) 5.38 (136.7)

Horizontal Design—Multi Position Ringless, continued

Note

1Aluminum enclosure.

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

UT3R2332TCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UT3R2332UCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UT3R2352TCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

UT4R2352TCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 5.38 (136.7)

UHT5R2392TTCH 14.13 (358.9) 54.78 (1391.4) 5.38 (136.7)

UT5R2392TTCH 14.13 (358.9) 54.78 (1391.4) 5.38 (136.7)

UT5H72393UUHLCH 29.56 (750.8) 72.15 (1832.6) 6.00 (152.4)

UHT6R2392TTCH 14.13 (358.9) 62.94 (1598.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UT6R2392TTCH 14.13 (358.9) 62.94 (1598.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UT6R2392UUFLCH 14.13 (358.9) 62.94 (1598.7) 5.38 (136.7)

UT6H72393UUHLCH 23.56 (598.4) 83.28 (2115.3) 6.00 (152.4)

UHT6R2392TTCH 14.13 (358.9) 62.94 (1598.7) 5.38 (136.7)

U2R5432BDQCH 14.13 (358.9) 20.16 (512.1) 5.38 (136.7)

UT5R5632BCH 14.13 (358.9) 48.63 (1235.2) 5.38 (136.7)

UT6R1131BCH 14.13 (358.9) 56.93 (1446.0) 4.50 (114.3)

1004426ACH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 4.50 (114.3)

1008951CH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 4.50 (114.3)

1008952CH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 4.50 (114.3)

1009693CH 14.13 (358.9) 24.16 (613.7) 5.38 (136.7)

1009694CH 14.13 (358.9) 32.31 (820.7) 5.38 (136.7)

1009695CH 14.13 (358.9) 49.94 (1268.5) 5.38 (136.7)

1009696CH 14.13 (358.9) 48.63 (1235.2) 5.38 (136.7)

UATZ6R1131CFLCH 14.13 (358.9) 56.94 (1446.3) 4.50 (114.3)

UBH2R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.94 (633.5) 4.50 (114.3)

UBH3R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 4.50 (114.3)

UBH4R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 4.50 (114.3)

UHT2R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 4.50 (114.3)

UT4R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 4.50 (114.3)

UT4R1121CCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 4.50 (114.3)

UHT4R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 40.63 (1032.0) 4.50 (114.3)

UHT5R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 48.78 (1239.0) 4.50 (114.3)

UT5R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 48.78 (1239.0) 4.50 (114.3)

UT5R1121CCH 14.13 (358.9) 48.78 (1239.0) 4.50 (114.3)

UT2R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 4.50 (114.3)

UT2R1121CCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 4.50 (114.3)

UHT2R1421CCH 14.13 (358.9) 20.16 (512.1) 5.38 (136.7)

UT2R1421BCH 14.13 (358.9) 20.16 (512.1) 5.38 (136.7)

UHT3R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 4.50 (114.3)

UT3R1121BCH 14.13 (358.9) 32.47 (824.7) 4.50 (114.3)

V1-T5-24 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.3

Metering Products

Multiple Position Horizontal Ganged Sockets

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Horizontal Design—Multi Position Ring Type

Note

1Vertical gang.

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

U2R2352TCRCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

URT2R2332UCH 14.13 (358.9) 24.31 (617.5) 5.38 (136.7)

U4R2352TCRCH 14.13 (358.9) 48.00 (1219.2) 5.38 (136.7)

U2V1031BCRCH 18.00 (203.2) 25.63 (650.9) 4.38 (111.1)

U3V1031BCRCH 18.00 (203.2) 35.88 (911.2) 4.38 (111.1)

U2R1121BCRCH 14.13 (358.9) 28.00 (711.2) 4.50 (114.3)

U3R1121BCRCH 14.13 (358.9) 38.00 (965.2) 4.50 (114.3)

U4R1121BCRCH 14.13 (358.9) 48.00 (1219.2) 4.50 (114.3)

U5R1121BCRCH 14.13 (358.9) 58.00 (1473.2) 4.50 (114.3)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-25

5.4

Metering Products

Instrument Rated Sockets

Contents

Description Page

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-26

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-26

Product Description

●Available in 6, 7, 8 and

13 terminal designs

●20A ratings standard

●Multiple service designs

available (overhead,

underground, overhead/

underground)

●Multiple hub opening

and closure plate

sizes available

●600 Vac rated

●Single cover/dual

cover availability

●Provisional test switches

and factory-installed test

switch designs available

V1-T5-26 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.4

Metering Products

Instrument Rated Sockets

Product Selection

Instrument Rated Sockets

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Instrument Rated Sockets

Ampere

Rating Jaws Service

Opening, Hub

or Closure Plate

Catalog

Number

20 13 terminal UG Solid top USTH131A123CH

20 13 terminal OH/UG 3-5/16 hub cover plate USTS131B102CH

20 13 terminal OH/UG 3-5/16 hub cover plate USTS132B101CH

20 13 terminal OH/UG 3-5/16 hub cover plate USTS132CCH

20 13 terminal OH/UG 1-inch bolt-on hub 1008694ACH

20 8 terminal OH/UG 1-inch bolt-on hub 1008695ACH

20 13 terminal N/A N/A 1007003BCH

20 13 terminal Solid top and bottom Solid top 1007003CCH

20 13 terminal OH/UG 3-5/16 hub cover plate USTL131C207CH

20 13 terminal OH/UG Hub opening USTS131BCH

20 13 terminal OH/UG 1-1/4-inch bolt-on hub USTS131L143CH

20 13 terminal N/A N/A USTS132BCH

20 6 terminal OH/UG Hub opening USTS61B138CH

20 6 terminal OH/UG Hub opening UST61BCH

20 8 terminal OH/UG Hub opening USTS82B166CH

20 8 terminal N/A Solid top and bottom 1007361BCH

N/A N/A N/A N/A 1008539CH

20 13 terminal OH/UG 3-5/16 hub cover plate UASTS131C226CH

20 13 terminal OH 3-5/16 hub cover plate 1004671CH

20 7 terminal OH 3-5/16 hub cover plate ULTS131CCH

20 6 terminal UG Solid top STL61A433CH

20 13 terminal UG Solid top STL131A120CH

USTS132CCH

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

USTH131A123CH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.36 (110.7)

USTS131B102CH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.36 (110.7)

USTS132B101CH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.36 (110.7)

USTS132CCH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.36 (110.7)

1008694ACH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.36 (110.7)

1008695ACH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.36 (110.7)

1007003BCH N/A N/A N/A

1007003CCH 16.50 (419.1) 14.00 (355.6) 3.50 (88.9)

USTL131207CH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.35 (110.5)

USTS131BCH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.35 (110.5)

USTS131L143CH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.35 (110.5)

USTS132BCH N/A N/A N/A

USTS61B138CH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.35 (110.5)

UST61BCH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.35 (110.5)

USTS82B166CH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.35 (110.5)

1007361BCH 16.50 (419.1) 14.00 (355.6) 3.50 (88.9)

1008539CH N/A N/A N/A

UASTS131C226CH 20.00 (304.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.35 (110.5)

1004671CH 17.00 (431.8) 10.00 (254.0) 5.00 (127.0)

ULTS131CCH 22.00 (558.8) 12.00 (304.8) 4.94 (125.5)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-27

5.5

Metering Products

Residential Pedestals

Contents

Description Page

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-28

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-28

Product Description

●Available in 100A, 200A,

300A and 320A designs

●Available in 4- or 5-jaw

configurations

●Underground service

design is standard

●Bypass options (lever,

horn) are available

●Solid top designs

V1-T5-28 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.5

Metering Products

Residential Pedestals

Product Selection

Residential Pedestals

Pedestal Extension Kits

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Residential Pedestals

Pedestal Extension Kits

Note

1200A breakers.

Ampere

Rating Jaws Service Bypass

Connections Opening, Hub or

Closure Plate Catalog NumberLine Load

320 4 UG — 3/8-inch studs 3/8-inch studs Solid top 1008847CH

320 4 UG Lever #6–350 kcmil line and line neutral 2/0–250 kcmil load and load neutral Solid top 1009017CH 1

300 4 UG Lever #6–350 kcmil line and line neutral 2/0–250 kcmil load and load neutral Solid top

200 4 UG Horn 4/0 compression (line) 2/0

compression (neutral)

#6–250 kcmil load and load neutral Solid top 1006388CH

200 4 UG Horn #8–350 kcmil #8–350 kcmil Solid top UHTRP242363CH

200 4 UG Horn #6–350 kcmil line and line neutral #6–250 kcmil load neutral Solid top 1008846CH

200 4 UG Horn #6–350 kcmil line and line neutral #6–250 kcmil load neutral N/A 1008961CH

200 5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1008966CH

200 4 UG — #6–350 kcmil line and line neutral #6–350 kcmil load and load neutral Solid top 1009264CH

200 4 UG — 4/0 compression (line) 2/0

compression (neutral)

#6–350 kcmil load and load neutral Solid top 1009265CH

100 4 UG — #6–350 kcmil line and line neutral #6–250 kcmil load neutral Solid top 1009078CH

Connections

Catalog NumberLine Load

Pedestal extension kit for 1008846CH Pedestal extension kit for 1008846CH 1009021CH

1009022CH

1009026CH

UHTRP242363CH

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

1008847CH 58.00 (1473.2) 12.97 (329.4) 4.93 (125.2)

1009017CH 163.00 (1600.2) 12.96 (329.2) 4.93 (125.2)

1006388CH 61.00 (1549.4) 8.96 (227.6) 4.93 (125.2)

UHTRP242363CH 62.63 (1590.8) 8.97 (227.8) 4.94 (125.5)

1008846CH 70.00 (1778.0) 11.00 (279.4) 6.00 (152.4)

1008961CH 69.93 (1776.2) N/A 6.00 (152.4)

1008966CH N/A N/A N/A

1009264CH 74.00 (1879.6) 8.96 (227.6) 4.93 (125.2)

1009265CH 74.00 (1879.6) 8.97 (227.8) 4.94 (125.5)

1009078CH 69.93 (1776.2) 11.00 (279.4) 6.00 (152.4)

Catalog Number Height Width Depth

1009021CH 18.00 (457.2) 11.00 (279.4) 6.00 (152.4)

1009022CH 18.00 (457.2) 12.96 (329.2) 4.93 (125.2)

1009026CH 30.00 (762.0) 12.96 (329.2) 4.93 (125.2)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-29

5.6

Metering Products

Accessories and Cross-Reference

Product Description

This section will help you

better understand the

features and benefits of the

125A and 200A Eaton

designed meter socket.

Features and Benefits

Construction Features

1. High strength, glass-filled

meter block assembly,

lay-in connectors with

captive slide nut and

screw.

2. 100% plated copper

alloy meter jaw with

reinforcing spring clip

and meter guide.

3. Extruded neutral lug

with integral triplex

ground and quadplex

ground provision.

4. Bridge and meter

supports are 100%

zinc chromate plated.

200A Ringless Block Assembly With Horn Bypass

5. Fifth terminal locating

hole in 9 o’clock position.

6. Triplex ground is a

standard feature.

7. Quadplex ground

provision.

8. Durable “four-point”

bridge mounting

(2 top, 2 bottom).

9. Extra rigid meter support

for ringless sockets.

10. Optional, integral horn

bypass extruded on slide

nut. Horn is ribbed for

secure attachment to

utility bypass jumpers.

Field-installable horn

bypass kit available.

V1-T5-30 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.6

Metering Products

Accessories and Cross-Reference

Product Selection

Meter Socket Accessories

Description Part Number

Hub closure plate meter socket accessories ARP00002CHB

Clam shell hub closure plate meter socket accessories ARP00002CHBCS

1-inch hub closure plate meter socket accessories ARP00003CH1

Clam shell 1-inch hub closure plate—small opening ARP00003CH1CS

1-1/4-inch hub closure plate meter socket accessories ARP00004CH12

Clam shell 1-1/4-inch hub closure plate—small opening ARP00004CH12CS

1-1/2-inch hub closure plate meter socket accessories ARP00005CH15

Clam shell 1-1/2-inch hub closure plate—small opening ARP00005CH15CS

2-inch hub closure plate meter socket accessories ARP00006CH2

2-1/2-inch hub for meter socket accessories ARP00007CH25

Clam shell 2-1/2-inch hub for meter socket accessories ARP00007CH25CS

Aluminum hub closure plate for single sockets ARP00008CH

Hub adapter from large opening to small opening ARP00015CHAP

Large hub cover plate ARP00016CHB

2-inch hub with large diameter opening ARP00017CH2

2.5-inch hub with large diameter opening ARP00018CH25

3-inch hub ARP00019CH3

3-1/2-inch hub for meter sockets ARP00020CH35

4-inch hub ARP00021CH4

Screw sealing ring for single meter sockets ARP00027CH

Fifth jaw kit ARP00035CHJ

#6–350 kcmil lug kit for single sockets—3/8-inch stud ARP00119CH

#4–600 kcmil connector for single position meter sockets ARP00129CH

Fifth jaw for bolt on meter ARP00326CH

#6–350 kcmil double barrel lug kit ARP00427CH

Neutral Insulating Kit ARP00759CH

100A meter socket horn cap assembly kit ARP00777CH

Fifth jaw kit for 320A offset socket ARP00862CH

HQ anti-inversion clip for single meter sockets ARP00984CH

Fifth jaw for Chicago and Wisconsin pedestal ARP01085CH

350 kcmil BNS cap assembly kit for meter sockets ARP01226CH

Right hand block assembly with Z Bar ARP01258CH

Left hand block assembly with Z Bar ARP01414CH

Meter pack trough closure plate kit ARP01565CH

2/0 connector kit for MBB and MBP socket breaker ARP01612CH

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-31

5.6

Metering Products

Accessories and Cross-Reference

Cross-Reference

Meter Sockets

Description

Manufacturer

Eaton Milbank

Part Number Part Number

125A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening UTRS101BE U7487-RL-TG

125A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate UTRS101CE U7487-XL-TG

125A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, horn bypass UHTRS101BE U7487-RL-TG-KK

125A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, horn bypass UHTRS101CE U7487-XL-TG-KK

125A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, fifth terminal UTRS101BCH + MSR5TK U7487-RL-TG-5T

125A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, fifth terminal UTRS101CE + MSR5TK U7487-XL-TG-5T

125A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, horn bypass, fifth terminal UHTRS101BCH + MSR5TK U7487-RL-TG-KK-5T

125A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, horn bypass, fifth terminal UGHTRS101CE + MSR5TK U7487-XL-TG-KK-5T

200A, OH, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening UTRS202BCH U7021-RL-TG

200A, OH, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate UTRS202CCH U7021-XL-TG

200A, OH, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, horn bypass UHTRS202BCH U7021-RL-TG-KK

200A, OH, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, horn bypass UHTRS202CCH U7021-RL-TG-KK

200A, OH, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, fifth terminal UGTRS202BCH U7021-RL-TG-5T

200A, OH, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, fifth terminal UGTRS202CCH U7021-XL-TG-5T

200A, OH, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, horn bypass, fifth terminal UGHTRS202BCH U7021-RL-TG-KK-5T

200A, OH, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, horn bypass, fifth terminal UGHTRS202CCH U7021-RL-TG-KK-5T

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, 250 kcmil lugs UTRS212BCH No cross (no 250 kcmil lugs)

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, 250 kcmil lugs UTRS212CCH No cross (no 250 kcmil lugs)

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, horn bypass, 250 kcmil lugs UHTRS212BCH No cross (no 250 kcmil lugs)

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, horn bypass, 250 kcmil lugs UHTRS212CCH No cross (no 250 kcmil lugs)

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, fifth terminal, 250 kcmil lugs UGTRS212BCH No cross (no 250 kcmil lugs)

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, fifth terminal, 250 kcmil lugs UGTRS212CCH No cross (no 250 kcmil lugs)

200A, OH/ UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, horn bypass, fifth terminal, 250 kcmil lugs UGHTRS212BCH No cross (no 250 kcmil lugs)

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, horn bypass, fifth terminal, 250 kcmil lugs UGHTRS212CCH No cross (no 250 kcmil lugs)

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, 350 kcmil lugs UTRS213BE U7040-RL-TG

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, 350 kcmil lugs UTRS213CE U7040-XL-TG

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, horn bypass, 350 kcmil lugs UHTRS213BE U7040-RL-TG-KK

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, horn bypass, 350 kcmil lugs UHTRS213CE U7040-XL-TG-KK

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, fifth terminal, 350 kcmil lugs UGTRS213BE U7040-RL-TG-5T

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, fifth terminal, 350 kcmil lugs UGTRS213CE U7040-XL-TG-5T

200A, OH/ UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub opening, horn bypass, fifth terminal, 350 kcmil lugs UGHTRS213BE U7040-RL-TG-KK-5T

200A, OH/UG, ringless, triplex ground, hub cover plate, horn bypass, fifth terminal, 350 kcmil lugs UGHTRS213CE U7040-XL-TG-KK-5T

200A, UG, ringless, triplex ground, solid top UTRS223ACH U1980-0-TG

200A, UG, ringless, triplex ground, solid top, horn bypass UHTRS223ACH U1980-0-TG-KK

200A, UG, ringless, triplex ground, solid top, fifth terminal UGTRS223ACH U1980-O-TG-5T

200A, UG, ringless, triplex ground, solid top, horn bypass, fifth terminal UGHTRS223ACH U1980-O-TG-KK-5T

V1-T5-32 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.6

Metering Products

Accessories and Cross-Reference

Lever Bypass

Description

Manufacturer

Eaton Milbank

Part Number Part Number

200A, OH, lever bypass, 4 terminal, small hub opening UTE4203BCH U9800-RL

200A, OH, lever bypass, 4 terminal, hub cover plate UTH4203CCH U9800-XL

200A, OH, lever bypass, 4 terminal, large hub opening UTH4203TCH U9800-R

200A, OH, lever bypass, 4 terminal, large hub cover plate UTH4203UCH U9800-X

200A, OH, lever bypass, 5 terminal, small hub opening UTE5203BCH U4550-RL

200A, OH, lever bypass, 5 terminal, hub cover plate UTH5203CCH U4550-XL

200A, OH, lever bypass, 5 terminal, large hub opening UTH5203TCH U9559-R

200A, OH, lever bypass, 5 terminal, large hub cover plate UTH5203UCH U9550-X

200A, OH, lever bypass, 7 terminal, small hub opening UTE7203BCH U4701-RL

200A, OH, lever bypass, 7 terminal, hub cover plate UTH7203CCH U4701-XL

200A, OH, lever bypass, 7 terminal, large hub opening UTE7203TCH U4701-R

200A, OH, lever bypass, 7 terminal, large hub cover plate UTH7203UCH U4701-X

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 4 terminal, small hub opening UTE4213BCH U9801-RL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 4 terminal, hub cover plate UTE4213CCH U9801-XL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 4 terminal, large hub opening UTE4213TCH U9801-R

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 4 terminal, large hub cover plate UTH4213UCH U9801-XL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 4 terminal, large hub opening with adapter plate UTE4213ZCH U9801-RRL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 4 terminal, large hub opening with adapter and cover plate UTH4213YCH U9801-RXL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 5 terminal, small hub opening UTE5213BCH U4551-RL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 5 terminal, hub cover plate UTE5213CCH U4551-XL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 5 terminal, large hub opening UTE5213TCH U9551-R

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 5 terminal, large hub cover plate UTH5213UCH U9551-X

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 5 terminal, large hub opening with adapter plate UTE5213ZCH U9551-RRL or U4551-RRL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 5 terminal, large hub opening with adapter and cover plate UTH5213YCH U9551-RXL or U4551-RXL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 7 terminal, small hub opening UTE7213BCH U9701-RL or U4701-RL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 7 terminal, hub cover plate UTE7213CCH U9701-XL or U4701-XL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 7 terminal, large hub opening UTE7213TCH U9701-R or U4701-R

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 7 terminal, large hub cover plate UTE7213UCH U9701-RX or U4701-RX

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 7 terminal, large hub opening with adapter plate UTE7213ZCH U9701-RRL or U4701-RRL

200A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 7 terminal, large hub opening with adapter and cover plate UTH7213YCH U9701-RXL or U4701-RXL

320A, OH, lever bypass, 4 terminal, large hub opening UTH4300TCH U1079-R or U1797-R

320A, OH, lever bypass, 4 terminal, large hub cover plate UTH4300UCH U1079-X or U1797X

320A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 4 terminal, large hub opening UTH4330TCH U2448-R or U2124-R

320A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 4 terminal, large hub cover plate UTH4330UCH U2448-RX or U2124-RX

320A, OH, lever bypass, 7 terminal, large hub opening UTH7300TCH —

320A, OH, lever bypass, 7 terminal, large hub cover plate UTH7300UCH —

320A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 7 terminal, large hub opening UTH7330TCH U2120-R

320A, OH/UG, lever bypass, 7 terminal, large hub cover plate UTH7330UCH U2120-X

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-33

5.6

Metering Products

Accessories and Cross-Reference

Accessories

Description

Manufacturer

Eaton Milbank

Part Number Part Number

Small hub cover plate ARP00002CHB A7551

1-inch hub ARP00003CH1 A7514

1-1/4-inch hub ARP00004CH12 A7515

1-1/2-inch hub ARP00005CH15 A7516

2-inch hub ARP00006CH2 A7517

2-1/2-inch hub ARP00007CH25 A7518

3-inch hub ARP00019CH3 A8110

3-1/2-inch hub ARP00020CH35 A8111

4-inch hub ARP00021CH4 A8112

Large to small hub opening adapter plate ARP00015CHAP S8324

Large hub cover plate ARP00016CHB S9064

V1-T5-34 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.7

Metering Products

Mechanical Lugs

Contents

Description

Mechanical Lugs

Product Description

●Single lug

●Extended tang single lug

●Extended tang triple lug

●Double lug

●Extended tang double lug

●Extended tang quadruple

lug

Product Selection

Mechanical Lugs

Description Style Number

Single #14–#6 mechanical lug ESL146

Single #14–2/0 mechanical lug ESL1420

Single #6–250 kcmil mechanical lug ESL6250

Single #4–500 kcmil mechanical lug ESL4500

Double #14–2/0 mechanical lug EDL1420

Double #6–250 kcmil mechanical lug EDL6250

Extended tang single lug #6–350 kcmil EPBSL6350

Extended tang single lug 300–800 kcmil EPBSL300800

Extended tang double lug #6–350 kcmil EPBDL6350

Extended tang double lug 300–800 kcmil EPBDL300800

Extended tang triple lug #6–350 kcmil EPBTL6350

Extended tang triple lug 300–800 kcmil EPBTL300800

Extended tang quadruple lug #6–350 kcmil EPBQL6350

Extended tang quadruple lug 300–750 kcmil EPBQL300800

Extended tang single lug #2–600 kcmil EPBSL2600

Extended tang single lug 500–1000 kcmil EPBSL5001000

Extended tang triple lug #2–600 kcmil EPBTL2600

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Mechanical Lugs

Style Number Height Width Length

ESL146 2.50 (63.5) 8.25 (82.6) 3.50 (88.9)

ESL1420 2.50 (63.5) 10.50 (266.7) 3.50 (88.9)

ESL6250 2.50 (63.5) 10.50 (266.7) 3.50 (88.9)

ESL4500 2.50 (63.5) 10.50 (266.7) 3.50 (88.9)

EDL1420 3.50 (88.9) 4.00 (101.6) 3.50 (88.9)

EDL6250 3.50 (88.9) 3.75 (95.3) 4.50 (114.3)

EPBSL6350 2.50 (63.5) 8.25 (82.6) 3.50 (88.9)

EPBSL300800 2.50 (63.5) 10.50 (266.7) 3.50 (88.9)

EPBDL6350 3.50 (88.9) 4.50 (114.3) 5.50 (139.7)

EPBDL300800 3.00 (76.2) 10.50 (266.7) 5.50 (139.7)

EPBTL6350 3.50 (88.9) 4.50 (114.3) 5.50 (139.7)

EPBTL300800 2.50 (63.5) 10.00 (254.0) 5.75 (146.0)

EPBQL6350 2.25 (57.2) 6.50 (165.1) 6.00 (152.4)

EPBQL300800 4.25 (108.0) 8.50 (215.9) 8.50 (215.9)

EPBSL2600 2.50 (63.5) 8.25 (82.6) 3.50 (88.9)

EPBSL5001000 2.50 (63.5) 10.50 (266.7) 3.50 (88.9)

EPBTL2600 2.25 (57.2) 6.50 (165.1) 6.00 (152.4)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-35

5.8

Metering Products

Communications Grounding Device (NEC 250.94)

Communication Grounding Device

Contents

Description Page

Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-36

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-36

Product Description

This product is required per

the 2008 NEC Article 250.94

“Bonding for Other Systems.”

This product is applied

externally to residential

homes, so that

communications systems

devices such as satellite,

TV, cable and CATV can be

properly bonded at a single

point. This device has two

mounting holes that can be

used for easy installation.

Features, Benefits

and Functions

Communication Grounding

Device Features

●Lay-in lug for ease

of installation

●Four bonding terminals

●Heavy-duty zinc-plated

steel screws included

●Two mounting holes to

securely hold device

into place

●For use with copper and

aluminum conductors

Cover Features

●Outdoor rated reinforced

glass polyester compound

●Suitable for UV exposure

●Paintable exterior, allowing

for matching of exterior of

home

Standards and

Certifications

●ETL listed

Product Selection

Communication Grounding Device

Wire Range

Bonding

Conductor

Ground

Electrode Quantity

Catalog

Number

#14–#2–STR–SOL–CU

#12–#2–SRT–SOL–AL

#8–1/0–STR–SOL–CU/AL (1) Clamshell MSEGR2CS

#14–#2–STR–SOL–CU

#12–#2–SRT–SOL–AL

#8–1/0–STR–SOL–CU/AL (10) Bulk pack MSEGR2

V1-T5-36 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.8

Metering Products

Communications Grounding Device (NEC 250.94)

Wiring Diagram

Installation and Configuration

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Communication Grounding Device

Service Entrance Panel

Single Meter Socket

Communication

Grounding Device

(Top View)

Grounding Electrode

Conductor

Phone System Ground

Grounding

Electrode

Conductor

Communication Grounding Device

(Top view)

Satellite TV Ground

Coax Cable Ground

Mounting Holes

(Typical)

Catalog Number Length Width Height

MSEGR2CS 0.75 (19.1) 3.90 (99.1) 1.20 (30.5)

MSEGR2 0.75 (19.1) 3.90 (99.1) 1.20 (30.5)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-37

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Residential Meter Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Residential Meter Breakers

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance

Devices 100–200A Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-39

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance

Devices 100–225A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-48

West Coast All-In-One Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-59

Mechanical Interlock Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-65

House Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-75

Commercial Safety Sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-83

CH Style Renovation Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-86

Aluminum Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-87

Residential Meter Breakers

Product Description

A meter breaker is service

entrance equipment that

consists of a single meter

socket and loadcenter (circuit

breaker distribution section)

or meter socket and main

breaker combined in one

enclosure. Sometimes called

Combos, All-in-Ones, Meter

Centers or Meter Mains,

these units are increasing in

popularity as the socket and

loadcenter or main breaker

are located in one location,

thus providing the contractor

with a labor and material

savings when installing.

Application Description

In addition to residential

installations, meter breakers

are equally applicable for rural

service entrance, mobile

homes and construction site

temporary power. Meter

breakers are most often sold

in the western, southwestern

and southeastern United

States. The popularity of

meter breakers is continuing

to increase as more utilities

deregulate and pass the

responsibility of supplying

watthour meter sockets on

to the electrical contractor.

Application Considerations

Eaton has the meter breaker

to meet your application,

offering:

●Non-EUSERC

●EUSERC/West Coast

●House panels

●Commercial safety socket

Non-EUSERC

(Page V1-T5-39)

Eaton’s line of non-EUSERC

meter breakers are designed

for customers served by

utilities that are not members

of EUSERC.

EUSERC/West Coast

(Page V1-T5-59)

Eaton’s line of EUSERC

required devices adhere to

the agreed upon standards.

EUSERC utilities are

predominately located in

the western United States,

but some eastern and

midwestern utilities are

also members. These units

can also be used in many

Non-EUSERC areas.

House Panels

(Page V1-T5-75)

CH and BR Styles

(Page V1-T5-76).

Meter breaker device rated

at 300–400A. Applied in

EUSERC and non-EUSERC

areas.

Commercial Safety Sockets

(Page V1-T5-83)

Applied in EUSERC and

non-EUSERC service areas

and used in commercial

applications.

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●Both Type BR and CH

branch circuit breaker

styles available

●Meets latest NEC

wire bending space

requirements

●Slotted sealing screws

at hub with sealing

provision provided

●Surface units are supplied

with mounting tabs

●Semi-flush units are

supplied with stucco flange

●Meter socket ring

landing will accept

locking security rings

●Overhead or underground

service

●Fifth jaw can be installed in

the 3 o’clock or 9 o’clock

position

●Semi-flush with nail flange

or surface mounting

●Meter mounting and

underground pull sections

are utility sealable

●Units are rated a minimum

of 10 kAIC; some units

are 22 kAIC

●Numerous units supplied

with center keyhole for

ease of mounting

●NEMA 3R rainproof

construction

V1-T5-38 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Standards and Certifications

●UL Specification 414

(socket)

●UL File Number E52977

●AEIC-EEI-NEMA Standards

(MSJ-7)

●Meet EUSERC utility

requirements where noted

●Documented seismic

qualified—UBC® and

CBC Title 24

●UL Specification 67 (panel)

Technical Data

and Specifications

●Ratings single-phase,

three-wire, 120/240 Vac

●100–225A main breaker

and main lug types

●10,000A rms symmetrical

short-circuit rating

●Available kAIC ratings:

10k with BW breaker,

22k with CSR breaker

and 35k with CSH breaker

Consult TD.31F.01.T.E for

dimensions, wiring diagrams

and knockouts.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-39

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Standard Design Non-EUSERC Panel Compact Design

Residential Meter Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Residential Meter Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-37

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance

Devices 100–200A Styles

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance

Devices 100–225A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-48

West Coast All-In-One Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-59

Mechanical Interlock Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-65

House Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-75

Commercial Safety Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-83

CH Style Renovation Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-86

Aluminum Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-87

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance Devices

100–200A Styles

Product Description

A device that may include a

meter socket, main breaker

and loadcenter section within

the same enclosure.

●Meter main = meter socket

and main breaker

●Meter breaker = meter

socket, main breaker and

loadcenter section

Application Description

Eaton’s line of non-EUSERC

meter breakers are designed

for customers served by

utilities that are not members

of EUSERC.

Features, Benefits and Functions

Meter Mains and All-in-Ones

●Single-phase, three-wire,

120/240 Vac,10 kAIC

●Larger lay-in lugs and 3-inch

(76.2 mm) knockouts for

ease of installation

●Box-type main lugs

included

●Factory-installed neutral

●Hub provisions on top

endwall. If hubs are

required, order “DS” style

●Ring, ringless and ringless

with horn bypass styles

available

●Ringless style, provided

with embossed covers and

security latch for utility

company lock

●Padlockable device covers

provide additional measure

of safety and help prevent

tampering

●NEMA 3R rainproof

construction

Meter Mains

●Meter socket and

main breaker

●Stainless steel latches on

meter compartments in

MBP types

●No distribution section

included

All-in-Ones

●Meter socket and

loadcenter distribution

section

●Stainless steel latches on

meter compartments

●Several designs with horn

bypass and fifth jaw

●Center-fed main breaker,

lugs or provision

●Uses Type BR 1-inch

(25.4 mm) wide branch

breakers

●Special channel for top exit

V1-T5-40 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Catalog Number Selection

Spacing

Number of spaces

Accessories/Modifications

D = 5th jaw and horn bypass

CU = Copper

C = Single cover compact design

CR = Two cover compact design

Amperes

Amperage of unit

Main

B= Main breaker included

P= Provision for main

L= Main lug

Poles

Maximum number of poles

Breaker Feed

BT = Bottom and top

B = Bottom only

T = Top only

Mounting

S= Surface

F= Flush/stucco

MB 20 40 B 200 BT S

Meter Breaker Type

MB = 1-inch BR Type

MBE = 1-inch BR Type—EUSERC

CMB = 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) CH Type

CMBE = 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) CH Type—

EUSERC

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-41

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Product Selection

Note: See knockout drawings on Pages V1-T5-68 through V1-T5-74 for hub information.

Combination Service Entrance Devices—Non-EUSERC

Notes

1 See Page V1-T5-68 for box details.

2 Per installed main breaker rating.

3 When a provision for main is provided, order one of the main breakers listed in Page V1-T5-43. Panels are dual labeled to accept

Types BW, CSR or CSH Main Breakers.

4 MCBK225 lug kit is needed for load side cable connection for Meter Mains. Please order separately.

5 When a provision for main is provided, order one of the main breakers listed in this table. Panels are labeled to accept Type CSR Main Breakers.

6 Copper bus.

7 One-piece cover on utility side, Florida approved.

8 Single cover design.

9 Xcel approved.

Ampere

Rating Bypass Service kAIC Jaws Distribution Main

Branch

Breaker

Type

Dimensions

and Enclosure

Shape 1

Page Numbers

Catalog

NumberWiring Knockout 1

Ring Style Meter Mains (no distribution section included)

150 None OH/UG 10 4 None CSH2150 None 13 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-74 MBB150BTSCR

150 None OH/UG 22 4 None CSH2150 None 3 V1-T5-43 V1-T5-70 CMBB150BTS 67

200 None OH/UG 10 4 None CSH2200 None 13 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-74 MBB200BTSCR

200 None OH/UG 24 None Provision 45 None 3 V1-T5-43 V1-T5-70 CMBP200BTS 67

200 None OH/UG 22 4 None CSH2200 None 3 — V1-T5-70 CMBB200BTS 67

Ringless Meter Mains (no distribution section included)

150 None OH/UG 10 4 None CSH2150 None 13 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-74 MBB150BTSC 7

200 None OH/UG 10 4 None CSH2200 None 9 V1-T5-47 V1-T5-74 MBB200BTS 8

200 None OH/UG 10 4 None CSH2200 None 13 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-74 MBB200BTSC 7

150 None OH/UG 10 4 None CSH2125 None 9 V1-T5-47 V1-T5-74 MBB150BTS

200 None OH/UG 24 None Provision 3None 9 V1-T5-47 V1-T5-74 MBP200BTS 7

200 Horn OH/UG 25 None Provision 34 None 11 V1-T5-45 V1-T5-74 MBP200SD

200 Horn OH/UG 25 None Provision 34 None 9 V1-T5-47 V1-T5-74 MBP200BTSD

100 Horn OH/UG 10 5 None Provision None 15 — V1-T5-74 CHMMB100BTS

150 Horn OH/UG 10 5 None CSR2150 None 16 — V1-T5-74 CHMMB150BTS

200 Horn OH/UG 10 5 None CSR2200 None 16 — V1-T5-74 CHMMB200BTS

150 None OH/UG 10 4 4/8 CSR BR — — — MB48B150TSG

200 None OH/UG 10 4 4/8 CSR BR — — — MB48B200BTSG

200 Lever OH/UG 22 4 8/16 CSR BR — — — MBX816B200BTS

200 Lever OH/UG 22 4 20/40 CSR BR — — — MBX2040B200BTS

Standard Design

Non-EUSERC Panel

Compact Design

V1-T5-42 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Note: See knockout drawings on Pages V1-T5-68 through V1-T5-74 for hub information.

Combination Service Entrance Devices—Non-EUSERC, continued

Notes

1See Page V1-T5-68 for box details.

2Per installed main breaker rating.

3Will accept maximum four single-pole, two-pole, or two quad breakers.

When a provision for main is provided, order one of the main breakers listed on

Page V1-T5-43

. All panels are dual labeled to accept Types BW, CSR, CSH Main Breakers.

5Copper bus.

6One-piece cover on utility side, Florida approved.

7Units come with feed-through lugs.

8Xcel approved.

Ampere

Rating Bypass Service kAIC Jaws Distribution Main

Branch

Breaker

Type

Dimensions

and Enclosure

Shape 1

Page Numbers

Catalog

NumberWiring Knockout 1

Ring Style All-in-Ones (includes distribution section)

125 None OH/UG 24 2/4 None—refer

to Distribution

CSH2150

CH 2 V1-T5-43 V1-T5-70 CMB24L125BTS 56

150 None OH/UG 22 4 8 CH 3 V1-T5-44 V1-T5-70 CMB88B150BTS 56

200 None OH/UG 10 4 4/8 CSR2200 BR 3 V1-T5-44 V1-T5-70 MB48B200BTS 67

200 None OH/UG 22 4 8 CSH2200 CH 3 V1-T5-44 V1-T5-70 CMB88B200BTS 567

200 None UG 22 4 32/42 CSH2200 CH 7 V1-T5-43 V1-T5-69 CMB3242B200BS 56

200 None OH/UG 22 — 42/42 — CH — — — CMB4242B200BTS 5

Ringless All-in-Ones (includes distribution section)

125 None OH/UG 22 4 4/8 CSR2125 BR 21 — V1-T5-73 MBT48B125BTS

150 None OH/UG 22 4 4/8 CSR2150 BR 21 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-73 MBT48B150BTS

150 Horn OH/UG 10 5 8/16 BW2150 BR 11 — — MB816B150STD 8

150 Horn OH/UG 10 5 20/40 BW2150 BR 11 V1-T5-47 V1-T5-74 MB2040B150SD 8

200 None OH/UG 10 4 8/16 CSR2200 BR 10 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-74 MB816B200BTS 67

200 None OH/UG 10 4 8/16 CSR2200 BR 10 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-74 MB816B200BTSCU 567

200 Horn OH/UG 10 5 8/16 BW2200 BR 11 — — MB816B200STD 8

200 None OH/UG 248/16 Provision

4BR 10 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-74 MB816P200BTS 67

200 None OH/UG 248/16 Provision

4BR 10 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-74 MB816P200BTSCU 567

200 Horn OH/UG 258/16 Provision

4BR 11 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-74 MB816P200STD 78

200 Horn OH/UG 258/16 Provision

4BR 10 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-74 MB816P200BTSD 7

200 None OH/UG 10 4 12/12 CSH2200 CH 10 V1-T5-44 V1-T5-70 CMB1212B200BTS 567

200 None OH/UG 24 6–2 Pole Main lugs CH 9 V1-T5-45 V1-T5-71 CMB1212L200BTS 57

200 None OH/UG 24 12/12 Provision 4CH 10 V1-T5-45 V1-T5-71 CMB1212P200BTS 567

200 None OH/UG 24 6–2 Pole Main lugs BR 9 V1-T5-44 V1-T5-71 MB1212L200BTS 7

200 None OH/UG 22 4 24/24 CSH2200 CH 10 V1-T5-44 V1-T5-74 CMB2424B200BTS 56

200 None OH/UG 22 4 24/36 CSH2200 CH 10 V1-T5-45 V1-T5-74 CMB2436B200BTS 5

200 None OH/UG 10 4 20/40 CSR2200 BR 10 V1-T5-47 V1-T5-74 MB2040B200BTS 6

200 None OH/UG 24 20/40 Provision 4BR 10 V1-T5-47 V1-T5-74 MB2040P200BTS 6

200 Horn OH/UG 25 20/40 Provision 4BR 11 V1-T5-47 V1-T5-74 MB2040P200SD 8

200 Horn OH/UG 10 5 20/40 CSR2200 BR 10 V1-T5-47 V1-T5-74 MB2040B200SD 8

200 Lever OH/UG 10 5 None CSH2200 None 14 V1-T5-45 V1-T5-73 CMBXB200BTS 5

200 Lever OH/UG 10 5 12/12 CSH2200 CH 14 V1-T5-45 V1-T5-73 CMBX1212B200BTS 57

200 Lever OH/UG 10 5 32/42 CSH2200 CH 14 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-73 CMBX3242B200BTS 5

200 Lever OH/UG 10 5 None Provision None 14 V1-T5-45 V1-T5-73 CMBXP200BTS 5

200 Lever OH/UG 10 5 12/12 Provision CH 14 V1-T5-45 V1-T5-73 CMBX1212P200BTS 57

200 Lever OH/UG 10 5 32/42 Provision CH 14 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-73 CMBX3242P200BTS 5

200 None OH/UG 24 4/8 Provision BR 21 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-73 MBT48P200BTS 7

200 None OH/UG 22 4 4/8 CSR2200 BR 21 V1-T5-46 V1-T5-73 MBT48B200BTS 7

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-43

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Main Breaker Selection Chart

Wiring Diagrams

Catalog Number—CMB3242B200BS 47a. Catalog Numbers—CMBP200BTS, CMBB150BTS 47c.

Catalog Number—CMB24L125BTS 47d.

Notes

1When a provision for main is provided, order one of the main breakers listed in this table.

All panels are dual labeled to accept Types BW, CSR and CSR Main Breakers.

2Factory-installed MCBK225 Kit for C/B load lugs.

Maximum

Ampere

Rating

Two-Pole Breaker Catalog Numbers

10 kAIC 25 kAIC 25 kAIC 35 kAIC

100 BW2100 CSR2100 CSR2100N CSH2100N

125 BW2125 CSR2125 CSR2125N CSH2125N

150 BW2150 CSR2150 CSR2150N CSH2150N

200 BW2200 CSR2200 CSR2200N CSH2200N

Load Side Lug Kit for BW and CSR Breakers 1MCBK225

#14-2 AWG

#14-4 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring Diagram Key

Service Disconnect

Type CSR

Bonded

Neutral

Bonded

Neutral

Line

Bonded

Neutral

Line

Install 200 Ampere Maximum

Service Disconnect Type CSR 2

Wiring Diagram Key

#14-2/0 AWG

#14-2 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Bonded

Neutral

Line

#14-1/0 AWG

#14-6 AWG

#14-1/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

1234

Wiring Diagram Key

V1-T5-44 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Catalog Numbers—CMB88B200BTS, CMB88B150BTS 48a.

Catalog Number—MB48B200BTS 48c.

Catalog Number—CMB1212B200BTS 48d.

Catalog Number—MB1212L200BTS 48e.

Catalog Number—CMB2424B200BTS 48f.

Wiring Diagram Key

#14-1/0 AWG

#14-6 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

#4-300 AWG

Service Disconnect

Type CSR 200 Ampere Maximum

Bonded Neutral

Line

200A Maximum

Service Disconnect

Type BW or CSR

L1 Bonded

Neutral

Line

#14-1/0 AWG

#14-6 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring Diagram Key

5th Jaw Factory Installed

on CMB1212B200BTSD and

CMB1212P200BTSD Only

200 Ampere

Maximum

Service Disconnect

Type CSR or CSH

Bonded

Neutral

Line

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

#4-300 kcmil

#6-300 kcmil

Wiring

Diagram Key

Bonded

Neutral N

Ground Bar

#14-2/0 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-300 kcmil

Wiring

Diagram Key

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

#4-300 kcmil

200 Ampere

Maximum

Service Disconnect

Type CSR

Bonded

Neutral

Line

Wiring

Diagram Key

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-45

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Catalog Number—CMB1212L200BTS 49a.

Catalog Number—CMB2436B200BTS 49b.

Catalog Numbers—MBP200SD, CMBXB200BTS,

CMBXP200BTS 49c.

Catalog Numbers—CMB1212B150BTS, CMBX1212B200BTS,

CMB1212B200BTS, CMB1212P200BTS, CMBX1212P200BTS 49d.

Bonded

Neutral

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-300 kcmil

5th Jaw Factory Installed

on CMB1212L200BTSD Only

Wiring

Diagram Key

200A Max.

Service Disconnect

Type CSR or CSH

Bonded

Neutral

ABLine

2425

1312

1514

Maximum of 12 twin

Breakers as Shown

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

#4-300 kcmil

Wiring

Diagram Key

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#1-300 kcmil

#6-300 kcmil

Wiring

CMBXB200BTS

factory installed

200A Max Service

Disconnect type CSR

MBP200SD

install 200A Max

Service Disconnect

Type BW or CSR

CMBXB200BTS &

CMBXP200BTS

included lever by

pass meter socket

Line N

Diagram Key

5th Jaw Factory Installed

CMBX1212B200BTS &

CMBX1212P200BTS include

lever bypass meter socket

on CMB1212B200BTSD and

CMB1212P200BTSD Only

200 Ampere

Maximum

Service Disconnect

Type CSR or CSH

Bonded

Neutral

Line

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

#4-300 kcmil

#6-300 kcmil

Wiring

Diagram Key

V1-T5-46 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Catalog Numbers—MBT48B200BTS, MBT48P200BTS,

MBT48B150BTS, MBT48P150BTS 50a.

Catalog Numbers—CMBX3242P200BTS,

CMBX3242B200BTS 50b.

Catalog Numbers—MBB150BTSC, MBB150BTSCR,

MBB200BTSCR and MBB200BTSC 50c.

Catalog Numbers—MB816P200STD, MB816B200BTS,

MB816B200BTSCU, MB816P200BTS, MB816P200BTSCU

and MB816P200BTSD 50d.

12345678#6-2/0 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#1-300 kcmil

#6-300 kcmil

Wiring

Factory or Field

installed. 15A or

200A Max. Service

Disconnect

Line N

Diagram Key

2931

3335

3638

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-300 kcmil

Wiring

Line N

Bonded/

Neutral

CMBX3242P200BTS

200 A Max.

Service Disconnect

Type CSR or CSH

(not included)

CMBX3242B200BTS

200 A Max.

Service Disconnect

Factory Installed

Type CSR or CSH

Maximum of

10 Twin Breakers

as shown

Diagram Key

Includes Lever

Bypass Meter

Socket

200A

Maximum

Service Disconnect

Type CSR

Bonded

Neutral

Line N

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-250 kcmil

#1-300 kcmil

Included in

MBB150BTSCR

Wiring Diagram Key

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-300 kcmil

Line

Bonded

Neutral

200A

Maximum

Service

Disconnect

Type BW or CSR

Wiring Diagram Key

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-47

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Catalog Numbers—MBB150BTS, MBP200SD, MBB200BTS,

MBP200BTS, MBP200BTSD, CMBXB200BTS and

CMBXP200BTS 51a.

Catalog Numbers—MB2040P200SD, MB2040B200BTS,

MB2040P200BTS, MB2040B150SD and MB2040B200SD 51b.

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#1-300 kcmil

#6-300 kcmil

Line

Bonded

Neutral

200A Maximum

Service Disconnect

Type BW or CSR 1

Wiring Diagram Key

29 30

31 32

Line

Bonded

Neutral

200A

Maximum

Service

Disconnect

Type BW or CSR

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

V1-T5-48 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance Devices 100–225A

Residential Meter Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Residential Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-37

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance

Devices 100–200A Styles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-39

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance

Devices 100–225A

West Coast All-In-One Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-59

Mechanical Interlock Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-65

House Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-75

Commercial Safety Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-83

CH Style Renovation Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-86

Aluminum Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-87

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance Devices

100–225A

Product Description

Eaton is proud to introduce

a new line of West Coast/

EUSERC Meter Breaker units.

The new EUSERC devices

complement the existing

standard meter breaker

devices. Customers who are

interested in the complete

meter breaker line of products

can refer to Technical Data

TD.31F.01.T.E.

Application Description

Eaton’s line of EUSERC

required devices adhere

to the agreed upon standards.

EUSERC utilities are

predominately located in the

western United States, but

some eastern and

midwestern utilities are

also members. These units

can also be used in many

Non-EUSERC areas.

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●Single-phase, three-wire,

120/240V, 10 kAIC

●Larger 250 kcmil lugs and

additional knockouts for

ease of installation

●Box type main lugs

are included

●Factory-installed neutrals

●Hub provisions on top

endwall. If hubs are

required, order “DS”

type hubs

●Ring type sockets are

provided with a sealing ring

●Padlockable device covers

provide an additional

measure of security and

help prevent tampering

●Most units have center

keyhole for easy one-

person installation

●NEMA 3R rainproof

construction

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-49

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Catalog Number Selection

Note

1Not available in CR.

Meter Breaker Type

MB = 1-inch (25.4 mm) BR Type

MBE = 1-inch (25.4 mm) BR Type—EUSERC

CMB = 0.75-inch (19.1 mm) CH Type

CMBE = 0.75-inch (19.1 mm) CH Type—EUSERC

MBED = 7-inch (177.8 mm) deep

MBER = 1-inch (25.4 mm) BR Type—EUSERC ranch

CMBER = 0.75-inch (19.1 mm) CH Type—EUSERC ranch

MBEB = 1-inch (25.4 mm) BR Type back-to-back

MBX = Xcel approved lever bypass meter breaker

MBE 20 40 B 200 B S

Amperes

Amperage of unit

Main

B = Main breaker included

P = Provision for main

L = Main lug

Poles

Maximum number of poles

Breaker Feed

BT = Bottom and top

B= Bottom only

T= Top only

Mounting

S = Surface

F = Flush/stucco

Last Digits

G= Suffix = GA PWE spec

R 1= Suffix = ECCN renovation

PV = Suffix = PV rated units

6= 2 x 6 construction

A= Aluminum enclosure

Spacing

Number of spaces

Accessories/Modifications

D = 5th jaw and horn bypass

CU = Copper

C = Single cover compact design

CR = Two cover compact design

V1-T5-50 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Product Selection

Note: See knockout drawings on Pages V1-T5-68 through V1-T5-74 for hub information.

Combination Service Entrance Devices—EUSERC

Notes

1See Page V1-T5-68 for box details.

2Interrupting rating is dependent on the main breaker that is installed.

3Unit has copper bus.

4Units come with feed-through lugs.

5Please use RH-Type hubs on top end wall for overhead feed.

6Includes factory-mounted 2.50-inch hub on bottom endwall. UG feed only.

7Semi flush flange, not full stucco flange.

8Units include a two-pole provision for secondary main 70A max. Type BR, BRH, BRHH.

Ampere

Rating By-pass Service kAIC Jaws Distribution Main

Branch

Breaker

Type

Dimensions

and Enclosure

Shape

Page Numbers

Catalog

Number—Surface

Catalog

Number—Flush

Wiring Knockout

Ring Style Meter Mains (no distribution section included)

125 None OH/UG

42/4 MLO BR 2

V1-T5-55 V1-T5-70

MBE24L125BTS

MBE24L125BTF

125 None OH/UG

42/4 MLO CH 2

V1-T5-53 V1-T5-70

CMBE24L125BTS

3—

150 None OH/UG 22 4 None CSH2150N None 3

V1-T5-52 V1-T5-70

CMBEB150BTS

3—

200 None OH/UG 10 4 None CSR2200 None 3

V1-T5-56 V1-T5-70

MBEB200BTS

MBEB200BTF

200 None OH/UG 22 4 None CSH2200N None 3

V1-T5-52 V1-T5-70

CMBEB200BTS

3—

200 None OH/UG

42/4 MLO BR 3

V1-T5-56 V1-T5-70

MBE24L200BTS

MBE24L200BTF

200 None OH/UG

42/4 MLO CH 3

V1-T5-53 V1-T5-70

CMBE24L200BTS

3—

Ring Style All-in-Ones (includes distribution section)

100

None

OH/UG 10 4 12/24 BR2100 BR 2

V1-T5-53 V1-T5-70

MBE1224B100BTS

MBE1224B100BTF

100

None

UG 10 4 14/28 BR2100 BR 4

V1-T5-55 V1-T5-69

MBE1428B100BS

MBE1428B100BF

100

None

OH 10 4 12/24 BR2100 BR 9

V1-T5-58 V1-T5-71

MBE1224B100TS

—

125

None

OH/UG 10 4 12/24 BR2125 BR 2

V1-T5-53 V1-T5-70

MBE1224B125BTS

MBE1224B125BTF

125

None

OH 10 4 12/24 BR2125 BR 9

V1-T5-58 V1-T5-71

MBE1224B125TS

—

125

None

UG 10 4 18/36 BR2125 BR 5

V1-T5-54 V1-T5-69

— MBE1836B125BF

150

None

OH/UG

10 4 4/8 CSR2150 BR 19 ——

MBER48B150BTS

48 —

150

None

OH/UG

22 4 8/8 CSH2150N CH 19 ——

CMBER88B150BTS

348 —

150

None

OH/UG 22 4 8 CSH2150N CH 3

V1-T5-53 V1-T5-70

CMBE88B150BTS

34 CMBE88B150BTF 34

150

None

UG 22 4 32/42 CSH2150N CH 7

V1-T5-52 V1-T5-69

CMBE3242B150BS

3—

150

None

UG 10 4 20/40 CSR2150 BR 6

V1-T5-54 V1-T5-69

— MBE2040B150BF 5

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-51

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Note: See knockout drawings on Pages V1-T5-68 through V1-T5-74 for hub information.

Combination Service Entrance Devices—EUSERC, continued

Notes

1See Page V1-T5-68 for box details.

2Interrupting rating is dependent on the main breaker that is installed.

3Unit has copper bus.

4Units come with feed-through lugs.

5When a provision for main is provided, order one of the main breakers listed on Page V1-T5-68. All panels are dual labeled to accept Types BW or CSR Main Breakers.

6Please use RH-Type hubs on top end wall for overhead feed.

7Includes factory-mounted 2.50-inch hub on bottom endwall. UG feed only.

8Semi-flush flange, not full stucco flange.

9Units include a two-pole provision for secondary main 70A max. Type BR, BRH, BRHH.

Ampere

Rating

By-

pass Service kAIC Jaws Distribution Main

Branch

Breaker

Type

Dimensions

and

Enclosure

Shape

Page Numbers

Catalog

Number—Surface

Catalog

Number—Flush

Wiring Knockout

Ring Style All-in-Ones (includes distribution section), continued

150

None

OH/UG 22 4 20/40 CSR2150 BR —

V1-T5-55

—

MBE2040B150BTS

6—

150

None

OH/UG 10 4 4/8 CSR2150 BR 3

V1-T5-56 V1-T5-70

MBE48B150BTS

—

200

None

OH/UG 10 4 4/8 CSR2200 BR 3

V1-T5-56 V1-T5-70

MBE48B200BTS

4MBE48B200BTF 4

200

None

OH/UG 22 4 8 CSH2200N CH 3

V1-T5-53 V1-T5-70

CMBE88B200BTS

34 CMBE88B200BTF 34

200

None

OH/UG 10 4 8 CSR2200 BR 3

V1-T5-56 V1-T5-70

MBE88B200BTS

—

200

None

OH/UG

10 4 4/8 CSR2200 BR 19 V1-T5-58 V1-T5-73

MBER48B200BTS

48 —

200

None

OH/UG

10 4 4/8 CSR2200 BR 19 V1-T5-58 V1-T5-73

MBER48B200BTS

48 —

200

None

OH/UG

4 8/16 Provision BR 10

V1-T5-57 V1-T5-71

MBE816P200TSCU

36 —

200

None

4 8/16 Provision BR 10

V1-T5-57 V1-T5-71

MBE816P200TS

46 —

200

None

6–2 Pole

Main Lug CH 5

V1-T5-52 V1-T5-69

CMBE1212L200BS

3MBE1212L200BTF

200

None

OH/UG

6–2 Pole

Main Lug BR 9

V1-T5-57 V1-T5-69

MBE1212L200BTS

—

200

None

OH 10 4 20/40 CSR2200 BR 10

V1-T5-57 V1-T5-71

MBE2040B200TS

6MBE2040B200TF 5

200

None

UG 10 4 20/40 CSR2200 BR 6

V1-T5-54 V1-T5-69

MBE2040B200BS

6MBE2040B200BF 5

200

None

OH/UG 22 4 20/40 CSR2200 BR —

V1-T5-55

—

MBE2040BH200BTS

6—

200

None

OH/UG 22 4 20/40 CSR2200 BR —

V1-T5-55

—

MBE2040BH200BTF

6—

200

None

UG 22 4 30/42 CSR2200 BR 7

V1-T5-54

—— MBE3042B200BF

200

None

UG 22 4 32/42 CSH2200N CH 7

V1-T5-52 V1-T5-69

CMBE3242B200BS

3CMBE3242B200BF 3

200

None

UG 22 4 40 CSR2200 BR 12

V1-T5-58

—

MBE4040B200BSH

6—

200

None

OH/UG 22 4 40 CSR2200 BR 12

V1-T5-58

—

MBE4040B200BTS

MBE4040B200BTF 7

200

None

OH/UG 22 4 42 CSH2200N CH 12

V1-T5-57

—

CMBE4242B200BTS

3—

200

None

OH/UG 10 4 20/40 CSR2200 BR 18

V1-T5-55 V1-T5-73

MBE2040B200BTS

6MBE2040B200BTF 6

225

None

OH/UG 10 4 20/40 CSR2225 BR 18

V1-T5-58 V1-T5-73

MBE2040B225BTS

6MBE2040B225BTF 6

225

None

UG 22 4 30/42 CSR2225 BR 7

V1-T5-55

—— MBE3042B225BF

225

None

UG 22 4 32/42 CSH2225N CH 7

V1-T5-52 V1-T5-69

CMBE3242B225BS

3CMBE3242B225BF 3

V1-T5-52 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

Catalog Numbers—CMBE3242B150BS, CMBE3242B200BS,

CMBE3242B200BF, CMBE3242B225BS and

CMBE3242B225BF 56a.

Catalog Numbers—CMBE2222P125BF and CMBE2222P125BS

Catalog Number—CMBE1212L200BS 56c.

Catalog Numbers—CMBEB150BTS and CMBEB200BTS 56d.

Note

Factory-installed

MCBK225

kit for C/B load lugs.

#14-2 AWG

#14-4 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring Diagram Key

Service Disconnect

Type CSR

Bonded

Neutral

Bonded

Neutral

Line

Service Disconnect

Line

Bonded Neutral

#14-4 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#14-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

N Line

Bonded Neutral

#14-4 AWG

#6-1/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

Bonded

Neutral

Line

Install 200 Ampere Maximum

Service Disconnect Type CSR 2

Wiring Diagram Key

#14-2/0 AWG

#14-2 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-53

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Catalog Number—CMBE24L125BTS 57a.

Catalog Number—CMBE24L200BTS 57b.

Catalog Numbers—CMBE88B200BTS, CMBE88B200BTF,

CMBE88B150BTS and CMBE88B150BTF 57c.

Catalog Numbers—MBE1224B100BTS, MBE1224B100BTF,

MBE1224B125BTS and MBE1224B125BTF 57d.

Bonded

Neutral

Line

#14-1/0 AWG

#14-6 AWG

#14-1/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

1234

Wiring Diagram Key

Bonded

Neutral

Line

#14-6 AWG

#14-1/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

1234

Wiring Diagram Key

#14-1/0 AWG

#14-6 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

#4-300 AWG

Service Disconnect

Type CSR 200 Ampere Maximum

Bonded Neutral

Line

#14-6 AWG

#14-1/0 AWG

#14-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

Bonded

Neutral

Main

V1-T5-54 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Catalog Numbers—MBE2040B150BF, MBE2040B200BS

and MBE2040B200BF 58a.

Catalog Number—MBE1836B125BF 58b.

Catalog Numbers—MBE1212L200BF and

MBE1212L200BS

Catalog Number—MBE3042B200BF 58d.

912

13 16

17 20

21 24

25 28

29 32

33 36

37 40

Service

Disconnect

Type BW

or CSR

Line

Bonded Neutral

#14-4 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

NLine

Service Disconnect

Bonded Neutral

Wiring

Diagram Key

#14-4 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#14-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Line

Bonded Neutral

#14-6 AWG

#6-1/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Bonded Neutral

Wiring

Diagram Key

Bonded Neutral

LINE

NAB

41 40

37 36

33 32

29 28

25 24

Service

Disconnect

Type BW

or CSR

Bonded Neutral

21 20

Wiring

Diagram Key

#14-4 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-55

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Catalog Numbers—MBE1428B100BS and MBE1428B100BF 59a.

Catalog Numbers—MBE2040B200BTS, MBE2040B150BTS,

MBE2040BH200BTS and MBE2040BH200BTF 59b.

Catalog Number—MBE3042B225BF 59c.

Catalog Numbers—MBE24L125BTS and MBE24L125BTF 59d.

Line

Service Disconnect

Bonded Neutral

Wiring

Diagram Key

#14-4 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#14-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Bonded

Neutral

200A Max.

Service

Disconnect

Wiring

Diagram Key

#14-6 AWG

#14-1/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Bonded Neutral

Service

Disconnect

Type BW

or CSR

Bonded Neutral

LINE

NAB

41 40

37 36

33 32

29 28

25 24

21 20

Wiring

Diagram Key

#14-4 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Bonded

Neutral

Line

23456

#14-1/0 AWG

#14-6 AWG

#14-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring Diagram Key

V1-T5-56 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Catalog Numbers—MBE48B150BTS, MBE48B200BTS,

MBE48B200BTF 60a.

Catalog Numbers—MBEB200BTS and MBEB200BTF 60b.

Catalog Numbers—MBE24L200BTS and MBE24L200BTF 60c.

Catalog Number—MBE88B200BTS 60d.

200A Maximum

Service Disconnect

Type BW or CSR

L1 Bonded

Neutral

Line

#14-1/0 AWG

#14-6 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring Diagram Key

MCBK225 Kit for

C/B Load Lugs

Wiring Diagram Key

#14-2/0 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

200A Maximum

Service Disconnect

Type BW or CSR

Bonded

Neutral

Line

Bonded

Neutral

Line

23456

#14-1/0 AWG

#14-6 AWG

#14-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring Diagram Key

200A Maximum

Service Disconnect

Type BW or CSR

Bonded Neutral

Line

Wiring Diagram Key

#14-1/0 AWG

#14-6 AWG

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-57

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Catalog Numbers—MBE816P200TS and MBE816P200TSCU 61a.

Catalog Numbers— MBE2040B200TS and MBE2040B200TF 61b.

Catalog Number—MBE1212L200BTS 61c.

Catalog Number—MBE1212L200BTS 61d.

Catalog Number—CMBE1212L200TS 61e.

Catalog Number—CMBE4242B200BTS 61f.

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-300 kcmil

Line

Bonded

Neutral

200A

Maximum

Service

Disconnect

Type BW

or CSR

Wiring Diagram Key

Line N

Bonded

Neutral

200A

Maximum

Service

Disconnect

Type BW

or CSR

29 30

31 32

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

LINE

AB4

Bonded

Neutral

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

Bonded

Neutral

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-300 kcmil

Wiring Diagram Key

#14-4 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

#6-2/0 AWG

#6-300 kcmil

Bonded

Neutral

ABN

Wiring Diagram Key

Bonded

Neutral

#14-6 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

Factory Installed

Service Disconnect

Type CSR

#14-1/0 AWG

#6 AWG-250 kcmil

V1-T5-58 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Group Metering and Meter Breakers

Meter Breakers

Catalog Numbers—CMBER88B200BTS and

CMBER88B200BTF 62a.

Catalog Numbers—MBE4040B200BTS and

MBE4040B200BSH 62b.

Catalog Numbers—MBER48B200BTS and MER48B200BTF 62c.

Catalog Numbers—MBE2040B225BTS, MBE2040B225BTF 62d.

Catalog Numbers—MBE1224B125TS and MBE1224B100TS 62e.

Line

Service

Disconnect Type CSR

or CSH Max 200A

Secondary

Service

Disconnect

70A Max

Bonded

Neutral

Wire Range

#14-1/0

#14-6 AWG

#5-2/0 AWG

#5-250 AWG

#4-300 AWG

Bonded

Neutral

#14-6 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

#14-1/0 AWG

#6 AWG-250 kcmil

Factory Installed

Service Disconnect

Type BW

Line

Service

Disconnect Type CSR

or CSH Max 200A

Secondary

Service

Disconnect

70A Max

Bonded

Neutral

Wire Range

#14-1/0

#14-6 AWG

#5-2/0 AWG

#5-250 AWG

#4-300 AWG

#14-6 AWG

#14-1/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

225A Max.

Service

Disconnect

Bonded

Neutral

#14-4 AWG

#14-1/0 AWG

#6-350 kcmil

Wiring

Diagram Key

125A

Maximum

Service Disconnect

Type BR, or BRH

Bonded

Neutral

Line

Equipment

Ground

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-59

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

West Coast All-In-One Design

Contents

Description Page

Residential Meter Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-37

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance

Devices 100–200A Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-39

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance

Devices 100–225A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-48

West Coast All-In-One Design

Mechanical Interlock Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-65

House Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-75

Commercial Safety Sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-83

CH Style Renovation Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-86

Aluminum Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-87

West Coast All-In-One Design

Product Description

A metering device that

may contain a meter

socket, main breaker and

distribution section within

the same enclosure.

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●Semi-flush mounting.

7-inch design ideal for

stucco homes

●Endwall knockouts are

easily accessible for

future wiring without

damaging stucco

●Knockout in back of case

for mounting car-charging

receptacle in garage

(meets future electric

car requirements)

●Outboard split neutral

for easy wiring

●Commercial grade

main breaker

●Value-added kits available:

Hub adapter plate

V1-T5-60 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Product Selection

7-Inch Deep Meter Breaker—Standard Design OH/NG

Accessories

Hub Adapter Plate

Note

1 Main Breaker Bus connected to 20/40 distribution. Main and Disconnect in same compartment.

Ampere

Rating Bypass Service kAIC Jaws Distribution Main

Branch

Breaker

Type

Catalog Number—

Flush

Factory-

Installed

Kits

100 None UG 10 4 18/36 BW2100 BR

MBED1836B100BF

—

125 None UG 10 4 18/36 BW2125 BR

MBED1836B125BF

—

200 None UG 10 4 20/40 BW2200 BR

MBED2040B200BF

—

200

None UG 10 4 20/40 BW2200 BR

MBED2040B200BFN

—

200 None UG 10 4 30/42 BW2200 BR

MBED3042B200BF

—

225 None UG 10 4 20/40 BW2225 BR

MBED2040B225BF

—

225

None UG 10 4 20/40 BW2225 BR

MBED2040B225BFN

—

225 None UG 10 4 30/42 BW2225 BR

MBED3042B225BF

—

Description

Catalog

Number

Hub adapter plate MBEDADPT

MBED3042B200BF

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-61

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

Typical Wiring Diagram for Catalog Numbers

MBED3042B200BF, MBED3042B225BF, MBED3042BH200BF

Typical Wiring Diagram for Catalog Numbers

MBED1836B100BF, MBED1836B125BF

Typical Wiring Diagram for Catalog Numbers

MBED2040B200BFN, MBED2040B225BFN

Typical Wiring Diagram for Catalog Numbers

MBED2040B200BF, MBED2040B225BF, MBED2040BH200BF,

MBED2040BH225BF

V1-T5-62 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Typical Wiring Diagram for Catalog Numbers

MBEB2003040BB and MBEB2253040BB

Dimensions and Knockouts

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

7-Inch Deep Meter Breaker

#14-2/0 AWG

#6-250 AWG

Wiring

Diagram Key

200A or

225A Max.

Service

Disconnect

Type BW

or CSR

Loadcenter

Main Lugs

Loadcenter

Neutral

Line N

Factory

Bonded

Neutral

Catalog Number—

Flush

Height Width Depth

MBED1836B100BF

38.00 (965.2) 14.19 (360.4) 7.00 (177.8)

MBED1836B125BF

38.00 (965.2) 14.19 (360.4) 7.00 (177.8)

MBED2040B200BF

38.00 (965.2) 14.19 (360.4) 7.00 (177.8)

MBED2040B200BFN

42.50 (1079.5) 14.19 (360.4) 7.00 (177.8)

MBED3042B200BF

42.50 (1079.5) 14.19 (360.4) 7.00 (177.8)

MBED2040B225BF

38.00 (965.2) 14.19 (360.4) 7.00 (177.8)

MBED2040B225BFN

42.50 (1079.5) 14.19 (360.4) 7.00 (177.8)

MBED3042B225BF

42.50 (1079.5) 14.19 (360.4) 7.00 (177.8)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-63

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Catalog Numbers MBED2040B200BFN, MBED20408225BFN, MBED3042B200BF, MBED3042B225BF, MBED2040B200BF,

MBED2040B225BF, MBED1836B100BF, MBED1836B125BF

Knockout Configurations and Dimensions for

MBED2040B200BFN, MBED20408225BFN,

MBED3042B200BF, MBED3042B225BF, MBED2040B200BF,

MBED2040B225BF,MBED1836B100BF, MBED1836B125BF

V1-T5-64 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Catalog Numbers MBEB2003040BB, MBEB2253040BB

Knockout Configurations for MBEB2003040BB,

MBEB2253040BB

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-65

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Meter Breaker with Interlock Cover

Mechanical Interlock Cover

Contents

Description Page

Residential Meter Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-37

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance

Devices 100–200A Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-39

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance

Devices 100–225A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-48

West Coast All-In-One Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-59

Mechanical Interlock Cover

House Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-75

Commercial Safety Sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-83

CH Style Renovation Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-86

Aluminum Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-87

Mechanical Interlock Cover

Product Description

Covers mechanically interlock

two breakers. Covers

interlock main breaker with

two-pole breaker mounted in

the distribution section of the

meter breakers.

V1-T5-66 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Product Selection

Mechanical Interlock Cover

Mechanical Interlock

Deadfront

Meter Breaker

Catalog Number

MBDF1M CMB1212B200BTS

CMB1212B200BTSD

CMB1212P200BTS

CMB1212P200BTSD

MBDF2M MB816B200BTS

MB816B200BTSCU

MB816P200BTS

MB816P200BTSCU

MB816P200STD

MBDF3M MB2040B200BTS

MB2040P200BTS

MB2040P200SD

MBDF4M MBE816P200TS

MBE816P200TSCU

MBDF5M MBE2040B150BF

MBE2040B150BS

MBE2040B200BF

MBE2040B200BS

MBDF6M MBE2040B200TF

MBE2040B200TS

MBE2040P200TF

MBE2040P200TS

MBDF7M CMBE3242B150BF

CMBE3242B150BS

CMBE3242B200BF

CMBE3242B200BS

CMB3242B150BS

CMB3242B200BS

MBDF8M CMBE4242B200BSH

CMBE4242B200BTF

CMBE4242B200BTS

MBDF9M MBE4040B200BSH

MBE4040B200BSHH

MBE4040B200BTF

MBE4040B200BTS

Meter Breaker with

Interlock Cover

Mechanical Interlock

Deadfront

Meter Breaker

Catalog Number

MBDF1AM CMB2424M200BTS

MBDF10M CMB24B200TFR

CMB24B200TSR

MBDF11M CMBXB200BTS

CMBXP200BTS

MBDF12M CMBX3242B200BTS

CMBX3242P200BTS

MBDF13M MBE3042B200BF

MBE3042B225BF

MBDF14M CMBE88B150BTF

CMBE88B150BTS

CMBE88B200BTF

CMBE88B200BTS

CMB88B150BTS

CMB88B200BTS

MBDF15M MBE48B150BTF

MBE48B150BTS

MBE48B200BTF

MBE48B200BTS

MBDF16M MBE88B150BTF

MBE88B150BTS

MBE88B200BTF

MBE88B200BTS

MBDF17M MBE2040BC200BTS

MBE2040BH200BTF

MBE2040BH200BTS

MBE2040B150BTF

MBE2040B150BTS

MBE2040B200BTF

MBE2040B200BTS

MBE2040B200BTSV

MBE2040B225BTF

MBE2040B225BTS

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-67

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Meter Breaker Parts 1

Hub Selection Chart

Top Endwall (Surface)

Description

Catalog

Number

5th Jaw Kits

Compact and standard styles (MB and CMB) MB5JAWKIT

EUSERC style IMM5JKOP

Horn Bypass Kits

Ringless Style units only (MB and CMB) MBHBPKIT

Hub Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Catalog

Number

1.00 (25.4) DS100H2

1.25 (31.8) DS125H2

1.50 (38.1) DS150H2

2.00 (50.8) DS200H2

2.50 (63.5) DS250H2

3.00 (76.2) DS300H2

Hub Provision

Catalog Number

DS100H2

DS125H2

DS150H2

DS200H2

DS250H2

DS300H2

DS900AP (Adapter Plate if using DS___H1 hubs only) 2

Technical Data and Specifications

Wire Size Chart

Wire Size is Determined by the Circuit Breaker Installed

in the Enclosure

Notes

1For breakers under 70A used in backfed applications, add “B” to the end of the catalog string

to get the appropriate “hold-down” version.

2Use when DS H1 Type 1, 1.25 and 1.50-inch hubs are needed.

Use DS...H2 hubs for bottom endwalls (for all units). Use RH hubs for top endwalls on semi-flush

units. Use DS...H2 hubs for top endwalls on surface devices.

Main

Wire Size Range Cu/Al 60ºC

or 75ºC for Line Terminals

BR250 #14–4 kcmil

BR260 #4–1/0 kcmil

BR270 #4–1/0 kcmil

BR280 #4–1/0 kcmil

BR290 #4–1/0 kcmil

BR2100 #4–1/0 kcmil

BW2125 #2–300 kcmil

BW2150 #2–300 kcmil

BW2200 #2–300 kcmil

CSR2125 #2–300 kcmil

CSR2150 #2–300 kcmil

CSR2200 #2–300 kcmil

CSR2125N #1/0–250 kcmil

CSR2150N #1/0–250 kcmil

CSR2200N #1/0–250 kcmil

125A main lugs —

200A main lugs —

MCBK225 #2–300 kcmil

Wire/Application

Maximum

Wire Size

Ampere

Rating

Aluminum—Standard 250 kcmil 200

Aluminum—Service Entrance 250 kcmil 225

Copper—Standard and Service Entrance 250 kcmil 225

V1-T5-68 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Dimensions and Knockouts

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Box Styles—Five Different Styles (Shapes) of Product

Box Dimensions

Box

Number Height Width Depth

Box

Style

1 12.50 (317.5) 14.44 (366.7) 4.00 (101.6) A

2 23.88 (606.4) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) A

3 28.38 (720.7) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) A

4 34.13 (866.8) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) B

5 36.13 (917.6) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) B

6 43.38 (1101.7) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) B

7 46.88 (1190.6) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) B

8 19.75 (501.7) 7.50 (190.5) 4.00 (101.6) C

9 25.00 (635.0) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) C

10 32.38 (822.3) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) C

11 36.63 (930.3) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) C

12 34.38 (873.1) 22.00 (558.8) 5.38 (136.5) D

13 19.75 (501.7) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) E

14 39.91 (1013.7) 14.44 (366.7) 5.38 (136.5) C

15 23.88 (606.6) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5) F

16 28.38 (720.9) 13.00 (330.2) 4.94 (125.5) F

17 34.19 (868.4) 22.13 (562.1) 5.00 (127.0) D

18 36.06 (915.9) 16.63 (422.4) 5.50 (139.7) A

19 28.38 (720.9) 14.44 (366.8) 4.94 (125.5) A

20 32.06 (814.3) 14.44 (366.8) 4.94 (125.5) C

21 25.50 (647.7) 14.44 (366.8) 4.94 (125.5) C

ABCDE F

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-69

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Knockouts for Stucco and Surface Units Catalog Numbers—

CMBE3242B200BF, CMBE3242B225BF, MBE2040B200BF,

MBE2040B150BF, MBE1428B100BF, MBE1212L200BTF,

MBE1836B125BF and MBE1212L200BTS 62a.

Knockouts for Stucco and Surface Units Catalog Numbers—

CMBE3242B150BS, CMBE3242B200BS, CMBE3242B225BS,

CMBE1212L200BS, MBE2040B200BS, MBE1428B100BS,

MBE1212L200BTS, CMB3242B150BS and

CMB3242B200BS 62b.

Top Endwall (Surface)

Top Endwall (Stucco) 3

Bottom Endwall

Notes

1For details regarding quantities, please contact the Technical Resource Center (TRC)

at 1-877-ETN-CARE.

2Use when DS H1 Type 1, 1.25 and 1.50-inch hubs are needed.

3RH hubs are to be used for Top Endwall (Stucco) endwalls.

3-1/2

-1/

(88.9)

8.9

3-1/2

(88.9)

eyhole Knockouts on Sides for Stucco Units Only.

Keyhole Knockouts on Sides for Stucco Units Only.

op Stucco

Top Stucco

4-15/16

(125.4)

Bottom

5-5/16

(134.9)

Top Surface

Bottom

4-15/16

(125.4)

Hub Provision

Catalog Number Quantity

DS100H2 1

DS125H2 1

DS150H2 1

DS200H2 1

DS250H2 1

DS300H2 1

DS900AP (Adapter Plate if using DS___H1 hubs only) 21

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50 (31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5) 1

1.00, 1.25, 1.50 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1) 1

0.50, 0.75, 1.00 (12.7, 19.1, 25.4) 1

0.50, 0.75 (12.7, 19.1) 3

0.50 (12.7) 3

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

0.50 (12.7) 7

0.50, 0.75 (12.7, 19.1) 4

0.50, 0.75, 1.00 (12.7, 19.1, 25.4) 1

1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8) 1

1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50, 3.00 (31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5, 76.2) 1

V1-T5-70 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Knockouts for Stucco and Surface Units Catalog Numbers—

CMBE88B150BTF, CMBE88B200BTF, MBE24L125BTF,

MBE24L200BTF, MBE48B200BTF, MBEB200BTF,

MBE1224B100BTF and MBE1224B125BTF 63a.

Knockouts for Stucco and Surface Units Catalog Numbers—

CMBB150BTS, CMBB200BTS, CMBP200BTS,

CMBE24L125BTS, CMB24L125BTS, CMBE24L200BTS,

CMBEB200BTS, CMBEB150BTS, CMBE88B150BTS,

CMBP200BTS, CMBE88B200BTS, MBE24L125BTS,

MBE24L200BTS, MBE48B150BTS, MBE48B200BTS,

MBE88B200BTS, MBEB200BTS, MBE1224B100BTS,

MBE1224B125BTS, CMB88B150BTS, CMB88B200BTS

and MB48B200BTS 63b.

Top Endwall (Surface)

Top Endwall (Stucco) 3

Bottom Endwall

Notes

1For details regarding quantities, please contact the Technical Resource Center (TRC)

at 1-877-ETN-CARE.

2Use when DS H1 Type 1, 1.25 and 1.50-inch hubs are needed.

3RH hubs are to be used for Top Endwall (Stucco) endwalls.

Keyhole Knockouts on Sides for Stucco Units Only.

Top Stucco

Bottom

3-1/2

(88.9)

4-15/16

(125.4)

Top Surface

Bottom

5-5/16

(134.9)

4-15/16

(125.4)

Hub Provision

Catalog Number Quantity

DS100H2 1

DS125H2 1

DS150H2 1

DS200H2 1

DS250H2 1

DS300H2 1

DS900AP (Adapter Plate if using DS___H1 hubs only) 21

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50 (31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5) 1

1.00, 1.25, 1.50 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1) 1

0.50, 0.75, 1.00 (12.7, 19.1, 25.4) 1

0.50, 0.75 (12.7, 19.1) 3

0.50 (12.7) 3

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

0.50 (12.7) 7

0.50, 0.75 (12.7, 19.1) 4

0.50, 0.75, 1.00 (12.7, 19.1, 25.4) 1

1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8) 1

1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50, 3.00 (31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5, 76.2) 1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-71

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Knockouts for Stucco and Surface Units Catalog Number—

MMBE2040B200TF 64a.

Top Endwall (Surface)

Top Endwall (Stucco) 3

Knockouts for Stucco and Surface Units Catalog Numbers—

MBE1224B100TS, MBE1224B125TS, MBE816P200TS,

MBE816P200TSCU, MBE2040B200TS, CMB1212P200BTS,

CMB1212P200BTSD, CMB1212B200BTS, MB1212L200BTS

and CMB1212L200BTS 64b.

Bottom Endwall

Notes

1For details regarding quantities, please contact the Technical Resource Center (TRC)

at 1-877-ETN-CARE.

2Use when DS H1 Type 1, 1.25 and 1.50-inch hubs are needed.

3RH hubs are to be used for Top Endwall (Stucco) endwalls.

Hub Provision

Catalog Number Quantity

DS100H2 1

DS125H2 1

DS150H2 1

DS200H2 1

DS250H2 1

DS300H2 1

DS900AP (Adapter Plate) 21

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50 (31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5) 1

1.00, 1.25, 1.50 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1) 1

0.50, 0.75, 1.00 (12.7, 19.1, 25.4) 1

0.50, 0.75 (12.7, 19.1) 3

0.50 (12.7) 3

Keyhole Knockouts on Sides for Stucco Units Only.

Top Stucco

Bottom

3.50

(88.9)

4.94

(125.4)

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

0.50 (12.7) 7

0.50, 0.75 (12.7, 19.1) 4

0.50, 0.75, 1.00 (12.7, 19.1, 25.4) 1

1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8) 1

1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50, 3.00 (31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5, 76.2) 1

Top Surface

Bottom

5.31

(134.9)

4.94

(125.4)

V1-T5-72 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Knockouts for Stucco and Surface Units

Top Endwall (Surface)

Top Endwall (Stucco) 3

Bottom Endwall

Notes

1For details regarding quantities, please contact the Technical Resource Center (TRC)

at 1-877-ETN-CARE.

2Use when DS H1 Type 1, 1.25 and 1.50-inch hubs are needed.

3RH hubs are to be used for Top Endwall (Stucco) endwalls.

3.44

(87.3)

Top Surface

Top Flush

MBE4040B200BTF

Top Surface

Bottom Bottom

2-1/2-inch Hub

CMBE4242B200BTS

MBE4040B200BTS

MBE4040B200BSH

5.31

(134.9)

4.94

(125.4)

5.31

(134.9)

4.94

(125.4)

Hub Provision

Catalog Number Quantity

DS100H2 1

DS125H2 1

DS150H2 1

DS200H2 1

DS250H2 1

DS300H2 1

DS900AP (Adapter Plate) 21

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50 (31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5) 2

0.50, 0.75 (12.7, 19.1) 3

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

0.50, 0.75 (12.7, 19.1) 6

0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25 (12.7, 19.1, 25.4, 31.8) 2

1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5) 1

1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50, 3.00 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5, 76.2) 1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-73

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Knockout Configurations and Dimensions for Catalog

Numbers MBER48B200BTS and CMBER88B200BTS 66a.

Knockout Configurations and Dimensions for

Catalog Numbers CMBXP200BTS, CMBXB200BTS,

CMBX1212P200BTS and CMBX3242P200BTS,

CMBX3242B200BTS, CMBX1212B200BTS 66b.

Surface Unit Knockout Configurations and Dimensions for

MBE2040B200BTS, MBE2040B225BTS, MBE2040B200BTF

and MBE2040B225BTF 66c.

Semi-Flush Stucco Unit Knockout Configurations and

Dimensions for MBE2040B200BTS, MBE2040B225BTS,

MBE2040B200BTF and MBE2040B225BTF 66d.

Knockout Configurations and Dimensions for Catalog

Numbers MBT48B125BTS, MBT48B150BTS, MBT48B200BTS

and MBT48P200BTS 66e.

4-15/16"

Top Surface

Bottom End

Mounting Surface

5-5/16"

Bottom

Top Surface

4-15/16"

5-5/16"

V1-T5-74 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Knockouts for Non-EUSERC Units Catalog Numbers—

MBB150BTS, MBB200BTS, MBP200BTS, MB816P200BTS,

MB816P200BTSCU, MB816P200BTSD, MB816B200BTS,

MB816B200BTSCU, MB2040P200BTS, MB2040B200BTS,

MBP200BTSD, MBP200SD, MB816P200STD,

MB2040B150SD, MB2040B200SD and MB2040P200SD 67a.

Top Endwall (Surface)

Knockouts for Non-EUSERC Units Catalog Number—

CHMMB100BTS 67b.

Bottom Endwall

Knockouts for Non-EUSERC Units Catalog Numbers—

CMB2424B200BTS, MBB150BTSCR, MBB200BTSCR,

MBB150BTSC, MBB200BTSC and CMB2436B200BTS 67c.

Bottom Endwall

Knockouts for Non-EUSERC Units Catalog Numbers—

CHMMB150BTS and CHMMB200BTS 67d.

Bottom Endwall

Notes

1For details regarding quantities, please contact the Technical Resource Center (TRC)

at 1-877-ETN-CARE.

2Use when DS H1 Type 1, 1.25 and 1.50-inch hubs are needed.

Hub Provision

Catalog Number Quantity

DS100H2 1

DS125H2 1

DS150H2 1

DS200H2 1

DS250H2 1

DS300H2 1

DS900AP (Adapter Plate) 21

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

0.31 (7.9) 1

0.50 (12.7) 1

0.50, 0.75, 1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50 (12.7, 19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5) 2

1,00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5) 1

Top Surface

Bottom

5.31

(134.9)

4.94

(125.4)

Bottom

4.94

(125.4)

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

0.31 (7.9) 3

0.50 (12.7) 3

0.50, 0.75 (12.7, 19.1) 2

0.75, 1.00 (12.7, 25.4) 1

1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50 (19.1, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5) 2

1.50, 2.00, 2.50, 3.00 (38.1, 50.8, 63.5, 76.2) 1

Knockout Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Quantity

0.31 (7.9) 1

0.50 (12.7) 1

0.50, 0.75, 1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50 (12.7, 19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5) 2

1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50, 3.00 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5, 76.2) 1

Bottom

4.94

(125.4)

5.31

(134.9)

Top Surface (Catalog Numbers with SC and SCR Sufx Only)

Bottom

4.94

(125.4)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-75

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

House Panels

Contents

Description Page

Residential Meter Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-37

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance

Devices 100–200A Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-39

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance

Devices 100–225A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-48

West Coast All-In-One Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-59

Mechanical Interlock Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-65

House Panels

Commercial Safety Sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-83

CH Style Renovation Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-86

Aluminum Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-87

House Panels

Product Description

Eaton’s House Panels offer

a faster, easier and safer

installation.These 400A units

are ideal for larger homes in

North America that require

meter breakers. Available in

both CH and BR styles, these

service entrance devices

consist of a meter socket

and a distribution section.

In response to contractor

feedback, these panels

have been redesigned with a

focus on flexibility, simplified

wiring, and an overall ease of

installation. All units come

standard with a 22 kAIC main

breaker.The load conductors

can exit the top, bottom, side

or back for greater application

and installation flexibility.

Application Description

Additionally, Eaton’s House

Panels can be used for

apartments, condominiums,

clubhouses or common

areas.

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●NEMA 3R rainproof

●Rated for service entrance

equipment

●Lever bypass socket

available on certain

catalog numbers

●Pin type door hinges

●Socket to distribution

section is connected via

insulated cable for safety

●Second main space can

accept 100–200A BW, CSR

or CSR breakers

Standards and Certifications

●Ring style units meet

EUSERC requirements

●UL listed

V1-T5-76 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Product Selection

400A “House Panels”

Notes

1 Confirm security type for individual EUSERC utility requirements.

2 Included in all of the following devices.

3 If unit needs to be semi-flush, order accessory item catalog number HPPR to convert all surface mounting devices to semi-flush mounting.

4 Secondary sub-main installed in panel.

5 Feed-through lugs included.

6 Includes manual bypass and additional ground lug to meet Nevada Power requirements.

7 Bolt-on meter socket.

8 For 10 kAIC, use BR or BW breakers as secondary main.

9 Georgia Power approved.

j Xcel approved.

Ampere

Rating Security 1Bypass 2

Main

Breaker

Optional

Secondary

Main

Breaker

(Not

Included)

Service

Type kAIC Dist.

Line Side

Main Lugs

and Neutral

(Lugs Not

Included)

Semi-

Flush

Catalog

Number 3

Surface

Catalog

Number

300 Ringless Lever CSR2150 BW/CSR OH/UG 22 8/16 Lug

landings for

compression

— HP816P400BSL

300 Ringless Lever CSR2150 BW/CSR UG 22 None — HPC30SHL

400 Ring None CSH2200N CSR UG 22 32/42 — CG403242SH

400 Ring None CSH2200N CSR UG 22 12/12 — CG1212P400BS 5

400 Ring Manual CSR2200 BRH/CSR UG 22 None — HP40SHA 8

400 Ring Manual CSR2200 BRH/CSR UG 22 40/40 — HP404040SHA 68

400 Ringless None DK2400 None UG 22 24/40 — HP402440B 7

400 Ringless None CSR2200 BRH/CSR UG 22 24/40 — HP402440SBH 78

400 Ring None DK2400 None UG 22 None — HP40

400 Ring None CSR2200 BRH/CSR UG 22 None — HP40SH 8

400 Ring None DK2400 None UG 22 24/42 — HP402442

400 Ring None CSR220 BRH/CSR UG 22 40/40 HP404040SHF HP404040SH 8

400 Ring Manual CSR2200 BRH/CSR UG 22 40/40 HP404040SHFA 6—

400 Ring None CSR2200 BRH/CSR UG 22 8/16 — HP816P400BS 58

400 Ringless Lever CSH2200N CSR UG 22 12/12 — CG1212P400BSL 5

400 Ringless Lever CSH2200N CSR UG 22 42/42 — CG404242SHL

400 Ringless Lever CSR2200 BRH/CSR UG 22 None — HP40SHL 8

400 Ringless Lever CSR2200 BRH/CSR OH/UG 22 None — HPC40SHL 8

400 Ringless Lever CSR2200 BRH/CSR UG 22 40/40 — HP404040SHL 8

400 Ringless Lever CSR2200 BRH/CSR UG 22 8/16 — HP816P400BSL 58

400 Ringless Lever CSR2200 BRH/CSR OH/UG 22 4/6 — HPC4046SHLG 9

400 Ringless Lever CSR2200 BRH/CSR OH/UG 22 4/6 — HPC4046SHLX j

House Panels

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-77

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Accessories

●Top-feed gutter kit to ease

top-fed installation

●Re-engineered, adjustable

flush mount kit for a

cleaner installation

●100A second main

breaker kit

●New 750 kcmil box type

lug kit

Accessories

Description

Catalog

Number

Top feed kit to convert surface mount house panel for overhead service HP40TFKIT

750 kcmil lug kit HPBLK750

Manual bypass kit HPBPK

Flushmount kit HPPR

100A 2nd main kit (Type BR branch) HP2NDMNKIT

100A 2nd main kit (Type CH branch) CH2NDMNKIT

5th jaw for lever bypass house panels ARP00326CH

Locates 3-inch (only) incoming conduit to back of can by utilizing the 4-inch knockout useful in semi-flush applications HP40HUBPLATE

HP40TFKIT

HPBLK750

HPBPK

HP2NDMNKIT

V1-T5-78 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Wiring Diagrams

Type CH Style House Panels

Type CH Wiring—Catalog Number CG403242SH

Type CH Wiring—Catalog Number CG404242SHL

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

BONDED

NEUTRAL

EQUIPMENT

GROUNDING

TERMINALS

400 AMPERES

(320 AMPERES

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY

INSTALLED

200 A

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

LINE

FACTORY/FIELD

INSTALLED

200 A MAXIMUM

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

(OPTIONAL)

FACTORY/FIELD

INSTALLED

100 A MAXIMUM

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CH

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

27 28

29 30

31 32

33 34

35 36

37 38

39 40

41 42

BONDED

NEUTRAL

EQUIPMENT

GROUNDING

TERMINALS

400 AMPERES

(320 AMPERES

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY

INSTALLED

200 A

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

LINE

(OPTIONAL)

FACTORY/FIELD

INSTALLED

200 A MAXIMUM

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

FACTORY/FIELD

INSTALLED

100 A MAXIMUM

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CH

Type CH Wiring—Catalog Number CG1212P400BS

Type CH Wiring—Catalog Number CG1212P400BSL

Ty p e C H W i ri n g D i a g r a m K e y

BONDED

NEUTRAL

AMPERES

200 A MAXIMUM

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BW

OR CSR

LINE

200 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

OPTIONAL

100 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CH

(CONTINUOUS)

BONDED

NEUTRAL

LINE

200 A MAXIMUM

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BW

OR CSR

OPTIONAL

200 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

OPTIONAL

100 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CH

400 AMPERES

(320 AMPERES

CONTINUOUS)

#14-6 AWG

#14-1/0 AWG

1/0

–

300 kcmil

#4 AWG

–

300 kcmil

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-79

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Type BR Style House Panels

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP40

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP402440B

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP404040SH

BONDED

NEUTRAL

400 AMPERES

(320 AMPERES

CONTINUOUS)

F ACT ORY

INSTALLED

400 A

SER VICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE DK

LINE

BONDED

NEUTRAL

400 AMPS

(320 AMPS

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY

INSTALLED

400 A

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE DK

LINE

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

27 28

29 30

31 32

33 34

35 36

37 38

39 40

BONDED

NEUTRAL

EQUIPMENT

GROUNDING

TERMINALS

400 AMPERES

(320 AMPERES

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY

INSTALLED

200 A

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

LINE

FACTORY/FIELD

INSTALLED

200 A MAXIMUM

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

OR BW

100 A MAXIMUM

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BRH OR BR

(OPTIONAL)

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP816P400BS

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP402440SBH

Type BR Wiring Diagram Key

BONDED

NEUTRAL

EQUIPMENT

GROUNDING

TERMINALS

400 AMPS

(320 AMPS

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY

INSTALLED

200 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

LINE

(OPTIONAL)

11 10

15 14

200 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BW OR

CSR

100 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

BONDED

NEUTRAL

400 AMPS

(320 AMPS

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY/FIELD

INSTALLED

200 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR OR

FACTORY

INSTALLED

200 A

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

(OPTIONAL)

ANB

LINE

100 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BRH OR

#14-6 AWG

#14-1/0 AWG

#6 AWG

–

250 kcmil

#1 AWG

–

300 kcmil

1/0

–

300 kcmil

#4 AWG

–

300 kcmil

#6 AWG

–

300 kcmil

V1-T5-80 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP402442

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP404040SHL

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP40SH

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP40SHL

BONDED

NEUTRAL

400 AMPERES

(320 AMPERES

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY

INSTALLED

400 A

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE DK

LINE

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

27 28

29 30

31 32

33 34

35 36

37 38

39 40

41 42

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

27 28

29 30

31 32

33 34

35 36

37 38

39 40

ABONDED

NEUTRAL

FACTORY

INSTALLED

200 A

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

400 AMPS

(320 AMPS

CONTINUOUS)

LINE

(OPTIONAL)

FACTORY/FIELD

INSTALLED

200 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BW OR

CSR

100 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BR OR

BHR

(OPTIONAL)

BONDED

NEUTRAL

400 AMPS

(320 AMPS

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY

INSTALLED

200 A

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

LINE

FACTORY/FIELD

INSTALLED

200A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR OR

100A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BRH OR

BONDED

NEUTRAL

400 AMPS

(320 AMPS

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY

INSTALLED

200 A

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

LINE

FACTORY/FIELD

INSTALLED

200 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BW OR

CSR

(OPTIONAL)

100 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BR OR

BRH

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP404040SHA

Type BR Wiring—Catalog Number HP816P400BSL

Ty p e B R W i r i n g D i a g r a m K e y

EQUIPMENT

GROUNDING

TERMINALS

400 AMPS

(320 AMPS

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY

INSTALLED

200 A

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

LINE

FACTORY

INSTALLED

BY-PASS.

FACTORY/FIELD

INSTALLED

200 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

OR BW

GROUNDING

LUG

100 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE BRH

OR BR

(OPTIONAL)

BONDED

NEUTRAL

EQUIPMENT

GROUNDING

TERMINALS

400 AMPS

(320 AMPS

CONTINUOUS)

FACTORY

INSTALLED

200 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

LINE

200 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

TYPE CSR

OPTIONAL

11 10

15 14

100 A MAX.

SERVICE

DISCONNECT

#14-6 AWG

#14-1/0 AWG

#6 AWG

–

250 kcmil

#1 AWG

–

300 kcmil

1/0

–

300 kcmil

1/3

–

300 kcmil

#4 AWG

–

300 kcmil

#6 AWG

–

300 kcmil

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-81

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Catalog Numbers HPC40SHL and HPC30SHL

Dimensions and Knockouts

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Catalog Numbers HPC40SHL and HPC30SHL

Knockout Configurations and Dimensions for

HPC40SHL and HPC30SHL

Bonded

Neutral

(Optional)

Factory/Field Installed

150 A Max. - HPC30SHL

200 A Max. - HPC40SHL

Service Disconnect

Type BW or CSR

Factory Installed

150 A or 200 A

Service Disconnect

Type CSR

(Optional)

100 A Max.

Service

Disconnect

Type BR or

BRH

400 Amps

(320 Amps

Continuous)

V1-T5-82 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

House Panel Dimensions and Knockouts—For All House Panels Except Those With HPCPREFIX

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-83

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Residential Meter Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Residential Meter Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-37

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance

Devices 100–200A Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-39

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance

Devices 100–225A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-48

West Coast All-In-One Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-59

Mechanical Interlock Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-65

House Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-75

Commercial Safety Sockets

CH Style Renovation Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-86

Aluminum Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-87

Commercial Safety

Sockets

Product Description

A Commercial Safety

Socket is service entrance

equipment that consists of

a commercial meter socket

with a test block, and may

come with or without a

loadcenter type distribution

section.

Application Description

Eaton’s Commercial Safety

Sockets are typically used

where a single meter socket

or single meter socket with

a distribution section are

needed. These areas could

include a commercial

business, commercial office

building, individual retail

facilities and signs and street

lighting. Commercial Safety

Sockets are typically used in

EUSERC utility regions.

Features, Benefits and Functions

Commercial Safety Sockets with

No Secondary Feeder

●Ring type continuous duty

meter socket. 600 Vac

maximum, single- or

three-phase

●100 and 200A units

●Bussed connection from

meter socket to test block

●For use with self-contained

watthour meter

●Conform with EUSERC

standards

●NEMA 3R construction for

indoor/outdoor applications

●Units can be individually

mounted with provisions

for hub kits and pole

mounting

Overhead Combination Units

●NEMA 3R construction for

indoor/outdoor applications

●T-fuse protection, 480 Vac

maximum

●Line at top, load at bottom

●100 and 200A units

available up to 480 Vac

maximum

●Circuit breaker protection

to 480 Vac maximum in

10, 22, 42 and 100 kAIC

ratings

●Factory-cabled connection

from test block to line side

of tenant main

Underground Combination Units

●100 and 200A units

●480 Vac maximum

●NEMA 3R construction for

indoor/outdoor applications

●Underground or overhead

feed

●Provisions for self-

contained watthour meter

●Bussed connection from

meter socket to test block

●Tenant main disconnects

are available with circuit

breakers up to 480 Vac

maximum and T-fuse

mains, 240 Vac maximum

●Load wires can exit top

or bottom

V1-T5-84 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Product Selection

Overhead and Underground Combination Units and Individual Units

Individual Safety Sockets—600V Maximum—No Secondary Feeder Devices

Commercial Safety Sockets with Provision for Main Circuit Breaker

Commercial Safety Sockets with Main Circuit Breaker Included

Notes

1 If being protected by a fuse, the interrupting rating of the unit is limited to the fuse AIC rating. If being protected by a single- or three-phase,

600V breaker, the AIC is 14 kA; by a maximum 400A, single-phase, 240V breaker, the AIC is 18 kA; by a maximum 200A, single- or three-phase,

240V breaker, the AIC is 18 kA; by a maximum 125A, single-phase, 240V breaker, the AIC is 22 kA.

2 Order plug-on Type BR, BRH or BRHH circuit breaker separately.

3 Order Type CC breaker or CCH breaker separately.

4 Type BR = 10 kA; Type BRH = 22 kA; Type BRHH = 42 kA.

5 Type CCV = 10 kA; Type CCVH = 25 kA.

Ampere

Rating

No. of

Jaws

Voltage Service Phase, Wire

Maximum

Interrupting

Rating

Wire

Size

Catalog

Number

125 4 600 OH/UG Single-phase, three-wire 1#14–2/0

CH114TB

125 5 600 OH/UG Three-phase, three-wire 1#14–2/0

CH115TB

125 7 600 OH/UG Three-phase, four-wire 1#14–2/0

CH117TB

200 4 600 OH/UG Single-phase, three-wire 1#6–250 kcmil

CH124TB

200 5 600 OH/UG Three-phase, three-wire 1#6–250 kcmil

CH125TB

200 7 600 OH/UG Three-phase, four-wire 1#6–250 kcmil

CH127TB

Ampere

Rating

No. of

Jaws

Voltage Service Phase, Wire

Feeder

Circuit

Breaker

Maximum

Interrupting

Rating

Wire

Size

Catalog

Number

125 4 240 OH Single-phase, three-wire Provision 24 #14–2/0

CH214MTBLB

125 7 208/120 OH Three-phase, four-wire Provision 24 #14–2/0

CH217MTBLB

125 4 240 UG Single-phase, three-wire Provision 24 #14–2/0

CHU214MTBLB

125 7 208/120 UG Three-phase, four-wire Provision 24 #14–2/0

CHU217MTBLB

200 4 120/240 OH Single-phase, three-wire Provision 35 #6–250 kcmil

CH224MTBLB

200 7 208/120 OH Three-phase, four-wire Provision 35 #6–250 kcmil

CH227MTBLB

200 4 120/240 UG Single-phase, three-wire Provision 35 #6–250 kcmil

CHU224MTBLB

200 7 208/120 UG Three-phase, four-wire Provision 35 #6–250 kcmil

CHU227MTBLB

Ampere

Rating

No. of

Jaws

Voltage Service Phase, Wire

Feeder

Circuit

Breaker

Maximum

Interrupting

Rating

Wire

Size

Catalog

Number

100 7 480/277 OH Three-phase, four-wire EHD3100 14 kA #14–2/0

CH217MTBM515

100 7 480/277 UG Three-phase, four-wire EHD3100 14 kA #14–2/0

CHU217MTBMS15

200 7 480/277 OH Three-phase, four-wire JD3200 25 kA #6–250 kcmil

CH227MTBHMS15

200 7 480/277 UG Three-phase, four-wire JD3200 25 kA #6–250 kcmil

CHU227MTBHMS15

CH127TB

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-85

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Underground Combination Units and Safety Socket Accessories

Commercial Safety Sockets with T-Fuse Switch

Hubs

Jaws

Note

Order Type CC or CHH breaker separately.

Ampere

Rating

No. of

Jaws

Voltage Service Phase, Wire

Feeder

Circuit

Breaker

Maximum

Interrupting

Rating

Wire

Size

100 4 120/240 OH Single-phase, three-wire 200 kA #14–2/0 CH214MTBP

100 7 208/120 OH Three-phase, four-wire 200 kA #14–2/0 CH217MTBP

100 4 120/240 UG Single-phase, three-wire 200 kA #14–2/0 CHU214MTBP

100 7 208/120 UG Three-phase, four-wire 200 kA #14–2/0 CHU217MTBP

200 4 120/240 OH Single-phase, three-wire 200 kA #6–250 kcmil CH224MTBP

200 7 208/120 OH Three-phase, four-wire 200 kA #6–250 kcmil CH227MTBP

200 4 120/240 UG Single-phase, three-wire 200 kA #6–250 kcmil CHU224MTBP

200 7 208/120 UG Three-phase, four-wire 200 kA #6–250 kcmil CHU227MTBP

Description

Carton

Weight Lbs (kg)

Catalog

Number

Hub closure plate 3 (1.4) ARP00002CHB

1.00-inch (25.4 mm) hub 3 (1.4) ARP00003CH1

1.25-inch (31.8 mm) hub 3 (1.4) ARP00004CH12

1.50-inch (38.1 mm) hub 3 (1.4) ARP00005CH15

2.00-inch (50.8 mm) hub 3 (1.4) ARP00006CH2

2.50-inch (63.5 mm) hub 3 (1.4) ARP00007CH25

Description Part Number

5th jaw kit CH50371

CHU227MTBP

V1-T5-86 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

CH Style Renovation Solutions

Contents

Description Page

Residential Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-37

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance

Devices 100–200A Styles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-39

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance

Devices 100–225A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-48

West Coast All-In-One Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-59

Mechanical Interlock Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-65

House Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-75

Commercial Safety Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-83

CH Style Renovation Solutions

Aluminum Meter Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-87

CH Style Renovation Solutions

Product Description

●Ring style meter

socket design

●Provisional main breaker

or factory main breaker

available

●Center top feed design

●Exit bottom or top design

●100A, 125A or 200A

ratings available

Product Selection

CH Style Retrofit Solutions

Ampere

Rating Description

Catalog

Number

100 CH, 22 circuit, provision, center top feed, exit top or bottom, flush, OH/UG CMBE22P100BTFR

125 CH, 22 circuit, provision, center top feed, exit top or bottom, surface, OH/UG CMBE22P125BTSR

125 CH, 22 circuit, provision, center top feed, exit top or bottom, flush, OH/UG CMBE22P125BTFR

200 CH, 32/42 circuit, 200A main breaker, center top feed, exit top or bottom, semi-flush, OH/UG CMBE3242B200BTS

200 CH, 32/42 circuit, 200A main breaker, center top feed, exit top or bottom, flush, OH/UG CMBE3242B200BTFR

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-87

5.9

Metering Products

Meter Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Residential Meter Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-37

Non-EUSERC Combination Service Entrance

Devices 100–200A Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-39

Meets EUSERC Requirements Service Entrance

Devices 100–225A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-48

West Coast All-In-One Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-59

Mechanical Interlock Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-65

House Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-75

Commercial Safety Sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-83

CH Style Renovation Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-86

Aluminum Meter Breakers

Product Description

Eaton’s Aluminum Meter

Breaker enclosure and

external cover offers

excellent corrosion resistance

in the harshest coastal

environments. The meter

breaker’s light weight and

overhead/underground

design offers flexibility and

ease of installation.

Features and Benefits

●Overhead/underground

design provides flexibility

with wiring options

●Steel meter guides are

standard, which provides a

means of easy installation

of the utility glass bulb

meter into the meter’s

jaws

●Main Lug Only design

includes six two-pole

breaker locations, which

complies with National

Electrical Code 225.33

(maximum number of

disconnects)

●Distribution section

accepts BR branch

breakers

●Single-phase, three-wire

120/240 Vac applications

●Hub closure plate is

provided, attached to the

top of the device

●Optional fifth jaw can be

applied to 3 o’clock or

9 o’clock meter socket

position

●10-year warranty

●For customer support,

contact Eaton’s Technical

Resource Center at

1-877-ETN-CARE

●For additional information

or to place an order,

contact your local Eaton

representative or visit us

at www.eaton.com

Catalog Number Selection

Meter Breakers

MB 12 12 L 200 BT S A

Meter Breaker Type

MB = 1-inch (25.4 mm) BR Type

Spacing

Number of spaces

Poles

Maximum number of poles

Main

L = Lug

Amperes

Amperage of unit

Breaker Feed

BT = Bottom and top

Mounting

S = Surface

Material

A = Aluminum

V1-T5-88 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Systems for Residential and Commercial Application

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Systems for Residential and Commercial Applications

Product Description

Group metering is a service

entrance product line that

consists of a main device

and multiple meter sockets

in one enclosure or several

connected enclosures.

Group metering allows the

customer to install a multiple

tenant-metering device in

one location while providing

a space and installation

cost savings.

Application Description

Eaton’s Electrical Sector

offers two group metering

designs—Meter Packs and

Gangable Metering. Meter

Packs, also called All-in-Ones,

consist of main lugs and up

to six meter sockets in one

enclosure. Meter Packs are

supplied as one complete

unit and the user cannot

“add” additional meter

sockets to the unit in the

future. The most common

application for Meter Packs

is garden apartments,

small condominiums and

townhouses where six or

less units are metered

through one centrally

located Meter Pack.

Gangable Metering

(Main Service Modules

and Meter Stacks)

The second type of group

metering is Gangable

Metering, which consists of

a Main Service Module used

in conjunction with a Meter

Stack to make a custom

metering lineup. The Main

Service Module can be main

lug, main circuit breaker, main

fusible switch or bolted

pressure switch. The Meter

Stack is offered with various

meter sockets and bus

ratings. This type of custom

lineup allows the owner to

add/remove meter sockets

and main devices to meet

future need. Gangable

Metering is often used in

large condominiums, strip

malls and light commercial

applications where more

than six units are metered,

or there will be a future

need to add more units.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-89

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Features, Benefits and Functions

Clip-Tight™ Socket

Clip-Tight Socket

Eaton’s series of 1MP, 1MM,

3MM metering devices

incorporate the only socket

base in the industry without

fasteners. This component

uses jaws on both sides of a

thermoplastic polyester glass

fiber reinforced (PBT) base,

eliminating the need

for self-tapping screw

connections to vertical

busbars.

One-Piece Vertical Busbar

Eaton’s series of 1MP, 1MM,

3MM meter stacks embody

a one-piece busbar

construction to each socket,

as well as a one-piece cross

bus to each tenant main.

Because the Eaton design

uses the Clip-Tight meter

socket and does not have

busbar joints, the chance of

hot spots occurring is virtually

eliminated.

Field Phase Balancing

Due to popular incoming

three-phase voltage systems

and single-phase outgoing

loads, installers have the

option to field phase balance

on the individual stack (A-B,

B-C, A-C). This feature

eliminates the chance of

installing an incorrectly

phased device due to its

versatility.

Horn and Manual Bypass

With an increasing demand for

uninterrupted power, Eaton’s

series of 1MP, 1MM and

3MM meter sockets offer

horn (ringless style) and

manual (ring style) field-

installable bypass accessories.

These accessories provide

uninterrupted tenant service

if a meter is pulled for

inspection or replacement.

Lever Bypass

Due to commercial

requirements, Eaton offers

a lever bypass (as standard)

on all 35MM and 37MM

devices. Each socket base

consists of a lever bypass,

which also releases the jaws

(when lever is engaged in

bypass position), enabling

utility company mechanics to

easily remove and/or insert

utility meter.

Test Bypass Disconnects

Eaton also provides

commercial meter stacks

with EUSERC required test-

bypass disconnects (35SS

and 37SS). This bypass is

used in the same applications

as the lever bypass and it is

required by EUSERC utilities.

Main Tenant Breaker Cover

Each tenant circuit breaker

is protected by a lockable

raintight cover that secures

the breaker against

unauthorized operation. The

tenant breaker cover is a high

impact plastic to resist wear,

rusting and corrosion.

Mounting Features

A standard mounting rail and

factory-installed swing away

feet speed up and simplify

installation.

Standards and Certifications

●UL listed

V1-T5-90 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Meter Pack

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Meter Packs

Product Overview

●Eaton’s 1MP units are

self-contained (main

terminal box included) for

installations requiring up to

six meter socket positions

in a single enclosure

●Units are not gangable

with any other metering

device

●Approved by major power

companies, UL listed,

suitable as service

equipment and meet the

service and electrical

requirements of EUSERC

and CECHA

●Series rating up to

100 kAIC

●All ringless cover

devices include fifth

jaw as standard

●Ring type devices do

not include fifth jaw as

standard. Order 1MM5JK

if needed

●Bondable neutral

●120/240 Vac, single-phase

three-wire metering device

●Up to 600A maximum

horizontal bus rating

●Incoming lugs not included

(phase A, phase B and

neutral)

●Indoor/outdoor

construction

●Provision for two-pole

breaker (plug-on type for

125A sockets and bolt-on

type for 200A sockets)—

circuit breakers not

included

●Underground incoming

feed

●Aluminum or copper bus

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-91

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Catalog Number Selection

When Ordering:

1. Determine catalog number of the basic device.

2. Include Lug Kit for incoming section. See Page V1-T5-94.

3. Find quantity and catalog numbers for tenant circuit breakers. (Order one breaker per socket.) See Page V1-T5-94.

4. Select required accessories. See Page V1-T5-136.

Bus Material

C = Copper bus

Blank = Aluminum bus

Single-Phase Type of Metering

MP = Meter pack

Ampere Rating

12 = 125A

20 = 200A

Blank = Accessory

Number of Meters

2, 3, 4, 5 or 6

Blank = Accessory

Security or Accessory Code

R= Ring

RRL = Ringless

RRLB = Ringless with horn bypass

LK = Lug kit (accessory)

SC = Crimp lug landing pad kit

(accessory)

Bus Ampere Rating

2 = 200A

4 = 400A

6 = 600A

Blank = Accessory

1 M P 4 12 4 R C

V1-T5-92 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Product Selection

Meter Packs

Aluminum Bus—Main Lugs Not Included—See Page V1-T5-94

Notes

1Ring Style Meter Packs do not come with fifth jaw. Order 1MM5JK if needed.

2To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC125.

3To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC200.

4To change from ring to ringless covers, the top socket only in 2, 5 and 6 socket designs—order 1MMRC125T. Top socket only.

5Main lugs included. #6–300 kcmil. (Optional lugs are not available.)

6For overhead use, order DS_H2 type hub.

7Fifth jaw factory installed at 9 o’clock position.

8For overhead use, order DS type hub.

9To order with raceway provision in bottom endwall, add “T” suffix to the catalog number. Trough accessory catalog number is 1008934CH.

See Page V1-T5-94 for Main Lug Kit selection and Wire Sizes.

Socket

Ampere

Rating

Number of

Meter

Sockets

Bus

Ampere Rating

Main Tenant

Breaker Type

(See Page V1-T5-94)

Catalog

Number

Semi-Flush

Flange Kit

Catalog Number

Ring Style Meter Socket Covers 1

125 22 4200 Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

1MP2122R 58 1MPSFK1

125 23 400 1MP3124R 61MPSFK2

125 24 400 1MP4124R 61MPSFK2

125 25 4600 1MP5126R 61MPSFK3

125 26 4600 1MP6126R 61MPSFK3

200 32 400 Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

1MP2204R 61MPSFK4

200 33 600 1MP3206R 61MPSFK5

200 34 600 1MP4206R 61MPSFK5

200 35 600 1MP5206R 61MPSFK6

200 36 600 1MP6206R 61MPSFK6

Ringless Style Meter Socket Covers 7

125 2 200 Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

1MP2122RRL 58 1MPSFK1

125 3 400 1MP3124RRL 61MPSFK2

125 4 400 1MP4124RRL 61MPSFK2

125 5 600 1MP5126RRL 61MPSFK3

125 6 600 1MP6126RRL 61MPSFK3

200 2 400 Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

1MP2204RRL 61MPSFK4

200 3 600 1MP3206RRL 61MPSFK5

200 4 600 1MP4206RRL 61MPSFK5

200 5 600 1MP5206RRL 61MPSFK6

200 6 600 1MP6206RRL 61MPSFK6

Ringless Style Covers with Horn Bypass 7

125 2 200 Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

1MP2122RRLB 58 1MPSFK1

125 3 400 1MP3124RRLB 69 1MPSFK2

125 4 400 1MP4124RRLB 69 1MPSFK2

125 5 600 1MP5126RRLB 69 1MPSFK3

125 6 600 1MP6126RRLB 69 1MPSFK3

200 2 400 Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

1MP2204RRLB 69 1MPSFK4

200 3 600 1MP3206RRLB 69 1MPSFK5

200 4 600 1MP4206RRLB 69 1MPSFK5

200 5 600 1MP5206RRLB 69 1MPSFK6

200 6 600 1MP6206RRLB 69 1MPSFK6

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-93

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Copper Bus—Main Lugs Not Included—See Page V1-T5-94

Notes

1Ring Style Meter Packs do not come with fifth jaw. Order 1MM5JK if needed.

2To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC125.

3To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC200.

4To change in field from ring to ringless covers, the top socket only in 5 to 6 socket design—order 1MMRC125T.

Top socket only—other sockets see 2.

5Fifth jaw factory installed at 9 o’clock position.

6For overhead use, order DS_H2 type hub.

7For overhead use, order DS_MH type hub.

Socket

Ampere

Rating

Number of

Meter

Sockets

Bus

Ampere Rating

Main Tenant

Breaker Type

(See Page V1-T5-94)

Catalog

Number

Semi-Flush

Flange Kit

Catalog Number

Ring Style Meter Socket Covers 1

125 22 4200 Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

1MP2122RC 61MPSFK1

125 23400 1MP3124RC 71MPSFK2

125 24400 1MP4124RC 71MPSFK2

125 25 4600 1MP5126RC 71MPSFK3

125 26 4600 1MP6126RC 71MPSFK3

200 32 400 Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

1MP2204RC 71MPSFK4

200 33600 1MP3206RC 71MPSFK5

200 34600 1MP4206RC 71MPSFK5

200 35600 1MP5206RC 71MPSFK6

200 36600 1MP6206RC 71MPSFK6

Ringless Style Meter Socket Covers 5

125 2 200 Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

1MP2122RRLC 71MPSFK1

125 3 400 1MP3124RRLC 71MPSFK2

125 4 400 1MP4124RRLC 71MPSFK2

125 5 600 1MP5126RRLC 71MPSFK3

125 6 600 1MP6126RRLC 71MPSFK3

200 2 400 Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

1MP2204RRLC 71MPSFK4

200 3 600 1MP3206RRLC 71MPSFK5

200 4 600 1MP4206RRLC 71MPSFK5

200 5 600 1MP5206RRLC 71MPSFK6

200 6 600 1MP6206RRLC 71MPSFK6

Ringless Style Covers with Horn Bypass 5

125 2 200 Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

1MP2122RRLBC 71MPSFK1

125 3 400 1MP3124RRLBC 71MPSFK2

125 4 400 1MP4124RRLBC 71MPSFK2

125 5 600 1MP5126RRLBC 71MPSFK3

125 6 600 1MP6126RRLBC 71MPSFK3

200 2 400 Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

1MP2204RRLBC 71MPSFK4

200 3 600 1MP3206RRLBC 71MPSFK5

200 4 600 1MP4206RRLBC 71MPSFK5

200 5 600 1MP5206RRLBC 71MPSFK6

200 6 600 1MP6206RRLBC 71MPSFK6

V1-T5-94 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Main Lug Selection—Field-Installed Lugs for 400 or 600A Main Bus

Wire Sizes—Neutral and Ground Lugs

Notes

1 This kit comes with three pads for two lines and neutral. Each pad will accept one or two crimp

lugs. Cannot be used on 1MP2122R, RL, RC and RLB EUSERC underground termination.

2 This lug is not UL listed.

Each stack includes a neutral and ground bar. If an extra ground bar is needed, order 1MMGBK.

Line Lug and Wire Sizes

Order Separately and Field Install

Line Lug Kit Catalog Number

Order Three Kits

(For Two Lines and Neutral)

(1) #6–600 kcmil or (2) 2/0–250 kcmil 1MPLK1

(2) 250–500 kcmil 1MPLK3

(3) #4–300 kcmil 1MPLK4 1

(1) 750 kcmil 1MPLK2 2

Crimp lug landing pad 250–750 kcmil 1MPSC1 1

Description

Wire Size,

Al/Cu

Catalog

Number

Neutral—125A meter pack #6–2/0 —

Neutral—200A meter pack #1/0–300 kcmil —

Equipment ground bar—125A meter pack #14–#2 —

Equipment ground bar—200A meter pack #14–2/0 —

Optional ground bar #6–2/0 1MMGBK

1MPLK3

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-95

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Type CCV Tenant Main Circuit Breaker

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker

Product Overview

Eaton offers Type CCV

(10 and 22 kAIC) and Type CV

(42, 65 and 100 kAIC) family

of circuit breakers as the

primary tenant main breakers

used in most group metering

applications.

Product Description

Eaton’s residential products

Type CCV circuit breaker is

available in two-pole

configurations from 100A to

225A in 10 and 22 kAIC

ratings.

Features

●Ratings—120/240 Vac,

two-pole, through 225

continuous amperes,

calibrated at 40°C

●Tripping characteristics—

thermal-magnetic trip,

calibrated and sealed after

assembly. Indirectly heated

thermal tripping bimetal

elements

●Interrupting capacity at

120/240 Vac. Type CCV—

10 kAIC rms symmetrical.

Type CCVH—25 kAIC rms

symmetrical

●Handles—trip-free with

ON-TRIPPED-OFF

positions. Reset past OFF

is required to latch breaker

contacts after tripping

●Te rm i n a l s —standard

lugs (wire connectors)

suitable for copper or

aluminum wire

●

Backward compatibility

—

Type CCV and CCVH

retains same profile and

footprint as the CC and

CCH breaker, allowing use

in the same applications

Standards and Certifications

●Complies with UL Standard

489. Breakers are listed

under UL File #E7819

Product Selection

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker

Modification Codes

●X—load side terminals only

Two-Pole Breaker

Ampere

Rating

Wire Size Range,

Al/Cu 10 kAIC 25 kAIC

100 #2–300 kcmil CCV2100X CCVH2100X

125 CCV2125X CCVH2125X

150 CCV2150X CCVH2150X

175 CCV2175X CCVH2175X

200 CCV2200X CCVH2200X

225 CCV2225X CCVH2225X

V1-T5-96 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Type CV Tenant Main Circuit Breaker

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker

Product Overview

Eaton offers Type CCV

(10 and 22 kAIC) and Type CV

(42, 65 and 100 kAIC) family

of circuit breakers as the

primary tenant main breakers

used in most group metering

applications.

Product Description

Eaton’s residential products

Type CV molded-case circuit

breaker is available in two-

and three-pole configurations

from 60A to 225A in 42, 65

and 100 kAIC ratings.

Features

●Ratings—120/240 Vac,

two- and three-pole,

through 225 continuous

amperes, calibrated

at 40°C

●Tripping characteristics—

thermal-magnetic trip,

calibrated and sealed after

assembly. Indirectly heated

thermal tripping bimetal

elements; includes push-

to-test button for routine

preventive maintenance

●Interrupting capacity at

120/240 Vac

●Type CVS—42,000A rms

symmetrical

●Type CV—65,000A rms

symmetrical

●Type CVH—100,000A

rms symmetrical

●Handles—trip-free with

ON-TRIPPED-OFF

positions. Reset past OFF

is required to latch breaker

contacts after tripping

●Te rm i n a l s —standard

lugs (wire connectors)

suitable for copper or

aluminum wire

Standards and Certifications

●Complies with UL Standard

489. Breakers are listed

under UL File #E7819

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-97

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Product Selection

Type CV Two-Pole Tenant Main Circuit Breakers Type CV Three-Pole Tenant Main Circuit Breakers

Accessories

Field Installable

Number

of Poles

Main Tenant

Circuit Breaker

Ampere Rating

Wire Size

Range,

Al/Cu

42 kAIC 65 kAIC 100 kAIC

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

2 60 #6–4/0 CVS2060XMM CV2060XMM CVH2060XMM

70 CVS2070XMM CV2070XMM CVH2070XMM

80 CVS2080XMM CV2080XMM CVH2080XMM

90 CVS2090XMM CV2090XMM CVH2090XMM

100 CVS2100XMM CV2100XMM CVH2100XMM

125 CVS2125XMM CV2125XMM CVH2125XMM

150 CVS2150XMM CV2150XMM CVH2150XMM

175 CVS2175XMM CV2175XMM CVH2175XMM

200 CVS2200XMM CV2200XMM CVH2200XMM

225 CVS2225XMM CV2225XMM CVH2225XMM

Number

of Poles

Main Tenant

Circuit Breaker

Ampere Rating

Wire Size

Range,

Al/Cu

42 kAIC 65 kAIC 100 kAIC

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

3 60 #6–4/0 CVS3060X CV3060X CVH3060X

70 CVS3070X CV3070X CVH3070X

80 CVS3080X CV3080X CVH3080X

90 CVS3090X CV3090X CVH3090X

100 CVS3100X CV3100X CVH3100X

125 CVS3125X CV3125X CVH3125X

150 CVS3150X CV3150X CVH3150X

175 CVS3175X CV3175X CVH3175X

200 CVS3200X CV3200X CVH3200X

225 CVS3225X CV3225X CVH3225X

Description

Catalog

Number

Two-pole 300 kcmil with terminal shield 2TA225CVK

Three-pole 300 kcmil with terminal shield 3TA225CVK

Replacement mounting hardware kit for 200A 1MP, 1MM and 3MM units 1MMCBK

V1-T5-98 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant Circuit Breakers

Product Description

Specific main tenant circuit

breakers that are to be

used in meter packs (1MP),

residential meter stacks

(1MM) and three-phase in

single-phase out meter

stacks (3MM).

Product Selection

Notes

1#2–300 kcmil wire size range for CCV and CCVH tenant main circuit breakers.

2“MM” suffix indicates mounting hardware kit is included as standard with tenant main breaker.

31MMCBK replacement mounting hardware kit. One kit is needed per breaker. Mounting hardware kit ships standard with breaker “MM” suffix offering.

4#6–4/0 kcmil wire size range for CVS, CV and CVH tenant main circuit breakers. If #2–300 kcmil is needed, order 2TA225CVK. One kit needed per breaker.

Description

Number

of Poles

Main Tenant

Circuit Breaker

Ampere Rating

10 kAIC 22 kAIC 25 kAIC 42 kAIC 65 kAIC 100 kAIC

Catalog

Number 1

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number 1234

Catalog

Number 234

Catalog

Number 234

Catalog

Number 234

Plug-On Type

Plug-on type circuit breakers used

with 1MP, 1MM, and 3MM 125A

modular metering stacks

260BR260 BRH260 — BRHH260 — —

270BR270 BRH270 — BRHH270 — —

280BR280 BRH280 — BRHH280 — —

290BR290 BRH290 — BRHH290 — —

2 100 BR2100 BRH2100 — BRHH2100 — —

2 110 BR2110 BRH2110 — BRHH2110 — —

2 125 BR2125 BRH2125 — BRHH2125 — —

Bolt-On Type

Bolt-on type circuit breakers used

with 1MP, 1MM, and 3MM 200A

modular metering stacks

260— — CVS2060XMM CVS2060XMM CV2060XMM CVH2060XMM

270— — CVS2070XMM CVS2070XMM CV2070XMM CVH2070XMM

280— — CVS2080XMM CVS2080XMM CV2080XMM CVH2080XMM

290— — CVS2090XMM CVS2090XMM CV2090XMM CVH2090XMM

2 100 CCV2100X — CCVH2100X CVS2100XMM CV2100XMM CVH2100XMM

2 125 CCV2125X — CCVH2125X CVS2125XMM CV2125XMM CVH2125XMM

2 150 CCV2150X — CCVH2150X CVS2150XMM CV2150XMM CVH2150XMM

2 175 CCV2175X — CCVH2175X CVS2175XMM CV2175XMM CVH2175XMM

2 200 CCV2200X — CCVH2200X CVS2200XMM CV2200XMM CVH2200XMM

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-99

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Dimensions and Knockouts

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

1MP, 125 Ampere Meter Packs—Aluminum and Copper Bus

3, 4 Meter Device

12.552 9.000 9.000 9.000

48.290

24.260

To of Wall Mtg. Screw

Meter To Rail Mtg. Screw

21.699

7. 0 1 5 (3) Knockout

for 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2

Conduit

(1) Knockout

for 1-1/2, 2,

2-1/2 Conduit

34.250

2.025

3.140 5, 6 Meter Device

12.550 9.000 9.000

41.600

36.280

3.00 (76.2)

.450

"Z" "Y"

"X""W"

Concentric Knockouts

2-1/2", 3", 3-1/2", 4 " Knockout

Concentric Knockouts

1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", Knockout

Concentric

Knockouts

1/2" Knockout

4.555

14.460

7. 0 0 5

4.690

3.615

24.08 (611.6)

5.125

5.610

of 1/2" Ring

of 1-1/2" Ring

of 4" Ring

"Z" =

"Y" =

"X" =

"W" =

3.625

7. 0 1 5

Concentric

Knockouts

2-1/2", 3", 3-1/2", 4 "

Knockout

Concentric Knockouts

1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", Knockout

Concentric

Knockouts

1/2" Knockout

.450

4.565

8.000

3.000 3.000

36.130

6.560

"Z"

"Y"

"X"

"W"

.695

27.000

4.690

5.610 5.125

2.560

5.0009.380

11.880

Mtn. for 2, 2-1/2, 3"

C-H Conduit Hubs

1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2" KO

6 Places

2.750

2.880

57 Mtg Holes

4 Places

34.180

23.750

1.806

6.380

5.900 .060

2.250

2.750

1.440

1.880

3.250

2.563

6.500

3.250

2.563

6.500

3.063 Dia.

Hub Opening

2.277

4.000

1.063

.438

3.688

3.063

.875 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2"

Knockouts

(6 Required)

2.625

1.500

1-1/2", 2",

2-1/2", 3"

Knockouts

1/2" Knockout

4.389

2.313

1.438

4.375

Bottom Endwall Knockouts for Units with "T" Sufx

3, 4 Meter Device

Bottom Endwall Knockouts for Units with "T" Sufx

5, 6 Meter Device

Top View

V1-T5-100 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

1MP, 200 Ampere Meter Packs—Aluminum and Copper Bus

4.690

7. 0 0 5

Concentric Knockouts

2-1/2", 3", 3-1/2", 4 " Knockout

Concentric Knockouts

1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" Knockout

Concentric Knockouts

1/2" Knockout

5.610

.450

4.555

3.000

5.125

"Z"

"Y"

"X"

"W"

3.615

Typ.

15.000

24.080

of 1/2" Ring

of 1-1/2" Ring

of 4" Ring

"Z" =

"Y" =

"X" =

"W" =

7. 0 1 5

(4) Knock Out

For 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2"

Conduit 3, 4 Meter Device

15.826

2.015

25.480

3.125

18.425

12.125 12.125 12.125

64.535

To of Wall Mtg. Screw

Meter To Rail Mtg. Screw

34.250

2 Meter Device

25.480

2.015

42.685

12.155

18.400

38.755

2.015

12.125

18.425

52.415

5, 6 Meter Device

2, 3 & 4 Meter Endwall

3.0003.000

.450

"Z"

"Y"

"X""W"

Concentric

Knockouts

2-1/2", 3", 3-1/2",

4 " Knockout

Concentric

Knockouts

1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2",

2" Knockout

Concentric Knockouts

1/2" Knockout

4.565

4.690

6.555

.695

3.625

38.635

27.000

7. 0 1 5

8.000

5.610

3.250

2.563

6.500

3.250

2.563

6.500

Bottom Endwall Knockouts

for Units with "T" Sufx

2, 3, 4 Meter Device

Bottom Endwall Knockouts for Units with "T" Sufx

5, 6 Meter Device

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-101

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules

Surge Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Main Service Modules

Product Description

●Main terminal box

●Main circuit breaker

●Main bolted pressure

switch

●Main fusible switch

●Main fusible switch with

pull box

●Underground pull box

Application Description

Main Circuit Breakers with

Busway Connections

The Service Entrance Product

Team announces the

availability of both main

fusible switch and main

circuit breaker group

metering mains with busway

connections. This offering

provides us with the ability

to offer multiple tenant

metering in high rise

apartment buildings where

riser busway is used.

Features, Benefits and Functions

Eaton’s Main Service Module

●Offering: main terminal/lug

compartment, main circuit

breaker, main fusible

switch, main bolted

pressure switch, main

fusible switch with pull

box (meets EUSERC

electrical requirements),

underground pull box

termination compartment

without cross bus (meets

EUSERC electrical

requirements)

●Mechanically and

electrically built for use

with 1MM, 3MM, 35MM,

37MM, 35SS and 37SS

modular metering stacks

●For integrated system

short-circuit ratings with

main devices, see series

ratings on Page V1-T5-142

●All main service modules

include both left and right

horizontal bus closure

plates

●Two-pole devices are

applied to single-phase,

three-wire, 120/240V or

208Y/120V systems, three-

pole devices to 208Y/240V

or 120/240V delta systems

●Single-phase mains couple

to any modular metering

stack (1MM, 3MM, 35MM,

37MM, 35SS and 37SS)

●Three-phase mains require

three-phase bussed stacks.

These modular metering

stacks are 3MM, 35MM,

37MM, 35SS and 37SS

●If the ampere rating of the

main service module is

greater than the horizontal

bus rating of the meter

stack (residential or

commercial), the main

service module must be

center fed. Examples:

1200A Main Circuit Breaker

(1MCB1200R) with an

800A residential stack

(1MM512R). 1600A Main

Terminal Box

(3MTB1600R) with a

1200A residential stack

(3MM212R12)

●Most main service

modules are available with

aluminum or copper bus

Main Circuit Breakers with

Busway Connections

●Three-phase, 400–200A

main circuit breakers

●Three-phase, 400–800A

main fusible switches

●Simple bridge joint

connection

●Variety of options:

●Right or left mounting

●Internal ground or

housing ground

●The MFS/MCB and busway

connector are supplied

completely assembled

V1-T5-102 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Catalog Number Selection

When Ordering:

1. Determine catalog number of Main Service Module.

2. Determine catalog number of Meter Stack (Residential or Commercial).

3. Find quantity and catalog numbers for tenant circuit breakers (found on Page V1-T5-125 or V1-T5-135).

Order one breaker per socket.

4. If any accessories are needed, order from Pages V1-T5-136 and V1-T5-137.

Phase

1 = Single-phase

3 = Three-phase

Ampere Rating

400A

600A

800A

1000A

1200A

1400A

1600A

2000A

Bus Material

C= Copper bus

Blank= Aluminum bus

Type of Metering

BTB = Main terminal box

MCB = Main circuit breaker

BPS = Bolted pressure switch

MFS = Main fusible switch

UGPB = Underground pull box

MTBE = Main terminal box with utility

pull box

MCBE = Main circuit breaker with utility

pull box

Accessories and Additional Options

BLK= Box lug kit (accessory)

CLK= Compression lug (accessory)

B= Bottom feed

T= Top feed

UG= Pull box

Blank= No options

Enclosure

R = NEMA 3R

3 MTB 400 R C

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-103

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Product Selection

Main Terminal Box

●Phase and neutral lugs

are included

●Top or bottom feed:

●For top feed, use

Myer type hub

●Indoor or outdoor

●Terminal box UL listed

short-circuit rating is the

least AIC rating of any

installed main tenant

breaker—to a maximum

of 100,000 rms

symmetrical amperes

Main Terminal Box

Main Terminal Box Riser Panel

Eaton’s Main Terminal Box

Riser Panel is a main terminal

box with offset lugs on each

phase to allow riser cables to

pass through the main

service module.

These panels are used in the

construction of assisted living

homes, dormitories, public

housing complexes and

apartments.

Main Terminal Box Riser Panel

Notes

1 1200A main devices must be center fed when installing 800A residential meter stacks.

1600A main devices must be center fed when installing 800–1200A residential and commercial meter stacks.

2 For 400A units, to obtain (4) 750 kcmil cables per phase—order quantity 4 1MPLK2. Kit contains one lug.

3 For compression lug landing kits for 600A units, order 3MTB600CLK. Kit includes lug landings for three phases and neutral.

4 For 800A units, to obtain (4) 1/0–300 kcmil or (2) 1/0–750 kcmil cables per phase—order catalog number 3MTB800BLK,

one lug kit per main terminal box ordered (neutral and ground included in kit).

5 For 800A and 1200A units, for compression lug landing kits, order 3MTB1200CLK. Kit includes lug landings for three-phase and neutral.

6 For 1200A units, to obtain (6) 1/0–300 kcmil or (3) 750 kcmil cables per phase—order catalog number 3MTB1200BLK,

one lug kit per main terminal box ordered (neutral and ground included in kit).

7 Meets EUSERC electrical requirements and eliminates the need to add additional pull box section.

8 For 1600A units, to obtain (4) 750 kcmil cables per phase—order catalog number 3MTB1600BLK, one lug kit per main terminal box ordered.

For a 1600A compression lug landing kit, order catalog number 3MTB1600CLK.

9 Quantity (10) lugs per phase—quantity (5) lugs incoming and quantity (5) lugs outgoing per phase.

Ampere

Rating Line Side Lug and Wire Sizes—Included

System Voltage

120/240 Vac Single-Phase, Three-Wire 120/208 Vac Three-Phase, Four-Wire

Catalog Number Catalog Number

Aluminum Bus (Standard Offering)

400 (1) #6–600 or (2) 1/0–250 kcmil 2Use three-phase 3MTB400R

600 (2) 250–500 kcmil 3Use three-phase 3MTB600R

800 (4) 250–500 kcmil 45 1MTB800R 3MTB800R

1200 1(4) 250–500 kcmil 56 1MTB1200R 3MTB1200R

Aluminum Bus (EUSERC)

400 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MTBE400R 73MTBE400R 7

800 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MTBE800R 73MTBE800R 7

Copper Bus (Premium Offering)

400 (1) #6–600 or (2) 1/0–250 kcmil 2Use three-phase 3MTB400RC

600 (2) 250–500 kcmil 3Use three-phase 3MTB600RC

800 (4) 250–500 kcmil 45 1MTB800RC 3MTB800RC

1200 1(4) 250–500 kcmil 56 1MTB1200RC 3MTB1200RC

1600 1(6) 500 kcmil 81MTB1600RC 3MTB1600RC

Main Terminal Box

System Voltage

Ampere

Rating

Line and Load Side Lug and

Wire Sizes Included

120/240 Vac Single-Phase,

Three-Wire Catalog Number

120/208 Vac Three-Phase,

Four-Wire Catalog Number

Copper Bus (Standard Offering)

1200 #2 AWG–750 kcmil 19 Use three-phase 3MTB1200RCRIS

1600 #2 AWG–750 kcmil 19 Use three-phase 3MTB1600RCRIS

V1-T5-104 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Main Circuit Breaker

●Phase and neutral lugs

included. If additional

neutral lugs are needed,

order 1MCB1200NLK

for (3) 1/0–750 or

(6) 1/0–300 kcmil

●For shunt trip mains, order

the field-installable shunt

trip kit in this volume,

Tab 1, secti on 1.1

●For overhead feed, use

Myer type hub. Verify local

utility approval

●For compression lugs on

400, 600, 800, 1000 and

1200A units, add CL to the

end of the part number

(includes copper lug pads

for lines and neutral)

●1200A or greater main

devices must be center

fed when installing 800A

residential meter stacks

●1400, 1600 and 2000A

main devices must be

center fed when installing

800 and 1200A residential

and commercial meter

stacks

Main Circuit Breaker

Notes

1 If additional neutral lugs are needed, order 1MCB1200NLK [(3) 1/0–750 kcmil or (6) 1/0–300 kcmil].

2 Add CL to end of catalog number for compression lug pads (includes lug pads for lines and neutral).

3 If (3) 500–750 kcmil are needed, order TA1201NB1. Order one kit per pole.

4 Main devices with a rating greater than 800A can be used with 800A residential modular stacks, but only as a center fed main.

Main

Ampere

Rating

Main

Circuit

Breaker

Type Feed kAIC

Line Side Lug and Wire Sizes

(Lugs Included with Main Breaker) 1

System Voltage

120/240 Vac

Single-Phase, Three-Wire

120/208 Vac

Three-Phase, Four-Wire

Catalog Number Catalog Number

Aluminum Bus (Standard Offering)

250 KD Bottom/top 65 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 2/0–500 kcmil 1MCB250R 3MCB250R

250 HKD Bottom/top 100 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 2/0–500 kcmil 1MHCB250R 3MHCB250R

300 KD Bottom/top 65 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 2/0–500 kcmil 1MCB300R 3MCB300R

300 HKD Bottom/top 100 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 2/0–500 kcmil 1MHCB300R 3MHCB300R

350 KD Bottom/top 65 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 2/0–500 kcmil 1MCB350R 3MCB350R

350 HKD Bottom/top 100 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 2/0–500 kcmil 1MHCB350R 3MHCB350R

400 KD Bottom/top 65 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 2/0–500 kcmil 1MCB400R 23MCB400R 2

400 HKD Bottom/top 100 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 2/0–500 kcmil 1MHCB400R 23MHCB400R 2

500 LD Bottom/top 65 (2) 400–500 kcmil 1MCB500R 3MCB500R

500 HLD Bottom/top 100 (2) 400–500 kcmil 1MHCB500R 3MHCB500R

600 LD Bottom/top 65 (2) 400–500 kcmil 1MCB600R 23MCB600R 2

600 HLD Bottom/top 100 (2) 400–500 kcmil 1MHCB600R 23MHCB600R 2

700 HMDL Bottom/top 100 (3) 3/0–400 kcmil 1MHCB700R 3MHCB700R

700 MDL Bottom/top 65 (3) 3/0–400 kcmil 1MCB700R 3MCB700R

800 MDL Bottom/top 65 (3) 3/0–400 kcmil 1MCB800R 23MCB800R 2

800 MDL Bottom/top 65 (2) 500–750 kcmil 1MCB800R750 3MCB800R750

800 HMDL Bottom/top 100 (3) 3/0–400 kcmil 1MHCB800R 23MHCB800R 2

900 NGS Bottom/top 65 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MCB900R 43MCB900R 4

900 NGH Bottom/top 100 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MHCB900R 43MHCB900R 4

1000 NGS Bottom/top 65 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MCB1000R 24 3MCB1000R 24

1000 NGS Bottom/top 65 (2) 500–750 kcmil 1MCB1000R750 3MCB1000R750

1000 NGH Bottom/top 100 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MHCB1000R 24 3MHCB1000R 24

1200 NGS Bottom 65 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MCB1200R 24 3MCB1200R 24

1200 NGH Bottom 100 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MHCB1200R 24 3MHCB1200R 24

1200 NGS Bottom 65 (2) 500–750 kcmil Use three-phase 3MCB1200R750

Main Circuit Breaker

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-105

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Main Circuit Breaker

Main Circuit Breaker, continued

Notes

1 If additional neutral lugs are needed, order 1MCB1200NLK [(3) 1/0–750 kcmil or (6) 1/0–300 kcmil].

2 Add CL to end of catalog number for compression lug pads (includes lug pads for lines and neutral).

3 If (3) 500–750 kcmil are needed, order TA1201NB1. Order one kit per pole.

4 Main devices with a rating greater than 800A can be used with 800A residential modular stacks but only as a center fed main.

5 If (6) #2–600 kcmil lugs are needed, order TA2000RD. Catalog number includes terminals and hardware for three poles. If neutral is needed, order TA2000N.

6 Copper bus.

7 Main devices with a rating greater than 1200A can be used with residential and commercial modular metering stacks but only as a center fed main.

8 Only to be used in center feed applications with 1200A meter stacks. Not to be used with 800A stacks.

Main

Ampere

Rating

Main

Circuit

Breaker

Type Feed kAIC

Line Side Lug and Wire Sizes

(Lugs Included with Main Breaker) 1

System Voltage

120/240 Vac

Single-Phase, Three-Wire

120/208 Vac

Three-Phase, Four-Wire

Catalog Number Catalog Number

Aluminum Bus (EUSERC)

300 KD Bottom/top 65 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MCBE300R 3MCBE300R

350 KD Bottom/top 65 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MCBE350R 3MCBE350R

400 KD Bottom/top 65 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MCBE400R 3MCBE400R

400 HKD Bottom/top 100 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MHCBE400R 3MHCBE400R

500 LD Bottom/top 65 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MCBE500R 3MCBE500R

600 LD Bottom/top 65 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MCBE600R 3MCBE600R

600 HLD Bottom/top 100 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MHCBE600R 3MHCBE600R

800 MDL Bottom/top 65 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MCBE800R 3MCBE800R

800 HMDL Bottom/top 100 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MHCBE800R 3MHCBE800R

1000 NGS Bottom/top 65 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MCBE1000R 3MCBE1000R

1200 NGS Bottom 65 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MCBE1200R 3MCBE1200R

1200 NGH Bottom 100 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MHCBE1200R 3MHCBE1200R

Copper Bus (Premium Offering)

400 KD Bottom/top 65 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 2/0-500 kcmil 1MCB400RC 23MCB400RC 2

400 HKD Bottom/top 100 2/0–500 kcmil 1MHCB400RC 23MHCB400RC 2

600 LD Bottom/top 65 (2) 300–500 kcmil 1MCB600RC 23MCB600RC 2

600 HLD Bottom/top 100 (2) 300–500 kcmil 1MHCB600RC 23MHCB600RC 2

800 MDL Bottom/top 65 (3) 3/0–400 kcmil 1MCB800RC 23MCB800RC 2

800 HMDL Bottom/top 100 (3) 3/0–400 kcmil 1MHCB800RC 23MHCB800RC 2

900 NGS Bottom/top 65 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MCB900RC 43MCB900RC 4

900 NGH Bottom/top 100 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MHCB900RC 43MHCB900RC 4

1000 NGS Bottom/top 65 (2) 500–750 kcmil 1MCB1000R750C 3MCB1000R750C

1000 NGS Bottom/top 65 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MCB1000RC 24 3MCB1000RC 24

1000 NGH Bottom/top 100 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MHCB1000RC 24 3MHCB1000RC 24

1200 NGS Bottom 65 (2) 500–750 kcmil Use three-phase 3MCB1200R750C

1200 NGS Bottom 65 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MCB1200RC 24 3MCB1200RC 24

1200 NGH Bottom 100 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil 31MHCB1200RC 24 3MHCB1200RC 24

1400 RGH Bottom 100 (4) 500–1000 kcmil 51MCB1400RBC 46 3MCB1400RBC 46

1400 RGH Top 100 (4) 500–1000 kcmil 51MCB1400RT 73MCB1400RT 7

1600 RGH Bottom 100 (4) 500–1000 kcmil 51MCB1600RBC 67 3MCB1600RBC 67

1600 RGH Top 100 (4) 500–1000 kcmil 51MCB1600RT 73MCB1600RT 7

2000 RGH Bottom 100 (6) #2–600 kcmil 1MCB2000RBC 68 3MCB2000RBC 68

2000 RGH Top 100 (6) #2–600 kcmil 1MCB2000RT 83MCB2000RT 8

Copper Bus (EUSERC)

1000 NGH Bottom 100 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MCBE1000RC 3MCBE1000RC

1200 NGS Bottom 65 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MCBE1200RC 3MCBE1200RC

1200 NGH Bottom 100 Crimp lug landing pads (no lugs included) 1MHCBE1200RC 3MHCBE1200RC

Main Circuit Breaker

V1-T5-106 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Main Fusible Switches

●Fuses not included

●Main lugs and neutral

included with device

●100 kAIC rating on

switches with Class T

fuses installed. If

converting to Class H, the

kAIC rating is 10 and if

converted to Class R, the

kAIC rating is 200

Note: This is the fuse rating,

switch still rated at 100 kAIC.

●800A top and bottom fed

units are supplied with

Class T fuse clips as

standard. The Class T fuse

clips are field convertible to

Class L by repositioning.

No kit is needed

●Barrier kits available

for 400A–800A

fusible switches:

Bottom feed—3MFSBBK,

Top feed—3MFSTBK

Main Fusible Switches

Notes

1 If Class H fuse clips are needed, use catalog number WCG3HK400 (order (1) per phase).

If Class R fuse clips are needed, order catalog number DS56FK in addition to WCG3HK400.

In order to go from T to R, the device must first be converted to H.

All kits are field installable and each DS56FK kit will convert three poles.

2 If Class H fuse clips are needed, use catalog number WCG3HK600 (order (1) per phase).

If Class R fuse clips are needed, order catalog number DS66FK in addition to WCG3HK600.

In order to go from T to R, the device must first be converted to H.

All kits are field installable and each DS66FK kit will convert three poles.

3 Class T fuse clips provided are field convertible to Class L by repositioning. No kit is needed.

4 If compression lugs are being used, order 3MFS800CLK. This compression lug kit includes four pads (three poles and neutral).

5 1MFS600BLK (4) 3/0–750 kcmil/phase (one kit/phase and one kit/neutral).

6 If compression lugs are being used, order 3MFS800CLKT. This compression lug kit includes four pads (three poles and neutral).

7 IMFS1200LK (3) 750 kcmil/phase (one kit/phase). IMFS1200LKN (3) 750 kcmil (neutral).

Ampere

Rating Feed

Class Fuse

Clips (Fuses

Not Included)

Line Side Box Lugs and Wire Sizes

(Included with Switch)

System Voltage

120/240 Vac

Single-Phase,

Three-Wire

120/208 Vac

Three-Phase,

Four-Wire

Catalog Number Catalog Number

Aluminum Bus (Standard Offering)

400 Bottom T 1(2) 1/0–300 kcmil or (1) 750 kcmil 45 1MFS400RB 3MFS400RB

400 Top T 1(2) 1/0–300 kcmil or (1) 750 kcmil 56 1MFS400RT 3MFS400RT

600 Bottom T 2(2) #2–600 kcmil 45 1MFS600RB 3MFS600RB

600 Top T 2(2) #2–600 kcmil 56 1MFS600RT 3MFS600RT

800 Bottom T, L 3(4) 3/0–750 kcmil 41MFS800RB 3MFS800RB

800 Top T, L 3(4) 3/0–750 kcmil 61MFS800RT 3MFS800RT

1200 Bottom T, L 3(4) #2–600 kcmil 71MFS1200RB 3MFS1200RB

Copper Bus (Premium Offering)

400 Bottom T 1(2) 1/0–300 kcmil or (1) 750 kcmil 45 1MFS400RBC 3MFS400RBC

400 Top T 1(2) 1/0–300 kcmil or (1) 750 kcmil 56 1MFS400RTC 3MFS400RTC

600 Bottom T 2(2) #2–600 kcmil 45 1MFS600RBC 3MFS600RBC

600 Top T 2(2) #2–600 kcmil 56 1MFS600RTC 3MFS600RTC

800 Bottom T, L 3(4) 3/0–750 kcmil 41MFS800RBC 3MFS800RBC

800 Top T, L 3(4) 3/0–750 kcmil 61MFS800RTC 3MFS800RTC

1200 Bottom T, L 3(4) #2–600 kcmil 71MFS1200RBC 3MFS1200RBC

Main Fusible Switches

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-107

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Main Fusible Switch with

Utility Pull Box

●Fuses not included

●Includes lug landing pads

on line side and neutral

●Spacer kit 3MMBSK

required when stacks are

mounted on right-hand

side in EUSERC areas

●100 kAIC rating on

switches with Class T

fuse clips installed

Main Fusible Switch with Utility Pull Box

Utility Pull Box

●Includes lug landing pads

on line side and neutral

●Requires cable connection

in field to main device;

does not include horizontal

cross bus

Pull Box

Note

1 Pull box section includes landing studs for line side compression lugs. Wire sizes refer to load side connection.

Ampere

Rating Feed

Class Fuse Clips

(Fuses Not Included)

Line Side Box Lugs

and Wire Sizes

(Included with Switch)

System Voltage

120/240 Vac

Single-Phase, Three-Wire

120/208 Vac

Three-Phase, Four-Wire

Catalog Number Catalog Number

Aluminum Bus (Standard Offering)

400 Bottom T

11MFS400RUG 3MFS400RUG

600 Bottom T

11MFS600RUG 3MFS600RUG

800 Bottom T, L 11MFS800RUG 3MFS800RUG

1200 Bottom T 11MFS1200RUG 3MFS1200RUG

Copper Bus (Premium Offering)

400 Bottom T

11MFS400RUGC 3MFS400RUGC

600 Bottom T

11MFS600RUGC 3MFS600RUGC

800 Bottom T, L 11MFS800RUGC 3MFS800RUGC

1200 Bottom T 11MFS1200RUGC 3MFS1200RUGC

Main Fusible Switch

with Utility Pull Box

Ampere

Rating Feed

Line Side

Lug Information

Load Side Lug Information

for Cable Connection

to Main Disconnect

System Voltage

120/240 Vac

Single-Phase, Three-Wire

120/208 Vac

Three-Phase, Four-Wire

Catalog Number Catalog Number

Aluminum Bus (Standard Offering)

400 Bottom 11/0–750 kcmil or (2) 1/0–300 kcmil 1UGPB400R 3UGPB400R

800 Bottom 1(2) 1/0–750 kcmil or (4) 1/0–300 kcmil 1UGPB800R 3UGPB800R

1200 Bottom 1(4) #2–600 kcmil 1UGPB1200R 3UGPB1200R

Copper Bus (Premium Offering)

400 Bottom 11/0–750 kcmil or (2) 1/0–300 kcmil 1UGPB400RC 3UGPB400RC

800 Bottom 1(2) 1/0–750 kcmil or (4) 1/0–300 kcmil 1UGPB800RC 3UGPB800RC

1200 Bottom 1(4) #2–600 kcmil 1UGPB1200RC 3UGPB1200RC

V1-T5-108 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Main Bolted Pressure

Contact Switches

●Add suffix ST to catalog

number for shunt trip

●Fuses not included

●100 kAIC rating on

switches with Class L

fuses installed

Main Bolted Pressure Contact Switches

Ampere

Rating Feed

Class Fuse Clips

(Fuses Not Included)

System Voltage

Line Side Box Lugs

and Wire Sizes

(Included)

120/240 Vac

Single-Phase, Three-Wire

120/208 Vac

Three-Phase, Four-Wire

Catalog Number Catalog Number

Copper Bus

1200 Bottom L 1BPS1200RB 3BPS1200RB (4) #4–600 kcmil

1200 Top L 1BPS1200RT 3BPS1200RT (4) #4–600 kcmil

1600 Bottom L Use three-phase 3BPS1600RB (6) #4–600 kcmil

1600 Top L Use three-phase 3BPS1600RT (6) #4–600 kcmil

2000 Bottom L Use three-phase 3BPS2000RB (8) #4–600 kcmil

2000 Top L Use three-phase 3BPS2000RT (8) #4–600 kcmil

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-109

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Connection

Verify proper left/right–bus/main phasing.

Note: “Right” means that the bus duct is to the right of the main and

“left” means that the bus duct is to the left of the main. (See Dimension/

Layout section for clarification.)

Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Connection

Ampere

Rating Feed

System Voltage

120/208 Vac

Three-Phase, Four-Wire

Catalog Number

Internal

Ground or

Housing

Ground

Standard T

or TO

Opposite

Phasing

Right

or Left

Side

400 Bottom 3MFS400BCRGTO Internal TO Right

600 Bottom 3MFS600BCRGTO Internal TO Right

800 Bottom 3MFS800BCRGTO Internal TO Right

400 Bottom 3MFS400BCLGTO Internal TO Left

600 Bottom 3MFS600BCLGTO Internal TO Left

800 Bottom 3MFS800BCLGTO Internal TO Left

400 Bottom 3MFS400BCRGT Internal T Right

600 Bottom 3MFS600BCRGT Internal T Right

800 Bottom 3MFS800BCRGT Internal T Right

400 Bottom 3MFS400BCLGT Internal T Left

600 Bottom 3MFS600BCLGT Internal T Left

800 Bottom 3MFS800BCLGT Internal T Left

400 Bottom 3MFS400BCRNTO Housing TO Right

600 Bottom 3MFS600BCRNTO Housing TO Right

800 Bottom 3MFS800BCRNTO Housing TO Right

400 Bottom 3MFS400BCLNTO Housing TO Left

600 Bottom 3MFS600BCLNTO Housing TO Left

800 Bottom 3MFS800BCLNTO Housing TO Left

400 Bottom 3MFS400BCRNT Housing T Right

600 Bottom 3MFS600BCRNT Housing T Right

800 Bottom 3MFS800BCRNT Housing T Right

400 Bottom 3MFS400BCLNT Housing T Left

600 Bottom 3MFS600BCLNT Housing T Left

800 Bottom 3MFS800BCLNT Housing T Left

400 Bottom 3MCB400BCRGT Internal T Right

400 Bottom 3HMCB400BCRGT Internal T Right

600 Bottom 3MCB600BCRGT Internal T Right

600 Bottom 3HMCB600BCRGT Internal T Right

800 Bottom 3MCB800BCRGT Internal T Right

800 Bottom 3HMCB800BCRGT Internal T Right

1000 Bottom 3MCB1000BCRGT Internal T Right

1000 Bottom 3HMCB1000BCRGT Internal T Right

1200 Bottom 3MCB1200BCRGT Internal T Right

1200 Bottom 3HMCB1200BCRGT Internal T Right

400 Bottom 3MCB400BCLGT Internal T Left

400 Bottom 3HMCB400BCLGT Internal T Left

600 Bottom 3MCB600BCLGT Internal T Left

600 Bottom 3HMCB600BCLGT Internal T Left

800 Bottom 3MCB800BCLGT Internal T Left

800 Bottom 3HMCB800BCLGT Internal T Left

1000 Bottom 3MCB1000BCLGT Internal T Left

1000 Bottom 3HMCB1000BCLGT Internal T Left

1200 Bottom 3MCB1200BCLGT Internal T Left

1200 Bottom 3HMCB1200BCLGT Internal T Left

400 Bottom 3MCB400BCRNT Housing T Right

400 Bottom 3HMCB400BCRNT Housing T Right

600 Bottom 3MCB600BCRNT Housing T Right

600 Bottom 3HMCB600BCRNT Housing T Right

800 Bottom 3MCB800BCRNT Housing T Right

800 Bottom 3HMCB800BCRNT Housing T Right

1000 Bottom 3MBC1000BCRNT Housing T Right

1000 Bottom 3HMBC1000BCRNT Housing T Right

Using this information, select the correct main device catalog

number per the selection chart.

Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Connection, continued

Ampere

Rating Feed

System Voltage

120/208 Vac

Three-Phase, Four-Wire

Catalog Number

Internal

Ground or

Housing

Ground

Standard T

or TO

Opposite

Phasing

Right

or Left

Side

1200 Bottom 3MCB1200BCRNT Housing T Right

1200 Bottom 3HMCB1200BCRNT Housing T Right

400 Bottom 3MCB400BCLNT Housing T Left

400 Bottom 3HMCB400BCLNT Housing T Left

600 Bottom 3MCB600BCLNT Housing T Left

600 Bottom 3HMCB600BCLNT Housing T Left

800 Bottom 3MCB800BCLNT Housing T Left

800 Bottom 3HMCB800BCLNT Housing T Left

1000 Bottom 3MCB1000BCLNT Housing T Left

1000 Bottom 3HMCB1000BCLNT Housing T Left

1200 Bottom 3MCB1200BCLNT Housing T Left

1200 Bottom 3HMCB1200BCLNT Housing T Left

400 Bottom 3MCB400BCRGTO Internal TO Right

400 Bottom 3HMCB400BCRGTO Internal TO Right

600 Bottom 3MCB600BCRGTO Internal TO Right

600 Bottom 3HMCB600BCRGTO Internal TO Right

800 Bottom 3MCB800BCRGTO Internal TO Right

800 Bottom 3HMCB800BCRGTO Internal TO Right

1000 Bottom 3MCB1000BCRGTO Internal TO Right

1000 Bottom 3HMCB1000BCRGTO Internal TO Right

1200 Bottom 3MCB1200BCRGTO Internal TO Right

1200 Bottom 3HMCB1200BCRGTO Internal TO Right

400 Bottom 3MCB400BCLGTO Internal TO Left

400 Bottom 3HMCB400BCLGTO Internal TO Left

600 Bottom 3MCB600BCLGTO Internal TO Left

600 Bottom 3HMCB600BCLGTO Internal TO Left

800 Bottom 3MCB800BCLGTO Internal TO Left

800 Bottom 3HMCB800BCLGTO Internal TO Left

1000 Bottom 3MCB1000BCLGTO Internal TO Left

1000 Bottom 3HMCB1000BCLGTO Internal TO Left

1200 Bottom 3MCB1200BCLGTO Internal TO Left

1200 Bottom 3HMCB1200BCLGTO Internal TO Left

400 Bottom 3MCB400BCRNTO Housing TO Right

400 Bottom 3HMCB400BCRNTO Housing TO Right

600 Bottom 3MCB600BCRNTO Housing TO Right

600 Bottom 3HMCB600BCRNTO Housing TO Right

800 Bottom 3MCB800BCRNTO Housing TO Right

800 Bottom 3HMCB800BCRNTO Housing TO Right

1000 Bottom 3MCB1000BCRNTO Housing TO Right

1000 Bottom 3HMCB1000BCRNTO Housing TO Right

1200 Bottom 3MCB1200BCRNTO Housing TO Right

1200 Bottom 3HMCB1200BCRNTO Housing TO Right

400 Bottom 3MCB400BCLNTO Housing TO Left

400 Bottom 3HMCB400BCLNTO Housing TO Left

600 Bottom 3MCB600BCLNTO Housing TO Left

600 Bottom 3HMCB600BCLNTO Housing TO Left

800 Bottom 3HMCB800BCLNTO Housing TO Left

1000 Bottom 3MCB1000BCLNTO Housing TO Left

1000 Bottom 3HMCB1000BCLNTO Housing TO Left

1200 Bottom 3MCB1200BCLNTO Housing TO Left

1200 Bottom 3HMCB1200BCLNTO Housing TO Left

V1-T5-110 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Dimensions (Not to be Used for Construction Purposes)

Main Device

Width Height Depth Mounting

Center Line of

Wall Mounting

Bracket

Knockouts in Bottom Endwalls Except No

KOs for Top Feed Switch or Bolted Pressure

Switch Conduit Diameter KO

Dwg.ABCDE F Inches mm

Terminal Box

400 and 600A 13.50 (342.9) 48.75 (1238.3) 7.00 (177.8) — 54.00 (1371.6) 30.63 (777.9)

(1) 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00

(1) 0.50

(1) 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

(1) 12.7

800 and 1200A 20.00 (508.0) 47.63 (1209.8) 11.75 (298.5) 12.00 (304.8) 51.50 (1308.1) 30.63 (777.9)

(2) 0.50, 0.75, 1.00

(4) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00

(2) 12.1, 19.1, 25.4

(4) 50.8, 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

1600A 32.88 (835.2) 60.13 (1527.3) 11.44 (290.6) 16.00 (406.4) 64.13 (1628.9) 38.59 (980.2)

(1) 0.75, 1.00, 1.25, 1.50

(5) 3.00, 3.50, 4.00, 5.00

(1) 19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1

(5)

76.2, 88.9, 101.6, 127.0

Main Circuit Breaker with Box Lugs

400–1200A 20.00 (508.0) 47.63 (1209.8) 11.75 (298.5) 12.00 (304.8) 51.50 (1308.1) 30.63 (777.9)

(2) 0.50, 0.75, 1.00

(4) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00,3.50, 4.00

(2) 12.7, 19.1, 25.4

(4) 50.8, 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

1400–2000A 24.88 (632.0) 57.13 (1451.0) 14.88 (378.0) 16.00 (406.4) 57.13 (1451.0) 44.00 (1117.6)

——

—

Main Circuit Breaker with Compression Lugs

400–1200A 20.00 (508.0) 61.00 (1549.4) 11.75 (298.5) 12.00 (304.8) 65.00 (1651.0) 44.00 (1117.6)

(2) 0.50, 0.75, 1.00

(4) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00

(2) 12.7, 19.1, 25.4

(4) 50.8, 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.60

Main Fusible Switch

Bottom feed

400–800A

20.00 (508.0) 47.63 (1209.8) 11.75 (298.5) 12.00 (304.8) 51.50 (1308.1) 30.63 (777.9)

(2) 0.50, 0.75, 1.00

(4) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00

(2) 12.7, 19.1, 25.4

(4) 50.8, 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

Top feed

400–800A

20.00 (508.0) 47.63 (1209.8) 11.75 (298.5) 12.00 (304.8) 51.50 (1308.1) 18.13 (460.4)

(2) 0.50, 0.75, 1.00

(4) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00

(2) 12.7, 19.1, 25.4

(4) 50.8, 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

1200A 33.50 (850.9) 52.75 (1339.9) 11.88 (301.8) 16.00 (406.4) 56.25 (1428.8) 30.75 (781.1)

(5) 3.50, 4.00, 5.00

(1) 0.75, 1.00, 1.25, 1.50

(5) 88.9, 101.6, 127.0

(1) 19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1

Bolted Pressure Switch

36.50 (927.1) 66.50 (1689.1) 19.50 (495.3) 28.00 (711.2) 60.00 (1524.0) 30.63 (777.9)

——

—

Main Fusible Switch with Pull Box

400A 20.00 (508.0) 61.00 (1549.4) 11.75 (298.5) 12.00 (304.8) 65.00 (1651.0) 44.00 (1117.6)

(2) 0.50, 0.75, 1.00

(4) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00

(2) 12.7, 19.1, 25.4

(4) 50.8, 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

600 and 800A

(single-phase)

20.00 (508.0) 61.00 (1549.4) 11.75 (298.5) 12.00 (304.8) 65.00 (1651.0) 44.00 (1117.6)

(2) 0.50, 0.75, 1.00

(4) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00

(2) 12.7, 19.1, 25.4

(4) 50.8, 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

600 and 800A

(three-phase)

25.06 (636.5) 61.00 (1549.4) 11.75 (298.5) 17.00 (431.8) 65.00 (1651.0) 44.00 (1117.6)

(2) 0.50, 0.75, 1.00

(4) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00

(2) 12.7, 19.1, 25.4

(4) 50.8, 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

1200A 33.50 (850.9) 61.50 (1562.1) 11.88 (301.8) 16.00 (406.4) 65.25 (1657.4) 48.00 (1219.2)

(5) 3.50, 4.00, 5.00

(1) 0.75, 1.00, 1.25, 1.50

(5) 88.9, 101.6, 127.0

(1) 19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1

Main Circuit Breaker with Pull Box (EUSERC)

400A 20.01 (508.2) 60.44 (1535.2) 11.14 (283.0) 12.00 (304.8) 65.11 (1653.8) 39.75 (1009.6)

(4) 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00 (4) 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

800A 24.88 (632.0) 60.94 (1547.9) 11.14 (283.0) 17.00 (431.8) 64.88 (1648.0) 39.81 (1011.2)

(4) 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00 (4) 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

1200A 33.00 (838.2) 61.14 (1553.0) 11.32 (287.5) 16.00 (406.4) 65.25 (1657.4) 43.56 (1106.4)

(4) 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00 (4) 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

Pull Box

400A 16.38 (416.1) 44.88 (1140.0) 7.88 (200.2) 8.00 (203.2) 45.75 (1162.1) 28.63 (727.2)

(2) 4.00 101.6

800A 24.38 (619.3) 46.88 (1190.8) 11.88 (301.8) 12.00 (304.8) 47.75 (1212.9) 32.25 (819.2)

(3) 4.00 101.6

1200A 32.50 (825.5) 56.88 (1444.8) 12.00 (304.8) 17.75 (450.9) 57.75 (1466.9) 42.25 (1073.2)

(4) 5.00 127.0

EUSERC Bussed Pull Section

Single-phase

400 and 800A

20.13 (511.3) 61.00 (1549.4) 11.25 (285.8) 12.00 (304.8) 64.88 (1648.0) 44.00 (1117.6)

(4) 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00 (4) 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

Three-phase

400 and 800A

25.13 (638.3) 61.00 (1549.4) 11.88 (301.8) 17.00 (431.8) 64.88 (1648.0) 44.00 (1117.6)

(4) 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00 (4) 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

EUSERC Main Terminal Box

Single-phase

400 and 800A

20.13 (511.3) 61.00 (1549.4) 11.88 (301.8) 12.00 (304.8) 64.88 (1648.0) 44.00 (1117.6)

(2) 0.50, 0.75, 1.00 (2) 12.7, 19.1, 25.4

Three-phase

400A

20.13 (511.3) 61.00 (1549.4) 11.88 (301.8) 12.00 (304.8) 64.88 (1648.0) 44.00 (1117.6)

(4) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00 (4) 50.8, 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

Three-phase

800A

25.13 (638.3) 61.00 (1549.4) 11.88 (301.8) 17.00 (431.8) 64.88 (1648.0) 44.00 (1117.6)

(4) 2.00, 2.50, 3.00, 3.50, 4.00 (4) 50.8, 63.5, 76.2, 88.9, 101.6

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-111

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Main Circuit Breakers, Terminal Boxes and Pull Boxes

Top Feed Fusible Switch

Bottom Feed Fusible Switch and Combination Fusible

Switch with Pull Box

Bolted Pressure Switch

EUSERC Main Terminal Box

Main CB, Non-Euserc Terminal Box and Pullboxes

17.00

(431.8)

Top Feed Switch (No Knockouts)

Bottom Feed Switch and Combination Switch/Pullbox

17.00

(431.8)

25.00

(635.0)

V1-T5-112 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Knockout 1

Knockout 2

Knockout 3

Knockout 4

.875

.020

.169+.003

–.000 Diameter 5 Hole

.175

.010

Stamped

ID Mark

5.375

.010 3.500

.010

2.880

.010

KO (44)

KO (1)

12.375 .010

3.010

.010

2.880

.030

2-1/2”, 3”, 3-1/2”, 4” KO

1 Knockout Required

1/2”Knockout

1 Required

Per 50-1827-1 .080

.020

2.500

.020

.310 .030 Diameter

Paint Hole

.080

.020

.438

.010

.800

.030

.625

.010

6.500 Outside .010

8.00

2 Knockouts for 1/2”,

3/4” or 1” Conduit

4 Knockouts for 2-1/2”,

3”, 3-1/2” or 4” Conduit

.281 Diameter Knockout

1 Required

.45

3.25 2.50 1.75

4.25

.16

22.54

11.62

10.38

2.50 3.75

1.93

.61

19.40

8.00 4.00

11.19

2.125

.020

6.000

.010

6.000

.010

6.000

.010

6.000

.010

6.000

.010

6.000

.010 6.000

.010

6.000

.010 6.000

.010

3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” Knockout

Per A50-26319 1 Knockout Required

32.120 .020

3”, 3-1/2”, 4”, 5”

Knockout Per A50-26327

5 Knockouts Required

.380

.020

2.750

.010

2.750

.010

2.750

.010

4.000

.020

7.500

.020

2.125

.020

1.440

.020

.169 .002 Diameter

5 Holes Required at ”X”

1.500

.020

.130

.030

.125

.030

4.440

.020

8.00

22.54

11.62

10.38

2.50

19.40

8.00 4.00

3.75

1.93

.61

11.19

.45

3.25 2.50 1.75

4.25

2 Knockouts for 1/2”,

3/4” or 1” Conduit

4 Knockouts for 2-1/2”,

3”, 3-1/2” or 4” Conduit

.281 Diameter Knockout

1 Required

.16

Knockout 5

Knockout 6

Knockout 7

Knockout 8

6.000

.020

KO (10)

5.000

.020

.150 .020

Typ.

3.250

.020

3.000

.020

.150 .020 Typ.

6.120

.020

6.850

.020

7.000

+.000

–.030

.780 .020 Typ.

.200

.020

Typ.

KO (10)

.150 .020

Typ.

KO (10)

6.000

.020

6.000

.020

6.000

.020

.250

Ref.

.150

.020

Typ.

4.000

.020

4.250

.020

.250

Ref.

.220

Dia.

Paint

Hole

10.120

.020

10.850

.020

11.000

+.000 -.030

.200 .020

Typ.

.780 .020

Typ.

7.250

.020 7.250

.020

7.250

.020

5.125

.020

.350

Ref.

.150

.020

Typ.

4.000

.020

4.250

.020

.350

Ref.

.220

Dia.

Paint

Hole

.150 .020

Typ.

KO (11)

10.140

.020

10.850

.020

11.000

+.000

–.030

.120

.020

Typ.

.685 .020

Typ.

4 Knockouts for 2-1/2",

3", 3-1/2" or 4" Conduit

8.00 4.00

8.00

24.38

11.25

1.75

2.13

15.38 3.75

16.63

27.13

2.50

3.63

0.50

4.75 3.13 2.50

1.50

4.25 1.75

.281 Dia. Knockout 1 Required

2 Knockouts for

1/2", 3/4", or 1" Conduit

2 Knockouts for

1/2", 3/4", or 1" Conduit

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-113

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Layout—Main Fusible Switch

V1-T5-114 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Main Circuit Breaker—“T-Opposite” Phasing Right

Main Circuit Breaker—“T-Opposite” Phasing Left

Main Circuit Breaker—“Standard T” Phasing Right

Main Circuit Breaker—“Standard T” Phasing Left

Meter

Center

Front

LHorizontal

Floor

Wall

Vertical

8.48

(215.4)

38.76

(984.5)

18.17

(461.5)

20.00

(508.0)

30.08

(764.0)

T-Opposite

6.00

(152.4)

Meter

Center

Front

LHorizontal

20.00

(508.0)

Floor

Wall

LVertical

38.76

(984.5)

18.17

(461.5)

30.08

(764.0)

8.48

(215.4)

T-Opposite

6.00

(152.4)

Meter

Center

Front

LHorizontal

20.00

(508.0)

Floor

Wall

Vertical

8.48

(215.4)

38.76

(984.5)

18.17

(461.5)

30.08

(764.0)

6.00

(152.4)

Meter

Center

Front

LHorizontal

38.76

(984.5)

18.17

(461.5)

20.00

(508.0)

30.08

(764.0)

Floor

8.48

(215.4)Wall

Vertical

6.00

(152.4)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-115

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Surge suppression devices shown are factory mounted in

Group Metering Enclosure.

Surge Metering

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering

Residential Meter Stacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Surge Metering

Product Description

Eaton’s multiple metering

product family is proud to

announce the availability of

main surge devices. The new

main surge is mounted

between the main service

module and the meter stacks

and serves the purpose of

providing surge protection

for downstream multiple

metering products. The main

surge is compatible with

all meter stacks currently

manufactured (1MM, 3MM,

35MM and 37MM).

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●Uses thermally protected

metal oxide varistor (MOV)

technology

●Compatible with 37MM

enclosure accessories

●Protection status indicator

lights EMI/RFI filtering and

audible alarms

●Offers surge protection for

all units fed from a main

service module

●Benefit for building/complex

owners who want to offer

surge protection to their

tenants. Owner can market

their apartment complex as

being surge friendly to

appliances and electronics

●Attain local utility

company approval. Not

for use in EUSERC area

Standards and Certifications

●UL 1449 3rd Edition

recognized component

Product Selection

Surge Metering

Voltage

Surge Current

per Phase (kA) Diagnostics

Catalog

Number

120/240V single-phase 100 Standard 1MMSURGE

208Y/120V three-phase 100 Standard 3MMSURGE

V1-T5-116 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

1MM and 3MM Metering Stack Modules

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Residential Meter Stacks

Features, Benefits and Functions

A. Barrier

Meter socket and tenant

main breaker/wireway

sections are separated by a

solid metal barrier to guard

unmetered bus against

power theft.

B. Tenant Breaker

Reliable busbar–to–busbar

connection. 200A modules

accept bolt-on breakers 60–

200A. 125A modules accept

15–125A plug-on breakers.

C. Moveable Phase Connector

Four-wire horizontal bus lets

you use any 3MM module

for single- or three-phase

incoming service. Shipped

with A and B phase

connection, phase balancing

is easily accomplished in the

field by moving one, front-

accessible phase connector

post per module.

D. Neutral Assembly

A convenient termination for

neutral conductors is in the

wireway of each module.

E. Enclosed Horizontal Bus

Added security because a

non-removable barrier

encloses the 800 or 1200A

horizontal bus passing

through tenant breaker

section.

F. Equipment Ground Bar

Factory installed in side

gutter, a standard feature

that’s moveable to the top or

bottom gutter.

G. Raintight Cap

Shipped on each outdoor

meter module and main

device.

H. Knockouts

Tangential in bottom endwall.

I. Superior Finish

Rust inhibiting phosphate

primer and gray baked

enamel is standard. All

outdoor enclosures are of

galvanized steel construction.

J. Meter Socket

Our unique meter socket

base is installed without any

fasteners—reducing chances

for hot spots, easily

replaceable, and improves

connection to vertical bus.

K. Bus Connection

Mains and modules slip

together quickly and

smoothly with front-

accessible captive bolts

securing the juncture without

removing socket interiors or

bus access plate. Main bus

joint bolts torque to 25 foot

pounds.

L. Separate Wireway Cover

Separate covers allow easy

access to tenant breaker and

wireway section, permit work

on breakers or in wireway

without disturbing meters or

meter covers. (Not shown.)

M. Vertical Busbar

One-piece vertical busbar

from phase balancing joints to

meter socket eliminating any

chance for hot spots.

1MM Meter Stack Module

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-117

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

●Eaton’s

1MM stacks are

single-

phase in, single-

phase out design

●Eaton’s 3MM stacks are

three-phase in, single-

phase out design

●Stacks with single-phase

horizontal bus are rated

240/120V, single-phase,

three-wire. Stacks with

three-phase horizontal bus

are rated 208Y/120V, three-

phase, four-wire, but can

be used on 240/120V,

three-phase, four-wire

delta systems

●All three-phase horizontal

bus modules have four-

wire cross bus, connected

A-B phase to vertical bus,

readily reconnectable for

phase balance on

installation

Note: Individual sockets cannot be

phase balanced, only each stack.

●Short-circuit ratings up to

100,000A

rms symmetrical

depending

upon AIC rating

of installed main tenant

circuit breakers and

main device

●Main tenant feeders can

exit bottom or back.

Knockouts are available

at all exit locations

●If being used in outdoor

application and exiting the

top, mount Myer type hubs

on rainproof cap

●Provision for two-pole

breaker (plug-on type for

125A sockets and bolt-on

type for 200A sockets)—

circuit breakers not

included

●Mechanically and

electrically built to bolt-up

with main service modules

and commercial modular

metering stacks

●Aluminum or copper bus

●800 or 1200A horizontal

bus

●All 3MM stacks include

fifth jaw at 9 o’clock

position

●All 1MM stacks do not

include fifth jaw. Order

1MM5JK if needed

Catalog Number Selection

When Ordering:

1. Determine catalog number of Main Service Module.

2. Determine catalog number of Meter Stack (Residential or Commercial).

3. Find quantity and catalog numbers for tenant circuit breakers (found on Page V1-T5-125 or V1-T5-135).

Order one breaker per socket.

4. If any accessories are needed, order from Pages V1-T5-136 and V1-T5-137.

Phases

1 = Single-phase

3 = Three-phase

Options

Blank = Ring

RL = Ringless

RLB = Ringless with horn bypass

WB = Wall bracket (accessory)

BSK = Bussed spacer (accessory)

EB12 = 12-inch (304.8 mm) elbow (accessory)

EB16 = 16-inch (406.4 mm) elbow (accessory)

Number of Meters

2, 3, 4, 5 or 6

Blank = Accessory

Bus Type

Blank = Aluminum

C= Copper

Type of Metering

MM = Multiple metering

Ampere Rating

12 = 125A

20 = 200A

Blank = Accessory

Enclosure

R= Outdoor

Blank = Indoor

Bus Amperes

12 = 200A horizontal bus (3MM units only)

Blank = Standard 800A bus

1 MM 4 12 R 12 C

V1-T5-118 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Product Selection

800A Horizontal Aluminum Bus—Standard Offering

Notes

1 For indoor applications where a top endwall with knockouts is needed, order one of part number MM12N1WLK for each 125A stack

or MM20N1WLK for each 200A stack.

2 1MM units do not come with 5th jaw.

3 To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC125.

4 To change in field from ring to ringless, the top socket in 125A, two- and three-high stacks use 1MMRC125T. Top socket only—other sockets see 3.

5 To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC200.

6 Check with local utility for height requirements or restrictions.

Amperes

Per

Meter

Socket

Number of

Meter

Sockets

Bus

Ampacity

Enclosure

Type 1

Main Tenant Breaker Type

(For Specific Catalog Numbers,

Refer to Page V1-T5-125)

Single-Phase In,

Single-Phase Out

Three-Phase In,

Single-Phase Out

Single-Phase Horizontal Bus

(Three Horizontal Busbars—

A, B and Neutral) 2

Three-Phase Horizontal Bus

(Four Horizontal Busbars—

A, B, C and Neutral)

Catalog Number Catalog Number

Ring Style Meter Socket Covers

125 32 4800 Indoor/outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

Use three-phase 3MM212R

3 4800 Indoor/outdoor 1MM312R 3MM312R

4 800 Indoor/outdoor 1MM412R 3MM412R

5 800 Indoor/outdoor 1MM512R 3MM512R

6 800 Indoor/outdoor 1MM612R 3MM612R

200 52 800 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

Use three-phase 3MM220R

3 800 Outdoor 1MM320R 3MM320R

4 800 Outdoor 1MM420R 3MM420R

5 800 Outdoor 1MM520R 63MM520R 5

Ringless Style Meter Socket Covers

125 2 800 Outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

Use three-phase 3MM212RRL

3 800 Outdoor 1MM312RRL 3MM312RRL

4 800 Outdoor 1MM412RRL 3MM412RRL

5 800 Outdoor 1MM512RRL 3MM512RRL

6 800 Outdoor 1MM612RRL 3MM612RRL

200 2 800 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

Use three-phase 3MM220RRL

3 800 Outdoor 1MM320RRL 3MM320RRL

4 800 Outdoor 1MM420RRL 3MM420RRL

5 800 Outdoor 1MM520RRL 63MM520RRL 5

Ringless Style Covers with Horn Bypass

125 2 800 Outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

Use three-phase 3MM212RRLB

3 800 Outdoor 1MM312RRLB 3MM312RRLB

4 800 Outdoor 1MM412RRLB 3MM412RRLB

5 800 Outdoor 1MM512RRLB 3MM512RRLB

6 800 Outdoor 1MM612RRLB 3MM612RRLB

200 2 800 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

Use three-phase 3MM220RRLB

3 800 Outdoor 1MM320RRLB 3MM320RRLB

4 800 Outdoor 1MM420RRLB 3MM420RRLB

5 800 Outdoor 1MM520RRLB 63MM520RRLB 5

1MM and 3MM

Metering Stack

Modules

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-119

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

800A Horizontal Copper Bus—Premium Offering

Notes

1 For indoor applications where a top endwall with knockouts is needed, order (1) of part number MM12N1WLK for each 125A stack

or MM20N1WLK for each 200A stack.

2 1MM units do not come with 5th jaw.

3 To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC125.

4 To change in field from ring to ringless, the top socket in 125A, two- and three-high stacks use 1MMRC125T. Top socket only—other sockets see 3.

5 To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC200.

6 Check with local utility for height requirements or restrictions.

Single-Phase In,

Single-Phase Out

Three-Phase In,

Single-Phase Out

Amperes

Per

Meter

Socket

Number of

Meter

Sockets

Bus

Ampacity

Enclosure

Type 1

Main Tenant Breaker Type

(For Specific Catalog Numbers,

Refer to Page V1-T5-125)

Single-Phase Horizontal Bus

(Three Horizontal Busbars—

A, B, C and Neutral) 2

Three-Phase Horizontal Bus

(Four Horizontal Busbars—

A, B, C and Neutral)

Catalog Number Catalog Number

Ring Style Meter Socket Covers

125 32 4800 Outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

Use three-phase 3MM212RC

3 4800 Outdoor 1MM312RC 3MM312RC

4 800 Outdoor 1MM412RC 3MM412RC

5 800 Outdoor 1MM512RC 3MM512RC

6 800 Outdoor 1MM612RC 3MM612RC

200 52 800 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

Use three-phase 3MM220RC

3 800 Outdoor 1MM320RC 3MM320RC

4 800 Outdoor 1MM420RC 3MM420RC

5 800 Outdoor 1MM520RC 63MM520RC 5

Ringless Style Meter Socket Covers

125 2 800 Outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

Use three-phase 3MM212RRLC

3 800 Outdoor 1MM312RRLC 3MM312RRLC

4 800 Outdoor 1MM412RRLC 3MM412RRLC

5 800 Outdoor 1MM512RRLC 3MM512RRLC

6 800 Outdoor 1MM612RRLC 3MM612RRLC

200 2 800 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

Use three-phase 3MM220RRLC

3 800 Outdoor 1MM320RRLC 3MM320RRLC

4 800 Outdoor 1MM420RRLC 3MM420RRLC

5 800 Outdoor 1MM520RRLC 63MM520RRLC 5

Ringless Style Covers with Horn Bypass

125 2 800 Outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

Use three-phase 3MM212RRLBC

3 800 Outdoor 1MM312RRLBC 3MM312RRLBC

4 800 Outdoor 1MM412RRLBC 3MM412RRLBC

5 800 Outdoor 1MM512RRLBC 3MM512RRLBC

6 800 Outdoor 1MM612RRLBC 3MM612RRLBC

200 2 800 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

Use three-phase 3MM220RRLBC

3 800 Outdoor 1MM320RRLBC 3MM320RRLBC

4 800 Outdoor 1MM420RRLBC 3MM420RRLBC

5 800 Outdoor 1MM520RRLBC 63MM520RRLBC 5

1MM and 3MM

Metering Stack

Modules

V1-T5-120 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

1200A Horizontal Aluminum Bus—Standard Offering

Notes

1 For indoor applications where a top endwall with knockouts is needed, order (one) of part number MM12N1WLK for each 125A stack or

MM20N1WLK for each 200A stack.

2 To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC125.

3 To change in field from ring to ringless, the top socket in 125A, two- and three-high stacks use 1MMRC125T. Top socket only—other sockets see 2.

4 To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC200.

Three-Phase In, Single-Phase Out

Amperes

Per

Meter

Socket

Number of

Meter

Sockets

Bus

Ampacity

Enclosure

Type 1

Main Tenant Breaker Type

(For Specific Catalog Numbers,

Refer to Page V1-T5-116)

Three-Phase Horizontal Bus

(Four Horizontal Busbars—

A, B, C and Neutral)

Catalog Number

Ring Style Meter Socket Covers

125 22 31200 Indoor/outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

3MM212R12

3 31200 Indoor/outdoor 3MM312R12

4 1200 Indoor/outdoor 3MM412R12

5 1200 Indoor/outdoor 3MM512R12

6 1200 Indoor/outdoor 3MM612R12

200 42 1200 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

3MM220R12

3 1200 Outdoor 3MM320R12

4 1200 Outdoor 3MM420R12

5 1200 Indoor/outdoor 3MM520R12

Ringless Style Meter Socket Covers (5th Jaw at 9 o’Clock Standard—Field Adjustable to 3 or 6 o’Clock)

125 2 1200 Outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

3MM212R12RL

3 1200 Outdoor 3MM312R12RL

4 1200 Outdoor 3MM412R12RL

5 1200 Outdoor 3MM512R12RL

6 1200 Outdoor 3MM612R12RL

200 2 1200 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

3MM220R12RL

3 1200 Outdoor 3MM320R12RL

4 1200 Outdoor 3MM420R12RL

5 1200 Outdoor 3MM520R12RL

Ringless Style Covers with Horn Bypass (5th Jaw at 9 o’Clock Standard—Field Adjustable to 3 or 6 o’Clock)

125 2 1200 Outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

3MM212R12RLB

3 1200 Outdoor 3MM312R12RLB

4 1200 Outdoor 3MM412R12RLB

5 1200 Outdoor 3MM512R12RLB

6 1200 Outdoor 3MM612R12RLB

200 2 1200 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

3MM220R12RLB

3 1200 Outdoor 3MM320R12RLB

4 1200 Outdoor 3MM420R12RLB

5 1200 Outdoor 3MM520R12RLB

1MM and 3MM

Metering Stack

Modules

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-121

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

1200A Horizontal Copper Bus—Premium Offering

Technical Data and Specifications

Wire Sizes—Neutral and Ground Lugs

●Each stack includes a neutral and ground bar

●If an extra ground bar is needed, order 1MMGBK

Wire Sizes—Neutral and Ground Lugs

Notes

1For indoor applications where a top endwall with knockouts is needed, order (one) of

part number MM12N1WLK for each 125A stack

or MM20N1WLK for each 200A stack.

2To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC125.

3To change in field from ring to ringless, the top socket in 125A, two- and three-high

stacks use 1MMRC125T. Top socket only—other sockets see 2.

4To change in field from ring to ringless—order 1MMRC200.

Three-Phase In, Single-Phase Out

Amperes

Per

Meter

Socket

Number of

Meter

Sockets

Bus

Ampacity

Enclosure

Type 1

Main Tenant Breaker Type

(For Specific Catalog Numbers,

Refer to Page V1-T5-116)

Three-Phase Horizontal Bus

(Four Horizontal Busbars—

A, B, C and Neutral)

Catalog Number

Ring Style Meter Socket Covers

125 22 31200 Indoor/outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

3MM212R12C

3 31200 Indoor/outdoor 3MM312R12C

4 1200 Indoor/outdoor 3MM412R12C

5 1200 Indoor/outdoor 3MM512R12C

6 1200 Indoor/outdoor 3MM612R12C

200 42 1200 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

3MM220R12C

3 1200 Outdoor 3MM320R12C

4 1200 Outdoor 3MM420R12C

5 1200 Outdoor 3MM520R12C

Ringless Style Meter Socket Covers (5th Jaw at 9 o’Clock Standard—Field Adjustable to 3 or 6 o’Clock)

125 2 1200 Outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

3MM212R12RLC

3 1200 Outdoor 3MM312R12RLC

4 1200 Outdoor 3MM412R12RLC

5 1200 Outdoor 3MM512R12RLC

6 1200 Outdoor 3MM612R12RLC

200 2 1200 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

3MM220R12RLC

3 1200 Outdoor 3MM320R12RLC

4 1200 Outdoor 3MM420R12RLC

5 1200 Outdoor 3MM520R12RLC

Ringless Style Covers with Horn Bypass (5th Jaw at 9 o’Clock Standard—Field Adjustable to 3 or 6 o’Clock)

125 2 1200 Outdoor Plug-on type

BR2_

BRH2_

BRHH2_

3MM212R12RLBC

3 1200 Outdoor 3MM312R12RLBC

4 1200 Outdoor 3MM412R12RLBC

5 1200 Outdoor 3MM512R12RLBC

6 1200 Outdoor 3MM612R12RLBC

200 2 1200 Outdoor Bolt-on type

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

3MM220R12RLBC

3 1200 Outdoor 3MM320R12RLBC

4 1200 Outdoor 3MM420R12RLBC

5 1200 Outdoor 3MM520R12RLBC

Lugs in Meter

Socket Modules

Wire Size,

Al/Cu

Branch neutral—125A socket module #6–2/0 kcmil

Branch neutral—200A socket module #1/0–300 kcmil

Equipment ground bar—125A socket module #14–#2 kcmil

Equipment ground bar—200A socket module #14–2/0 kcmil

Optional ground bar (1MMGBK) #6–2/0 kcmil

1MM and 3MM

Metering Stack

Modules

V1-T5-122 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Modular Metering Stacks—Aluminum and Copper

1MM, 3MM, 125 Amperes

Note: Dimensions Apply to 800 and 1200 Ampere Horizontal Bus.

This Bus

Omitted

On 1 —

PH Units

41.80

(1061.7)

9.00

(228.6)

9.00

(228.6)

12.61

(320.2)

3.07

(78.0)

(6) KO for

1, 1-2/4 1-1/2

Conduit

7. 0 1

(178.0)

34.25

(870.0)

To of Wall Mtg. Screw

21.65

(550.0)

C Meter to C Rail Mounting Screw

2.00

(50.8) TYP.

2, 3 Meter Device 4 Meter Device

30.0

(777.2) To C of Main Busbar

L48.50

(1231.9)

12.60

(320.3)

9.00

(228.6)

9.00

(228.6)

9.00

(228.6)

30.60

(777.2)

To C of Main Busbar

57.50

(1460.5)

9.00

(228.6)

9.00

(228.6)

9.00

(228.6)

12.60

(320.0)

To C of Main Busbar

30.60

(777.2)

5 Meter Device 6 Meter Device

12.60

(320.0)

9.00

(228.6)

9.00

(228.6)

9.00

(228.6)

9.00

(228.6)

9.00

(228.6)

66.50

(1689.1)

30.60

(777.2)

To C of Main Busbar

Top End & Bottom End View for NEMA 1;

Bottom End View for NEMA 3R

Tangential K.O.'s

3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2

"Z" = C OF 1-1/2" Ring

"Y" = C OF 1-1/4" Ring

"X" = C OF 3/4" & 1" Ring

0.125

(3.2)

12.13

(308.1)

2.83

(71.9)

2.83

(71.9)

2.83

(71.9)

2.33

(59.1)

6.62

(168.1)

2.83

(71.9)

6.06

(153.9)

2.83

(71.9)

2.83

(71.9)

12.26

(311.4)

12.26

(311.4)

12.26

(311.4)

12.26

(311.4)

"X""Y"

"Z"

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-123

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Modular Metering Stacks—Aluminum and Copper

1MM, 3MM, 200 Amperes

Note: Dimensions Apply to 800 and 1200 Ampere Horizontal Bus.

4 Meter Device

2, 3 Meter Device

34.25

(870.0)

To C of Wall Rail Mtg. Screw

15.82

(401.8)

C Meter to C Rail Mtg. Screw

7. 0 1

(178.1)

(4) KO For

1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2

Conduit

This Bus Omitted on

1-PH Devices

52.35

(1329.7)

12.12

(307.8)

12.12

(307.8)

18.42

(467.9)

30.55

(776.0)

To C of Main Busbar

18.42

(467.9)

12.12

(307.8)

12.12

(307.8)

12.12

(307.8)

64.50

(1638.3)

Circuit

Breaker

Covers

Omitted

On NEMA

1 Devices

13.50

(342.9)

1.70

(43.2) TYP.

30.55

(776.0)

To C of Main Busbar

1.75

(44.5)

TYP.

Bottom View

3.29

(83.6)

0.12

(3.0)

6.59

(167.4)

13.36

(339.3)

3.29

(83.6)

3.29

(83.6)

3.38

(85.9)

1.75

(44.5)

6.62

(168.1)

(6) Cocentric K.O.'s

1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2"

1.76

(44.7)

3.00

(76.2)

V1-T5-124 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

5-High, 200 Amperes, 1MM and 3MM Metering

Note: The Bussed meter stack device shown on the far right of the figure, must be used on Mains with Busway connections, found on Pages V1-T5-109 and V1-T5-113. Please contact factory for

catalog numbers associated with Bussed meter stack devices.

33.27

(845.1)

Typ.

of Wall

Mtg.

Screw

13.50

(342.9)

1.70

(43.2)

0.45

(11.4)

Typ. Residential

Device

6.87

(174.5)

Typ.

16.76

(425.7)

28.88 to

C of Main

Busbar

12.13

(308.1)

12.13

(308.1)

74.96

(1904.0)

12.13

(308.1)

12.13

(308.1)

1.75 (44.5)

3.21

(81.5)

3.21

(81.5)

1.61

(40.9)

(5) Concentric

K.O.'s

1", 1-1/4",

1-1/2", 2"

1.87

(47.5)

2.74

(69.6)

3.85

(97.8)

3.21

(81.5)

Bottom View

3.29

(83.6)

0.12

(3.0)

6.59

(167.4)

13.36

(339.3)

3.29

(83.6)

3.29

(83.6)

3.38

(85.9)

1.75

(44.5)

6.62

(168.1)

(6) Cocentric K.O.'s

1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2"

1.76

(44.7)

3.00

(76.2)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-125

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

CV2200

1MM and 3MM Metering Circuit Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers

Phase Balanced Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant Circuit Breakers

Product Description

Specific main tenant circuit

breakers that are to be

used in meter packs (1MP),

residential meter stacks

(1MM) and three-phase in

single-phase out meter

stacks (3MM).

Product Selection

Notes

1#2–300 kcmil wire size range for CCV and CCVH tenant main circuit breakers.

2“MM” suffix indicates mounting hardware kit is included as standard with tenant main breaker.

31MMCBK replacement mounting hardware kit. One kit is needed per breaker. Mounting hardware kit ships standard with breaker “MM” suffix offering.

4#6–4/0 kcmil wire size range for CVS, CV and CVH tenant main circuit breakers. If #2–300 kcmil is needed, order 2TA225CVK. One kit needed per breaker.

Description

Number

of Poles

Main Tenant

Circuit Breaker

Ampere Rating

10 kAIC 22 kAIC 25 kAIC 42 kAIC 65 kAIC 100 kAIC

Catalog

Number 1

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number 1234

Catalog

Number 234

Catalog

Number 234

Catalog

Number 234

Plug-On Type

Plug-on type circuit breakers used

with 1MP, 1MM, and 3MM 125A

modular metering stacks

260BR260 BRH260 — BRHH260 — —

270BR270 BRH270 — BRHH270 — —

280BR280 BRH280 — BRHH280 — —

290BR290 BRH290 — BRHH290 — —

2 100 BR2100 BRH2100 — BRHH2100 — —

2 110 BR2110 BRH2110 — BRHH2110 — —

2 125 BR2125 BRH2125 — BRHH2125 — —

Bolt-On Type

Bolt-on type circuit breakers used with

1MP, 1MM, and 3MM 200A modular

metering stacks

260— — CVS2060XMM CVS2060XMM CV2060XMM CVH2060XMM

270— — CVS2070XMM CVS2070XMM CV2070XMM CVH2070XMM

280— — CVS2080XMM CVS2080XMM CV2080XMM CVH2080XMM

290— — CVS2090XMM CVS2090XMM CV2090XMM CVH2090XMM

2 100 CCV2100X — CCVH2100X CVS2100XMM CV2100XMM CVH2100XMM

2 125 CCV2125X — CCVH2125X CVS2125XMM CV2125XMM CVH2125XMM

2 150 CCV2150X — CCVH2150X CVS2150XMM CV2150XMM CVH2150XMM

2 175 CCV2175X — CCVH2175X CVS2175XMM CV2175XMM CVH2175XMM

2 200 CCV2200X — CCVH2200X CVS2200XMM CV2200XMM CVH2200XMM

V1-T5-126 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Phase Balanced Stack

Product Description

Eaton’s Phase Balanced

Stack allows for a complete

phase balanced metering line-

up using fewer stacks. With

today’s electrical rooms

becoming smaller, the need

is greater than ever to offer

space-saving metering

products while providing a

fully phase balanced system.

The new phase balanced

stack is the answer.

Today, achieving a phase

balanced system when

connected to a 208Y/120 Vac

three-phase, four-wire

system may require one or

two additional 3MM meter

modules. Standard 3MM

meter stacks come factory

connected to phases A and B.

The new phase balanced

stacks connect the two

bottom meters to phases

B and C and the top two or

three meters to phases

A and C. Using these new

stacks with the AB phased

3MM metering, phase

balancing is accomplished,

and more compact than

before.

Features

●Available in four- and

five-high configurations

at 125A

●200A stacks available

●Available with 800A

aluminum bus and

1200A copper bus

●Ring, ringless, ringless

with horn bypass available

●Outdoor enclosure

●Dimensions same as

existing 125A, three-phase

meter stacks

Product Selection

Ordering Information

●Check with local utility

for height restrictions

●Items loaded in VISTA

●If you have questions,

please contact the

Technical Resource Center

1-800-356-1243, option 3

Phase Balanced Stack

Note: Local codes and utility requirements still apply. The phase balance stacks are not

suitable for changing in the field.

Amperes Per

Meter Socket Bus Ampacity Meter Socket Cover Catalog Number

125 800 Ring 3MM412RACBC

125 800 Ring 3MM512RACBC

125 800 Ringless 3MM412RRLACBC

125 800 Ringless 3MM512RRLACBC

125 800 Ringless horn bypass 3MM412RRLBACBC

125 800 Ringless horn bypass 3MM512RRLBACBC

125 1200 Ring 3MM412R2ACBC

125 1200 Ring 3MM512R2ACBC

125 1200 Ringless 3MM412R2RLACBC

125 1200 Ringless 3MM512R2RLACBC

125 1200 Ringless horn bypass 3MM412R2RLBACBC

125 1200 Ringless horn bypass 3MM512R2RLBACBC

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-127

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Commercial Meter Stack Modules (35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS)

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-134

Commercial Meter Stack Modules

Product Description

●Heavy-duty lever bypass

socket design

●Single-phase or three-

phase designs (35 = single-

phase, 37 = three-phase)

●Provision for two-pole or

three-pole main tenant

breakers

●Phase balance kits are

included with three-high

and four-high modules

Features, Benefits

and Functions

A. End Walls

The top cap is removable and

does not contain knockouts,

so contractors can position

and punch holes where they

need them. There are

numerous KOs in the back

and bottom for flexibility.

B. Ground Bars

The factory-installed

equipment ground bars are

provided in both the top and

bottom gutters.

C. Meter Socket

The 5-jaw meter socket and

7-jaw meter socket includes a

built-in manual bypass and jaw

release. The ground wire is

factory connected in both

35MM and 37MM modules.

D. Separate Wireway Cover

If work on the breakers or

cables is necessary, it can

be accomplished without

disturbing the meters or

meter covers, thanks to a

separate cover that allows

easy access to the module’s

main tenant breaker and

wireway section.

(Not shown.)

E. Barrier

A solid metal barrier

separates the meter socket

section from the tenant

breaker in the wireway

section. The unmetered

vertical bus is enclosed to

guard against power theft.

F. Neutral Assembly

Located in the wireway of

each module, the assembly

permits convenient

termination of the neutral

conductors.

G. Enclosed Horizontal Bus

Non-removable metal barrier

encloses 1200A horizontal

bus when passing through

the tenant breaker section

for added security.

H. Tenant Breaker Range

All modules accept 15–225A

bolt-on breakers in various

AIC ratings. The CHH_X

breaker carries a UL listed

series rating of 100,000A,

which allows you to use

standard 10 kAIC breakers in

downstream loadcenters and

panelboards by Eaton.

I. Indoor/Outdoor Construction

Raintight caps, meter covers

and lockable raintight tenant

breaker covers make it

convenient for you to use

any of our modules on either

NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R

applications.

J. Mounting Rail

Rear mounting rail and wall

hanger speed and simplify

installation. (Mounting rail

not shown.)

K. Nameplate and Ratings

The nameplate gives you full

rating data: 208Y/120, three-

phase, four-wire; 240/120,

three-phase, four-wire delta

(high leg on B-phase); and

240/120 single-phase.

(Not shown.)

L. Mains and Modules

Slip together quickly,

smoothly with front-

accessible captive bolts

securing the juncture without

removing socket interiors or

bus access plate. Main bus

joint bolts torque to 25 foot

pounds.

V1-T5-128 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

37MM Meter Stack Module ●Eaton’s 35MM and 37MM

modular metering stacks

contain meter sockets with

built-in manual

bypass and

jaw release (Non-EUSERC

areas)

●Eaton’s 35SS and 37SS

stacks use meter sockets

with test bypass feature

(meets EUSERC electrical

requirements)

●All commercial modular

metering stacks contain

four horizontal cross buses

●Mechanically and

electrically built to bolt-up

with main service modules

and residential modular

metering stacks

Catalog Number Selection

Commercial Meter Stack Modules

When Ordering:

1. Determine catalog number of Main Service Module.

2. Determine catalog number of Meter Stack (Residential or Commercial).

3. Find quantity and catalog numbers for tenant circuit breakers (found on Page V1-T5-134). Order one breaker per socket.

4. If any accessories are needed, order from Pages V1-T5-136 and V1-T5-137.

Phases

Three-phase only

Number of Jaws

5 or 7

Socket Amperage

20 = 200A

40 = 400A

Number of Meters

1, 2, 3 or 4

Socket Type

K = K Base bolt-on socket

Blank = Plug-in type socket

Type of Metering

MM = Commercial metering module

SS = Safety socket—EUSERC

Bus

12 = 1200A main bus ampacity

AB = Phases A&B—EUSERC

AC = Phases A&C—EUSERC

BC = Phases B&C—EUSERC

Enclosure

R = NEMA 3R

Tenant Breakers

40 = 400A included

Blank = Ordered separately

Bus

C = Copper

Blank = Aluminum

3 7 MM 1 40 R 12 40 K C

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-129

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Product Selection

35MM

●Each socket is a 5 terminal

block with lever bypass and

jaw release

●Ringless covers

●Provision for two-pole main

tenant breakers (circuit

breakers not included).

For circuit breaker

catalog numbers, refer

to Page V1-T5-134

●Phase balancing kits are

included with three-high

and four-high modules.

Each individual socket can

be phase balanced in the

field to the desired lines

(A-B, B-C or A-C). Comes

from factory as A-B

●Indoor/outdoor

construction

●Main tenant feeders can

exit top, bottom or back

●If being used in outdoor

application and exiting the

top, mount Myer type hubs

on rainproof cap

●Short-circuit ratings up

to 100A rms symmetrical

depending upon the kAIC

rating of installed main

tenant circuit breakers

and main device

●Non-EUSERC areas

35MM—Single-Phase Commercial Meter Stack Modules (Three-Phase In, Single-Phase Out)

Notes

1Retrofit tenant circuit breaker mounting kit (37MMRCBK) for installation of Type EHD and CV breakers. Needed only for stacks manufactured prior to February 2013. Order one kit per breaker.

2Unit is bottom exit only.

3Rated at 100 kAIC.

4Rated at 35 kAIC.

System

Voltage

Ampere Rating

Per Meter Socket

Number

of Meter

Sockets

Horizontal

Bus

Ampacity/

Material

Number of

Jaws Per

Meter Socket

Main Tenant

Breaker Type

(Page V1-T5-134) 1

Catalog

Number

120/240V, single-phase, three-wire systems and

208Y/120V network metering (Not suitable for use

on three-phase, four-wire delta systems)

225 1 1200 Al 5 Bolt-on type

EHD2_

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_XMM

CV2_XMM

CVH2_XMM

35MM120R12

1 1200 Cu 5 35MM120R12C

2 1200 Al 5 35MM220R12

2 1200 Cu 5 35MM220R12C

3 1200 Al 5 35MM320R12

3 1200 Cu 5 35MM320R12C

4 1200 Al 5 35MM420R12

4 1200 Cu 5 35MM420R12C

400 1 1200 Al 5 400A

K-Frame included

35MM140R1240 2

1 1200 Cu 5 35MM140R1240C 2

400 1 1200 Al 5 400A

K-Frame included

35MM140HR1240 3

1 1200 Cu 5 35MM140HR1240C 3

400 2 1200 Al 5 400A

K-Frame included

35MM240R1240

2 1200 Cu 5 35MM240R1240C

400 continuous 1 1200 Cu 5 400A

L-Frame included

35MM140R1240K

400 continuous 1 1200 Cu 5 400A

L-Frame included

35MM140HR1240KC 4

V1-T5-130 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

37MM

●Each socket is a 7 terminal

block with lever bypass and

jaw release

●Ringless covers

●Provision for three-pole

main tenant breakers

(circuit breakers not

included). For circuit

breaker catalog numbers,

refer to Page V1-T5-134

●Indoor/outdoor

construction

●Main tenant breakers can

exit top, bottom or back

●If being used in outdoor

application and exiting the

top, mount Myer type hubs

on rainproof cap

●Short-circuit ratings up to

100A rms symmetrical

depending upon the kAIC

rating of installed main

tenant circuit breakers

and main device

●Non-EUSERC areas

37MM—Three-Phase Commercial Meter Stack Modules (Three-Phase In, Three-Phase Out)

Notes

1If a socket in a 37MM meter stack module needs to be single-phase, order 37MM1CK. This will convert the three-phase socket to single-phase.

2Retrofit tenant circuit breaker mounting kit (37MMRCBK) for installation of Type EHD and CV breakers. Needed only for stacks manufactured prior to February 2013. Order one kit per breaker.

3320A continuous rated socket with provisions for two main tenant breakers.

4Unit is bottom exit only.

5Rated at 100 kAIC.

6Rated at 25 kAIC.

7Rated at 35 kAIC.

System

Voltage

Ampere Rating

Per Meter Socket

Number

of Meter

Sockets

Horizontal

Bus

Ampacity/

Material

Number of

Jaws Per

Meter Socket 1

Main Tenant

Breaker Type 2

(Page V1-T5-134)

Catalog

Number

208Y/120V, three-phase, four-wire

240/120V, three-phase, four-wire delta

(B-phase is high leg)

225 1 1200 Al 7 Bolt-on type

EHD3_

CC3_X

CVS3_X

CV3_X

CVH3_X

37MM120R12

1 1200 Cu 7 37MM120R12C

2 1200 Al 7 37MM220R12

2 1200 Cu 7 37MM220R12C

3 1200 Al 7 37MM320R12

3 1200 Cu 7 37MM320R12C

4 1200 Al 7 37MM420R12

4 1200 Cu 7 37MM420R12C

400 1 1200 Al 7 400A

K-Frame included

37MM140R12 3

1 1200 Cu 7 37MM140R12C 3

400 1 1200 Al 7 400A

K-Frame included

37MM140R1240 4

1 1200 Cu 7 37MM140R1240C 4

400 1 1200 Al 7 400A

K-Frame included

37MM140HR1240 5

1 1200 Cu 7 37MM140HR1240C 5

400 2 1200 Al 7 400A

K-Frame included

37MM240R1240

2 1200 Cu 7 37MM240R1240C

400 continuous 1 1200 Cu 7 400A

L-Frame included

37MM140R1240KC 6

400 continuous 1 1200 Cu 7 400A

L-Frame included

37MM140HR1240KC 7

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-131

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

35SS

●Sockets include EUSERC

required test-bypass-

disconnect feature

●Ring type covers

●Single-phase units have

provisions for two-pole

main tenant breakers

●When applying 35SS

(single-phase) stacks on

208Y/120V, three-phase,

four-wire and 240/120V,

three-phase, four-wire

delta systems, refer to

suffixes for proper phase

balancing. Each meter

stack module is phase

balanced at the plant

(A-B, B-C or A-C) and

cannot be field modified

●Indoor/outdoor

construction

●Main tenant breakers can

exit top, bottom or back.

If being used in outdoor

application and exiting the

top, mount Myer type hubs

on rainproof cap

●Short-circuit ratings up to

100A rms symmetrical

depending upon the kAIC

rating of installed main

tenant circuit breakers

and main device

35SS—Three-Phase Commercial Meter Stack Modules

37SS

●Sockets include EUSERC

required test-bypass-

disconnect feature

●Ring type covers

●Three-phase units have

provisions for three-pole

main tenant breaker

●Aluminum horizontal bus

supplied as standard

37SS—Three-Phase Commercial Meter Stack Modules

Notes

1Retrofit tenant circuit breaker mounting kit (37MMRCBK) for installation of Type EHD and CV breakers. Needed only for stacks manufactured prior to February 2013. Order one kit per breaker.

2Last two digits of catalog number indicate phase balancing (AB indicates all sockets in this stack are connected to phases A and B only).

System

Voltage

Ampere Rating

Per Meter Socket

Number

of Meter

Sockets

Horizontal

Bus

Ampacity/

Material

Number of

Jaws Per

Meter Socket

Main Tenant

Breaker Type 1

(Page V1-T5-134)

Catalog

Number

120/240V, single-phase,

three-wire systems and

208Y/120V network metering

(Not suitable for use on three-phase,

four-wire delta systems)

225 1 1200 Al 5 Bolt-on type

EHD2_

CCV2_X

CCVH2_X

CVS2_X

CV2_X

CVH2_X

35SS120RAB 2

1200 Cu 5 35SS120RABC 2

1200 Al 5 35SS120RAC 2

1200 Cu 5 35SS120RACC 2

1200 Al 5 35SS120RBC 2

1200 Cu 5 35SS120RBCC 2

2 1200 Al 5 35SS220RAB 2

1200 Cu 5 35SS220RABC 2

1200 Al 5 35SS220RAC 2

1200 Cu 5 35SS220RACC 2

1200 Al 5 35SS220RBC 2

1200 Cu 5 35SS220RBCC 2

3 1200 Al 5 35SS320RAB 2

1200 Cu 5 35SS320RABC 2

1200 Al 5 35SS320RAC 2

1200 Cu 5 35SS320RACC 2

1200 Al 5 35SS320RBC 2

1200 Cu 5 35SS320RBCC 2

35SS_

System

Voltage

Ampere Rating

Per Meter Socket

Number

of Meter

Sockets

Horizontal

Bus

Ampacity/

Material

Number of

Jaws Per

Meter Socket

Main Tenant

Breaker Type 1

(Page V1-T5-134)

Catalog

Number

208Y/120V, three-phase, four-wire

240/120V, three-phase, four-wire delta

(B-phase is high leg)

225 1 1200 Al 7 Bolt-on type

EHD3_

CC3_X

CVS3_X

CV3_X

CVH3_X

37SS120R

1200 Cu 7 37SS120RC

2 1200 Al 7 37SS220R

1200 Cu 7 37SS220RC

3 1200 Al 7 37SS320R

1200 Cu 7 37SS320RC

V1-T5-132 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Commercial Stacks (35MM and 37MM)

35MM and 37MM

19.25

(489.0)

66.63

(1692.3)

25.38

(644.5)

14.00

(355.6)

Typ.

52.63

(1336.7)

52.63

(1336.7)

8.75

(222.3)

35MM140R1240

37MM140R1240

same as below

except eliminate

top socket.

18.25

(463.6)

8.75

(222.3)

18.25

(463.6)

8.75

(222.3)

18.25

(463.6)

8.75

(222.3)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-133

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Commercial Stacks (35SS and 37SS)

35SS and 37SS

3 KOs 1.50 (38.1),

2.00 (50.8), 2.50 (63.5)

Bottom (Typ.)

13.56

(344.5)

8.75

(222.3)

Inside

Wire Seal Slot and Sealing Screw

Ribbon Seal or Barrel Lock Hasp

21.38

(542.9)

12.00

(304.8)

29.38

(746.1)

25.00

(635.0)

13.50

(342.9)

6.50

(165.1)

KO 1.50 (38.1)

2.00 (50.8),

2.50 (63.5)

9.50

(241.3)

17.75

(450.9)

Centerline

of Wall

Mounting

Screws

47.38

(1203.3)

19.50

(495.3)

21.38

(542.9)

12.00

(304.8)

6.50

(165.1)

31.50

(800.1)

43.00

(1092.2)

9.56

(242.9)

19.50

(495.3)

19.50

(495.3)

68.88

(1749.4)

6.50

(165.1)

62.44

(1585.9)

31.50

(800.1)

0.41 Dia.

(10.3)

4-Holes

9.56

(242.9)

12.00

(304.8)

21.38

(542.9)

V1-T5-134 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

CV2200/CV3200

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS Main Tenant Circuit Breakers

Contents

Description Page

Systems for Residential and Commercial

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-88

Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-90

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . V1-T5-95

Type CV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker . . V1-T5-96

Meter Packs—1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main

Tenant Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-98

Main Service Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-101

Surge Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-115

Residential Meter Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-116

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-125

Phase Balanced Stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-126

Commercial Meter Stack Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T5-127

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

Main Tenant Circuit Breakers

35MM, 37MM, 35SS

and 37SS Main Tenant

Circuit Breakers

Product Description

●The following breakers

are to be used on 35MM,

37MM, 35SS and 37SS

modular metering stacks

●Series rating information

available on Pages V1-T5-

142 through V1-T5-145

●Two-pole breakers are

120/240 Vac, field installed

●Three-pole breakers are

208Y/120 Vac, field

installed

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-135

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Product Selection

35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS Main Tenant Circuit Breakers

Notes

1#6–4/0 kcmil wire size range for CVS, CV and CVH tenant main circuit breakers. If #2–300 kcmil is needed, order 2TA225CVK (two-pole) 3TA225CVK (three-pole). One kit is needed per breaker.

2“MM” suffix provides mounting hardware needed for 1MP, 1MM and 3MM modular metering stacks only. Mounting hardware is not needed for use in 35MM and 35SS modular metering stacks, but

is included as standard with breakers.

3Retrofit tenant circuit breaker mounting kit (37MMRCBK) for installation of Type EHD and CV breakers. Needed only for stacks manufactured prior to February 2013.

Order one kit per breaker.

4Type EHD main tenant circuit breakers are also available from 15 to 50A.

10 kAIC 25 kAIC 42 kAIC 65 kAIC 100 kAIC

Description

Number

of Poles

Main Tenant

Circuit Breaker

Ampere Rating

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number 12

Catalog

Number 12

Catalog

Number 12

Catalog

Number 12

Bolt-On Type

Bolt-on type circuit breakers used

with 35MM and 35SS (single-phase

modular metering stacks) 34

260 EHD2060 CVS2060XMM CVS2060XMM CV2060XMM CVH2060XMM

270 EHD2070 CVS2070XMM CVS2070XMM CV2070XMM CVH2070XMM

280 EHD2080 CVS2080XMM CVS2080XMM CV2080XMM CVH2080XMM

290 EHD2090 CVS2090XMM CVS2090XMM CV2090XMM CVH2090XMM

2100 CCV2100X CCVH2100X CVS2100XMM CV2100XMM CVH2100XMM

2125 CCV2125X CCVH2125X CVS2125XMM CV2125XMM CVH2125XMM

2150 CCV2150X CCVH2150X CVS2150XMM CV2150XMM CVH2150XMM

2175 CCV2175X CCVH2175X CVS2175XMM CV2175XMM CVH2175XMM

2200 CCV2200X CCVH2200X CVS2200XMM CV2200XMM CVH2200XMM

2225 CCV2225X CCVH2225X CVS2225XMM CV2225XMM CVH2225XMM

Bolt-On Type

Bolt-on type circuit breakers used

with 37MM and 37SS (three-phase

modular metering stacks) 34

360 EHD3060 CVS3060X CVS3060X CV3060X CVH3060X

370 EHD3070 CVS3070X CVS3070X CV3070X CVH3070X

380 EHD3080 CVS3080X CVS3080X CV3080X CVH3080X

390 EHD3090 CVS3090X CVS3090X CV3090X CVH3090X

3100 CC3100X CVS3100X CVS3100X CV3100X CVH3100X

3125 CC3125X CVS3125X CVS3125X CV3125X CVH3125X

3150 CC3150X CVS3150X CVS3150X CV3150X CVH3150X

3175 CC3175X CVS3175X CVS3175X CV3175X CVH3175X

3200 CC3200X CVS3200X CVS3200X CV3200X CVH3200X

3225 CC3225X CVS3225X CVS3225X CV3225X CVH3225X

V1-T5-136 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Accessories

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Modular Metering Stacks

Notes

1 WCG8HB only applies to meter packs built prior to 1998. Current meter packs use 1MMBPH.

2 Must be used when mounting MCB main next to an MTB main or another MCB main device.

Description Application

Catalog

Number

Fifth jaw kit Bolted onto neutral in the 3, 6 or

9 o’clock position. Typically used on

network metering systems (three-phase

in/single-phase out) or when specified

by utility company.

1MM5JK

Isolated

fifth jaw kit

Connects to the neutral

with an insolated wire.

1MM5JKOP

Manual

bypass kit

(ring style

socket only)

For use with 125A sockets only.

(Not top socket.)

1MMBPM125

For use with 200A sockets only.

(Not top socket.)

1MMBPM200

This kit only to be used for top

position of two- and three-high 125A 1MM

and 3MM stacks and of 2, 5 and

six-position 125A 1MP packs.

1MMBPM125T

This kit only to be used for top position of 200A

two-position 1MP packs.

1MMBPM200T

Horn bypass Used only on ringless cover stacks,

kits can be installed on 125A or

200A sockets.

1MMBPH

Note: For 1MP2122RRL use: WCG8HB 1

Meter bypass

jumper

Installed on 125A or 200A

sockets. Jumpers are plugged into jaws.

Order Lexan® cover plate with

bypass jumpers to prevent access

to meter socket once energized. (Not UL listed.)

1MMBPJ

Lexan blank

cover

Circular cover mounted on ring or

ringless devices preventing access

to meter socket while meter is not in

place. Includes four plastic tabs

that plug into each jaw.

1MMPCP

Same as 1MMPCP minus the tabs

located in the back to plug into jaws.

This device to be used while meter

bypass jumpers are in place (1MMBPJ).

1MMACP

Blank meter

socket cover

Used for 125A stacks. Fits bottom

socket only. Kit replaces existing meter

cover preventing access to meter socket.

Includes hasp for seal.

1MMBC125B

Used on 200A stacks. Fits bottom

socket only. Kit replaces existing meter

cover preventing access to meter socket.

Includes hasp for seal.

1MMBC200B

Wall mounting rail Rails are 4 feet (1.2m) in length.

Bolted on wall for stacks, packs

and mains to be hung.

1MMWB

Bussed spacer Bussed spacer 1200A 4-inch

(101.6 mm). Required when stacks

are mounted on right-hand side in

EUSERC areas. (copper)

3MMBSK 2

Bus duct riser/

meter center

connection

Available in 400, 600, 800A

main fusible units only.

Contact product line for details.

—

Fifth Jaw Kit

Manual Bypass Kit

Horn Bypass Kit

Lexan Blank Cover

Wall Mounting Rail

Bussed Spacer

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-137

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Accessories for 1MP, 1MM and 3MM Modular Metering Stacks, continued

Note

1 Aluminum Snap Type.

Description Application

Catalog

Number

Indoor corner elbow

(copper)

12-inch (304.8 mm) indoor corner

elbow, 1200A, three-phase, four-wire

for use with 1MM and 3MM only.

Do not use with 35MM, 37MM,

35SS or 37SS stacks.

12-inch corner elbow not EUSERC approved.

3MMEB12

Indoor corner elbow

(copper)

16-inch (406.4 mm) indoor corner

elbow, 1200A, three-phase, four-wire

for use with 1MM, 3MM, 35MM,

37MM, 35SS and 37SS.

3MMEB16

Barrier Barrier for individual sockets 1MMBK

Meter jumper

and cover

Combination meter jumper and

cover (200A maximum).

Used to jumper line and load

jaws as well as cover meter

socket preventing exposure to

current carrying parts.

1MMJCK

Lug block 125A two-pole lug block assembly. BRSF125

Sealing ring Stainless steel screw type with brass screw 1MMSR1

Standard (included with packs and stacks) 11MMSR2

Stainless steel screw type with cast zinc screw 1MMSR4

Aluminum screw type with locking provisions 1MMSR5

Top endwall 125A, NEMA 1 top end wall with

knockouts for 1MM, 3MM meter stacks

MM12N1WLK

200A, NEMA 1 top end wall

for 1MM, 3MM meter stacks

MM20N1WLK

Indoor Corner Elbow

Standard Sealing Ring

V1-T5-138 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Renewal Parts

1MP, 1MM and 3MM Replacement Parts

Notes

1 Meter Packs 1MP2122RRL and 1MP2122RRLB use different meter sockets.

See Renewal Parts listing RP.32A.01A.T.E for details.

See RP00501001E for a complete Renewal Parts listing.

Description Application

Catalog

Number

Ringless cover

(can install this to go

from ring to ringless)

Installed on 125A socket

for ringless security

1MMRC125

Installed on 200A socket

for ringless security

1MMRC200

For use with top position of 125A,

two- and three-position,1MM and 3MM stacks

and two-, five- and six-position 1MP packs

1MMRC125T

Top-position two position IMP 1MMRC200T

Ring cover Installed on 125A socket

for ring security

1MMCP1

Installed on 200A socket

for ring security

1MMCP2

Top socket ring cover 125A 1MMCP1T

Top socket ring cover 200A 1MMCP2T

Tenant breaker

hinged cover

125A cover 1MMBC1

200A cover 1MMBC2

Meter socket 1125 and 200A 1MMMS

Busbar end cap Flat—left side 47-24139A

Bump—right side 47-28172-2A

Main circuit breaker

cover kit (black)

49-7060

Ringless Cover

Ring Cover

Tenent Breaker Cover

Meter Socket

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-139

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Accessories for 35MM and 37MM Modular Metering Stacks

Notes

1 For all units made 10/2002 and earlier.

2 For all units made after 11/2002.

Description Application

Catalog

Number

Wall mounting rail Rails are 4 feet (1.2m) in length. Bolted on wall for stacks,

packs and mains to be hung.

1MMWB

Indoor corner elbow (copper) 16-inch (406.4 mm) indoor corner elbow, 1200A, three-phase,

four-wire for use with 1MM, 3MM, 35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS.

3MMEB16

Handle

insulator

Each meter block includes a lever bypass. This kit includes the sleeve

which slides onto the lever handle.

37MMHC

Barrel lock bracket kit Needed when using barrel lock security. 37MMBLK

Totalizing jumper kit Used if one socket is to meter two tenant feeds. When ordering jumper

kit, should also order a plastic cover plate (1MMPCP + IMMJCK) preventing

access to live parts on unused socket.

37MMTJK

Type EHD and CV breaker retrofit mounting kit Retrofit mounting hardware for installation of Type EHD and CV breakers in

35MM, 37SS, 37MM and 37SS meter stacks manufactured prior to February 2013.

Order one kit per breaker.

37MMRCBK

Type CV breaker mounting kit Replacement Type CV breaker mounting hardware kit. Used in 200A

1MP/1MM/3MM modular metering stacks at 42, 65 and 100 kAIC.

1MMCBK

Blank cover kit Kit replaces meter cover preventing access to socket. 37MMCK 1

37MMCKA 2

Barrier Barrier for individual sockets 37MMBK

Three-Phase to single-phase conversion kit This kit will convert one three-phase meter socket (37MM devices) to a

single-phase socket. Only needed if phasing A-C or C-B. If single-phase socket

is to be phased A-B, kit is not required for field conversion.

(Must use three-phase breaker.)

37MM1CK

Bus duct riser/meter center connection Available in 400, 600, 800A

Main fusible units and 400, 600, 800, 1000,

1200 main circuit breaker. Contact product line for details.

—

Anti-inversion clip This clip should be inserted into upper right hand jaw of a 320A meter socket. The

purpose is prevent a 200A meter from being inserted into a 320A meter socket.

37MMINVCLIP

Barrel Lock Bracket Kit

Totalizing Jumper Kit

Type EHD and CV

Breaker Retrofit

Mounting Kit

Three-Phase to

Single-Phase

Conversion Kit

Blank Cover Kit

Type CV Breaker

Mounting Kit

V1-T5-140 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Renewal Parts

35MM and 37MM Modular Metering Stacks

Note

See RP.32A.01.T.E for a complete Renewal Parts listing.

Description Application

Catalog

Number

35MM replacement

meter socket

To replace meter socket

with lever bypass and jaw release.

MSLMSA1

37MM replacement

meter socket

To replace meter socket

with lever bypass and jaw release.

MSLMSA2

35SS replacement

meter socket

To replace meter socket with

test bypass disconnect feature

MSTMSA1

37SS replacement

meter socket

To replace meter socket with

test bypass disconnect feature

MSTMSA2

Safety socket

meter cover assembly

To replace ring type cover over the

meter prior to 7/1/02.

MSTMCVR1

Safety socket

meter cover assembly

To replace ring type cover over the

meter after 7/1/02

MSTMCVR1E

35MM and 37MM

meter cover assembly

Prior to 12/1/02 37MMSK

After 12/1/02 37MMSK1

Meter cover assembly

with NJ latch

To replace ringless cover over the meter.

Includes New Jersey latch requirement.

37MMSKNJ

Tenant breaker hinged cover To replace cover over tenant breakers. 1MMBC2

Busbar end cap Flat—left side 47-24139A

Bump—right side 47-28172-2A

Main circuit breaker cover/CIT (black) 49-7060

35MM Replacement

Meter Socket

37SS Replacement

Meter Socket

Meter Cover Assembly

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-141

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Technical Data and

Specifications

Phase Balancing

All 3MM meter modules

come factory connected

to phase A and B, per

Figure A. When connected to

a 208Y/120 Vac three-phase,

four-wire system, field phase

balancing of two out of every

three stacks is required. One

of every three stacks should

be phased AC, per Figure B,

and one of every three stacks

should be phased CB, per

Figure C.

Examples:

Nine Total Positions—use

(three) three-position stacks

and phase one per Figure B

(A-C phasing) and one per

Figure C (C-B phasing).

16 Total Positions—use

(two) five-position and (two)

three-position stacks. Phase

balance (one) five-position

per Figure B (A-C phasing)

and (one) five-position per

Figure C (C-B phasing).

19 Total Positions—where

four-position maximum

height is allowed by utility.

Use (one) four-position and

(five) three-position stacks.

Phase balance (two) three-

position stacks per Figure B

(A-C phasing) and (two)

three-position stacks per

Figure C (C-B phasing).

“Z” Shaped and “Barrel”

Shaped Phase Connector

"Barrel" Shaped

Phase

Connector

"Z" Shaped

Phase

Connector

Phase Balancing

FACTORY 125 A A-B PHASING

125 A STACKS

FIGURE AFIGURE BFIGURE C

200 A STACKS

FIELD 125 A A-C PHASING

FIELD 125 A C-B PHASING

FACTORY 200 A A-B PHASING

FACTORY 200 A A-C PHASING

FACTORY 200 A C-B PHASING

Remove "Z" Phase Jumper from "B" Phase

Horizontal Bus

Reattached at "C" Phase Horizontal Bus as Shown.

Torque to 60 lb-in (6.78 N-M)

Remove "Barrel" Phase Jumper from "A" Phase

Horizontal Bus

Reattached at "C" Phase Horizontal Bus as shown.

Torque to 60 lb-in (6.78 N-M)

Remove "Z" Phase Jumper from "B" Phase

Horizontal Bus

Replace with "Barrel" Phase Jumper from

kit 99-4184

Supplied with Meter Stack and attach to "C" Phase

Bus as shown.

Torque to 60 lb-in (6.78 N-M)

Retain "Z" Phase Jumper for future use.

Remove "Barrel" Phase Jumper from "A" Phase

Horizontal Bus

Reattached at "C" Phase Horizontal Bus as shown.

Torque to 60 lb-in (6.78 N-M)

"Barrel" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Barrel" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Z" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Z" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Z" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Barrel" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Barrel" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Barrel" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Barrel" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Z" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Barrel" Shaped

Phase Connector

"Z" Shaped

Phase Connector

V1-T5-142 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Series Combination

Short-Circuit Ratings

When main tenant breakers

are installed in Eaton’s

modular metering stack

per the table on Page

V1-T5-143, the branch

breakers installed in

downstream panel rated 10

kAIC or greater are protected

to the listed series AIC rating.

Refer to the downstream

panel marking for the proper

series combination short-

circuit ratings.

Replacement or additional

breakers shall be of the same

manufacture and type, and

shall have an interrupting

rating equal to or greater than

the interrupting rating of any

main tenant breaker installed.

Series Combination

Short-Circuit Ratings

Modular

Metering

Stack

Main

Service

Module

Load Side

Breakers

Main

Tenant

Breaker

Downstream Panel

(Type CH or BR)

The Watt-Hour Meter is not

Included in the Short-Circuit

Current Rating (Per UL 67).

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-143

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Series Combination Short-Circuit Ratings—240 Vac

Note

1100,000A rating with 100,000A rated main.

Main Module Overcurrent Device

Breaker Type or Class Fuse

System

AIC Rating

120/240 Vac

Maximum

Meter Module

Tenant Feeder Breaker

Type 1MM, 3MM, 35MM,

37MM, 35SS, 37SS

or Loadcenter Main Breaker

Tenant Feeder

Breaker Short-

Circuit Rating

Loadcenter Branch Breaker

(Single-, Two- or Three-Pole)

None 10,000 None — BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, GFCB, CH, CHT, CH3, CH-GFCI

Without main disconnect.

Cable tap box

Type 1MTB_, 3MTB_

10,000 BR_, CC_, BW_, CCV_ 10,000

22,000 BRH_ 22,000

25,000 CSR_, CHH_H2, CCVH_ 25,000

42,000 BRHH_, CHH_H4, CVS_ 42,000

65,000 CV_, KD_, HKD_ 65,000

100,000 CHH_, CVH_, KDC_ 100,000

Main switch module

Type 1MFS_, 3MFS_

with Class T fuse,

400A maximum

42,000 BRH_ 22,000 CH, CHT, CH3, CH-GFCI

Main switch module

Type 1MFS_, 3MFS_

with Class T fuse,

600A maximum

100,000 BRH_ 22,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, GFCB

Main switch module

Type 1MFS_, 3MFS_

with Class T fuse,

1200A maximum

10,000 BR_, CC_, BW_, CCV_ 10,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, GFCB, CH, CHT, CH3, CH-GFCI

22,000 BRH_ 22,000

25,000 CSR_, CHH_H2, CCVH_ 25,000

42,000 BRHH_, CHH_H4, CVS_ 42,000

65,000 CV_, KD_, HKD_ 65,000

100,000 CHH_, CVH_, KDC_ 100,000

Main switch module

Type 1MFS_, 3MFS_

with Class T fuse,

1200A maximum

100,000 BRHH_ 42,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, GFCB, CH, CHT, CH3, CH-GFCI

Main switch module

Type 1BPS_, 3BPS_

with Class L fuse,

1200–2000A

10,000 BR_, CC_, BW_, CCV_ 10,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, GFCB, CH, CHT, CH3, CH-GFCI

22,000 BRH_ 22,000

25,000 CSR_, CHH_H2, CCVH_ 25,000

42,000 BRHH_, CHH_H4, CVS_ 42,000

65,000 CV_, KD_, HKD_ 65,000

100,000 CHH, CVH_, KDC_ 100,000

Main breaker module

Type 1MCB_, 3MCB_ with

KD, HKD (400A maximum)

LD, HLD (600A maximum)

MDL, HMDL (800A maximum)

ND, NGS, HND, NGH (1200A maximum)

RD, RGH (2000A maximum)

10,000 BR_, CC_, BW_, CCV_ 10,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, GFCB, CH, CHT, CH3, CH-GFCI

22,000 BRH_ 22,000

25,000 CSR_, CHH_H2, CCVH_ 25,000

42,000 BRHH_, CHH_H4, CVS_ 42,000

65,000 CV_, KD_, HKD_ 65,000

100,000 1CHH_, CVH_, KDC_ 100,000

V1-T5-144 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

1MP 125A Meter Module

This All-in-One Meter Module is UL listed for the short-circuit

rating at 240 Vac maximum in rms symmetrical amperes per

table below.

1MP 125A Meter Module

When Type BRHH or BRH tenant breakers are installed in this

meter module, then Eaton’s breakers rated 10 kAIC or greater

installed on the load side of this meter module may be protected

for short circuits up to 22 kAIC with Type BRH breakers or

42 kAIC with Type BRHH breakers.

See load side breaker panel marking for proper short-circuit

current rating.

1MP 125A Meter Module

1MP 200A Meter Module

This All-in-One Meter Module is UL listed for the short-circuit

rating at 240 Vac maximum in rms symmetrical amperes per

table below.

1MP 200A Meter Module

When Type CV tenant breakers are installed in this meter

module, then breakers rated 10 kAIC or greater installed on

the load side of this meter module may be protected for short

circuits up to 100 kAIC.

See load side breaker panel marking for proper short-circuit

current rating.

1MP 200A Meter Module

Note: The ratings for both 125 and 200A tenant positions apply to

both Type BR and CH loadcenters and 10 kAIC branch breakers.

Tenant Breaker

Catalog Number

Two-Pole

Maximum

Ampere Rating

UL Listed Series

Short-Circuit

Rating

BRHH_____ 125 42 kAIC

BRH_____ 125 22 kAIC

BR_____ 125 10 kAIC

Load Side

Breakers

Tenant

Breaker

Downstream Panel

(Type CH or BR)

The Watt-Hour Meter is not

Included in the Short-Circuit

Current Rating (Per UL 67).

All-in-One

Meter

Module

Tenant Breaker

Catalog Number

Two- or Three-Pole

Maximum

Ampere Rating

UL Listed Series

Short-Circuit

Rating

CVH_XMM 200 100 kAIC

CV_XMM 200 65 kAIC

CVS_XMM 200 42 kAIC

CCVH_XMM 200 25 kAIC

CCV_X 200 10 kAIC

Load Side

Breakers

Tenant

Breaker

Downstream Panel

(Type CH or BR)

The Watt-Hour Meter is not

Included in the Short-Circuit

Current Rating (Per UL 67).

All-in-One

Meter

Module

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-145

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

General

When tenant breakers are installed in Eaton’s metering

modules per the short-circuit current ratings below, the

branch breakers installed in downstream panel rated 10 kAIC or

greater are protected to the listed series AIC rating. Refer to the

downstream panel marking for the proper series combination

short-circuit ratings. These ratings apply to both loadcenter

Types BR and CH.

The short-circuit rating is limited to the lowest interrupting

rating of any tenant breaker installed or to the lowest marked

interrupting rating of the main switch, main breaker or main

lug modules.

Replacement or additional breakers shall be of the same type

and manufacturer, and shall have an interrupting rating equal

to or greater than the interrupting rating of any tenant breaker

presently installed in the meter module.

1MM, 3MM 125A Meter Module

When used with main switch, main breaker or main lug

modules, this meter module is UL listed for the short-circuit

rating at 240 Vac maximum in rms symmetrical amperes per

table below.

1MM, 3MM 125A Meter Module

When Type BRHH or BRH tenant breakers are installed in this

meter module, then breakers rated 10 kAIC or greater installed

on the load side of this meter module may be protected for short

circuits up to 22 kAIC with Type BRH breakers or 42 kAIC with

Type BRHH breakers.

See load side breaker panel marking for proper short-circuit

current rating.

1MM, 3MM 125A Meter Module

1MM, 3MM, 200A Meter Modules; 35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS 225A

Meter Modules

When used with main switch, main breaker or main lug

modules, these meter modules are UL listed for the short-circuit

rating at 240 Vac maximum in rms symmetrical amperes per

table below.

1MM, 3MM, 200A Meter Modules; 35MM, 37MM, 35SS and

37SS 225A Meter Modules

When Type CV tenant breakers are installed in these meter

modules, then Eaton’s breakers rated 10 kAIC or greater

installed on the load side of these meter modules may be

protected for short circuits up to 100 kAIC.

See load side breaker panel marking for proper short-circuit

current rating.

1MM, 3MM, 200A Meter Modules; 35MM, 37MM, 35SS and

37SS 225A Meter Modules

Tenant Breaker

Catalog Number

Two-Pole

Amperes

Maximum

UL Listed Series

Short-Circuit Rating

BRHH_____ 125 42 kAIC

BRH_____ 125 22 kAIC

BR_____ 125 10 kAIC

Modular

Metering

Stack

Main

Service

Module

Load Side

Breakers

Main

Tenant

Breaker

Downstream Panel

(Type CH or BR)

The Watt-Hour Meter is not

Included in the Short-Circuit

Current Rating (Per UL 67).

Amperes Maximum

Tenant Breaker

Catalog Number

Two- or Three-Pole

1MM

3MM

200A

35MM, 37MM,

35SS, 37SS

225A

UL Listed Series

Short-Circuit Rating

CVH_XMM 200 225 100 kAIC

CV_XMM 200 225 65 kAIC

CVS_XMM 200 225 42 kAIC

CCVH_X 200 225 25 kAIC

CCV_X 200 225 10 kAIC

CC_X 200 225 10 kAIC

Modular

Metering

Stack

Main

Service

Module

Load Side

Breakers

Main

Tenant

Breaker

Downstream Panel

(Type CH or BR)

The Watt-Hour Meter is not

Included in the Short-Circuit

Current Rating (Per UL 67).

V1-T5-146 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Ratings

A. The assembly shall be

rated to withstand

mechanical forces

exerted during short-

circuit conditions when

connected directly to

a power source having

available fault current

[22,000] [42,000]

[65,000] [100,000]

amperes symmetrical

at rated voltage.

Construction

A. The entire assembly shall

be front accessible and

shall include [main lugs]

[a main disconnect

device].

B. Tenant disconnects

shall be wired for cold

sequence and shall be

molded case circuit

breakers.

C. The meter sockets shall

be (ring-) (ringless-) type

rated (125A) (200A) (as

shown on the plans)

and a bypass (shall be)

(shall not be) required.

If required, the bypass

shall be a (slider-) (horn-)

(lever-) (disconnect block-)

type. The meter sockets

and associated branch

protective device

positions shall be

completely prewired

and shipped ready for

installation of the meters

and tenant main breakers.

Meter sockets shall

include covers with

sealing positions.

Bus

A. All busbars shall be [tin-

plated aluminum or

copper]. Main horizontal

busbars shall be

mounted with all three

phases arranged in the

same vertical plane. Bus

sizing shall be based on

UL standard temperature

rise criteria for multiple

metering equipment.

B. Provide a full capacity

neutral bus where a

neutral bus is indicated

on the drawings.

C. All hardware used for

busbar connections shall

be high-tensile strength,

zinc-plated. Provide

Belleville-type spring

washers for all bus joints.

Wiring/Terminations

A. [Mechanical-type

terminals] [Crimp-type

termination provisions]

shall be provided for all

line terminations suitable

for copper or aluminum

cable and rated at 75ºC.

B. Lugs shall be provided in

the incoming line section

for connection of the main

grounding conductor.

Main Circuit Protective Devices

A. Main protective devices

shall be [molded case

circuit breakers] [bolted

pressure switches] [quick-

make/quick-break fusible

switches].

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

A. [Main] [Feeder] [All]

protective devices shall

be molded case circuit

breakers with inverse

time and instantaneous

tripping characteristics.

B. Circuit breakers shall be

operated by a toggle-type

handle and shall have a

quick-make/quick-break

over-center switching

mechanism that is

mechanically trip-free.

Automatic tripping of the

breaker shall be clearly

indicated by the handle

position. Contacts shall

be nonwelding silver

alloy and arc extension

shall be accomplished by

means of DE-ION® arc

chutes.

C. Circuit breakers shall

have a minimum

symmetrical interrupting

capacity as indicated on

the drawings.

D. Circuit breakers [250-]

[400-] [600-] [1200-]

ampere frame and below

shall be manufactured

by Eaton with thermal-

magnetic or electronic

trip units having

inverse time-current

characteristics.

E. Circuit breakers shall be

UL listed for series

application.

Bolted Pressure Switches

A. Main protective devices

shall be bolted pressure

contact type and shall be

UL listed.

B. Fusible switches shall be

furnished with Class L

fuse clips. Switch

contact interrupting

capacity shall be 12 times

the continuous rating

of the switch.

C. Fuse access door s

hall be mechanically

interlocked with the

operating handle and

shall have provisions for

padlocking the switch in

the OPEN position.

D. The switch shall use a

stored energy deadfront

operating mechanism

compressed and

released by the operating

handle, to provide quick

positive switching action,

independent of the

operating handle.

E. Switches shall be

manually operated.

Quick-Make/Quick-Break

Fusible Switches

A. Fusible switches 30A

through 1200A frames

shall be furnished with

300V Class T-type fuse

clips unless otherwise

scheduled.

B. Switches shall

incorporate safety cover

interlocks to prevent

opening the cover with

the switch in the ON

position.

C. Provide defeater for

authorized personnel.

D. Handles shall have

provisions for padlocking

and shall clearly indicate

the ON or OFF position.

E. Front cover doors shall

be padlockable in the

CLOSED position.

F. Main protective devices

shall be quick-make/

quick-break fusible

switches as manufactured

by Eaton.

Tenant Utility Metering

A. For EUSERC serviced

areas, meter centers

shall incorporate

metering sections with

tenant feeder circuits

using ring-type meter

sockets rated [125] [200]

amperes to meet local

utility and/or customer

requirements.

B. The self-contained meter

sockets shall include a

test bypass/disconnect

block per EUSERC

requirements,

– OR–

A. For non-EUSERC

serviced areas, meter

centers shall incorporate

metering sections with

tenant feeder

circuits

using [ring-] [ringless-]

type meter sockets

rated [125] [200] [320]

amperes to meet local

utility or customer

requirements. Provide

meter sockets with

individual covers having

sealing provisions.

B. Meter sockets shall

have manual

bypass and

optional internal barriers.

Enclosures

A. NEMA 1 Enclosure

– OR–

A. Outdoor NEMA 3R

Surface-Mounted

Enclosure

Finish

A. Boxes and trims shall be

bonderized and finished

with ANSI 61 light gray

enamel.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T5-147

5.10

Metering Products

Group Metering

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

General Layout

Mounting Features

A standard mounting rail and

factory-installed swing away

feet, speed up and simplify

installation.

Notes

1Not a constant value. Dimension changes depending on main device chosen. See Page V1-T5-110 for specific dimensions.

2Residential device.

1MM/3MM

200 A

1MM/3MM

200 A

34.25

(870.0)

13.38

(339.7)

Typical Height

Above Ground

or Floor Level

31.88

(809.6) 68.25

(1733.6)

26.00

(660.4)

30.14

(765.6)

71.00

(1803.4)

30.00

(762.0)

72.00

(1828.8)

58.00

(1473.2)

30.00

(762.0)

44.00

(1117.6)

58.00

(1473.2)

44.00

(1117.6)

31.00

(787.4)

44.00

(1117.6)

13.50

(342.9)

13.50

(342.9)

12.25

(311.2)

19.25

(488.8)

18.25

(463.6)

18.25

(463.6)

18.25

(463.6)

18.25

(463.6)

Wall Hanger Screws

1MM/3MM

125 A

35MM/37MM

225 A Maximum

35MM/37MM

225 A Maximum

35MM/37MM

225 A Maximum

37MM

400 A

35MM/37MM

Main Device a

Minimum and maximum height of single-phase and three-phase

meter sockets above typical ground level.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-1

Power Pedestals

Construction Site and RV Parks

Marina Power and Lighting

Mobile Home Panels

6.1 Introduction

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-2

Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-2

Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-2

6.2 Temporary Power/RV Park

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-3

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-3

Application Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-4

Features and Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-4

Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-5

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-6

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-7

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-7

Renewal Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-8

Surface Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-10

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-10

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-10

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-13

Pedestal Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-16

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-16

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-16

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-18

6.3 Mobile Home Panels

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-21

Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-21

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-22

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-22

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-23

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-24

6.4 RV Park Hook-Ups

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Powerhouse Power Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

6.5 Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-51

Lighthouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-54

Lighthouse–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-58

Admiral–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-62

Newport Harbor Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-65

Hatteras Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-69

Firehouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-73

Smart Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-79

Mariner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-80

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-81

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-82

Distribution Equipment—Mega Yacht Powerpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-83

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-86

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-89

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-90

Don’t Give Up!

If you don’t find the product you want in this catalog, try the Flex Center at 1-800-330-6479.

V1-T6-2 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.1

Power Pedestals

Introduction

Power Pedestals

Contents

Description

Introduction

Product Description

A power pedestal is a device

designed for outdoor service

to meet temporary power

requirements at construction

sites, marinas, recreational

vehicle (RV parks, marinas

and mobile home parks).

Power pedestals provide a

safe and reliable means for

users to access electricity

at such locations.

Application Description

Construction Site and

RV Parks

Power outlet panels on

construction sites and in

RV parks provide a safe and

reliable means for users to

access electricity. A wide

range of products are available

with multiple features and

enclosure material options.

Construction Site and RV Parks

Mobile Home Panels

Eaton’s versatile mobile home

panels have a user-friendly

design that allows for a faster,

cleaner installation. Mobile

home panels are designed for

service entrance distribution,

and include a meter and

distribution section with

breaker and receptacle

configuration options.

Mobile Home Panels

Marina Power and Lighting

Park lighting and marina

pedestals offer robust

enclosure options with

premium features to enhance

user convenience at marinas

and campgrounds.

Marina Power and Lighting

Optional Features

●Product can ship from the

factory completely

assembled and prewired

●External light

●TV and telephone jacks

●Ground fault monitors

●Digital electronic

kilowatthour meters

●Water faucet

●Available GFI (ground fault

interrupter) protection

●Weatherproof engineered

resin enclosure (will never

rust or deteriorate)

●Stainless steel to meet

and exceed all applicable

codes, and withstand

harsh inland and coastal

environments

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-3

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Power Outlet Panels

Contents

Description Page

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-3

Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-4

Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-4

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-5

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-6

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-7

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-7

Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-8

Surface Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-10

Pedestal Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-16

Product Overview

A power outlet panel (or POP)

is a device designed for

outdoor service to meet

temporary power

requirements at construction

sites and RV parks. POPs

provide a safe and reliable

means for users to access

electricity at such locations.

Product Description

Power outlet panels shall be

designed for outdoor service

to meet temporary power

outlet requirements at

construction sites and provide

high quality, economical

power to individual sites

at RV parks. POPs shall be

provided with means to bond

the neutral for temporary

service entrance applications.

RV panels shall have a factory-

installed insulated neutral bar.

Receptacles and

Circuit Protection

Circuit protection shall be

Eaton’s UL listed full-size

Type BR or half-size Type BD

circuit breakers. The

receptacles shall be NEMA

commercial/industrial grade

devices. Ground fault

protection (GFCB) shall be

provided at the 20A duplex

NEMA 5-20R receptacle or

20A single-pole circuit

breaker when required.

Ground fault protection shall

be provided at the circuit

breaker for receptacles above

20A when required.

Construction

The power outlet panel

pedestal shall be of deadfront

design and constructed of

heavy gauge, 100 percent

galvanized steel. Baked-on

polyester powder coating

shall be used for excellent

mechanical strength, plus

resistance to chalking caused

by the sun’s ultraviolet rays.

The power outlet panel

surface and pedestal units

shall have NEMA Type 3R

rainproof enclosures.

Ease of Installation

Panels shall ship from

the factory completely

assembled, prewired with

100 percent copper wire, and

tested in accordance with

UL Standard 231. The door

shall swing up and open for

user convenience and ease

of access to breakers and

receptacles. When required,

a means for securing the

door in the open position

shall be provided. Panels

shall be bottom fed through

knockouts in endwall or top

fed using a bolt-on raintight

hub. Knockouts shall range

from 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) to

1-1/2 inches (38.1 mm).

Grounding provisions

(#4–14 Cu/Al) shall be

provided on all panels.

V1-T6-4 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Application Description

POPs are also sometimes

called temporary power

panels, temporary site

service equipment or

RV panels.

Construction Site Application

When POPs are used at a

construction site, they are

installed on a temporary basis

until permanent electrical

power is available at the

building. The most common

reason for needing a POP

at a construction site is to

provide a power source for

the contractor’s tools.

Construction Site Application

RV Park Applications

When POPs are used at an

RV park, they are installed

for more permanent use

and serve the purpose of

providing power to the

recreational vehicles. Many

RV parks now supply

customers with amenities

such as lighted POPs with TV

and telephone jacks.

RV Park Application

Service Applications

Suitable for use as temporary

Service Entrance Equipment,

temporary power service

equipment and recreational

vehicle site supply.

Features and Benefits

●Designed for outdoor

service to meet power

outlet requirements

●Receptacles conform

to NEMA and/or ANSI

configurations as specified

by the National Electrical

Code® (NEC)

●Includes a factory-installed

insulated neutral bar with

provisions for bonding

when used for temporary

service entrance

applications

●125A rated meter socket

●Temporary power and RV

park POPs are CSA listed.

Compact POP and single

receptacle devices are not

CSA listed

Designed for Easy Installation

and Protection

●Panels come from the

factory completely

assembled, prewired with

100 percent copper wire

and tested...ready for easy

installation

●Door swings up and open

for user convenience and

ease of access to breakers

and receptacles

●Panels can be bottom fed

through knockouts in the

endwall or top fed using a

bolt-on raintight hub

●Two-piece deadfront cover

allows field wiring without

interfering with factory

wiring

●Lower deadfront cover

permits easy field wiring to

circuit protective devices

●Available GFI (ground fault

interrupter) single- and

two-pole protection

through 50A

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-5

6.2

Power Pedestals

Tem p ora r y Pow er/ R V Pa r k

Two Styles to Meet Your

Power Outlet Needs

●Surface mount: User

mounts unit to a post

●Pedestal mount:

User mounts with an

underground pedestal

extension or pad-mounting

bracket. (Underground

pedestal extension and

pad-mounting bracket are

sold separately. See

accessories Page V1-T6-7

for part numbers and

options)

Compact Design Available in Certain

Configurations for Added Convenience

Standards and Certifications

●UL Standard 231

●UL File Number E163588

Receptacles conform to

NEMA and/or ANSI

configurations as specified

by the NEC.

Standard Compliance

All power outlet panels for

temporary construction site

power and RV (recreational

vehicle) application shall be

UL listed for the U.S. per UL

Standard 231, File E163588.

Receptacles shall conform

to NEMA and/or ANSI

configurations as specified

by the National Electrical

Code (NEC).

Surface Units

Pedestal Units

Lighted option for site

location and nighttime

panel operations

Three-point mounting

100 percent galvanized

steel with baked-on

polyester powder coating

GFI circuit breakers

available through 50A

One-piece case back for

metered and unmetered

panels

Unique steel barrier

prevents unauthorized

operation of breakers

when door is closed

and padlocked

Lower deadfront cover

can be removed for easy

routing of incoming wires or

receptacle changeouts

Padlock provisions to prevent

unauthorized entry

Utility grade metering available

for construction site or RV park

applications

Removable upper deadfront

cover for easy incoming wire

connections to breaker terminals

• Units are factory wired

and assembled

NEMA 3R construction for

rainproof installation

Door swings up when opening

and allows cords to remain

connected when closed.

• Metered units available with

meter on top or on bottom

• Units are factory wired

and assembled

100 percent galvanized

steel with baked-on

polyester powder coating

GFI circuit breakers

(single- and two-pole)

available through 50A

One-piece case back for

metered and unmetered

panels

Removable upper deadfront cover for

easy incoming wire connections to

breaker terminals

Door swings up when

opening and allows

cords to remain connected

when closed

Unique steel barrier prevents

unauthorized operation of breakers

when door is closed and padlocked

Lower deadfront cover can be

removed for easy routing of

incoming wires or receptacle

changeouts

Padlock provisions to prevent

unauthorized entry

Loop-feed lug assembly

with 350 kcmil lugs

included as standard

Pad-mounted bracket

option also available

Pedestal extension available

for underground services

Utility grade metering

available for construction

site or RV park applications

NEMA 3R construction for

rainproof installation

V1-T6-6 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Catalog Number Selection

Notes

1For receptacle configurations, see table below.

2Weather-resistant.

3Weather-resistant/tamper resistant.

Receptacle Configuration

Twist-Lock and Custom Receptacle/Breaker Combinations

150A, 125/250V,

three-pole, four-wire, NEMA 14-50R

Two-pole, 50A breaker

520A, 250V,

two-pole, three-wire, NEMA 6-20R2

Two-pole, 20A breaker

820A, 125V,

two-pole, three-wire,

weather-resistant (WR), NEMA 5-20R2GFI

330A, 125/250V,

three-pole, four-wire, NEMA 14-30R

Two-pole, 30A breaker

620A, 125V,

two-pole, three-wire, NEMA 5-20R2

Single-pole, 20A breaker

920A, 125V,

two-pole, three-wire, weather-resistant/

tamper-resistant (WR TR), NEMA 5-20R2GFI

430A, 125V,

two-pole, three-wire, NEMA TT-30R

Single-pole, 30A breaker

720A, 125V,

two-pole, three-wire, NEMA 5-20R2GFI

Single-pole, 20A breaker

A50A, 125/250V,

three-pole, three-wire, NEMA L14-50R

Two-pole, 50A breaker

D30A, 125/250V,

three-pole, four-wire, NEMA L14-30R

Two-pole, 30A breaker

H20A, 250V,

two-pole, three-wire, NEMA L6-20R

Two-pole, 20A breaker

B50A, 250V,

two-pole, three-wire, NEMA L6-50R

Two-pole, 50A breaker

E30A, 250V,

two-pole, three-wire, NEMA L6-30R

Two-pole, 30A breaker

J20A, 125V,

two-pole, three-wire, NEMA L5-20R

Single-pole, 20A breaker

C50A, 125V,

two-pole, three-wire, NEMA L5-50R

Single-pole, 50A breaker

F30A, 125V,

two-pole, three-wire, NEMA L5-30R

Single-pole, 30A breaker

Metering Type

U= Unmetered

M= Metered-ring

R= Metered-ringless

Receptacle Type

Left Position 1

1 = NEMA 14-50R

3 = NEMA 14-30R

4 = NEMA TT-30R

5 = NEMA 6-20R2

6 = NEMA 5-20R2

7 = NEMA 5-20R2GFI

8 = NEMA 5-20R2GFI 2

9 = NEMA 5-20R2GFI 3

A = NEMA L14-50R

B = NEMA L6-50R

C = NEMA L5-50R

D = NEMA L14-30R

E = NEMA L6-30R

F = NEMA L5-30R

H = NEMA L6-20R

J = NEMA L5-20R

Blank = No receptacle

Mounting

S=Surface

P= Pedestal

B= Back-to-back

pedestal

Interior

X = Six circuit

Blank = Standard

Four circuit

Lighting

L=Lighted

Pedestal Extension

TZ= Factory installed

pedestal extension

with lay-in

ground lug

Receptacle Type

Right Position 1

See “Receptacle Type

Left Position” for

code selection

Circuit Breaker Type

Position 2

N = Non-ground fault

G = Ground fault

Feed

U = Bottom fed

Blank =Top fed

Circuit Breaker Type

Position 3

N = Non-ground fault

G = Ground fault

Circuit Breaker Type

Position 1

N = Non-ground fault

G = Ground fault

Eaton’s

Cutler-Hammer®

Series

Receptacle Type

Center Position 1

See “Receptacle Type

Left Position” for

code selection

C H M 1 N 7 N 4 N P X L T Z U

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-7

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Product Selection

When quoting or selecting

a power outlet panel, the

following questions should

be answered:

●Unmetered, ring or

ringless style

●Number and types of

receptacles (seven

standard and eight

twist-lock options)

●Standard or ground

fault breakers

●Surface, pedestal or

back-to-back mounting

●Are any factory or field

options required?

Power Outlet Panel Receptacle

Configuration Rules

Four Receptacles/Unit

All receptacles must

be NEMA 5-20R2 or

NEMA 5-20R2GFI,

surface mount only.

Three Receptacles/Unit

●One or more of the

receptacles must be

NEMA 6-20R2,

NEMA 5-20R2 or

NEMA 5-20R2GFI

●NEMA 6-20R2,

NEMA 5-20R2, or

NEMA 5-20R2GFI must

go in the second position

●If two receptacles consist

of types NEMA 14-50R,

NEMA 10-50R,

NEMA 14-30R or

NEMA 6-20R2 a six-circuit

interior must be added

●Example:

CHUIN5N2NSX

Note: Configuration 1 and 2 were

chosen so a six-circuit interior

needs to be added (suffix X) to

the end of the catalog number.

Also, configuration 5 is in the

second position.

Two, One and Zero

Receptacles/Unit

Any configuration.

Accessories

Fluorescent Light Kit

Description

Catalog

Number

Underground pedestal extension CHPEDEXT

Stainless steel underground pedestal extension CHPEDEXTSS

Pad-mount bracket CHPADEXT

Cable TV and telephone bracket CHTELTV

Rainproof conduit hub 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) DS075H1

Rainproof conduit hub 1.00 inch (25.4 mm) DS100H1

Rainproof conduit hub 1.25 inch (31.8 mm) DS125H1

Rainproof conduit hub 1.50 inch (38.1 mm) DS150H1

Description

Catalog

Number

Converts power outlet panel to lighted unit, must also order CHOUTCVRL CHFLGTKIT

Underground Pedestal

Extension

Pad-Mount Bracket

DS Hub

Cable TV/Telephone

Bracket

Fluorescent Light Kit

V1-T6-8 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Renewal Parts

Description

Catalog

Number

See this volume, Tab 1, section 1.2 —

Ring style replacement meter socket CHPOPMSRING

Ringless style replacement meter socket CHPOPMSRL

5th jaw kit ARP00035CHJ

Horn bypass (one lug cap per kit; four kits required per device) ARP00777CH

Bonding strap and mounting hardware CHBONDST

Inner lens for lighted power outlet panels CHINLENS

Loop feed lug assembly for single pedestal CHLOOPFDP

Loop feed lug assembly for back-to-back pedestal CHLOOPFDB

Blank lower deadfront cover CHLDFCVR

Lower deadfront cover with duplex receptacle opening CHLDFCVR1

Lower deadfront cover with duplex, duplex receptacle opening CHLDFCVR2

Lower deadfront cover with duplex, duplex, duplex receptacle opening CHLDFCVR3

Lower deadfront cover with rectangle receptacle opening CHLDFCVR4

Lower deadfront cover with rectangle, rectangle receptacle opening CHLDFCVR5

Lower deadfront cover with rectangle, rectangle, rectangle receptacle opening CHLDFCVR6

Lower deadfront cover with duplex, rectangle receptacle opening CHLDFCVR7

Lower deadfront cover with duplex, rectangle, duplex receptacle opening CHLDFCVR8

Lower deadfront cover with rectangle, rectangle, duplex receptacle opening CHLDFCVR9

Lower deadfront cover with round receptacle opening CHLDFCVR10

Lower deadfront cover with round, round receptacle opening CHLDFCVR11

Lower deadfront cover with round, duplex receptacle opening CHLDFCVR12

Meter Socket

Bonding Strap and

Mounting Hardware

Lower Deadfront Cover

Inner Lens

Circuit Breaker

(BR/GFCB)

Loop Feed

Lug Assembly

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-9

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Renewal Parts, continued

Description

Catalog

Number

Lower deadfront cover with round, duplex, duplex receptacle opening CHLDFCVR13

Lower deadfront cover with round, duplex, round receptacle opening CHLDFCVR14

Lower deadfront cover with round, rectangle receptacle opening CHLDFCVR15

Lower deadfront cover with round, rectangle, rectangle receptacle opening CHLDFCVR16

Lower deadfront cover with round, rectangle, round receptacle opening CHLDFCVR17

Lower deadfront cover with round, rectangle, duplex receptacle opening CHLDFCVR18

Upper deadfront cover with six breaker twistouts CHUDFCVR

Upper deadfront cover with provisions for lighted option CHUDFCVRL

Outer door CHOUTCVR

Outer door with lens CHOUTCVRL

Six-hole neutral assembly with 2/0 lug CHNEUT

Seven-hole neutral assembly with 2/0 lug CHNEUT1

Five-hole ground bar kit GBK5

10-hole ground bar kit GBK10

Replacement Meter Cover

Replacement meter cover—ring type CHPOPRMC

Replacement meter cover—ringless CHPOPRLMC

Replacement meter cover—ringless CHPOPRLMCN

Replacement meter cover—ringless CHPOPRLMCN2

Upper Deadfront Cover

Outer Door with Lens

Outer Door

Neutral Assemblies

V1-T6-10 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Power Outlet Panels

Contents

Description Page

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-3

Surface Units

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-13

Pedestal Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-16

Surface Units

Product Overview

A power outlet panel (or POP)

is a device designed for

outdoor service to meet

temporary power

requirements at construction

sites and recreation vehicle

(RV) parks. POPs provide a

safe and reliable means for

users to access electricity

at such locations.

Product Selection

Power Outlet Panel Receptacle Configuration Rules

See Page V1-T6-8 for

complete list. For 100A Main

Breaker, contact the Flex

Center (1-800-330-6479).

Four Receptacles/Unit

All receptacles must be

NEMA 5-20R2 and/or

NEMA 5-20R2GFI, surface

mount only.

Three Receptacles/Unit

●One or more of the

receptacles must be

NEMA 6-20R2,

NEMA 5-20R2 or

NEMA 5-20R2GFI

●NEMA 6-20R2,

NEMA 5-20R2, or

NEMA 5-20R2GFI must

go in the second position

●If two receptacles consist

of types NEMA 14-50R,

NEMA 10-50R,

NEMA 14-30R or

NEMA 6-20R2 a six-circuit

interior must be added

●Example:

CHUIN5N2NSX

Note: Configuration 1 and 2 were

chosen so a six-circuit interior

needs to be added (suffix X) to

the end of the catalog number.

Also, configuration 5 is in the

second position.

Two, One and Zero

Receptacles/Unit

Any configuration.

Options

●Six-circuit interior

●Factory-mounted

pedestal extension

●Lighted

●Bottom fed

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-11

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Surface Type

Notes

1 The “X” suffix indicates that a six circuit interior is provided, instead of the standard four circuit interior.

2 Includes 60A two-pole main breaker for service disconnect ratings.

Contact your local Eaton sales office for configurations not listed.

Ampere

Series

Receptacle Description Breaker Description

Catalog

Number

Position

1st 2nd 3rdLeft Center Right

Unmetered Single Receptacle

50 — 14-50R — No breaker No breaker No breaker CHU1S

30 — 14-30 R — No breaker No breaker No breaker CHU3S

30 — TT-30R — No breaker No breaker No breaker CHU4S

20 — 6-20R2 — No breaker No breaker No breaker CHU5S

20 — 5-20R2 — No breaker No breaker No breaker CHU6S

20 — 5-20R2GFI — No breaker No breaker No breaker CHU7S

Unmetered

20/20/20 5-20R2 5-20R2 6-20R2 GFI GFI GFI CHU6G6G5GS

20/20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI 6-20R2 Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHU7N7N5NS

20/20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI 6-20R2 Non-GFI Non-GFI GFI CHU7N7N5GS

50/20/30 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHU1N7N4NS

50/20/30 14-50R 5-20R2GFI 6-20R GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHU1G7N7NS

50/20 14-50R 5-20RGFI — GFI Non-GFI — CHU1G7NS

50/20 14-50R 5-20RGFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHU1N7NS

50/20/50 14-50R 5-20R2GFI 14-50R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHU1N7N1NSX 1

30/30/20 TT-30R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHU4N7N4NS

20/20/20 5-20R2 5-20R2 6-20R2 GFI GFI GFI CHU6G6G5GS6OM 2

Unmetered (Compact Version)

50 14-50R — — Non-GFI — — CHU1NS

20 5-20R2 — — Non-GFI — — CHU2NS

30 TT-30R — — GFI — — CHU4GS

30/30 TT-30R TT-30R — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHU4N4NS

30/20 TT-30R 5-20R2 — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHU4N6NS

30/20 TT-30R 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHU4N7NS

30 TT-30R — — Non-GFI — — CHU4NS

20 6-20R2 — — GFI — — CHU5GS

20/20 5-20R2 5-20R2 — GFI GFI — CHU6G6GS

20 5-20R2 — — GFI — — CHU6GS

20/20 5-20R2 5-20R2 — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHU6N6NS

20 5-20R2 — — Non-GFI — — CHU6NS

20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHU7N7NS

20 5-20R2GFI — — Non-GFI — — CHU7NS

Single Receptacle

CHU4S

Unmetered Type

CHU1N7N4NS

Unmetered

(Compact Version)

V1-T6-12 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Surface Type, continued

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-7.

Ampere

Series

Receptacle Description Breaker Description

Catalog

Number

Position

1st 2nd 3rdLeft Center Right

Metered—Ring

50/20/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHM1G7N7NS

20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHM7N7NS

20/20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI 6-20R2 Non-GFI Non-GFI GFI CHM7N7N5GS

20/20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI 6-20R2 Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHM7N7N5NS

50/30/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHM1N7N4NS

50/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHM1N7NS

20/20 6-20R2 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHM5N7NS

Metered—Ringless

50/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI — GFI Non-GFI — CHR1G7NS

20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHR7N7NS

50/20/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR1G7N7NS

50/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHR1N7NS

20/20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR7N7N7NS

30/20/20 14-30R 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR3N7N7NS

50/30/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR1N7N4NS

Metered—Ring—Bottom Fed

20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHM7N7NSU

20/20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI 6-20R2 Non-GFI Non-GFI GFI CHM7N7N5GSU

50/20/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHM1G7N7NSU

Metered—Ringless—Bottom Fed

20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHR7N7NSU

50/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI — GFI Non-GFI — CHR1G7NSU

50/20 10-50R 5-20R2GFI — GFI Non-GFI — CHR2G7NSU

20/20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI 6-20R2 Non-GFI Non-GFI GFI CHR7N7N5GSU

20/20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI 6-20R2 Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR7N7N5NSU

20/20/20 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR7N7N7NSU

30/20/20 14-30R 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR3N7N7NSU

30/20/20 14-30R 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR3G7N7NSU

50/20/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI 5-20R2GFI GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR1G7N7NSU

50/20/30 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR1N7N4NSU

Metered Ringless Type

CHR4N7NS

Metered Ring or

Ringless Type

Bottom Feed

Metered Ring

CHM1G7NS

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-13

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Single Receptacle

6.58

(167.1)

2.63

(66.8)

0.24

(6.1)

7. 1 0

(108.3)

4.50

(114.3)

1.30

(33.0)

6.23

(158.2)

2.50

(63.5)

1.87

(47.5 )

3.18

(80.8)

4.79

(121.7)

4.27

(108.5) 0.13

(3.3)

V1-T6-14 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Compact Design Option

Unmetered Units

Unmetered Surface Type

6.94

(176.3)

6.58

(167.1)

11.66

(296.2)

0.30

(7.62)

Center Line

for Receptacle

4.27

(108.5) 0.13

(3.3)

7.26

(184.4)

2.43

(61.7)

4.89

(124.2)

1.89

(48.0) 2.14

(54.4)

Locking

Provision

9.50

(241.3)

17.10

(434.3)

6.70

(170.2) 1.30

(33.0)

14.50

(368.3)

4.30

(109.2) 0.07

(1.7)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-15

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Metered Units (Ring and Ringless)

Metered Surface Type

Bottom Fed Type

Sealing

Provision

Locking

Provision

9.50

(241.3)

22.50

(571.5)

30.00

(762.0)

4.50

(114.3)

0.07

(1.7)

4.30

(109.2)

6.70

(170.1)

9.49

(241.1)

30.10

(764.6)

Sealing

Provision

6.15

(156.2)

17.11

(434.7) 12.97

(329.4)

4.93

(125.2)

Locking

Provision

6.80

(172.8)

4.31

(109.5) 0.06

(1.6)

V1-T6-16 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Power Outlet Panels

Contents

Description Page

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-3

Surface Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-10

Pedestal Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-16

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-18

Pedestal Units

Product Overview

A power outlet panel (or POP)

is a device designed for

outdoor service to meet

temporary power

requirements at construction

sites and recreation vehicle

(RV) parks. POPs provide a

safe and reliable means for

users to access electricity

at such locations.

Product Selection

Power Outlet Panel Receptacle Configuration Rules

See Page V1-T6-8 for

complete list. For 100A Main

Breaker, contact the Flex

Center (1-800-330-6479).

Four Receptacles/Unit

All receptacles must be

NEMA 5-20R2 and/or

NEMA 5-20R2GFI, surface

mount only.

Three Receptacles/Unit

●One or more of the

receptacles must be

NEMA 6-20R2,

NEMA 5-20R2 or

NEMA 5-20R2GFI

●NEMA 6-20R2,

NEMA 5-20R2, or

NEMA 5-20R2GFI must

go in the second position

●If two receptacles consist

of types NEMA 14-50R,

NEMA 10-50R,

NEMA 14-30R or

NEMA 6-20R2 a six-circuit

interior must be added

●Example:

CHUIN5N2NSX

Note: Configuration 1 and 2 were

chosen so a six-circuit interior

needs to be added (suffix X) to

the end of the catalog number.

Also, configuration 5 is in the

second position.

Two, One and Zero

Receptacles/Unit

Any configuration.

Options

●Six-circuit interior

●Factory-mounted

pedestal extension

●Lighted

●Bottom fed

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-17

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Pedestal Type

Back-to-Back Pedestal Type

Notes

1 The pedestal back-to-back units have receptacles and circuit breakers as shown for each panel and share one common pedestal with loop feed lugs.

Contact your local Eaton sales office for configurations not listed.

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-7.

Ampere

Series

Receptacle Description Breaker Description

Catalog

Number

Position

1st 2nd 3rdLeft Center Right

Unmetered

50/30/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHU1N7N4NP

30/20 TT-30R 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHU4N7NP

50/30/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHU1N7N4NPTZ

30/30/20 TT-30R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHU4N7N4NP

30/20 TT-30R 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHU4N7NPTZ

Metered—Ring

50/30/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHM1N7N4NP

50/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHM1N7NP

50/30/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHM1N7N4NPTZ

30/20 TT-30R 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHM4N7NPTZ

Metered—Ringless

50/30/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR1N7N4NP

50/20/50 14-50R 5-20R2GFI 14-50R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR1N7N1NPX

50/20/30 14-50R 5-20R2GFI 14-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR1N7N3NPX

50/20/30 14-50R 5-20R2 14-30R Non-GFI Ground fault Non-GFI CHR1N6G3NPX

Ampere

Series

Receptacle Description Breaker Description

Catalog

Number

Position

1st 2nd 3rdLeft Center Right

Unmetered 1

30/30/20 TT-30R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHU4N7N4NB

50/30/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHU1N7N4NBTZ

Metered—Ring 1

30/20 TT-30R 5-20R2GFI — Non-GFI Non-GFI — CHM4N7NB

50/30/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHM1N7N4NB

Metered—Ringless 1

50/30/20 14-50R 5-20R2GFI TT-30R Non-GFI Non-GFI Non-GFI CHR1N7N4NBTZ

Unmetered Type

CHM1N7N4NPTZ

CHU1N7N4NBTZ

V1-T6-18 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Metered Units

100A Pedestal

ÿ2.50

(63.5)

Gasket

CURRENT INTERRUPTING RATING

AT 120/240 VOLTS AC

10,000

MAX. RMS SYM. AMPERES

STRIP

.438

100A

100A 100A

1"1"

100A

.63

(15.9)

100A 100A

Ringless

U.G. Feed Pedestal-Mount

Sections Through at

Meter Socket

6.10

(154.9)

33.00

(838.2)

18.02

(457.7)

Secondary

Hit Exit

Hole B/B

Only

A N B

7.44

(188.9)

ÿ1.50

10.24

(260.0)

3.077

4.108

4.00

(101.6)

.12

(3.1)

10.78

(273.7)

.904

4.46

(113.3)

ÿ2.500

Sections Through

At Upper Barrier

Sections Through

At Lower Barrier

.79

(20.1)

4.00

(101.6)

.92 (23.4)

33.00

(838.2)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-19

6.2

Power Pedestals

Temporary Power/RV Park

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Metered Units (Ring and Ringless)

Metered Back-to-Back Pedestal Type

Bottom Fed Type

0.75

(19.1)

9.49

(241.1)

30.10

(764.6)

Sealing

Provision

6.15

(156.2)

17.11

(434.7) 12.97

(329.4)

4.93

(125.2)

Locking

Provision

6.80

(172.8)

4.31

(109.5) 0.06

(1.6)

V1-T6-20 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.2

Power Pedestals

Te m po ra ry Pow er/ R V Pa r k

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Unmetered Back-to-Back Pedestal Type

Unmetered Pedestal Type Metered Pedestal Type

Locking

Provision

13.60

(345.4)

8.60 (218.4)

19.20

(487.7)

3.30

(83.8)

0.75

(19.1)

9.50

(241.3)

39.90

(1013.5)

39.10

(993.1)

9.40

(238.8)

9.20

(233.7)

Sealing

Provision

Locking

Provision

9.50

(241.3)

52.00

(1320.8)

25.80

(655.3)

16.90

(429.3)

44.50

(1130.3)

22.00

(558.8)

6.80

(172.7)

5.00

(127.0) 4.30

(109.2)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-21

6.3

Power Pedestals

Mobile Home Panels

Power Outlet Panels

Contents

Description Page

Mobile Home Panels

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-22

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-22

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-23

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-24

Product Overview

Eaton’s versatile Mobile

Home Panels have a user-

friendly design that allows for

a faster, cleaner installation.

100 and 200A panels come

complete with the main

breaker and a 4/8 or 8/16

interior, respectively. The

200A units are designed with

ample width to ensure plenty

of room for wire bending and

an easier installation.

Receptacle Deadfront Kits

Optional receptacle

deadfront kits enable the

field installation of contractor

supplied receptacles and

breakers that can supply

power for a variety of

applications including:

●Visiting RVs

●Temporary power

●Lawn equipment

●Air compressors

●Anything else that requires

cord-connected power

Features

Fastenerless Socket Design

●Eliminates overheating

caused by loose socket

connections

Pedestal Unit

●Convenient and sturdy

ground mounting

●Loop feed feature allows

several units to be

connected in series

Easier, Better and

Faster Installation

●More wire bending and

viewing room

●Additional circuits mean

more flexibility

V1-T6-22 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.3

Power Pedestals

Mobile Home Panels

Catalog Number Selection

Mobile Home Panels

Product Selection

Mobile Home Panels 1

Note

1 Pedestal Extension included with Mobile Home Panels.

Amperes Security Interior Main

Branch

Breakers Mounting Receptacles

Catalog

Number

100 Ring 4/8 BR2100 BR Pedestal None MHM100P

100 Ring 4/8 BR2100 BR Back-to-back None MHM100B

100 Ringless 4/8 BR2100 BR Pedestal None MHR100P

100 Ringless 4/8 BR2100 BR Back-to-back None MHR100B

150 Ring 8/16 CSR2150 BR Pedestal None MHM150P

150 Ring 8/16 CSR2150 BR Back-to-back None MHM150B

150 Ringless 8/16 CSR2150 BR Pedestal None MHR150P

150 Ringless 8/16 CSR2150 BR Back-to-back None MHR150B

200 Ring 8/16 CSR2200 BR Pedestal None MHM200P

200 Ring 8/16 CSR2200 BR Back-to-back None MHM200B

200 Ringless 8/16 CSR2200 BR Pedestal None MHR200P

200 Ringless 8/16 CSR2200 BR Back-to-back None MHR200B

200 Ringless 8/16 CSR2200 BR Pedestal Qty 1 14-50R

Qty 2 TT-30R

MHM200P1N4N4N

Amperes

100

150

200

Type

MH = Mobile Home Panel

Metering Type

M= Metered-ring

R= Metered-ringless

Mounting

P= Pedestal

B= Back-to-back

Optional Receptacle Type

Position 1

1 = NEMA 14-50R

3 = NEMA 14-30R

4 = NEMA TT-30R

5 = NEMA 6-20R2

6 = NEMA 5-20R2

7 = NEMA 5-20R2GFI

8 = NEMA 5-20R2GFI (WR)

9 = NEMA 5-20R2GFI (WR/TR)

Blank = No receptacle

Circuit Breaker Type

Position 1

N = Non-ground fault

G = Ground fault Optional Receptacle Type

Position 2

1 = NEMA 14-50R

3 = NEMA 14-30R

4 = NEMA TT-30R

5 = NEMA 6-20R2

6 = NEMA 5-20R2

7 = NEMA 5-20R2GFI

8 = NEMA 5-20R2GFI (WR)

9 = NEMA 5-20R2GFI (WR/TR)

Blank = No receptacle

Circuit Breaker Type

Position 2

N = Non-ground fault

G = Ground fault

MH M100 P 1 N 4 N

Mobile Home Panel

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-23

6.3

Power Pedestals

Mobile Home Panels

Mobile Home Panel Deadfronts for 200A Units 1

Available Receptacle Deadfront Kits—Receptacles and

Breakers Not Included

Accessories

Mobile Home Panels

Hubs not used on mobile home panels.

Note

1For 100A units, the accessory Catalog Number would be MHD1___. For example, to order

a deadfront to accept one 30A receptacle (round) in a 100 ampere device, the Catalog

Number would be MHD1X.

Description Amperes

Catalog

Number

Direct feed kit — MHDFK

Pedestal extension 200 MHPEDEXT

Stainless steel pedestal extension 200 MHPEDEXTSS

Padmount adapter 200 MHPADEXT

Pedestal extension 100 CHPEDEXT100

Stainless steel pedestal extension 100 CHPEDESTSS100

Padmount adapter 100 CHPADEXT100

V1-T6-24 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.3

Power Pedestals

Mobile Home Panels

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Mobile Home Panel—Ringless—Pedestal Mounting

OFF

Grade Level

5.31

(134.8)

5.98

(152.0) 14.45

(367.0)

27.87

(708.0)

28.01

(711.5) 23.69

(601.8)

50.08

(1272.1)

Ringless

Socket

Rated 200 A

Continuous

200A

Main

Breaker

57.81

(1468.3)

Sealing

Provision

1-1/4, 1-1/2,

2, 2-1/2

(31.8, 38.1,

50.8, 63.5)

Knockout

1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2

(25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8)

Knockout

5/16 (7.9)

Diameter KO

Opposite

Side Only

43.20

(1097.4)

28.70

(729.0)

1.21

(30.7)

2.00

(50.8)

24.65

(626.1)

Optional Direct

Feed Kit

Shown Installed

(Cover Not Shown)

Door Not

Shown

Bottom Endwall

Direct Feed Kit

1/2, 3/4,1

(12.7, 19.1, 25.4)

KO (2 Required)

1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2

(25.4, 31.8, 38.1,

50.8) KO

1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4,

1-1/2 (12.7, 19.1,

25.4, 31.8, 38.1) KO

Sealing Provision

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-25

6.3

Power Pedestals

Mobile Home Panels

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Mobile Home Panel—Ringless—Back-to-Back Mounting

Sealing

Provision

Door

Not

Shown

OFF

12.09

(307.2) 10.75

(272.9)

27.87

(708.0)

22.01

(711.5) 18.69

(474.6)

25.00

(635.0)

Front View

Optional Direct

Feed Kit Shown

Installed

(Cover Not

Shown)

200A

Main

Breaker

Sealing

Provision

1-1/4, 1-1/2,

2, 2-1/2

(31.8, 38.1,

50.8, 63.5)

Knockout

5/16 (7.9)

Diameter

KO Opposite

Side Only 5/16 (7.9)

Diameter

Opposite

Side Only

1,1-1/4,

1-1/2, 2

(25.4, 31.8,

38.1, 50.8)

Knockout

Grade Level

Door Not

Shown

23.69

(601.8)

50.08

(1272.1)

57.81

(1468.3)

43.20

(1097.4)

28.70

(729.0)

1.21

(30.7)

2.00

(50.8)

14.45

(367.0)

Bottom Endwall Direct Feed Kit

1/2, 3/4, 1 (12.7,

19.1, 25.4) KO

(2) Required

1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2

(12.7, 19.1, 25.4, 31.8,

38.1) KO

1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2

(25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8) KO

Bottom Endwall Back Unit

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(38.1, 50.8, 63.5, 76.2) KO

5/16 (7.9) Diameter

KO (3) Required

1/2 (12.7) KO

(3) Required

3/4, 1 (19.1, 25.4) KO

1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2

(31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5) KO

(2) Required

1/2, 3/4 (12.7, 19.1)

KO (2) Required

Ringless

Socket

Rated 200 A

Continuous

Back View

V1-T6-26 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.3

Power Pedestals

Mobile Home Panels

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Mobile Home Panel—Ring—Pedestal Mounting

OFF

Ring Type Socket

Rated 200 A Continuous

200A

Main

Breaker

Door

Not

Shown

5/16 (7.9)

Diameter

Opposite

Side Only

1-1/4,

1-1/2, 2,

2-1/2

(31.8, 38.1,

50.8, 63.5)

Knockout

Sealing

Provision

24.64

(626.0)

Optional Direct Feed Kit

Shown Installed

(Cover Not Shown)

28.01

(711.5)

1, 1-1/4,

1-1/2, 2

(25.4,

31.8, 38.1,

50.8) KO

1/2, 3/4, 1 (12.7,

19.1, 25.4) KO

(2 Required)

Bottom Endwall

Direct Feed Kit

1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4,

1-1/2 (12.7, 19.1,

25.4, 31.8, 38.1) KO

1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2,

2 (25.4, 31.8,

38.1, 50.8) KO

Grade Level

27.87

(708.0) 23.69

(601.8)

50.08

(1272.1)

57.81

(1468.3)

28.70

(729.0)

1.21

(30.7)

2.00

(50.8)

5.56

(141.3) 5.31

(134.8)

43.20

(1097.4)

14.45

(367.0)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-27

6.3

Power Pedestals

Mobile Home Panels

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Mobile Home Panel—Ring—Back-to-Back Mounting

OFF

Grade Level

1-1/4,

1-1/2, 2,

2-1/2

(31.8,

38.1, 50.8,

63.5)

Knockout

1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2

(25.4, 31.8,

38.1, 50.8)

Knockout

Sealing Provision

5/16 (7.9)

Diameter KO

Back View Front View

1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2

(31.8, 38.1, 50.8, 63.5)

KO (2) Required

Bottom Endwall

Back Unit

Bottom Endwall

Direct Feed Kit

1/2, 3/4, 1 (12.7,

19.1, 25.4) KO

(2) Required

1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4,

1-1/2 (12.7, 19.1,

25.4, 31.8, 38.1) KO

1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 (25.4,

31.8, 38.1, 50.8) KO

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 (38.1,

50.8, 63.5, 76.2) KO

3/4, 1 (19.1, 25.4) KO

Optional Direct

Feed Kit

Shown Installed

(Cover Not

Shown)

Door Not

Shown

200A

Main

Breaker

Door

Not

Shown

23.69

(601.8)

50.08

(1272.1)

57.81

(1468.3)

43.20

(1097.4)

28.70

(729.0)

11.25

(285.8) 10.75

(273.0) 14.45

(367.0) Ring Type Socket

Rated 200 A Continuous

27.87

(708.0)

18.69

(474.6)

25.00

(635.0)

22.01

(711.5)

5/16 (7.9) Diameter

KO (3) Required

1/2 (12.7) KO

(3) Required

1/2, 3/4 (12.7, 19.1)

KO (2) Required

V1-T6-28 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

High-Quality, Weatherproof Electrical Equipment

Recreational Vehicle/Campground Products

Contents

Description

Power Pedestals

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-29

Powerhouse Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations. . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers. . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

Power Pedestals

Product Overview

On March 24, 2006, RV Park

Hook-Ups® joined together

with Eaton to provide

unmatched products and

services in the recreational

vehicle industry, as well as

the marina industry. Known

as the leader in electrical

control, power distribution,

and industrial automation

products and services, Eaton

is a quality driven company

that constantly looks for ways

to provide enhanced products

and service solutions for their

customers. Eaton will be able

to provide RV park developers

a complete electrical solution.

For more information on the

other products available from

Eaton, visit us online at

www.eaton.com or

www.rvparkhookups.com

What Eaton has to Offer

●Complementary

comprehensive in-house

electrical designs for your

complete RV or marina

development

●RV and marina power

pedestals

●Custom substations

●Tr a n s fo r m e r s

●Panels

●Wire

●Digital electronic meters

●Receptacles and breakers

●Specialized electrical parts

and equipment

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-29

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Product Selection Guide

Power Receptacles

Power Outlets Maximum GFI

Side One Side Two Phase Powerhouse Powerhouse–SS Newport Camp Mate Park Light

NoneNone1 2 2 2 2

30–20 00 1 2 2 1 1

30–20 30–20 1 2 2 — —

30–30–20 30–30–20 1 2 2 — —

30–20 50–20 1 2 2 — —

30–30–20 50–20 1 2 2 — —

30–30–20 30–50–20 1 2 2 — —

30–30–20 50–50–20 1 2 2 — —

30–50–20 30–50–20 1 2 2 — —

30–50–20 50–50–20 1 2 2 — —

50–20 None 1 2 2 — —

50–20 50–20 1 2 2 — —

50–50–20 50–20 1 2 2 — —

50–50–20 50–50–20 1 2 2 — —

30–50–20 None 1 2 2 0 —

V1-T6-30 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Powerhouse Power Pedestal

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Powerhouse Power Pedestal

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-31

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-31

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-32

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-32

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations. . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers. . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

Powerhouse Power Pedestal

Product Description

The Powerhouse® RV utility

center is our most popular

pedestal for single or double

RV sites because of its full

complement of standard

features and available option

packages able to meet any

user requirement. The

housing is made of durable

weatherproof engineered

resin and will never rust or

deteriorate.

That’s why it comes with a

limited lifetime warranty.

Since the Powerhouse can

accommodate two RV sites,

it’s an economical pedestal

for double site installation.

This unit is ideal for new, or

when retrofitting, full-service

RV parks.

Features

●Photocell controlled

13 watt fluorescent light

with amber lens

●Lockable weatherproof

doors that protect

receptacles and breakers

●Hose and cable brackets

●Engineered resin

housing with a two-part

polyurethane coating for a

UV-resistant, long-lasting

finish

●Limited lifetime warranty

on the housing

●Loop-feed mechanical

busbars that can accept up

to 250 kcmil wire

●Hinged pedestal base

providing easy access

for installation and

maintenance

Surge Protection

SurgeTrap is designed

to protect electrical and

electronic loads from

transients and surge

disturbances on your AC

power line, such as voltage

surges, spikes and lighting.

The SurgeTrap has a lifetime

warranty where Eaton will

replace the SurgeTrap device

at no charge.

●175 kA maximum

surge current

●3500 joules

●Type 3R enclosure

●Comes with a protection

working indicator light

●Factory installed integral

to pedestal or available

for retrofit

Available Options

●Clear lens

●Photocell controlled single

or dual 7 watt or 13 watt

fluorescent light

●Telephone (RJ-11) for

each side

●Cable TV for each side

●High-speed Internet

connector (RJ-45) for

each side

●Water—single or dual

1/4-turn brass ball valves

(brass “T” connection)

with 3/4-inch hose bibs

●Water meters with remote

capability

●Water—anti-siphon faucet

●Loop-feed 3/8-inch stud

lug copper busbar for

up to 250 kcmil wire

(recommended for salt

water environments)

●Single-feed mechanical

busbars for up to

250 kcmil wire

●Digital electronic meter

for each side

●Wireless remote reading of

electronic kilowatt meters

●Meter socket for each side

powered (to accept glass

style meter)

●Direct burial ground

mounting stand stainless

or galvanized

●Custom paint color

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-31

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Standards and Certifications

●UL/CSA listed

Catalog Number Selection

Receptacle: R1S1 = Receptacle 1, Side 1

R2S1 = Receptacle 2, Side 1

R3S1 = Receptacle 3, Side 1

R1S2 = Receptacle 1, Side 2

R2S2 = Receptacle 2, Side 2

R3S2 = Receptacle 3, Side 2

Notes

1Number represents the quantity of 1/4-turn ball valves with 3/4-inch hose bibs.

Internet option also available. Contact factory for details.

Type

P= Powerhouse

Z=PHSS

Metering Type

U= Unmetered

D= Digital electronic meters

(side one)

T= Digital electronic meters

(side two)

B= Digital electronic meters

(both sides)

R= Receptacles metered

individually

M= One meter socket

(100A)

N= Two meter socket

(100A each)

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

B= Dual 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

D= 13W light Amber

E= Dual 13W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

H= Dual 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

J= 13W light Clear

K= Dual 13W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

N= Dual 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

P= 13W light Special

Q= Dual 13W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S=350 MA LED Amber

T=700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

Phone Cable TV and Internet Options

Phone

Jack

Cable TV

Jack

Internet

Option

A=1 0 0

B=1 0 1

C=1 0 2

D=1 1 0

E=1 1 1

F=1 1 2

G=1 2 0

H=1 2 1

I=1 2 2

J=2 0 0

K=2 0 1

L=2 0 2

M=2 1 0

N=2 1 1

O=2 1 2

P=2 2 0

Q=2 2 1

R=2 2 2

S=0 2 2

T=0 0 1

U=0 0 2

V=0 1 0

W=0 1 1

X=0 1 2

Y=0 2 0

Z=0 2 1

0=0 0 0

P D U 4 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 K M

Sides and Receptacles

R1S1

R2S1

R3S1

R4S1

R1S2

R2S2

R3S2

R4S2

0=None

1= 20A GFI duplex

2= 30A, 125V

4= 50A, 125/250V

5= 100A, 208V

6= 100A, 250V

7= 100A, 277/480V

8= 100A, 480V

Water Option 1

0=0

1=1

2=2

3= Single water meter

4= Dual water meter

5= Single meter, 2V

6= 1 frost free

7= 2 frost free

Extra Unmetered GFI

Receptacles

0= None

1=1

2=2

Bus

S= Single-phase 3/8-inch copper busbar

F= Three-phase 3/8-inch copper busbar

C= Single-phase 3/8-inch Canadian busbar

T= Three-phase 3/8-inch Canadian busbar

M= Single-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug bus

Z= Three-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug bus

L= Single-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug bus

P= Three-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug bus

N= Single-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

Q= Single-phase 1/4-inch split mechanical busbar

A= Single-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug Canadian bus

B= Three-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug Canadian bus

D= Single-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug Canadian bus

E= Three-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug Canadian bus

V1-T6-32 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-75.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Powerhouse

To p

Front ViewSide View

Broken View

44.00

(1117.6)

13.75

(349.2)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-33

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Powerhouse Power Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-34

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-35

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-35

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal

Product Description

For long-lasting durability

and low maintenance,

the new stainless steel

Powerhouse–SS pedestal

is the most resilient power

center offered.

We have designed a stainless

steel pedestal that will meet

and exceed all applicable

codes and withstand harsh

inland and coastal

environments.

Features

●Stainless steel housing

with a limited lifetime

warranty

●Photocell controlled

13 watt fluorescent light

with amber lens

●Large removable access

panel for easy installation

and maintenance

●Weatherproof doors

that protect receptacles

and breakers

●Backlit faceplate to aid in

hooking up at night

●Hose and cable brackets

●Powder-coated finish

●Loop-feed mechanical

busbars that can accept up

to 350 kcmil wire

Available Options

●Clear lens

●Photocell controlled single

or dual 7 watt or 13 watt

fluorescent light

●Telephone (RJ-11) for

each side

●Cable TV for each side

●High-speed Internet

connection (RJ-45) for each

side

●Water–single or dual

1/4-turn brass ball valves

(brass “T” connection)

with 3/4-inch hose bibs

●Water meters with

remote capability

●Water—anti-siphon faucet

●Direct burial stainless steel

ground mounting stand

●Lockable doors

●Loop-feed 3/8-inch stud

lug copper busbar for

up to 350 kcmil wire

(recommended for salt

water environments)

●Single-feed mechanical

busbars for up to

350 kcmil wire

●Digital electronic metering

for each side

●Wireless remote reading of

electronic kilowatt meters

●Meter socket for each side

powered (to accept glass

style meter)

●Four door design to add

more outlets per pedestal

V1-T6-34 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Catalog Number Selection

Receptacle: R1S1 = Receptacle 1, Side 1

R2S1 = Receptacle 2, Side 1

R3S1 = Receptacle 3, Side 1

R1S2 = Receptacle 1, Side 2

R2S2 = Receptacle 2, Side 2

R3S2 = Receptacle 3, Side 2

Notes

1Number represents the quantity of 1/4-turn ball valves with 3/4-inch hose bibs.

Internet option also available. Contact factory for details.

Extra Unmetered GFI

Receptacles

0= None

1=1

2=2

Water Option 1

0=0

1=1

2=2

3= Single water meter

4= Dual water meter

5= Single meter, 2V

6= 1 frost free

7= 2 frost free

Type

P= Powerhouse

Z= PHSS

Metering Type

U= Unmetered

D= Digital electronic meters

(side one)

T= Digital electronic meters

(side two)

B= Digital electronic meters

(both sides)

R= Receptacles metered

individually

M= One meter socket

(100A)

N= Two meter socket

(100A each)

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

B= Dual 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

D= 13W light Amber

E= Dual 13W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

H= Dual 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

J= 13W light Clear

K= Dual 13W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

N= Dual 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

P= 13W light Special

Q= Dual 13W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S= 350 MA LED Amber

T= 700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

Bus

S= Single-phase 3/8-inch copper busbar

F= Three-phase 3/8-inch copper busbar

C= Single-phase 3/8-inch Canadian busbar

T= Three-phase 3/8-inch Canadian busbar

M= Single-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug bus

Z= Three-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug bus

L= Single-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug bus

P= Three-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug bus

N= Single-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

Q= Single-phase 1/4-inch split mechanical busbar

A= Single-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug Canadian bus

B= Three-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug Canadian bus

D= Single-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug Canadian bus

E= Three-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug Canadian bus

Phone Cable TV and Internet Options

Phone

Jack

Cable TV

Jack

Internet

Option

A=1 0 0

B=1 0 1

C=1 0 2

D=1 1 0

E=1 1 1

F=1 1 2

G=1 2 0

H=1 2 1

I=1 2 2

J=2 0 0

K=2 0 1

L=2 0 2

M=2 1 0

N=2 1 1

O=2 1 2

P=2 2 0

Q=2 2 1

R=2 2 2

S=0 2 2

T=0 0 1

U=0 0 2

V=0 1 0

W=0 1 1

X=0 1 2

Y=0 2 0

Z=0 2 1

0=0 0 0

Z D U 4 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 K M

Sides and Receptacles

R1S1

R2S1

R3S1

R4S1

R1S2

R2S2

R3S2

R4S2

0=None

1= 20A GFI duplex

2= 30A, 125V

4= 50A, 125/250V

5= 100A, 208V

6= 100A, 250V

7= 100A, 277/480V

8= 100A, 480V

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-35

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-75.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS)

9.88

(251.0)

40.00

(1016.0)

V1-T6-36 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Powerhouse Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-37

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-38

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-38

Park Light Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations. . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers. . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal

Product Description

The Newport Camp Mate

provides many of the features

and options of our other full-

size pedestals, but in a

compact self-contained unit.

This model provides more

mounting options to RV park

owners than any other model.

It can be mounted to our

stainless steel stand either

flanged or direct burial, a

post or any wall.

It comes standard with a resin

housing that will never rust or

deteriorate and provides area

lighting as well as aiding in

hooking up at night. This unit

is especially suitable to many

RV park renovation projects

as well as new RV parks.

Features

●Photocell controlled 7 watt

fluorescent light with

amber lens

●Lockable weatherproof

door that protects

receptacles and breakers

●Engineered resin housing

●Limited lifetime warranty

on the housing

●Designed to mount on a

post, wall or an optional

custom stand

●Loop-feed 1/4-inch copper

stud lug

busbars that can

accept 2/0 AWG wire

for

Camp Mate without

optional stand

●Loop-feed mechanical

busbars that can accept up

2/0 AWG

wire for Camp

Mate on optional stand

Available Options

●36-inch stainless

steel stand

●40-inch stainless steel

pad-mounted stand

●60-inch direct burial

stainless steel stand

●Telephone (RJ-11)

●Cable TV

●High-speed Internet

connector (RJ-45)

●Water—single or dual

1/4-turn brass ball valves

(brass “T” connection)

with 3/4-inch hose bibs

mounted on optional stand

●Water—anti-siphon

backflow preventer

●Loop feed 3/8-inch stud lug

copper busbar for up to

350 kcmil wire with stand

(recommended for salt

water environments)

●Single-feed mechanical

busbars for up to 350 kcmil

wire available with stand

●Digital electronic meter

●Wireless remote reading of

electronic kilowatt meter

●

Meter socket available with

aluminum

stands (to accept

glass style meter)

Standards and Certifications

The Newport Camp Mate is

UL listed and comes with a

limited lifetime warranty on

the housing.

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-37

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Catalog Number Selection

Receptacle: R1 = Receptacle 1

R2 = Receptacle 2

R3 = Receptacle 3

Notes

120A GFIs not metered.

2Number represents the quantity of 1/4-turn ball valves with 3/4-inch hose bibs (with stand only).

Water

Option 2

0=0

1=1

2=2

Phone Cable TV and Internet Options

Phone Jack Cable TV Jack Internet Option

A=1 0 0

B=1 0 1

C=1 0 2

D=1 1 0

E= 1 1 1 (Camp Mate only)

T=0 0 1

V=0 1 0

W=0 1 1

0=0 0 0

Stand

0=0

1=1

Bus

S= Single-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

F= Three-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

C= Single-phase 1/4-inch Canadian busbar

M= Mechanical lug 2/0

Q= Single-phase 1/4-inch split mechanical

busbar (with stand ONLY)

A= 1/4-inch Canadian mechanical

Sides and

Receptacles

R1S1 R2S1 R3S1

0=None

1= 20A GFI duplex

2= 30A, 125V

3= 50A, 125V

4= 50A, 125/250V

Type

N= NP Harbor Mate

C=NP Camp Mate

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S= 350 MA LED Amber

T= 700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

Hard Wired

Breakers

0= None

2= 20A, two-pole

3= 30A

Photocell

Y=Yes

N=No

Lighting Protection

B= Breaker protected

F= Fuse protected

Metering Type 1

U= Unmetered

D= Digital electronic meters

R= Receptacles metered

individually

C A Y B U 4 3 0 1 1 2 W M

V1-T6-38 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-75.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Newport Camp Mate

9.18 (233.0)

0.12

(3.2)

10.38

(263.7)

Newport Redesign Newport Redesign With Meters

10.52 (267.2)

9.59 (243.6) 10.38 (263.7)

14.53

(369.0)

13.63

(346.2)

7.44

(189.1)

6.70

(170.2)

3.40

(86.4)

1.68

(42.7)

2.37

(60.3)

4.02

(102.2)

1.54

(39.1)

6.70

(170.2)

3.40

(86.4)

1.68

(42.7)

2.37

(60.3)

4.02

(102.2)

1.54

(39.1)

4º

9.18 (233.0)

0.12

(3.2)

10.38

(263.7)

10.52 (267.2) 7.44

(189.1)

14.53

(369.0)

15.28

(388.0)

4º

10.38 (263.7)

12.88

(327.2)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-39

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Park Light Power Pedestal

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Powerhouse Power Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-40

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-41

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-41

Firehouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

Park Light Power Pedestal

Product Description

The elegant design of the

Park Light complements park

landscaping and provides

essential lighting required

for park safety and security

for campground paths,

walkways, recreational areas

and even pools. The Park

Light has the same 360

degree lighting design as

the Powerhouse and a resin

housing that will never rust

or deteriorate.

At 10¢/kWH, it will provide

area lighting at a cost of

less than 50¢/month and

the bulbs will last for about

three years. The Park Light

is a perfect lighting fixture

for any campground and

especially for RV parks with

Powerhouse utility centers.

Features

●Photocell controlled dual

13 watt fluorescent light

with amber lens

●Engineered resin

housing with a two-part

polyurethane coating for a

UV-resistant, long-lasting

finish

●Limited lifetime warranty

on the housing

●Loop-feed 1/4-inch stud lug

copper busbars that can

accept 2/0 AWG wire

Available Options

●Clear lens

●Photocell controlled single

or dual 7 watt or 13 watt

fluorescent light

●Phone (RJ-11)

●Cable TV

●High-speed Internet

(RJ-45)

●Water faucet(s) with

3/4-inch hose bib

●Water—anti-siphon

backflow preventer

●Digital electronic meter

●Wireless remote reading of

electronic kilowatt meter

●Direct burial ground

mounting stand

●Custom paint color

Standards and Certifications

The housing has a limited

lifetime warranty, and the unit

is UL listed.

V1-T6-40 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Catalog Number Selection

Receptacle: R1 = Receptacle 1, Side 1

R2 = Receptacle 2, Side 2

Notes

120A GFIs not metered.

2Number represents the quantity of 1/4-turn ball valves with 3/4-inch hose bibs (with stand only).

Bus

S= Single-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

F= Three-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

C= Single-phase 1/4-inch Canadian busbar

M= Mechanical lug 2/0

A= 1/4-inch Canadian mechanical

Sides and

Receptacles

R1S1 R2S1 R1S2

0= None

1= 20A GFI duplex

2= 30A, 125V

3= 50A, 125V

4= 50A, 125/250V

Type

H= Hatteras Light

R= Park Light

Hard Wired

Breakers

0=None

2= 20A, two-pole

3=30A

Photocell

Y=Yes

N=No

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

B= Dual 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

D= 13W light Amber

E= Dual 13W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

H= Dual 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

J= 13W light Clear

K= Dual 13W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

N= Dual 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

P= 13W light Special

Q= Dual 13W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S= 350 MA LED Amber

T= 700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

Water Option 2

0=0

1= 1 (1/2-inch)

2= 2 (1/2-inch)

3= 1 (3/4-inch)

4= 2 (3/4-inch)

Phone Cable TV and Internet Options

Phone

Jack

Cable TV

Jack

Internet

Option

A=1 0 0

B=1 0 1

C=1 0 2

D=1 1 0

E=1 1 1

F=1 1 2

G=1 2 0

H=1 2 1

I=1 2 2

J=2 0 0

M=2 1 0

P=2 2 0

S=0 2 2

T=0 0 1

U=0 0 2

V=0 1 0

W=0 1 1

X=0 1 2

Y=0 2 0

Z=0 2 1

Lighting Protection

B= Breaker protected

F= Fuse protected

Metering Type 1

U= Unmetered

D= Digital electronic meters

R= Receptacles metered

individually

H D Y B D 4 7 0 1 2 A M

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-41

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-75.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Park Light

Side View Front View

Busbar Access Top Removed

Inside Top

7.90 (200.7) 7.90 (200.7)

30.98

(786.9)

13.39

(340.2)

V1-T6-42 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Firehouse

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Powerhouse Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-43

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-43

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations. . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers. . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

Firehouse

Product Description

The Firehouse is designed to

provide added fire safety to

RV parks and campgrounds.

The Firehouse provides a

convenient location and easy

access to fire extinguishers

and to an optional life ring

when installed around pools

and waterfront amenities.

In addition, the Firehouse

provides area lighting for easy

identification during an

emergency and for security

lighting around the unit. The

Firehouse can be equipped

with an alarm strobe light and

siren, which are automatically

activated when the fire

extinguisher cabinet door is

opened or the optional life

ring is removed.

Features

●Photocell controlled

13 watt fluorescent light

●Amber lens for bug

reduction

●10 lb ABC Type fire

extinguisher

●Stainless steel housing

with oven-baked enamel

finish with an engineered

resin base and top

●Limited lifetime warranty

on the housing

Available Options

●Alarm strobe light

and siren

●Optional 24-inch white or

orange life ring for poolside

or dockside installations

●20 lb ABC Type fire

extinguisher

Catalog Number Selection

Fire Extinguisher

E= Include 10 lb extinguisher

N= No extinguisher

X= Include 20 lb extinguisher

Type

F = Firehouse

Photocell

Y=Yes

N=No

Alarm/Strobe

A= Include alarm/strobe

N= No alarm/strobe

24-Inch Life Ring

R= Include life ring

N= No life ring

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

B= Dual 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

D= 13W light Amber

E= Dual 13W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

H= Dual 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

J= 13W light Clear

K= Dual 13W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

N= Dual 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

P= 13W light Special

Q= Dual 13W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S= 350 MA LED Amber

T= 700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

F A Y A E N

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-43

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-75.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Firehouse–SS

40.74

(1034.9)

9.88

(250.8)

11.54

(293.0)

V1-T6-44 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Powerhouse Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations. . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers. . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters

Product Description

Using the latest surface

mount technology, Eaton

manufactures a digital

electronic kilowatt hour

meter that exceeds the

+/– 2% accuracy required by

ANSI (American National

Standards Institute) C-12.1

and is approved by the state

of California at +/– 1% over

the full range of 0–100A from

a 0.5 to 1 power factor and is

available for both single- and

three-phase applications.

The meter drives an electro-

mechanical counter that

requires a 12V pulse each

tenth of a kilowatthour,

providing 10 pulses per

kilowatt used. The meter

output can be hard wired or

connected to a transmitter

in the pedestal for wireless

transmission to a receiver

displaying the output on a

PC for direct billing of up to

1,000 individual customers

Features

Our meter is designed to

be user friendly in that all

connections from external

sources and the meter

output are through one

14-pin locking connector.

This feature eliminates many

common problems, such

as reverse line polarity and

improper coil polarity. Simple

LEDs, both red and green,

indicate line and load

condition and the pulsed

LED indicates the rate of

power consumption.

Wireless System

All of our meters are

“wireless capable” to allow

for wireless meter reading.

This technology enables the

marina or RV park to get

meter readings from one

central location rather than

visiting every site to read

the counters.

Meter Socket Capabilities

Meter sockets are available

on the Powerhouse and

Powerhouse–SS.

Standard:

●Four jaw

●Ring-type

●100A

Available Options

●200A (SS only)

●Lockable hasp

●Ringless (SS only)

●Five jaw

●Seven jaw (SS only)

Product Selection

One Element Meter

Two Element Meter

Three Element Meter

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-45

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Ground Fault Monitor

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Powerhouse Power Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor

Product Description

New to our product offering

are ground fault monitoring

systems designed to detect

fault currents in the AC shore

power system that are too

low to trip a circuit breaker.

The Ground Fault Monitor

helps reduce the risk of injury

or property damage, which

may result from stray fault

currents. Our ground fault

monitoring system provides

information to the

maintenance staff on the

overall condition of the AC

electrical system. The ground

fault monitoring system

operates 24 hours a day and

can be monitored by non-

technical personnel.

Features

●UL listed current

transformers

●Adjustable trip level

10 mA to 10A

●Current transformers up to

8 1/4-inch diameter

●Visual and/or audible alarm

●Housing of fiberglass or

powder coated stainless

steel available

Power Guard

The ground fault monitor

detects ground fault

currents by means of current

transformers (CT), which are

placed around main or branch

circuits. If a ground fault

occurs, the CT will detect the

amount of fault current and

send a signal to the ground

fault monitoring device where

the amount of fault current

is displayed with the faulty

circuit identified. The

detected fault can either

activate an indicator alarm or

disconnect the faulted circuit.

V1-T6-46 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Side-by-Side Substation

Substations

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Powerhouse Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations

Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-47

Available Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-48

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-48

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-48

Distribution Equipment—Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers. . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

Distribution Equipment—Substations

Product Description

The introduction of

substations into the marina

and recreational vehicle

market allows Eaton to be

your complete marina and

RV park electrical products

supplier. We are able to

assist in the design and

layout of your marina or RV

park electrical system from

the primary service provider

to your power pedestal. Our

substations are designed

for any coastal or inland

environment and are

constructed of powder-

coated stainless steel

NEMA 3R housing cabinets.

All substation cabinets

come with our limited lifetime

warranty. All of our

substations use Eaton’s

panels and circuit breakers,

providing our customers the

utmost in circuit protection

and quality.

Application Description

The aluminum and Galvaneal

cabinets are recommended

for inland applications.

The substations can be

configured with 50 to

330 kVA single-phase or

three-phase copper wound

transformers and up to 20

single-phase or 12 three-

phase branch breakers. An

optional three-sided double-

wall cabinet is available that

provides air flow between the

panels. All substations come

standard with temperature-

controlled cooling fans.

Product Selection Guide

Panel and Transformer

Combinations

Panel Transformer

Single-Phase

200A 50 kVA

300A 75 kVA

400A 100 kVA

600A 150 kVA

700A 167.5 kVA

800A 200 kVA

1000A 250 kVA

1200A 330 kVA

Three-Phase

100A 45 kVA

200A 75 kVA

300A 112.5 kVA

400A 150 kVA

600A 225 kVA

800A 300 kVA

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-47

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●Limited lifetime warranty

on the housing

●All stainless steel

hardware

●Temperature controlled

cooling fans in the

transformer and circuit

breaker compartments

●Lockable door

Ventilation

The substation ventilation

is designed to optimize air

circulation over and around

the transformers and through

the panel compartment so

that the substation operates

at lower temperatures.

Substations come equipped

with temperature-controlled

cooling fans for exhausting

hot air from the cabinet and

solar shield.

In addition, substations are

available with a double-

walled cabinet and solar

shield, which allow for

cooling of both the exterior

surface of the cabinet and

the internal components.

Substations

Stainless steel housing

with polyester

powder coating

Limited

lifetime

warranty

on the

housing

Stainless steel hardware with

locking doors

Temperature-controlled fans

for cooling

Custom made to your specifications:

Single-phase or three-phase copper

wound transformers

50 to 330 kVA

Up to 1200A main circuit breaker with

20 single-phase or 12 three-phase

branch circuit breakers

Sun Heat

Transformers

Air

Cool Air

Double-Walled

Stainless

Double-Walled Construction

V1-T6-48 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Available Options

●Powder-coated cabinets

made of stainless steel

or fiberglass

●Limited lifetime warranty

on housing. Transformer

and secondary distribution

panel in a single enclosure

have a one-year limited

warranty

●Stainless steel housing

and hardware with

locking doors

●Single-phase and three-

phase models

●Overload capacity meets

ANSI L57.96–01.250

●Optional double-walled

construction

●Temperature-controlled

fans for cooling

●Custom-made copper

wound single-phase or

three-phase transformers

from 50 to 330 kVA

●Up to 1200A main circuit

breaker with 15 single-

phase branch circuit

breakers or 10 three-phase

branch circuit breakers

●Substations can be

equipped with photocells

to turn on and off lights

●A 20A GFI can be installed

in the cabinet, as well

as a ground fault

monitoring system

Standards and Certifications

●cULus listed

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in

Inches (mm)

Substations

Standard Substation

Height 53.00 (1346.2)

Width 51.00 (1295.4)

Depth 33.00 (838.2)

Side-by-Side Substation

Height 53.00 (1346.2)

Width 66.00 (1676.4)

Depth 30.00 (762.0)

Double Panel Substation

Height 53.00 (1346.2)

Width 63.00 (1600.2)

Depth 33.00 (838.2)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-49

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Panels

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Powerhouse Power Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-50

Distribution Equipment—Panels

Product Description

We now can offer our

customers Eaton’s PRL-3A

and PRL-4 panels as stand-

alone units or in one of our

substations. All of our busses

are made of copper and are

load rated, breakers are bolt-

on type. Distribution panels

can be single-phase or three-

phase based on your system

requirements. Distribution

panels can also have a

main breaker or a main lug.

Branch circuit breakers

are provided based on

customer requirements.

Features

●All internal wiring is

fine stranded 2000V

insulated copper

●Copper busbars

●All exterior hardware is

stainless steel

Available Options

●NEMA 3R or 4X

●Powder-coated

stainless steel

●Main breaker up to

1200A

●Branch breaker 20 to

1200A

●Main lug only

●We also offer 480V

models—single-phase

and three-phase

Single-Phase

●Up to 1200A main

circuit breakers

●Up to 42 branch

circuit breakers

Three-Phase

●Up to 1200A main

circuit breakers

●Up to 42 branch

circuit breakers

Standards and Certifications

●UL listed

●cULus listed

V1-T6-50 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.4

Power Pedestals

RV Park Hook-Ups

Transformers

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-28

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-29

Powerhouse Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-30

Powerhouse—Stainless Steel (SS) Power Pedestal V1-T6-33

Newport Camp Mate Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-36

Park Light Power Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-39

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-42

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-44

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-45

Distribution Equipment—Substations. . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-46

Distribution Equipment—Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-49

Distribution Equipment—Transformers

Product Description

Because of the high humidity

and corrosive conditions of

coastal environments, our

transformers are wound with

Class H heavily insulated

copper bar and are double

dipped in tough insulating

varnish that protects the

copper, as well as reduces

the hum that is typical in

a transformer that is not

double dipped. For marine

applications, we provide

a third overcoat of high

temperature epoxy to protect

against the severe saltwater

environment. We can provide

this transformer in single-

phase, from 50–500 kVA,

and three-phase, from

45–300 kVA.

Features

●Copper wound transformer

coils double dipped in high

temperature baking varnish

●Copper terminations

●Marine transformers with

epoxy overcoat

●All copper-to-copper

connections

Available Options

●Single-phase: 50–500 kVA

●Three-phase: 45–300 kVA

●Epoxy overcoat for non-

marine applications

Primary Voltages

●480 wye three-phase

●480V three-phase delta

three-wire + ground

●480V single-phase

two-wire + ground

Secondary Voltages

●127/220V three-phase

wye four-wire

●120/208V three-phase

wye four-wire

●120/240V single-phase

three-wire

Marina Power Distribution

Transformer kVA Availabilities

●Single-phase: 50, 75, 100,

150, 167.5, 200, 250, 330,

500 kVA

●Three-phase: 45, 75, 112.5,

150, 225, 300 kVA

Standards and Certifications

●cULus listed

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-51

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

High-Quality, Weatherproof Electrical Equipment

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals

Product Selection Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-52

Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-54

Lighthouse–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-58

Admiral–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-62

Newport Harbor Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-65

Hatteras Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-69

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-73

Smart Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-79

Mariner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-80

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-81

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-82

Distribution Equipment—Mega Yacht Powerpoint V1-T6-83

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-86

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-89

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-90

Learn

Online

Power Pedestals

Product Overview

Known as a leader in

electrical control, power

distribution, and industrial

automation products and

services, Eaton is a quality

driven company that

constantly looks for ways to

provide enhanced product

and service solutions for their

customers. Eaton will be able

to provide Marina developers

a complete electrical solution.

For more information on

the other products available

from Eaton, visit us online

at www.eaton.com or

www.marinapower.com.

What Eaton has to Offer

●Eaton has more marina

power outlets in service

than all other suppliers

combined

●We offer complementary

comprehensive in-house

electrical designs for

your complete marina

development using all high

quality Eaton products

●We can provide your

marina development with

complete remote wireless

digital electronic meter

reading

●Not only can Eaton provide

your marina with the

highest quality power

pedestals and marine

distribution equipment, we

can also supply your entire

electrical needs for your

surrounding development

and beyond from safety

switches to loadcenters

and much more

V1-T6-52 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Product Selection Guide

Power Pedestal Quick Guide

Lighthouse Lighthouse–SS Hatteras Light

Newport

Harbor Mate Admiral–SS Firehouse Mariner Lookout Power Point

Main housing Engineered resin Stainless steel Engineered resin Engineered resin Stainless steel Stainless steel Engineered resin Stainless steel Stainless steel

Top Engineered resin Engineered resin Engineered resin Engineered resin Stainless steel Engineered resin Engineered resin Stainless steel Stainless steel

Optional stand — — — Stainless steel — — PVC — —

External hardware Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

Standard lightwattage(s) 13W 13W 13W 7W 13W 13W 5W, 7W & 13W — 13W

LED lighting option Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes

Photocell Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes

Lockable doors Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes — — — Yes

Hose hangers Yes Yes No No Yes No No No No

Electric meters Yes—up to 4 Yes—up to 4 Yes—up to 2 Yes—up to 2 Yes—up to 4 No No No Yes—up to 6

Remote meter reading Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes

Water Two 3/4” Two 3/4” Two 1/2” Two 3/4” Two 3/4” None None None One 3/4” or more

Water meters Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No No Yes

Telephone Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes

Cable TV Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes

Internet Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes

Fire extinguisher No No No No No Yes—up to 20 lbs No No No

Life ring No No No No No Yes—24” No No No

Alarm and strobe light No No No No No Yes No No No

20A 110V GFI Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes

30A 125V twist—lock Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes

50A 125/250V twist—lock Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes

100A 120/240V pin and sleeve Yes Yes No No Yes No No No Yes

100A 120/208V pin and sleeve Yes Yes No No Yes No No No Yes

100A 277/480V pin and sleeve Yes Yes No No Yes No No No Yes

100A 480V pin and sleeve Yes Yes No No Yes No No No Yes

200A 480V pin and sleeve No No No No Yes No No No Yes

Hardwire compatible No No No No No No No No Yes

TVSS compatible Yes Yes No No Yes No No No Yes

Card swipe compatible Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No No Yes

Security camera compatible No No No No No No No Yes No

Busbar rating Up to 500A Up to 500A Up to 140A Up to 140A Up to 500A — — — Up to 800A

Maximum wire size—single feed 350 kcmil 350 kcmil #2/0 #2/0 350 kcmil — — — (3) 500 kcmil

Maximum wire size—loop feed #4/0 #4/0 #1 #1 350 kcmil — — — (3) 500 kcmil

Height 44” 40” 30” 36” 48” 43.5” 24” to 72” 72” to 96” 50”

Width 13.75” 9.875” 7.5” 10.5” 14” 9.875” 7” 9” 50”

Depth 13.75” 9.875” 7.5” 14.5” 14” 9.875” 7” 9” 36”

Warranty

Housing Limited lifetime Limited lifetime Limited lifetime Limited lifetime Limited lifetime Limited lifetime Limited lifetime Limited lifetime Limited lifetime

Receptacles and breakers 2 years 2 years 2 years 2 years 2 years — — — 2 years

Lighting assembly 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year — 1 year

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-53

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Receptacles Receptacle Configuration Availability

Note

1Configuration available with no additional GFI receptacles.

Side One Side Two

None None None None

30A None None None

30A 30A None None

30A None 30A None

30A 30A 30A 30A

30A 50A None None

30A None 50A None

30A 50A 30A 50A

50A None None None

50A 50A None None

50A None 50A None

50A 50A 50A 50A

100A 120/240V None None None

100A 120/240V None 50A-50A None

100A 120/240V None 100A 120/240V None

100A 120/240V 50A-50A 100A 120/240V 50A-50A

100A 120/208V None None None

100A 120/208V None 100A 120/240V None

100A 120/240V 100A 120/240V 100A 120/240V 100A 120/240V

100A 120/208V 100A 120/208V 100A 120/208V 100A 120/208V

100A 120/240V 100A 120/240V 100A 120/208V 100A 120/208V

Lighthouse Lighthouse–SS Admiral–SS Hatteras Light

Newport

Harbor Mate

Receptacle Available with GFI Receptacles

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes No Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes No

Yes Yes Yes No No

Yes Yes Yes No Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes 1No

Yes Yes Yes No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes No Yes

Yes Yes Yes No No

No No Yes No No

Yes Yes Yes No No

No No Yes No No

V1-T6-54 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Lighthouse

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-51

Lighthouse

Available Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-55

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-56

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-57

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-57

Lighthouse–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-58

Admiral–SS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-62

Newport Harbor Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-65

Hatteras Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-69

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-73

Smart Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-79

Mariner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-80

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-81

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor. . . V1-T6-82

Distribution Equipment—Mega Yacht Powerpoint . V1-T6-83

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-86

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-89

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-90

Lighthouse

Product Description

One of our most popular

units, the all-purpose

Lighthouse® pedestal has a

wide range of features. With

units in service around the

world, this stylish power

pedestal is recognized for its

practicality and exceptional

durability.

Engineered to withstand

the most severe weather

conditions, Lighthouse

power pedestals can be

found in marinas from

Alaska to the tropics.

Note: Custom paint color.

Note: Wireless remote reading

of electronic kilowatt meters.

Note: Clear lens.

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●Photocell controlled

13 watt fluorescent light

(clear lens or amber lens

for bug reduction)

●Lockable weatherproof

doors that protect breakers

and receptacles while in

use (a requirement of NFPA

303 and NEC Article 555)

●Hose and cable brackets

●Heavy resin housing with

a two-part polyurethane

coating for a UV-resistant,

long-lasting finish

●Copper busbar with ratings

from 250 to 500A

●New “hingeless” base

providing easy access for

both installation and

maintenance

●Backlit faceplate for easy

receptacle plug-in at night

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-55

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Lighthouse

Copper Busbar with Ratings

from 250 to 500A

New Hingeless Base

Cable and Internet

Connections

Optional Meter Socket

360° controlled 13 watt fluorescent light

with amber lens for bug reduction

Digital electronic metering for each side

Lockable weatherproof doors that protect

breakers and receptacles

Receptacle configuration available

30A, 50A, 30A/30A, 30A/50A,

50A/50A, 100A, Empty

Note: Custom configurations also available

Hose and cable brackets

1/4-inch Resin housing with a two-part

polyurethane coating for a UV resistant,

long-lasting finish

20A/125V GFI receptacle

Phone and cable TV connections

High-speed Internet connections (RJ45) for

each side

Available Options

●Digital electronic metering

(one, two or three element

meters available)

●Built-in meter socket

●20A/125V GFI receptacle

(max. of two GFI

receptacles per pedestal)

Note: 20A GFI receptacles are

not to be used for shore power.

●High-speed Internet

connections

●Wireless remote metering

for electric and water

●Transient voltage surge

suppressor (TVSS) to

protect from voltage

surges, spikes or lightning

on the AC power line

(extends warranty on

internal parts to three

years)

●Stainless steel door hinge

on receptacle main doors

●Single or dual steel 1/4-turn

ball valves with 3/4-inches

●Hose bibs and stainless

steel handles

●Single or dual phone and/or

cable TV connections

●Base cap

●Base extension

●LED lighting

V1-T6-56 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Catalog Number Selection

Receptacle: R1S1 = Receptacle 1, Side 1

R2S1 = Receptacle 2, Side 1

R1S2 = Receptacle 1, Side 2

R2S2 = Receptacle 2, Side 2

Notes

1Number represents the quantity of 1/4-turn ball valves with 3/4-inch hose bibs.

2Quantity of 20A GFI duplex receptacles.

Extra Unmetered GFI

Receptacles 2

0=None

1=1

2=2

Phone Cable TV and Internet Options

Phone

Jack

Cable TV

Jack

Internet

Option

A=1 0 0

B=1 0 1

C=1 0 2

D=1 1 0

E=1 1 1

F=1 1 2

G=1 2 0

H=1 2 1

I=1 2 2

J=2 0 0

K=2 0 1

L=2 0 2

M=2 1 0

N=2 1 1

O=2 1 2

P=2 2 0

Q=2 2 1

R=2 2 2

S=0 2 2

T=0 0 1

U=0 0 2

V=0 1 0

W=0 1 1

X=0 1 2

Y=0 2 0

Z=0 2 1

0=0 0 0

Water Option 1

0=0

1=1

2=2

3= Single water meter

4= Dual water meter

5= Single meter, 2V

6= 1 frost free

7= 2 frost free

Bus

S= Single-phase 3/8-inch copper busbar

F= Three-phase 3/8-inch copper busbar

C= Single-phase 3/8-inch Canadian busbar

T= Three-phase 3/8-inch Canadian busbar

M= Single-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug bus

Z= Three-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug bus

L= Single-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug bus

P= Three-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug bus

N= Single-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

Q= Single-phase 1/4-inch split mechanical busbar

Sides and Receptacles

R1S1

R2S1

R3S1

R4S1

R1S2

R2S2

R3S2

R4S2

0=None

1= 20A GFI duplex

2= 30A, 125V

3= 50A, 125V

4= 50A, 125/250V

5= 100A, 208V

6= 100A, 250V

7= 100A, 277/480V

8= 100A, 480V

Type

L= Lighthouse

S=LHSS

Metering Type

U= Unmetered

D= Digital electronic meters

(side one)

T= Digital electronic meters

(side two)

B= Digital electronic meters

(both sides)

R= Receptacles metered

individually

M= One meter socket

(100A)

N= Two meter socket

(100A each)

V= 200A meter socket

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

B= Dual 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

D= 13W light Amber

E= Dual 13W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

H= Dual 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

J= 13W light Clear

K= Dual 13W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

N= Dual 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

P= 13W light Special

Q= Dual 13W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S= 350 MA LED Amber

T= 700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

L D U 4 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 K M

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-57

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-75.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Lighthouse

Side View

To p

Front View

Broken View

13.75

(249.3)

44.00

(1117.6)

V1-T6-58 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Lighthouse–SS

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-51

Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-54

Lighthouse–SS

Available Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-59

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-60

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-61

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-61

Admiral–SS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-62

Newport Harbor Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-65

Hatteras Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-69

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-73

Smart Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-79

Mariner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-80

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-81

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor. . . V1-T6-82

Distribution Equipment—Mega Yacht Powerpoint . V1-T6-83

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-86

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-89

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-90

Lighthouse–SS

Product Description

The Lighthouse–SS offers

the same standard features

and available options as the

standard Lighthouse. But,

like all of the stainless steel

products manufactured here,

the Lighthouse–SS is made

with high-quality 316L

stainless steel for superior

quality and performance.

Note: 20/125A GFI receptacle.

Note: Wireless remote reading

of electronic kilowatt meters.

Note: Clear lens.

Note: Meter socket for each

side powered (to accept glass

style meter).

Note: Receptacle configurations

available:

30A

30A/30A

30A/50A

50A/50A

100A (single-phase) 120/240V

100A (three-phase) 120/208V

200A (three-phase) 480V

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●Photocell controlled

13 watt fluorescent light

(clear lens or amber lens

for bug reduction)

●Available with lockable

weatherproof doors

●Hose and cable brackets

●Long-lasting maintenance-

free 316L stainless steel

housing with limited

lifetime warranty

●Copper busbar with ratings

from 250 to 500A

●Large removable

access panel for easy

maintenance and

installation

●Backlit faceplate for easy

receptacle plug-in at night

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-59

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Lighthouse–SS

Phone and Cable TV Connections

Copper Busbar with Ratings

from 250 to 500A

New Door

Backlit Faceplate to Aid

in Hooking Up at Night

360° controlled 13 watt

fluorescent light with amber

lens for bug reduction

Digital electronic metering

for each side

Powder-coated stainless steel

weatherproof doors that protect

receptacles and breakers

Lockable doors

Long-lasting maintenance-free

powder-coated stainless steel

housing with limited lifetime

warranty

High-speed Internet connection

(RJ-45)

for each side

Large removable access panel

for easy maintenance an d

installation

Hose and cable bracket

Available Options

●Digital electronic metering

(one, two or three element

meters available)

●20A/125V GFI receptacle

(max. of two GFI

receptacles per pedestal)

Note: 20A GFI receptacles are

not to be used for shore power.

●High-speed Internet

connection

●Wireless remote metering

available for water and

electricity

●Transient voltage surge

suppressor (TVSS) to

protect from voltage

surges, spikes or lightning

on the AC power line

(extends warranty on

internal parts to three

years)

●Single or dual phone and/or

cable TV connections

●Single or dual 3/4-inch hose

bibs with stainless steel

●Handles LED lighting

V1-T6-60 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Catalog Number Selection

Receptacle: R1S1 = Receptacle 1, Side 1

R2S1 = Receptacle 2, Side 1

R1S2 = Receptacle 1, Side 2

R2S2 = Receptacle 2, Side 2

Notes

1Number represents the quantity of 1/4-turn ball valves with 3/4-inch hose bibs.

2Quantity of 20A GFI duplex receptacles.

Water Option 1

0=0

1=1

2=2

3= Single water meter

4= Dual water meter

5= Single meter, 2V

6= 1 frost free

7= 2 frost free

Bus

S= Single-phase 3/8-inch copper busbar

F= Three-phase 3/8-inch copper busbar

C= Single-phase 3/8-inch Canadian busbar

T= Three-phase 3/8-inch Canadian busbar

M= Single-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug bus

Z= Three-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug bus

L= Single-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug bus

P= Three-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug bus

N= Single-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

Q= Single-phase 1/4-inch split mechanical busbar

Metering Type

U= Unmetered

D= Digital electronic meters

(side one)

T= Digital electronic meters

(side two)

B= Digital electronic meters

(both sides)

R= Receptacles metered

individually

M= One meter socket

(100A)

N= Two meter socket

(100A each)

V= 200A meter socket

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

B= Dual 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

D= 13W light Amber

E= Dual 13W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

H= Dual 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

J= 13W light Clear

K= Dual 13W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

N= Dual 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

P= 13W light Special

Q= Dual 13W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S= 350 MA LED Amber

T= 700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

Type

L= Lighthouse

S=LHSS

Extra Unmetered GFI

Receptacles 2

0=None

1=1

2=2

Phone Cable TV and Internet Options

Phone

Jack

Cable TV

Jack

Internet

Option

A=1 0 0

B=1 0 1

C=1 0 2

D=1 1 0

E=1 1 1

F=1 1 2

G=1 2 0

H=1 2 1

I=1 2 2

J=2 0 0

K=2 0 1

L=2 0 2

M=2 1 0

N=2 1 1

O=2 1 2

P=2 2 0

Q=2 2 1

R=2 2 2

S=0 2 2

T=0 0 1

U=0 0 2

V=0 1 0

W=0 1 1

X=0 1 2

Y=0 2 0

Z=0 2 1

0=0 0 0

Sides and Receptacles

R1S1

R2S1

R3S1

R4S1

R1S2

R2S2

R3S2

R4S2

0=None

1= 20A GFI duplex

2= 30A, 125V

3= 50A, 125V

4= 50A, 125/250V

5= 100A, 208V

6= 100A, 250V

7= 100A, 277/480V

8= 100A, 480V

L D U 4 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 K M

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-61

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-75.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Lighthouse–SS

9.88

(251.0)

40.00

(1016.0)

V1-T6-62 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Admiral–SS

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-51

Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-54

Lighthouse–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-58

Admiral–SS

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-63

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-64

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-64

Newport Harbor Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-65

Hatteras Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-69

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-73

Smart Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-79

Mariner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-80

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-81

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor. . . V1-T6-82

Distribution Equipment—Mega Yacht Powerpoint . V1-T6-83

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-86

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-89

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-90

Admiral–SS

Product Description

Truly the flagship of our

unitized pedestal line, the

Admiral–SS possesses

amperage capabilities up to

500A and voltages of 480/277

three-phase, 120/240 single-

phase and combinations of

these receptacles all in one

unit to serve nearly any size

Mega Yacht.

Features

●Heavy 316L stainless

steel housing that is

powder coated with a

polyester resin

●Photocell controlled

13 watt fluorescent light

with clear lens that

provides 360 degrees

of lighting

Available Options

●Dual phone and/or cable TV

connections

●Four 100A receptacles

of any two voltage

combinations such as

277/480 three-phase,

120/208 three-phase or

120/240 single-phase

●200A/480V receptacles

●when the 100A 120/240V

receptacles are used, two

50A 120/240V receptacles

can also be provided for a

total of 500A

●20A/125V GFI receptacle

(max. of two GFI

receptacles per pedestal)

Note:

20A GFI receptacles are not

to be used for shore power.

●Single or dual Cat5

high-speed Internet

connections

●Single or dual water

1/4-turn ball valves with

3/4-inch hose bibs and

stainless steel handles

●Digital metering available

●Wireless remote metering

available for water and

electricity

●LED lighting

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-63

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Catalog Number Selection

Receptacles: R1S1 = Receptacle 1, Side 1

R2S1 = Receptacle 2, Side 1

R3S1 = Receptacle 3, Side 1

R4S1 = Receptacle 3, Side 1

R1S2 = Receptacle 1, Side 2

R2S2 = Receptacle 2, Side 2

R3S2 = Receptacle 3, Side 2

R4S2 = Receptacle 3, Side 2

Notes

1Number represents the quantity of 1/4-turn ball valves with 3/4-inch hose bibs.

2Number represents the quantity of RJ-45 high-speed Internet jacks.

Internet option also available. Contact factory for details.

Extra Unmetered GFI

Receptacles

0=None

1=1

2=2

Phone Cable TV and Internet Options

Phone

Jack

Cable TV

Jack

Internet

Option 2

A=1 0 0

B=1 0 1

C=1 0 2

D=1 1 0

E=1 1 1

F=1 1 2

G=1 2 0

H=1 2 1

I=1 2 2

J=2 0 0

K=2 0 1

L=2 0 2

M=2 1 0

N=2 1 1

O=2 1 2

P=2 2 0

Q=2 2 1

R=2 2 2

S=0 2 2

T=0 0 1

U=0 0 2

V=0 1 0

W=0 1 1

X=0 1 2

Y=0 2 0

Z=0 2 1

0=0 0 0

Water Option 1

0=0

1=1

2=2

3= Single water meter

4= Dual water meter

5= Single meter, 2V

Bus

S= Single-phase 3/8-inch copper busbar

F= Three-phase 3/8-inch copper busbar

C= Single-phase 3/8-inch Canadian busbar

T= Three-phase 3/8-inch Canadian busbar

M= Single-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug bus

Z= Three-phase 300 kcmil mechanical lug bus

L= Single-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug bus

P= Three-phase 350 kcmil mechanical lug bus

N= Single-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

Q= Single-phase 1/4-inch split mechanical busbar

D= Dual-phase busbar

Sides and Receptacles

R1S1

R2S1

R3S1

R4S1

R1S2

R2S2

R3S2

R4S2

0=None

1= 20A GFI duplex

2= 30A, 125V

3= 50A, 125V

4= 50A, 125/250V

5= 100A, 208V

6= 100A, 250V

7= 100A, 277/480V

8= 100A, 480V

Type

A= Admiral–SS

Metering Type

U= Unmetered

D= Digital electronic meters

(side one)

T= Digital electronic meters

(side two)

B= Digital electronic meters

(both sides)

M= One meter socket

(100A)

N= Two meter socket

(100A each)

V= 200A meter socket

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

B= Dual 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

D= 13W light Amber

E= Dual 13W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

H= Dual 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

J= 13W light Clear

K= Dual 13W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

N= Dual 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

P= 13W light Special

Q= Dual 13W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S= 350 MA LED Amber

T= 700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

A D U 4 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 K M

V1-T6-64 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-75.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Admiral–SS

Base Footprint

12.50 (317.5)

14.00 (355.6)

Ø 0.62

(Ø 15.9)

10.00

(254.0)

14.00

(355.6)

0.75

(19.1)

50.54

(1283.8)

Front Side One Back Side Two

2.00

(50.8)

Water

Access

240V

Electrical

Access

280V

Electrical

Access

CATV/INT.

Access

CATV/INT.

Access

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-65

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Newport Harbor Mate

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-51

Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-54

Lighthouse–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-58

Admiral–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-62

Newport Harbor Mate

Available Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-66

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-67

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-68

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-68

Hatteras Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-69

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-73

Smart Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-79

Mariner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-80

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-81

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-82

Distribution Equipment—Mega Yacht Powerpoint V1-T6-83

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-86

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-89

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-90

Newport Harbor Mate

Product Description

Five years of development

and 30 prototype models

have yielded this unit the

most innovative mini-power

center available. Host to a

variety of electrical services,

contained in a compact yet

strong housing, the Newport

Harbor Mate is packed with

features.

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●Tough and durable resin

housing with UV inhibitor

for lasting finish

●Photocell controlled 7 and

9 watt fluorescent light

(clear lens or amber lens

for bug reduction)

●Designed to mount

on a dock box, piling or

stainless steel stand

●Copper busbar with a

maximum rating of 140A

V1-T6-66 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Newport Harbor Mate (Shown with Optional Stand)

Mounting Option Backlit Faceplate

Available with single, dual or

combo of 30 or 50A receptacles

20A/125V GFI receptacle

Phone, cable TV, high-speed

Internet connections

Digital electronic meter

Tough and durable resin housing

with UV inhibitor for lasting finish

Lockable weatherproof door that

protects receptacles and breakers

Photocell controlled 7 watt

fluorescent light with amber

lens for bug reduction

Stainless steel stand

Single or dual 1/2-turn brass ball

valve with 3/4-inch hose bibs

Designed to mount on a dock

box, piling, wall or optional

stand (shown in photo)

Available Options

●Available with single, dual

or combination of 30A or

50A receptacles

●20A/125V GFI receptacle

(max. of two GFI

receptacles per pedestal)

Note: 20A GFI receptacles are

not to be used for shore power.

●Single or dual phone, cable

TV, high-speed Internet

connections

●Electronic metering

(one or two element

meters available)

●316L stainless steel stand

●LED lighting

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-67

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Catalog Number Selection

Receptacles: R1 = Receptacle 1

R2 = Receptacle 2

Notes

120A GFIs not metered.

2Number represents the quantity of 1/4-turn ball valves with 3/4-inch hose bibs (with stand only).

Water

Option 2

0=0

1=1

2=2

Phone Cable TV and Internet Options

Phone Jack Cable TV Jack Internet Option

A=1 0 0

B=1 0 1

C=1 0 2

D=1 1 0

E= 1 1 1 (Camp Mate only)

T=0 0 1

V=0 1 0

W=0 1 1

0=0 0 0

Stand

0=0

1=1

Bus

S= Single-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

F= Three-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

C= Single-phase 1/4-inch Canadian busbar

M= Mechanical lug 2/0

Q= Single-phase 1/4-inch split mechanical

busbar (with stand ONLY)

A= 1/4-inch Canadian mechanical

Sides and

Receptacles

R1S1 R2S1 R3S1

0=None

1= 20A GFI duplex

2= 30A, 125V

3= 50A, 125V

4= 50A, 125/250V

Metering Type 1

U= Unmetered

D= Digital electronic meters

R= Receptacles metered

individually

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S=350 MA LED Amber

T=700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

Hard Wired

Breakers

0=None

2= 20A, two-pole

3=30A

Photocell

Y=Yes

N=No

Lighting Protection

B= Breaker protected

F= Fuse protected

Type

N= NP Harbor Mate

C= NP Camp Mate

N A Y B U 4 3 0 1 1 2 W M

V1-T6-68 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-75.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Newport Harbor Mate

9.18 (233.0)

0.12

(3.2)

10.38

(263.7)

Newport Redesign Newport Redesign With Meters

10.52 (267.2)

9.59 (243.6) 10.38 (263.7)

14.53

(369.0)

13.63

(346.2)

7.44

(189.1)

6.70

(170.2)

3.40

(86.4)

1.68

(42.7)

2.37

(60.3)

4.02

(102.2)

1.54

(39.1)

6.70

(170.2)

3.40

(86.4)

1.68

(42.7)

2.37

(60.3)

4.02

(102.2)

1.54

(39.1)

4º

9.18 (233.0)

0.12

(3.2)

10.38

(263.7)

10.52 (267.2) 7.44

(189.1)

14.53

(369.0)

15.28

(388.0)

4º

10.38 (263.7)

12.88

(327.2)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-69

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Hatteras Light

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-51

Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-54

Lighthouse–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-58

Admiral–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-62

Newport Harbor Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-65

Hatteras Light

Available Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-70

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-71

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-72

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-72

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-73

Smart Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-79

Mariner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-80

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-81

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-82

Distribution Equipment—Mega Yacht Powerpoint V1-T6-83

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-86

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-89

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-90

Hatteras Light

Product Description

The Hatteras® Light is an

elegant and low cost

alternative to the Lighthouse.

It uses the same 360 degree

light assembly as the

Lighthouse, yet is only

30 inches tall. Thousands

of these attractive pedestals

are found not only in marinas,

but also around pools, deck

areas, boardwalks and

landscape areas. The housing

will never rust or corrode and

comes with a limited lifetime

warranty. This unit is popular

for smaller slips at marinas

with the Lighthouse and for

private docks.

Note: Wireless remote reading

of electronic kilowatt meters.

Note: Clear lens.

Note: Custom paint color.

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●Photocell controlled

13 watt fluorescent light

(clear lens or amber lens

for bug reduction)

●Circuit breakers

●Heavy resin housing with

a two-part polyurethane

coating for a UV resistant,

long-lasting finish

●Copper busbar with a

maximum rating of 140A

V1-T6-70 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Hatteras Light

Copper Busbar with Ratings

up to 140A

Faceplate

20A/125A GFI Receptacle

360° controlled 13 watt

fluorescent light with amber

lens for bug reduction

Receptacle configurations

available:

Side 1: 30A, 50A

Side 2: 30A, N/A

Note: Custom configurations

also available

Digital electronic metering

Circuit breakers

Phone, cable TV,

high-speed Internet

connections

1/4-inch resin housing with a

two-part polyurethane coating

for a UV resistant, long-lasting

finish

1/2-turn brass ball valve and

3/4-inch hose bib

Available Options

●20A/125V GFI receptacle

(max. of two GFI

receptacles per pedestal)

Note: 20A GFI receptacles are

not to be used for shore power.

●Digital electronic metering

(one or two element meter

available)

●Single or dual phone, cable

TV, high-speed Internet

connections

●Single or dual 1/2-inch or

3/4-inch silcock with

stainless steel handles

●LED lighting

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-71

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Catalog Number Selection

Receptacles: R1 = Receptacle 1

R2 = Receptacle 2

Notes

120A GFIs not metered.

2Number represents the quantity of 1/4-turn ball valves with 3/4-inch hose bibs.

3Wire size #2/0 kcmil or less.

Bus

S= Single-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

F= Three-phase 1/4-inch copper busbar

C= Single-phase 1/4-inch Canadian busbar

M= Mechanical lug 2/0 3

A= 1/4-inch Canadian mechanical

Sides and

Receptacles

R1S1 R2S1 R1S2

0=None

1= 20A GFI duplex

2= 30A, 125V

3= 50A, 125V

4= 50A, 125/250V

Type

H= Hatteras Light

R= Park Light

Hard Wired

Breakers

0= None

2= 20A, two-pole

3=30A

Photocell

Y=Yes

N=No

Lighting Protection

B= Breaker protected

F= Fuse protected

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

B= Dual 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

D= 13W light Amber

E= Dual 13W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

H= Dual 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

J= 13W light Clear

K= Dual 13W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

N= Dual 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

P= 13W light Special

Q= Dual 13W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S= 350 MA LED Amber

T= 700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

Water Option 2

0=0

1=1 (1/2-inch)

2=2 (1/2-inch)

3=1 (3/4-inch)

4=2 (3/4-inch)

Phone Cable TV and Internet Options

Phone

Jack

Cable TV

Jack

Internet

Option

A=1 0 0

B=1 0 1

C=1 0 2

D=1 1 0

E=1 1 1

F=1 1 2

G=1 2 0

H=1 2 1

I=1 2 2

J=2 0 0

M=2 1 0

P=2 2 0

S=0 2 2

T=0 0 1

U=0 0 2

V=0 1 0

W=0 1 1

X=0 1 2

Y=0 2 0

Z=0 2 1

Metering Type 1

U= Unmetered

D= Digital electronic meters

R= Receptacles metered

individually

H D Y B D 4 7 0 1 2 A M

V1-T6-72 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Accessories

See Page V1-T6-75.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Hatteras

Side View Front View

Busbar Access Top Removed

Inside Top

7.90 (200.7) 7.90 (200.7)

30.98

(786.9)

13.39

(340.2)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-73

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Firehouse

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-51

Lighthouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-54

Lighthouse–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-58

Admiral–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-62

Newport Harbor Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-65

Hatteras Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-69

Firehouse

Available Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-74

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-74

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-75

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-78

Smart Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-79

Mariner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-80

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-81

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-82

Distribution Equipment—Mega Yacht Powerpoint V1-T6-83

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-86

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-89

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-90

Firehouse

Product Description

Created as a complete

solution for fire and rescue

needs, this pedestal features

fire extinguisher storage and

a mounted alarm strobe light

and siren, as well as an

optional life ring. This unit

is well equipped for any

marina emergency. The alarm

strobe light and siren can be

automatically activated when

the door is open or optional

life ring is removed.

Features, Benefits

and Functions

●Alarm strobe light and

siren: automatically

activated when door is

open or optional life ring

is removed

●Photocell controlled

13 watt fluorescent light

(clear lens or amber lens

for bug reduction)

●10 lb ABC Type fire

extinguisher

●316L stainless steel

polyester powder-coated

housing

●Polycarbonate top

assembly

Firehouse

High-visibility alarm

strobe light and warning

siren

Photocell controlled

energy efficient 13 watt

fluorescent light with

amber lens for bug

reduction

Stainless steel housing with

oven-baked enamel finish

with a polycarbonate base

and top

Remote control unit can

automatically call select

services via a four

channel transmitter:

Medical emergency

Fire emergency

Police emergency

Optional general

emergency

V1-T6-74 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Available Options

●24-inch life ring

●20 lb ABC Type fire

extinguisher available

Catalog Number Selection

Fire Extinguisher

E= Include 10 lb extinguisher

N= No extinguisher

X= Include 20 lb extinguisher

Type

F= Firehouse

Photocell

Y=Yes

N=No

Alarm/Strobe

A= Include alarm/strobe

N= No alarm/strobe

24-Inch Life Ring

R= Include life ring

N= No life ring

Lighting and Lens Color

A = 7W light Amber

B= Dual 7W light Amber

C= 9W light Amber

D= 13W light Amber

E= Dual 13W light Amber

F= No lighting Amber

G= 7W light Clear

H= Dual 7W light Clear

I= 9W light Clear

J= 13W light Clear

K= Dual 13W light Clear

L= No lighting Clear

M= 7W light Special

N= Dual 7W light Special

O= 9W light Special

P= 13W light Special

Q= Dual 13W light Special

R= No lighting Special

S= 350 MA LED Amber

T= 700 MA LED Amber

U= 350 MA LED Clear

V= 700 MA LED Clear

W= 350 MA LED Special

Y= 700 MA LED Special

F A Y A E N

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-75

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Accessories

Accessories for Custom Design Marina Products, Resin and Stainless Steel Pedestals and Power Products

Replacement Parts Catalog Numbers Replacement Parts Catalog Numbers, continued

Description

Catalog

Number

Receptacles

20A GFCI duplex MPL3038

30A 125V twistlock MPL3039

50A 125V twistlock MPL3040

50A 125/250V twistlock MPL3045

100A 120/240V pin and sleeve MPL4100R12W

100A 120/208V pin and sleeve MPL5100R9W

100A 480V four-wire pin and sleeve MPL4100R7W

100 A 480V five-wire pin and sleeve MPL5100R7W

200A 277/480V pin and sleeve (Russellstoll®)MPL4200R7W

30A 125V RV RV3042

50A 125/250V RV RV3043

Circuit Breakers

20A 125V single-pole QCF1020

20A 125V single-pole GFCI QCGF1020

30A 125V single-pole QCF1030

30A 125V single-pole GFCI QCGF1030

50A 125V single-pole QCF1050

20A 125/250V two-pole QCF2020

20A 125/250V two-pole GFCI QCGF2020

30A 125/250V two-pole QCF2030

30A 125/250V two-pole GFCI QCGF2030

50A 125/250V two-pole QCF2050

50A 125/250V two-pole GFCI QCGF2050

60A 125/250V two-pole QCF2060

100A 125/250V two-pole GHC2100D

100A 120/208V three-pole GHC3100D

200A 277/480V three-pole JT2200FA

Fluorescent Light Assembly

13 watt 120V 60 Hz ballast MPL2400

7 watt 120V 60 Hz ballast MPL2401

13 watt socket MPL3079

7 watt socket MPL3077

13 watt fluorescent bulb MPL3018

7 watt fluorescent bulb MPL3019

Photocell MPL3044

Photocell nuts MPL3034

Lighthouse in-line fuse MPL3026

Lighthouse in-line fuse holder MPL3027

Lighthouse, Lighthouse–SS, Powerhouse,

Powerhouse–SS, Hatteras, Park Light

Top with complete light and lens assembly MPL6003A

Top with complete light and lens assembly—fused MPL6003FA

Top only MPL6003

Amber lens MPL6005

Clear lens MPL6008

Description

Catalog

Number

Lighthouse, Lighthouse–SS, Powerhouse,

Powerhouse–SS, Hatteras, Park Light, continued

20A GFCI receptacle external cover set MPL1101

30A receptacle external cover set MPL1102

50A receptacle external cover set MPL1105

Single-pole external breaker cover set MPL11061

Two-pole external breaker cover set MPL11062

Three-pole external breaker cover set MPL11063

Lighthouse, Lighthouse–SS, Powerhouse,

Powerhouse–SS

Lighthouse/Powerhouse pedestal main housing MPL6006

Lighthouse–SS/Powerhouse–SS pedestal main housing MPL6006S

Lighthouse/Powerhouse main door MPL6007

Lighthouse–SS/Powerhouse–SS main door MPL6007S

Lighthouse/Powerhouse spring closure MPL1099

Lighthouse Powerhouse top isolation plate MPL6012

Lighthouse/Lighthouse–SS breaker plate MPL1141

Powerhouse/Powerhouse–SS breaker plate RV1112

Lighthouse/Lighthouse–SS/Powerhouse/

Powerhouse–SS Hose and cable brackets

MPL1087

Lighthouse/Powerhouse stainless steel hinge MPL1088

Lighthouse/Powerhouse complete pedestal

base with busbar assembly

MPL6004A

Lighthouse/Powerhouse complete pedestal base with three-phase

busbar assembly

MPL6004FA

Lighthouse/Powerhouse pedestal base without busbars MPL6004

Lighthouse/Powerhouse aluminum blank access panel MPL5500

Lighthouse/Lighthouse–SS/Powerhouse/

Powerhouse–SS complete busbar assembly

MPL1140A

Lighthouse/Lighthouse–SS/Powerhouse/Powerhouse–SS complete

three-phase busbar assembly

MPL1140FA

Copper busbar with nuts and washers MPL3471

20A GFCI—00 amber resin faceplate MPL1120

30A—20 GFCI amber resin faceplate MPL1121

30–50A amber resin faceplate MPL1122

30–30A amber resin faceplate MPL1127

30–00A amber resin faceplate MPL1129

50–50A amber resin faceplate MPL1123

50A—20 GFCI amber resin faceplate MPL1124

20 GFCI—20 GFCI amber resin faceplate MPL1125

00–00 amber resin faceplate MPL1126

50A—00 amber resin faceplate MPL1128

100A faceplate MPL1142

20A GFCI—00 amber resin faceplate assembly with breakers MPL1120A

30A—20 GFCI amber resin faceplate assembly with breakers MPL1121A

30–50A amber resin faceplate assembly with breakers MPL1122A

V1-T6-76 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Replacement Parts Catalog Numbers, continued Replacement Parts Catalog Numbers, continued

Notes

1Lighthouse, Lighthouse–SS, Powerhouse, Powerhouse–SS.

2Hatteras Light, Park Light, Newport Camp Mate, Newport Harbor Mate.

3Please contact factory to determine configurations for replacement housing.

Description

Catalog

Number

Lighthouse, Lighthouse–SS, Powerhouse,

Powerhouse–SS, continued

30–30A amber resin faceplate assembly with breakers MPL1127A

50–50A amber resin faceplate assembly with breakers MPL1123A

50A—20 GFCI amber resin faceplate assembly with breakers MPL1124A

20 GFCI—20 GFCI amber resin faceplate assembly with breakers MPL1125A

50A—00 amber resin faceplate assembly with breakers MPL1128A

30–00A faceplate assembly with breakers MPL1129A

100A faceplate assembly with breakers MPL1142A

Powerhouse 30–50 receptacle plate RV1143

Powerhouse (30A—00) receptacle plate RV11433

Powerhouse (50A—00) receptacle plate RV11435

Powerhouse breaker plate RV1112

Phone, Cable, Internet Assemblies

Lighthouse/Powerhouse complete phone and cable assembly MPL1114/RV1114

Lighthouse–SS/Powerhouse–SS/Hatteras Light/Park Light complete

phone and cable assembly

MPL1119/RV1119

Hatteras Light/Park Light complete phone and cable assembly MPL1119

Newport Harbor Mate/Camp Mate phone and cable insert assembly MPL1115/RV1115

Lighthouse/Powerhouse access plates with dual Internet jacks MPL5501

Coax cable TV FCF female adpt. with lugnut and washer MPL1086

RJ45 CAT5e high-speed internet jack MPL3059

Marine phone receptacle MPL3037

RJ12 CAT3 phone jack RV3060

Water Assemblies

Lighthouse/Powerhouse complete water manifold assembly

(dual 3/4-inch hose bibs with 1/4-turn ball valves)

MPL11A

Newport Harbor Mate/Newport Camp Mate water manifold

assembly (dual 3/4-inch hose bibs with 1/4-turn ball valves)

MPL11C

3/4-inch hose adapter MPL7030

Lighthouse/Powerhouse water mounting plate

with mounting brackets

MPL1132

Hatteras Light/Park Light aluminum water mounting plate MPL6584

1/2-inch brass silcock (hose bib) MPL7014

3/4-inch stainless steel silcock (hose bib) MPL5271

3/4-inch brass ball valve MPL7021

Watts 3/4-inch backflow preventer MPL7015

Description

Catalog

Number

Digital Electronic Meters

Single element, 14-pin quick disconnect (no CTs) MPL17A1

Single element, 14-pin quick disconnect (with CTs) MPL17A2 1

Single element, 14-pin quick disconnect (with CTs) MPL17A2 2

Dual element, 14-pin quick disconnect (no CTs) MPL17B1

Dual element, 14-pin quick disconnect (with CTs) MPL17B2 1

Dual element, 14-pin quick disconnect (with CTs) MPL17B2 2

Three element, 14-pin quick disconnect (no CTs) MPL17C1

Three element, 14-pin quick disconnect (with CTs) MPL17C2 1

Three element, 14-pin quick disconnect (with CTs) MPL17C2 2

Single element coil transformers (CTs) MPL30321 1

Single element coil transformers (CTs) MPL30321 2

Dual element coil transformers (CTs) MPL30322 1

Dual element coil transformers (CTs) MPL30322 2

Three element coil transformers (CTs) MPL30323 1

Three element coil transformers (CTs) MPL30323 2

Counter (large—old style) MPL3022

Counter (small—new style) MPL3021

Hatteras Light (Marina) and Park Light (RV) 3

Pedestal main housing MPL6002

Copper busbar with nuts and washers MPL3468

Complete busbar assembly MPL1108A

Complete three-phase busbar assembly MPL1108FA

20A GFCI external cover door MPL1101

30A external cover door MPL1102

50A external cover door MPL1105

Light fuse MPL3026

Fuse holder MPL3027

Mounting feet (set of four) MPL7004

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-77

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Replacement Parts Catalog Numbers, continued

Note

1For custom faceplates to include phone/cable or other accessories,

please contact Eaton’s Marina Power & Lighting facility at 1-800-723-8009.

Description

Catalog

Number

Newport Harbor Mate (MARINA)

and Camp Mate (RV)

Amber lens—three-piece MPL1117

Clear lens—three-piece MPL1109

Main housing MPL6000

Main door MPL6001

30–30A faceplate 1MPL1135

30–50A faceplate 1MPL1136

50–50A faceplate 1MPL1137

50A–00 faceplate 1MPL1138

30A–00 faceplate 1MPL1139

30–30A faceplate assembly with breakers 1MPL1135A

30–30–20 GFI faceplate assembly 1MPL1135G/RV1135G

30–50A faceplate assembly with breakers 1MPL1136A

30–50–20 GFI faceplate assembly 1MPL1136G/RV1136G

50–50A faceplate assembly with breakers 1MPL1137A

50–50–20 GFI faceplate assembly 1MPL1137G/RV1137G

50A–00 faceplate assembly with breakers 1MPL1138A

50–20 GFI faceplate assembly 1MPL1138G/RV1138G

30A–00 faceplate assembly with breakers 1MPL1139A

30–20 GFI faceplate assembly 1MPL1139G/RV1139G

Mounting brackets MPL7005

36-inch stainless steel stand MPL5506

Copper busbar with nuts and washers MPL3468

Complete busbar assembly MPL1108A

Complete three-phase busbar assembly MPL1108FA

Firehouse (Marina and RV)

Red strobe light/siren MPL3020

Firehouse top with lighting assembly and strobe

MPLFH6003A

Light fuse MPL3029

Fuse holder MPL3028

Door MPL6013

24-inch life ring MPL4201

Life ring bracket MPL4201B

Blank access panel MPL6015

Door/life ring switch (pre-2004) MPL3030

Door/life ring switch (new) MPL3050

Door hasp MPL3950

Busbar (double barrel terminal block) MPL3751

10-lb ABC Type fire extinguisher MPL8025

20-lb ABC Type fire extinguisher MPL8025X

V1-T6-78 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Firehouse–SS

43.50

(1104.9)

9.87

(250.6)

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com V1-T6-79

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Smart Start

Contents

Description Page

Power Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-51

Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-54

Lighthouse–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-58

Admiral–SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-62

Newport Harbor Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-65

Hatteras Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-69

Firehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-73

Smart Start

Mariner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-80

Digital Electronic Kilowatthour Meters . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-81

Distribution Equipment—Ground Fault Monitor . . V1-T6-82

Distribution Equipment—Mega Yacht Powerpoint V1-T6-83

Distribution Equipment—Substations . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-86

Distribution Equipment—Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-89

Distribution Equipment—Transformers . . . . . . . . . V1-T6-90

Smart Start

Product Description

If you have transient boat

slips, Eaton Marina Power

and Lighting has developed

their newest product for

your situation.

The new “Smart Start”

pedestal is activated by the

swipe of a credit card. A kiosk

will be centrally located at the

marina and will control up to

32 power pedestals. When a

boater wants to use a slip,

they will enter the slip

number and amount of time

they would like and will then

be asked to swipe a card in

order to activate the pedestal.

Once the chosen time is up,

the pedestal will shut down.

No more free power!

The “Smart Start” pedestal

will not only prevent transient

boaters from stealing power,

but it will also eliminate the

need for 24-hour monitoring

of the slips. Boaters will be

able to come in at any time

of the day and activate a

pedestal.

Features

●Lighted 316L stainless

steel kiosk enclosure

●Programmable slip

time blocks

●Programmable slip rates

printable receipts

Standards and Certifications

●UL listing pending

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in

Inches (mm)

Smart Start

Height 60.05 (1525.3)

Width 14.15 (359.4)

Depth 14.24 (361.9)

V1-T6-80 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—February 2014 www.eaton.com

6.5

Power Pedestals

Marina Power and Lighting Equipment

Mariner